Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 18, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Versartis, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

  2834   26-4106690

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450

Redwood City, California 94065

(650) 963-8580

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer and Co-founder

Versartis, Inc.

275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450

Redwood City, California 94065

(650) 963-8580

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

Kenneth L. Guernsey

Barbara A. Kosacz

Michael E. Tenta

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

Bruce K. Dallas

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨           Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x

    

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

     Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee (3)

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $80,000,000   $10,304

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(3)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated February 18, 2014

 

LOGO

             Shares

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Versartis, Inc.

We are offering              shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . We intend to list our common stock on              under the trading symbol “        .”

We are an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 11.

 

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $                        $                    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Versartis

   $                            $                        

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us at the initial public offering price, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2014.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley     Citigroup
  Cowen and Company  
  Canaccord Genuity  

                             , 2014


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

Prospectus summary

     1   

Risk factors

     11   

Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

     54   

Market, industry and other data

     56   

Use of proceeds

     57   

Dividend policy

     58   

Capitalization

     59   

Dilution

     62   

Selected financial data

     65   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     67   

Business

     80   

Management

     114   

Executive compensation

     123   

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     136   

Principal stockholders

     141   

Description of capital stock

     144   

Shares eligible for future sale

     150   

Material United States federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

     152   

Underwriting

     156   

Legal matters

     161   

Experts

     161   

Where you can find more information

     161   

Index to financial statements

     F-1   

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of common stock.

Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus related to this offering in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “company,” “Versartis,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Versartis, Inc.

Versartis, Inc.

We are an endocrine-focused biopharmaceutical company initially developing our novel long-acting recombinant human growth hormone, VRS-317, for growth hormone deficiency, or GHD, an orphan disease. A key limitation to current recombinant human growth hormone, or rhGH, products is that they impose the burden of daily injections over multiple years, often resulting in poor compliance, which in turn can lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes in GHD patients. Despite this limitation, global annual sales from currently marketed rhGH products have grown approximately 6% per year over the last five years, reaching over $3 billion in 2012. VRS-317 is intended to reduce the burden of daily treatment by requiring significantly fewer injections, potentially improving compliance and, therefore, treatment outcomes. Our first targeted indication for VRS-317 is pediatric GHD, which represents an approximately $1.5 billion existing market opportunity. We are currently conducting the Phase 2a stage of our pediatric GHD clinical trial in which we are evaluating weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing regimens. We may develop VRS-317 for adult GHD, idiopathic short stature, or ISS, which is short stature of unknown cause, and Turner Syndrome, which is an X-chromosomal deficit or deletion in females. Adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome together account for approximately 30% of the global rhGH market. We have global rights to VRS-317 and, if VRS-317 is approved, given the highly concentrated prescriber base, we intend to commercialize it with our own specialty sales force in the United States and Canada, and potentially other geographies.

Growth hormone deficiency

GHD is a chronic disease with multiple causes that affects two distinct patient groups, pediatric patients and adult patients, although rhGH treatment options for the two groups are the same. Children with GHD typically have pathologic degrees of short stature, a tendency toward obesity, delayed and deficient mineralization of the skeleton, impaired growth of skeletal muscle and development of a high risk lipid profile. GHD during adulthood manifests as alterations in body composition, such as decreased lean and increased fat mass with skeletal demineralization, and causes adverse changes in cardiovascular outcome markers. Patients with untreated GHD also face increased mortality.

The current standard of care for GHD is daily subcutaneous, or under the skin, injections of rhGH, and there are currently seven rhGH products marketed in the United States for the treatment of GHD. In therapy-compliant GHD children, rhGH therapy initially promotes “catch-up growth,” enabling patients to approach or achieve heights on a standard growth curve, and thereafter permits them to maintain normal growth throughout the course of treatment. In therapy-compliant GHD adults, daily subcutaneous injections of rhGH have resulted in improvements in body composition parameters, bone density, cardiovascular outcomes and quality of life.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Despite the demonstrated benefits of rhGH therapy, published studies have shown that a majority of patients on a daily rhGH regimen, which requires up to 365 injections per year, are not fully compliant and fail to achieve expected treatment outcomes. For example, significant reductions in the degree of growth in pediatric GHD patients have been observed as a result of missing as few as two injections per week. As a result, pediatric endocrinologists have consistently sought a long-acting rhGH therapy to reduce the treatment burden on patients and their caregivers without compromising safety or efficacy. Importantly, other rhGH manufacturers have attempted to develop a long-acting rhGH product using microsphere, PEGylation, fusion and alternative delivery technologies. Each of these approaches has not been successful due to regulatory, safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues, or a combination thereof.

Our product candidate: VRS-317

We believe our product candidate, VRS-317, will fulfill this significant need for a long-acting rhGH product. VRS-317, which is a new chemical entity, combines the same rhGH amino acid sequence utilized in currently approved rhGH products with a proprietary in-licensed half-life extension technology, XTEN, to enable less frequent administration. VRS-317 was engineered using XTEN technology to extend the residence time in the bloodstream by reducing the clearance of rhGH from the body by the two primary mechanisms, kidney filtration and receptor mediated clearance.

In our Phase 1a clinical trial, VRS-317 has demonstrated a half-life at least thirty times longer than daily rhGH and to date has shown a safety and tolerability profile comparable to that of marketed daily rhGH products. Additionally, the XTEN amino acid sequences fused to rhGH to form VRS-317 confer improved pharmaceutical properties compared to rhGH alone, including greater solubility, a lower isoelectric point and a higher net negative charge. These improved properties enable a straightforward purification process without the need for complex steps that can reduce manufacturing yields, such as protein folding, which may ultimately offer a cost-of-goods advantage for VRS-317 versus current rhGH products.

There are currently seven rhGH products marketed in the United States for the treatment of GHD. We are pursuing the same regulatory pathway for VRS-317 followed by most of these products for pediatric GHD patients: a dose-finding study and a Phase 3 registration trial with a primary endpoint of twelve month mean height velocity. Mean height velocity refers to the mean height change of the individuals in a treatment group over a specified time period. We are currently conducting and have completed enrollment in the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a pediatric GHD clinical trial, which we designed to evaluate weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing of VRS-317. In the Phase 1b portion of this clinical trial, we selected insulin-like growth factor-I, or IGF-I, which is a commonly used marker, as the primary pharmacodynamic marker to measure the effect of VRS-317 treatment. All subjects had relative IGF-I deficiency at baseline, and the increase from baseline in the 30 day average IGF-I standard deviation score was proportional to dose. The primary efficacy endpoint in the Phase 2a stage of this trial is six month mean height velocity. We expect to have complete three month mean height velocity data, as well as safety data, in early March 2014 and to have complete six month mean height velocity data by June 2014 from the Phase 2a stage of our clinical trial. We are also conducting an extension trial to allow patients in the Phase 2a stage to continue to receive VRS-317, enabling determination of twelve month mean height velocity data prior to the initiation of our planned Phase 3 clinical trial and providing long-term data to support the filing of our New Drug Application. Growth

 

 

2


Table of Contents

data from published studies of approved rhGH therapy products suggest that three, six and twelve month mean height velocities within the same cohort are well correlated within the same clinical trial. We believe this correlation is attributable to the fact that an individual’s growth during a three month period represents a portion of that individual’s growth during any longer subsequent period such as an additional three or nine months. In Phase 3 clinical trials of approved rhGH products, the mean height velocity in a cohort at twelve months was generally the primary endpoint used for approval of the dose used in the cohort.

Market opportunity

Global annual sales from currently marketed rhGH products, which are used for the treatment of GHD as well as other related indications, have grown approximately 6% per year over the last five years, reaching over $3 billion in 2012. Based on market research, we believe that the market for daily rhGH products is likely to grow to over $4 billion by 2018. We believe that VRS-317, if approved, would not only take significant market share versus current daily rhGH products, but would further expand the overall rhGH market due to its greater convenience of administration.

Our first targeted indication for VRS-317 is pediatric GHD, which represents an approximately $1.5 billion existing market opportunity. The available data from the United States and European Union consistently estimate the prevalence of GHD in children as just below 3 per 10,000. We believe the United States and European daily rhGH markets for pediatric GHD are currently approximately $450 million and $550 million, respectively, with the Japanese market comprising approximately $450 million in annual revenues. In Japan specifically, VRS-317 has the potential to be further differentiated on efficacy compared to the efficacy achieved by the lower dose of daily rhGH approved in Japan for the treatment of pediatric GHD.

We may develop VRS-317 for one or more of the additional indications for which daily rhGH products are currently approved, including adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome. We believe the adult GHD market is currently underpenetrated, yet it reached approximately $450 million in revenues globally in 2012. We have completed a Phase 1a clinical trial in adult GHD patients that supports the potential for monthly dosing of VRS-317. Adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome represent approximately 30% of the global rhGH market.

Our strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing therapeutics for the treatment of endocrine disorders. The key elements of our strategy are to:

 

   

complete the clinical development of and seek regulatory approval for VRS-317 for the treatment of GHD in children;

 

   

commercialize VRS-317 independently in the United States with a specialty sales force, and identify a commercialization strategy in Europe to maximize our returns;

 

   

evaluate, either independently or in collaboration with third parties, the potential for VRS-317 to demonstrate superior efficacy versus daily rhGH in Japanese children; and

 

   

explore the use of VRS-317 in adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our management team

We are led by a team of experienced biotechnology industry executives and recognized experts in the treatment of GHD who bring significant capabilities in the development and commercialization of a novel long-acting rhGH therapy. Our management team is led by our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D. Dr. Cleland led the development of the only FDA-approved long-acting rhGH product, Nutropin Depot ® , while at Genentech, Inc., or Genentech. Our financial team is led by our Chief Financial Officer, Joshua T. Brumm, who has previously led finance teams for both emerging growth biotechnology and medical device companies, including Pharmacyclics, Inc. and ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc. Mr. Brumm has extensive commercial and operating experience in addition to having completed a number of financial and strategic transactions. Our clinical team is led by George Bright, M.D., Vice President of Medical Affairs, and Eric Humphriss, M.B.A., Vice President of Clinical Operations. Dr. Bright, a pediatric endocrinologist, has been treating children with GHD for more than 35 years and was a leader in the development of a daily rhGH product, Norditropin ® , and a product for the treatment of IGF-I deficiency, Increlex ® . Mr. Humphriss managed Genentech’s pediatric GHD registry. Our manufacturing team is led by Patrick Murphy, who headed the team that manufactured the first rhGH product, Protropin ® , while at Genentech.

Risks associated with our business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties related to our financial condition and need for additional capital, the development and commercialization of our only product candidate, VRS-317, our reliance on third parties, the operation of our business, our intellectual property, government regulation and this offering and ownership of our common stock. These risks include those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary, including the following:

 

   

Our success depends heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our only product candidate, VRS-317.

 

   

VRS-317 is a new chemical entity, and although it contains the same rhGH composition used in currently approved rhGH products, it has been genetically modified to extend its half-life, creating uncertainty about its long-term safety profile.

 

   

Because the results of preclinical testing or earlier clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results, VRS-317 may not have favorable results in later clinical trials or receive regulatory approval.

 

   

Long-acting rhGH products and product candidates no longer in development or marketed have failed to generate commercial success or obtain regulatory approval, and we cannot predict whether VRS-317 will achieve success where others have failed.

 

   

Delays in the enrollment of patients in any of our clinical studies could increase our development costs and delay completion of the study.

 

   

If clinical studies of VRS-317 and any future product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States or do not otherwise produce positive results, we may incur additional costs, experience delays in completing or ultimately fail in completing the development and commercialization of VRS-317 or our future product candidates.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

VRS-317 or our future product candidates may cause serious adverse side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in significant negative consequences following any marketing approval.

 

   

Even if our clinical trials demonstrate acceptable safety and efficacy of VRS-317 for growth in pediatric GHD patients based on a weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimen, the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States may not approve VRS-317 for marketing or may approve it with restrictions on the label, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

 

   

Even if VRS-317 or any future product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, caregivers, healthcare payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

 

   

VRS-317 has never been manufactured on a commercial scale, and there are risks associated with scaling up manufacturing to commercial scale. We have recently transferred our production of VRS-317 to a new manufacturer, which may not be successful, and this could delay regulatory approval and commercialization of VRS-317.

 

   

We license substantially all of the intellectual property relating to VRS-317 from Amunix Operating, Inc., or Amunix, and the loss of our license agreement with Amunix would prevent or otherwise materially adversely affect our ability to proceed with any development or potential commercialization of VRS-317.

 

   

We will need additional funds to support our operations, and such funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, which would force us to delay, reduce or suspend our research and development programs and other operations or commercialization efforts. Raising additional capital may subject us to unfavorable terms, cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our product candidates and technologies.

Corporate information

We were incorporated in Delaware in December 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450, Redwood City, California 94065, and our telephone number is (650) 963-8580. Our website address is www.versartis.com . The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. As such, we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2019, (2) the last day of the fiscal year (a) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (b) in which we are deemed

 

 

5


Table of Contents

to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

“Versartis,” our logo and other trade names, trademarks and service marks of Versartis appearing in this prospectus are the property of Versartis. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by Versartis

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

             shares

 

Underwriters’ option

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock from us as described in “Underwriting.”

 

Use of proceeds

The net proceeds from the issuance of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering, along with our other capital resources, to fund our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317 and related costs, and the balance to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition or licensing of other products, businesses or technologies. See “Use of proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk factors” beginning on page 11 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed             symbol

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on under the symbol “            .”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 135,107,283 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and an additional 61,927,148 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock issued in February 2014, and excludes the following:

 

   

16,142,443 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.16 per share;

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

506,220 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after December 31, 2013 with a weighted average exercise price of $0.63 per share;

 

   

            shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering; and

 

   

1,857,285 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved under our 2014 Plan upon its effectiveness.

 

   

            shares of our common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

   

1,999,997 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.45 per share.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 182,575,322 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the automatic net exercise of all outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of our convertible preferred stock, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the automatic conversion of those shares into              shares of our common stock, each immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional              shares of our common stock.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary financial data

The following tables summarize our financial data and should be read together with the sections in this prospectus entitled “Selected financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in the future.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
December 10,
2008 (Date of
Inception) to
December 31,
2013
 
    2012     2013    
   

(in thousands, except share

and per share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

     

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development

  $ 10,963      $ 14,855      $ 45,873   

General and administrative

    1,936        4,428        10,141   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    12,899        19,283        56,014   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (12,899     (19,283     (56,014

Interest income

           1        3   

Interest expense

    (393     (128     (863

Other income (expense), net

    75        913        2,030   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

    (13,217     (18,497     (54,844

Accretion of Series A convertible preferred stock to redemption value, net of extinguishment

                  1,098   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $ (53,746
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

  $ (9.97   $ (3.57  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

    1,325,031        5,175,047     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1) (unaudited)

    $ (0.17  
   

 

 

   

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1) (unaudited)

      112,048,948     
   

 

 

   

 

(1) See Note 2 and Note 15 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
    As of
December 31,
    As of
December 31, 2013
 
    2012     2013     Pro  Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (2)(3)
 
          (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 329      $ 13,213      $ 78,213     

Working capital (deficit)

    (4,745     10,283        75,283     

Total assets

    2,189        14,683        79,683     

Convertible notes payable

    4,460                        

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    433        474                 

Convertible preferred stock call option liability

           21                 

Convertible preferred stock

    29,647        57,497                 

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (35,249     (53,746     (53,746  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (34,742     (47,292     75,700     

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects (1) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the automatic conversion of outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 into an aggregate of 120,648,174 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (2) the issuance and automatic conversion of 13,168,291 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in February 2014 as if they had occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the receipt of approximately $10.0 million of gross proceeds from such sale; (3) the issuance and automatic conversion of 48,758,857 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock in February 2014 as if they had occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the receipt of approximately $55.0 million of gross proceeds from such sale; and (4) the net exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into shares of convertible preferred stock, the automatic conversion of such shares into common stock and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred warrant liability and convertible preferred call option liability to additional paid-in capital.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the sale by us of          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $         million and decrease (increase) total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by $         million, assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by approximately $         million and decrease (increase) total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks, together with all the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and notes thereto, before you invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually materializes, our operating results, financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks related to the development and commercialization of our product candidate

Our success depends heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our only product candidate, VRS-317.

We do not have any products that have gained regulatory approval. Our only clinical-stage product candidate is VRS-317, a novel, long-acting recombinant human growth hormone, or rhGH, combined with a proprietary half-life extension technology referred to as XTEN. VRS-317 is currently undergoing the Phase 2a stage of a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial. As a result, our near-term prospects, including our ability to finance our operations and generate revenue, are substantially dependent on our ability to obtain regulatory approval for and, if approved, to successfully commercialize VRS-317 in a timely manner.

We cannot commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates in the United States without first obtaining regulatory approval for the product from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, nor can we commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates outside of the United States without obtaining regulatory approval from comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA review process typically takes years to complete and approval is never guaranteed. Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of VRS-317 for a target pediatric GHD indication or our future product candidates, we generally must demonstrate with substantial evidence gathered in preclinical and well-controlled clinical studies that the product candidate is safe and effective for use for that target indication and that the manufacturing facilities, processes and controls are adequate. We are pursuing the same regulatory pathway for VRS-317 followed by most of the approved rhGH products for pediatric GHD patients: a dose-finding study and a Phase 3 registration trial with a primary endpoint of twelve month mean height velocity. It is possible, however, that because VRS-317 is a modified form of rhGH, with two amino acid tails added to extend its half-life, that we will not be able to use this typical regulatory approval process. If we have to conduct additional or different trials than prior rhGH products were required to complete, this could increase the amount of time and expense required for regulatory approval of VRS-317, if any. In addition, while the available growth data from published studies of approved rhGH therapy products suggest that three, six and twelve month mean height velocities are well correlated within the same clinical trial, it is possible that VRS-317, due to its unique properties, will produce different results. If the three and six month mean height velocities that we observe for VRS-317 in the on-going Phase 1b/2a clinical trial do not correlate to twelve month mean height velocities that we ultimately observe in any Phase 3 clinical trial that we may conduct, VRS-317 may not achieve the required primary endpoint in the Phase 3 clinical trial, and VRS-317 may not receive regulatory approval.

Moreover, obtaining regulatory approval for marketing of VRS-317 in one country does not ensure we will be able to obtain regulatory approval in other countries, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in other countries.

 

11


Table of Contents

Even if VRS-317 or any of our future product candidates were to successfully obtain approval from the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, any approval might contain significant limitations related to use restrictions for specified age groups, warnings, precautions or contraindications, or may be subject to burdensome post-approval study or risk management requirements. If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for VRS-317 in one or more jurisdictions, or any approval contains significant limitations, we may not be able to obtain sufficient funding or generate sufficient revenue to continue to fund our operations. Also, any regulatory approval of VRS-317 or our future product candidates, once obtained, may be withdrawn. Furthermore, even if we obtain regulatory approval for VRS-317, the commercial success of VRS-317 will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

development of our own commercial organization or establishment of a commercial collaboration with a commercial infrastructure;

 

   

establishment of commercially viable pricing and obtaining approval for adequate reimbursement from third-party and government payors;

 

   

the ability of our third-party manufacturers to manufacture quantities of VRS-317 using commercially viable processes at a scale sufficient to meet anticipated demand and reduce our cost of manufacturing, and that are compliant with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, regulations;

 

   

our success in educating physicians and patients about the benefits, administration and use of VRS-317;

 

   

the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of alternative and competing treatments;

 

   

the effectiveness of our own or our potential strategic collaborators’ marketing, sales and distribution strategy and operations;

 

   

acceptance of VRS-317 as safe and effective by patients, caregivers and the medical community;

 

   

a continued acceptable safety profile of VRS-317 following approval; and

 

   

continued compliance with our obligations in our intellectual property licenses with third parties upon favorable terms

Many of these factors are beyond our control. If we or our commercialization collaborators are unable to successfully commercialize VRS-317, we may not be able to earn sufficient revenues to continue our business.

VRS-317 is a new chemical entity, and although it contains the same rhGH composition used in currently approved rhGH products, it has been genetically modified to extend its half-life, creating uncertainty about its long-term safety profile.

VRS-317 utilizes the same rhGH amino acid sequence as in currently approved rhGH products, but combined with sequences of hydrophilic amino acids genetically fused to the rhGH protein to extend its half-life. This proprietary in-licensed half-life extension technology, XTEN, has been used in VRS-317 to potentially enable less frequent administration of rhGH. We have limited clinical data on product candidates utilizing XTEN technology indicating whether they are safe or effective for long-

 

12


Table of Contents

term treatment in humans. The long term safety and efficacy of the XTEN technology and the extended half-life and exposure profile of VRS-317 compared to currently approved rhGH products is unknown, and it is possible it may increase the risk of unforeseen reactions to VRS-317 following extended treatment relative to other currently approved rhGH products. Elevated levels of rhGH and IGF-I together can lead to acromegaly, a rare disease that occurs when the body produces excess growth hormone, leading to an increase in the size of bones and organs and which can result in disfigurement and other complications, with an associated increased cancer risk. It is unknown whether long-term repeated administration of VRS-317 could result in an increased immune response to rhGH, leading to a loss of efficacy or potential safety issues. If extended treatment with VRS-317 in our ongoing or future clinical trials results in any concerns about its safety or efficacy, we may be unable to successfully develop or commercialize VRS-317.

Because the results of preclinical testing or earlier clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results, VRS-317 may not have favorable results in later clinical trials or receive regulatory approval.

Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will generate adequate data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of an investigational drug. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, including those with greater resources and experience, have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials, even after seeing promising results in earlier clinical trials. Despite the results reported in earlier trials, we do not know whether the clinical trials we are conducting, or may conduct, will demonstrate adequate efficacy and safety to result in regulatory approval to market VRS-317. Even if we believe that we have adequate data to support an application for regulatory approval to market our product candidates, the FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or other applicable foreign regulatory authorities may not agree and may require that we conduct additional clinical trials. If later-stage clinical trials do not produce favorable results, our ability to achieve regulatory approval for VRS-317 may be adversely impacted.

There can be no assurance that VRS-317 will not exhibit new or increased safety risks in the Phase 2a stage of our clinical trial as compared to the Phase 1b stage of the trial, or, if we complete the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial, in the planned Phase 3 clinical trial. In addition, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many other companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain regulatory approval for the marketing of their products.

In addition, we have not yet established the optimal dose for VRS-317. There can be no guarantee that the doses currently being studied in the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial will be efficacious or, if they are, whether any one will be the optimal dose. We believe we will need to conduct additional clinical trials to evaluate additional dose levels of VRS-317. In addition, we do not yet know how frequently VRS-317, if approved, will have to be administered. Our on-going Phase 1b/2a clinical trial is evaluating weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing regimen. There cannot be any guarantee that any of these studies will be successful in determining a dose or dose regimen of VRS-317 suitable for marketing approval.

As an organization, we have never conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial or submitted an NDA before, and may be unsuccessful in doing so for VRS-317.

We are currently conducting the Phase 2a stage of a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial and we may need to conduct additional clinical trials before initiating our planned Phase 3 clinical trial. If the Phase 2a

 

13


Table of Contents

stage of the trial is successful, we intend to independently conduct a Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317. The conduct of Phase 3 clinical trials and the submission of a successful NDA is a complicated process. As an organization, we have never conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial, have limited experience in preparing, submitting and prosecuting regulatory filings, and have not submitted a New Drug Application, or an NDA, before. We also have had limited interactions with the FDA and have not discussed any proposed Phase 3 clinical trial design or implementation with the FDA. Consequently, even if the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial is successful, we may be unable to successfully and efficiently execute and complete necessary clinical trials in a way that leads to NDA submission and approval of VRS-317. Failure to commence or complete, or delays in, our planned clinical trials would prevent us from or delay us in commercializing VRS-317.

Long-acting rhGH products and product candidates no longer in development or marketed have failed to generate commercial success or obtain regulatory approval, and we cannot predict whether VRS-317 will achieve success where others have failed.

Many attempts have been made to develop sustained release formulations of rhGH. For example, Nutropin Depot, a long-acting form of rhGH developed by Genentech that uses Alkermes’ ProLease ® injectable extended-release drug delivery system, was approved by the FDA in 1999 and withdrawn from the market in 2004 by Genentech and Alkermes due to the significant resources required to continue manufacturing and commercializing the product. Additional attempts at sustained release formulations have not yet led to globally marketed products, due to manufacturing, regulatory, efficacy and/or safety reasons. Even if we obtain all requisite regulatory approvals, no assurance can be given that VRS-317 will achieve commercial success or market adoption.

Delays in the enrollment of patients in any of our clinical studies could increase our development costs and delay completion of the study.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical studies for VRS-317 or any future product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these studies as required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Even if we are able to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical studies, if the pace of enrollment is slower than we expect, the development costs for our product candidates may increase and the completion of our studies may be delayed or our studies could become too expensive to complete.

For example, we enrolled 48 patients in the United States over approximately eight months in the Phase 1b stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of VRS-317. The last patient was enrolled in the Phase 2a stage of the study in November 2013, and we expect the study to be completed by mid-2014. Depending on the outcome of the Phase 2a stage of the trial, we intend to begin enrollment for a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States, Canada and the European Union. As we expect to study only treatment naïve subjects in any Phase 3 clinical trial, we will need to seek participation of additional patients in that trial. We will need to activate new clinical study sites and enroll patients at forecasted rates at both new and existing clinical study sites. Our forecasts regarding the rates of clinical site activation and patient enrollment at those sites are based on a number of assumptions including assumptions based on past experience with the Phase 1b stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial. However, there can be no assurance that those forecasts will be accurate or that we will not face delays in commencing our planned Phase 3 clinical trial. There may be concurrent competing pediatric GHD clinical trials that will inhibit or slow our enrollment in the Phase 3 clinical trial. If we experience delays in enrollment, our ability to complete our planned Phase 3 clinical trial could be impaired and the costs of conducting the study could increase, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

14


Table of Contents

If clinical studies of VRS-317 and any future product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States or do not otherwise produce positive results, we may incur additional costs, experience delays in completing or ultimately fail in completing the development and commercialization of VRS-317 or our future product candidates.

Before obtaining regulatory approval for the sale of any product candidate, we must conduct extensive clinical studies to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. Clinical studies are expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and are uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more of our clinical studies could occur at any stage of testing.

The probability of the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial succeeding is highly dependent on the adequacy of its design. We have reviewed publicly available data from studies completed by other companies and incorporated the results of our analysis into the design of the Phase 2a stage of our trial, but we could have misinterpreted the data or performed a flawed analysis. Furthermore, relevant information from the studies may not be publicly available or, if available, may not have been obtained by us. As a result, there could be flaws in the design of the Phase 2a stage of our trial that could cause it to fail. For example, we may be administering VRS-317 at dose levels that are not as efficacious and/or safe as other rhGH therapies.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical studies that could delay or prevent our ability to receive regulatory approval or commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates, including the following:

 

   

clinical studies may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical studies or abandon product development programs;

 

   

the number of patients required for clinical studies may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical studies may be insufficient or slower than we anticipate or patients may drop out of these clinical studies at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

   

the cost of clinical studies or the manufacturing of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

   

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

 

   

we might have to suspend or terminate clinical studies of our product candidates for various reasons, including a finding that our product candidates have unanticipated serious side effects or other unexpected characteristics or that the patients are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

   

regulators may not approve our proposed clinical development plans;

 

   

regulators or institutional review boards may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical study or conduct a clinical study at a prospective study site;

 

   

regulators or institutional review boards may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements; and

 

15


Table of Contents
   

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical studies of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate.

If we are required to conduct additional clinical studies or other testing of VRS-317 or any future product candidates beyond those that we contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical studies or other testing, if the results of these studies or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

 

   

be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

   

not obtain marketing approval at all;

 

   

obtain approval for indications that are not as broad as intended;

 

   

have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval;

 

   

be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements; or

 

   

be subject to restrictions on how the product is distributed or used.

Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or approvals. We do not know whether any clinical studies will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all.

Significant clinical study delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which would impair our ability to commercialize our product candidates and harm our business and results of operations.

VRS-317 or our future product candidates may cause serious adverse side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in significant negative consequences following any marketing approval.

Our product candidate, VRS-317, has not completed clinical development. The risk of failure of clinical development is high. It is impossible to predict when or if this or any future product candidates will prove safe enough to receive regulatory approval. Undesirable side effects caused by VRS-317 or any future product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authority.

Pediatric subjects taking VRS-317 have reported certain adverse effects, such as mild and transient injection site discomfort, headaches and sore extremities, consistent with known adverse effects of rhGH therapy. No serious side effects have been reported to date. However, we cannot assure you that side effects from VRS-317 in current or future clinical trials will continue to be mild or that side effects in general will not prompt the discontinued development of VRS-317 or any future product candidates. As a result of these side effects or further safety or toxicity issues that we may experience in our clinical trials in the future, we may not receive approval to market VRS-317 or any future product candidates, which could prevent us from ever generating revenue or achieving profitability. Results of our trials could reveal an unacceptably high severity or prevalence of side effects. In such an event, our trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory

 

16


Table of Contents

authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Any drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and future prospects.

Additionally, if VRS-317 or any of our future product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such product, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

we may be forced to suspend the marketing of such product;

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approvals of such product;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label that could diminish the usage or otherwise limit the commercial success of such products;

 

   

the FDA or other regulatory bodies may issue safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings about such product;

 

   

the FDA may require the establishment or modification of Risk Evaluation Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, or a comparable foreign regulatory authority may require the establishment or modification of a similar strategy that may, for instance, restrict distribution of our products and impose burdensome implementation requirements on us;

 

   

we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to subjects or patients;

 

   

we may be subject to litigation or product liability claims; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved.

Even if our clinical trials demonstrate acceptable safety and efficacy of VRS-317 for growth in pediatric GHD patients based on a weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimen, the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States may not approve VRS-317 for marketing or may approve it with restrictions on the label, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Assuming the success of our clinical trials, we anticipate seeking regulatory approval for VRS-317 in the United States, Europe and Canada for treatment of pediatric GHD patients based on weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimens. It is possible that the FDA, the EMA or Health Canada may not consider the results of our clinical trials to be sufficient for approval of VRS-317 for this indication. In general, the FDA suggests that sponsors complete two adequate and well-controlled clinical studies to demonstrate effectiveness because a conclusion based on two persuasive studies will be more compelling than a conclusion based on a single study. Even if we achieve favorable results in the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial and our planned Phase 3 clinical trial, and considering that VRS-317 is a new chemical entity, the FDA may nonetheless require that we conduct additional clinical studies, possibly using a different clinical study design.

 

17


Table of Contents

Moreover, even if the FDA or other regulatory authorities approve VRS-317 for treatment of pediatric GHD patients based on weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimens, the approval may include additional restrictions on the label that could make VRS-317 less attractive to physicians and patients compared to other products that may be approved for broader indications, which could limit potential sales of VRS-317.

If we fail to obtain FDA or other regulatory approval of VRS-317 or if the approval is narrower than what we seek, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Even if VRS-317 or any future product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, caregivers, healthcare payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If VRS-317 or any future product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, hospital administrators, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

   

their efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the price we charge for our product candidates;

 

   

the willingness of physicians to change their current treatment practices;

 

   

convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

   

the strength of marketing and distribution support; and

 

   

the availability of third-party coverage or reimbursement.

For example, a number of companies offer therapies for treatment of pediatric GHD patients based on a daily regimen, and physicians, patients or their families may not be willing to change their current treatment practices in favor of VRS-317 even if it is able to offer less frequent dosing. If VRS-317 or any future product candidates, if approved, do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenue and we may not become profitable on a sustained basis or at all.

VRS-317 has never been manufactured on a commercial scale, and there are risks associated with scaling up manufacturing to commercial scale. We have recently transferred our production of VRS-317 to a new manufacturer, which may not be successful, and this could delay regulatory approval and commercialization of VRS-317.

VRS-317 has never been manufactured on a commercial scale, and there are risks associated with scaling up manufacturing to commercial scale including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale-up, process reproducibility, stability issues, lot consistency and timely

 

18


Table of Contents

availability of raw materials. Even if we could otherwise obtain regulatory approval for VRS-317, there is no assurance that our manufacturer will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product or to meet potential future demand. If our manufacturer is unable to produce sufficient quantities of the approved product for commercialization, our commercialization efforts would be impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

VRS-317 is a biological molecule, or biologic, rather than a small molecule chemical compound, and as a result we face special uncertainties and risks associated with scaling up manufacturing. The manufacture of biologics involves complex processes, including developing cells or cell systems to produce the biologic, growing large quantities of such cells and harvesting and purifying the biologic produced by them. As a result, the cost to manufacture biologics is generally far higher than traditional small molecule chemical compounds, and the manufacturing process is less reliable and is difficult to reproduce. VRS-317 was previously produced for us by a third-party contract manufacturer using a small-scale process that was too expensive and inefficient to support the dosages necessary for our ongoing and planned clinical trials. We have entered into an agreement with a new third-party manufacturer to develop a more efficient, larger-scale manufacturing process. However, scaling up and improving a biologic manufacturing process is a difficult and uncertain task, and we can give no assurance that we will be successful in developing and implementing this new process. Additionally, if we receive regulatory approval for VRS-317, in order to successfully commercialize VRS-317 we will need to manufacture quantities of VRS-317 using commercially viable processes at a scale sufficient to meet anticipated demand. Even if we are able to do so, if the therapeutically effective dosage of VRS-317 is higher than we anticipate or the obtainable sales price is lower than we anticipate, we may not be able to successfully commercialize VRS-317.

Our failure to successfully identify, acquire, develop and commercialize additional products or product candidates could impair our ability to grow.

Although a substantial amount of our efforts will focus on the continued clinical testing and potential approval of our most advanced product candidate, VRS-317, a key element of our long-term growth strategy is to acquire, develop and/or market additional products and product candidates. We currently have one other potential product candidate that is in the preclinical study stage, but its development is at a preliminary stage and there can be no certainty that we will choose to advance it. Research programs to identify product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Because our internal research capabilities are limited, we may be dependent upon pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic scientists and other researchers to sell or license products or technology to us. The success of this strategy depends partly upon our ability to identify, select and acquire promising pharmaceutical product candidates and products. The process of proposing, negotiating and implementing a license or acquisition of a product candidate or approved product is lengthy and complex. Other companies, including some with substantially greater financial, marketing and sales resources, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates and approved products. We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure. Moreover, we may devote resources to potential acquisitions or in-licensing opportunities that are never completed, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such efforts. Any product candidate that we acquire may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale,

 

19


Table of Contents

including extensive clinical testing and approval by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. All product candidates are prone to risks of failure typical of pharmaceutical product development, including the possibility that a product candidate will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that any products that we develop or approved products that we acquire will be manufactured profitably or achieve market acceptance.

We currently have no sales or distribution personnel and only limited marketing capabilities. If we are unable to develop a sales and marketing and distribution capability on our own or through collaborations or other marketing partners, we will not be successful in commercializing VRS-317 or other future products.

We do not have a significant sales or marketing infrastructure and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of therapeutic products. To achieve commercial success for any approved product, we must either develop a sales and marketing organization or outsource these functions to third parties. If VRS-317 is approved, we intend to commercialize it with our own specialty sales force in the United States, Canada and potentially other geographies.

There are risks involved with both establishing our own sales and marketing capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time-consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

We also may not be successful entering into arrangements with third parties to sell and market our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively and could damage our reputation. If we do not establish sales and marketing capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates.

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new therapeutic products is highly competitive. We face competition with respect to VRS-317, and will face competition with respect to any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. There are several large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell rhGH therapies to our target patient group. These companies typically have a greater ability to reduce prices for their competing drugs in an effort to gain or retain market share and undermine the value proposition that we might otherwise be able to offer to payors. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization. Many of these competitors are attempting to develop therapeutics for our target indications.

 

20


Table of Contents

We are developing our lead product candidate, VRS-317, for treatment of pediatric GHD patients based on a weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimen. The current standard of care for growth therapies for patients in the United States is a daily subcutaneous injection of rhGH. There are a variety of currently marketed daily rhGH therapies administered by daily subcutaneous injection and used for the treatment of GHD, principally Norditropin ® (Novo Nordisk), Humatrope ® (Eli Lilly), Nutropin-AQ ® (Roche/Genentech), Genotropin ® (Pfizer), Saizen ® (Merck Serono), Tev-tropin ® (Teva Pharmaceuticals), Omnitrope ® (Sandoz GmbH) and Valtropin ® (LG Life Science). These rhGH drugs, with the exception of Valtropin, are well-established therapies and are widely accepted by physicians, patients, caregivers, third-party payors and pharmacy benefit managers, or PBMs, as the standard of care for the treatment of GHD. Physicians, patients, third-party payors and PBMs may not accept the addition of VRS-317 to their current treatment regimens for a variety of potential reasons, including concerns about incurring potential additional costs related to VRS-317, the perception that the use of VRS-317 will be of limited additional benefit to patients, or limited long-term safety data compared to currently available rhGH treatments.

In addition to the currently approved and marketed daily rhGH therapies, there are a variety of experimental therapies that are in various stages of clinical development by companies both already participating in the rhGH market as well as potential new entrants, principally Aileron Therapeutics, Althea, Ambrx, Ascendis, Bioton S.A., Critical Pharmaceuticals, Dong-A, GeneScience, Hanmi, LG Life Science, OPKO Health, Inc. (via Prolor acquisition) and all of the existing global and regional rhGH franchises.

Many of our competitors, including a number of large pharmaceutical companies that compete directly with us, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and diagnostic industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical study sites and patient registration for clinical studies, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

We may form strategic alliances in the future, and we may not realize the benefits of such alliances.

We may form strategic alliances, create joint ventures or collaborations or enter into licensing arrangements with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our existing business. These relationships or those like them may require us to incur non-recurring and other charges, increase our near- and long-term expenditures, issue securities that dilute our existing stockholders or disrupt our management and business. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Moreover, we may not be successful in our efforts to establish a strategic partnership or other alternative arrangements for VRS-317 or any future product candidates and programs because our research and development pipeline may be insufficient, our product candidates and programs may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort and third parties may not view our product candidates and programs as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy. If we license products or businesses, we may not be able to realize the benefit of such transactions if we

 

21


Table of Contents

are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture. We cannot be certain that, following a strategic transaction or license, we will achieve the revenues or specific net income that justifies such transaction. Any delays in entering into new strategic partnership agreements related to our product candidates could also delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness even if they reach the market.

If we are able to commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates, the products may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, thereby harming our business.

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing and reimbursement for new therapeutic products vary widely from country to country. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a product before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain regulatory approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product and negatively impact the revenue we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain regulatory approval.

Our ability to commercialize VRS-317 or any future products successfully also will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for these products and related treatments becomes available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and these third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. We cannot be sure that reimbursement will be available for any product that we commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, what the level of reimbursement will be. Reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product for which we obtain marketing approval. Obtaining reimbursement for our products may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with products administered under the supervision of a physician. If reimbursement is not available or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate that we successfully develop.

There may be significant delays in obtaining reimbursement for approved products, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the product is approved by the FDA or regulatory authorities in other countries. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that any product will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Interim payments for new products, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Payment rates may vary according to the use of the product and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on payments allowed for lower cost products that are already reimbursed and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for products may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently

 

22


Table of Contents

restrict imports of products from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and profitable payment rates from both government funded and private payors for new products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition. In some foreign countries, including major markets in the European Union and Japan, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take nine to twelve months or longer after the receipt of regulatory marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product to other available therapies. Our business could be materially harmed if reimbursement of our approved products, if any, is unavailable or limited in scope or amount or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of VRS-317 and any future product candidates in human clinical studies and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

 

   

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

   

withdrawal of patients from clinical studies or cancellation of studies;

 

   

significant costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to patients;

 

   

loss of revenue; and

 

   

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

We currently hold $5 million in product liability insurance coverage, which may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

Risks related to our financial condition and need for additional capital

We have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial and increasing losses for the foreseeable future. We have only one product candidate and no commercial sales, which, together with our limited operating history, makes it difficult to evaluate our business and assess our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. We do not have any products approved for sale, and to date we have focused principally on developing our only

 

23


Table of Contents

product candidate, VRS-317. Evaluating our performance, viability or future success will be more difficult than if we had a longer operating history or approved products on the market. We continue to incur significant research and development and general and administrative expenses related to our operations. Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate effect or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval or become commercially viable. We have incurred significant operating losses in each year since our inception and expect to incur substantial and increasing losses for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $53.7 million.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our convertible preferred stock. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, including clinical studies, but have not completed development of any product candidate. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

 

   

continue the research and development of our only product candidate, VRS-317, and any future product candidates;

 

   

continue clinical studies of VRS-317, including the Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317 that we expect to initiate, which will be our most expensive clinical trial to date;

 

   

seek to discover or in-license additional product candidates;

 

   

seek regulatory approvals for VRS-317 and any future product candidates that successfully complete clinical studies;

 

   

establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale-up manufacturing capabilities to commercialize VRS-317 or other future product candidates if they obtain regulatory approval, including process improvements in order to manufacture VRS-317 at commercial scale; and

 

   

enhance operational, financial and information management systems and hire more personnel, including personnel to support development of VRS-317 and any future product candidates and, if a product candidate is approved, our commercialization efforts.

To be profitable in the future, we must succeed in developing and eventually commercializing VRS-317 as well as other products with significant market potential. This will require us to be successful in a range of activities, including advancing VRS-317 and any future product candidates, completing clinical studies of these product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval for these product candidates and manufacturing, marketing and selling those products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. We are only in the preliminary stages of some of these activities. We may not succeed in these activities and may never generate revenue that is sufficient to be profitable in the future. Even if we are profitable, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to achieve sustained profitability would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our product candidates, market our product candidates, if approved, or continue our operations.

We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable.

To date, we have not generated any revenues from commercial product sales, or otherwise. Even if we are able to successfully achieve regulatory approval for VRS-317 or any future product

 

24


Table of Contents

candidates, we do not know when any of these products will generate revenue from product sales for us. Our ability to generate revenue from product sales and achieve profitability will depend upon our ability, alone or with any future collaborators, to successfully commercialize products, including VRS-317 or any product candidates that we may develop, in-license or acquire in the future. Our ability to generate revenue from product sales from VRS-317 or any future product candidates also depends on a number of additional factors, including our or any future collaborators’ ability to:

 

   

complete development activities, including our ongoing Phase 2a and planned Phase 3 clinical trials of VRS-317, successfully and on a timely basis;

 

   

demonstrate the safety and efficacy of VRS-317 to the satisfaction of FDA and obtain regulatory approval for VRS-317 and future product candidates, if any, for which there is a commercial market;

 

   

complete and submit applications to, and obtain regulatory approval from, foreign regulatory authorities;

 

   

set a commercially viable price for our products;

 

   

establish and maintain supply and manufacturing relationships with reliable third parties, and ensure adequate and legally compliant manufacturing of bulk drug substances and drug products to maintain that supply;

 

   

develop a commercial organization capable of sales, marketing and distribution of any products for which we obtain marketing approval in markets where we intend to commercialize independently;

 

   

find suitable distribution partners to help us market, sell and distribute our approved products in other markets;

 

   

obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including government and private payors;

 

   

achieve market acceptance of our products, if any;

 

   

establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights and avoid third-party patent interference or patent infringement claims; and

 

   

attract, hire and retain qualified personnel.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical product development, including that VRS-317 or any future product candidates may not advance through development or achieve the endpoints of applicable clinical trials, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. In addition, our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we decide to or are required by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities to perform studies or trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Even if we are able to complete the development and regulatory process for VRS-317 or any future product candidates, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing these products.

Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of VRS-317 or any future product candidates that may be approved, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional

 

25


Table of Contents

funding to continue operations. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or shut down our operations.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. From time to time, we may enter into collaboration agreements with other companies that include development funding and significant upfront and milestone payments and/or royalties, which may become an important source of our revenue. Accordingly, our revenue may depend on development funding and the achievement of development and clinical milestones under any potential future collaboration and license agreements and sales of our products, if approved. These upfront and milestone payments may vary significantly from period to period and any such variance could cause a significant fluctuation in our operating results from one period to the next. In addition, we measure compensation cost for stock-based awards made to employees at the grant date of the award, based on the fair value of the award as determined by our board of directors, and recognize the cost as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period. As the variables that we use as a basis for valuing these awards change over time, including, after the closing of this offering, our underlying stock price and stock price volatility, the magnitude of the expense that we must recognize may vary significantly. Furthermore, our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

 

   

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to VRS-317 and any future product candidates, which will change from time to time;

 

   

our ability to enroll patients in clinical trials and the timing of enrollment;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing VRS-317 and any future product candidates, which may vary depending on FDA guidelines and requirements, the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

 

   

expenditures that we will or may incur to acquire or develop additional product candidates and technologies;

 

   

the timing and outcomes of clinical studies for VRS-317 and any future product candidates or competing product candidates;

 

   

changes in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

 

   

any delays in regulatory review or approval of VRS-317 or any of our future product candidates;

 

   

the level of demand for VRS-317 and any future product candidates, should they receive approval, which may fluctuate significantly and be difficult to predict;

 

   

the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to our products candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future drugs that compete with our product candidates;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

competition from existing and potential future drugs that compete with VRS-317 or any of our future product candidates;

 

   

our ability to commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidate inside and outside of the United States, either independently or working with third parties;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain collaborations, licensing or other arrangements;

 

   

our ability to adequately support future growth;

 

   

potential unforeseen business disruptions that increase our costs or expenses;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

 

   

the changing and volatile global economic environment.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue and/or earnings guidance we may provide.

We will need additional funds to support our operations, and such funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, which would force us to delay, reduce or suspend our research and development programs and other operations or commercialization efforts. Raising additional capital may subject us to unfavorable terms, cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our product candidates and technologies.

The completion of the development and the potential commercialization of VRS-317 and any future product candidates, should they receive approval, will require substantial funds. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $13.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, including the net proceeds we received from our convertible preferred stock financings in February 2014, will be sufficient to sustain operations for at least the next 12 months based on our existing business plan. Our future financing requirements will depend on many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

   

the rate of progress and cost of our clinical studies;

 

   

the timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and other regulatory authorities;

 

   

the cost of preparing to manufacture VRS-317 on a larger scale;

 

   

the costs of commercialization activities if VRS-317 or any future product candidate is approved, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution;

 

   

the degree and rate of market acceptance of any products launched by us or future partners;

 

   

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

27


Table of Contents
   

our ability to enter into additional collaboration, licensing, commercialization or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements;

 

   

the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments; and

 

   

the costs of attracting, hiring and retaining qualified personnel.

We do not have any material committed external source of funds or other support for our development efforts. Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance future cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing and distribution arrangements. Additional financing may not be available to us when we need it or it may not be available on favorable terms. If we raise additional capital through marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish certain valuable rights to VRS-317 or potential future product candidates, technologies, future revenue streams or research programs, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders’ rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of, or suspend one or more of our clinical studies or research and development programs or our commercialization efforts.

Risks related to our reliance on third parties

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical studies, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such studies.

We do not independently conduct clinical studies of our lead product candidate. We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, or CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to perform this function. For example, we currently rely on ResearchPoint Global to oversee and manage the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of VRS-317. Our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities reduces our control over these activities but does not relieve us of our responsibilities. We remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical studies is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the study. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical studies to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of patients in clinical studies are protected. Furthermore, these third parties may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical studies in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, regulatory approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates.

We also rely on other third parties to store and distribute supplies for our clinical studies. Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future distributors could delay clinical development

 

28


Table of Contents

or regulatory approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

We rely on a single third-party contract manufacturing organization to manufacture and supply VRS-317. If our manufacturer and supplier fails to perform adequately or fulfill our needs, we may be required to incur significant costs and devote significant efforts to find a new supplier or manufacturer. We may also face delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

We currently have limited experience in, and we do not own facilities for, clinical-scale manufacturing of our product candidates and we currently rely upon a single third-party contract manufacturing organization to manufacture and supply drug product for our clinical studies of VRS-317. The manufacture of pharmaceutical products in compliance with the FDA’s cGMPs requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. Manufacturers of pharmaceutical products often encounter difficulties in production, including difficulties with production costs and yields, quality control, including stability of the product candidate and quality assurance testing, shortages of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with strictly enforced cGMP requirements, other federal and state regulatory requirements and foreign regulations. If our manufacturer were to encounter any of these difficulties or otherwise fail to comply with its obligations to us or under applicable regulations, our ability to provide study drugs in our clinical studies would be jeopardized. Any delay or interruption in the supply of clinical study materials could delay the completion of our clinical studies, increase the costs associated with maintaining our clinical study programs and, depending upon the period of delay, require us to commence new studies at significant additional expense or terminate the studies completely.

All manufacturers of our product candidates must comply with cGMP requirements enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. These requirements include, among other things, quality control, quality assurance and the maintenance of records and documentation. Manufacturers of our product candidates may be unable to comply with these cGMP requirements and with other FDA, state and foreign regulatory requirements. The FDA or similar foreign regulatory agencies may also implement new standards at any time, or change their interpretation and enforcement of existing standards for manufacture, packaging or testing of products. We have little control over our manufacturers’ compliance with these regulations and standards. A failure to comply with these requirements may result in fines and civil penalties, suspension of production, suspension or delay in product approval, product seizure or recall or withdrawal of product approval. If the safety of any product supplied is compromised due to our manufacturers’ failure to adhere to applicable laws or for other reasons, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our products and we may be held liable for any injuries sustained as a result. Any of these factors could cause a delay of clinical studies, regulatory submissions, approvals or commercialization of our product candidates, entail higher costs or impair our reputation.

Our product candidate, VRS-317, is a biologic and therefore requires a complex production process. In October, 2012, we transferred production of VRS-317 to a new manufacturer, Boehringer Ingelheim. In connection with the transfer of production, we are making certain changes to the manufacturing process in order to increase its scale and efficiency. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement this transition or implement the proposed improvements to the manufacturing process. If we are not able to implement the proposed transition in a timely manner or

 

29


Table of Contents

obtain the anticipated improvements in efficiency, our business, results of operations and growth prospects would be materially adversely affected. In addition, current agreements with our manufacturer do not provide for the entire supply of the drug product necessary for full scale commercialization. If we and our manufacturer cannot agree to the terms and conditions necessary for our commercial supply needs, or if our manufacturer terminates the agreement in response to a material breach by us or otherwise becomes unable to fulfill its supply obligations, we would not be able to manufacture VRS-317 until a qualified alternative manufacturer is identified, which could also delay the development of, and impair our ability to commercialize, VRS-317.

The number of third-party manufacturers with the necessary manufacturing and regulatory expertise and facilities is limited, and it could be expensive and take a significant amount of time to arrange for alternative suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. New manufacturers of any product candidate would be required to qualify under applicable regulatory requirements and would need to have sufficient rights under applicable intellectual property laws to the method of manufacturing the product candidate. Obtaining the necessary FDA approvals or other qualifications under applicable regulatory requirements and ensuring non-infringement of third-party intellectual property rights could result in a significant interruption of supply and could require the new manufacturer to bear significant additional costs that may be passed on to us.

Any future collaboration agreements we may enter into for VRS-317 or any other product candidate may place the development of VRS-317 or other product candidates outside our control, may require us to relinquish important rights or may otherwise be on terms unfavorable to us.

We may enter into additional collaboration agreements with third parties with respect to VRS-317 for the commercialization of this candidate outside the United States, or with respect to future product candidates for commercialization in or outside the United States. Our likely collaborators for any distribution, marketing, licensing or other collaboration arrangements include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies. We will have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenue from these arrangements will depend in part on our collaborators’ abilities to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements.

Collaborations involving our product candidates are subject to numerous risks, which may include the following:

 

   

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to any such collaborations;

 

   

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical study results, changes in their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products, availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

   

collaborators may delay clinical studies, provide insufficient funding for a clinical study program, stop a clinical study, abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical studies or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates;

 

30


Table of Contents
   

a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to their marketing and distribution;

 

   

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability;

 

   

disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that causes the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our product candidates or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

 

   

collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates; and

 

   

collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to commercialize such intellectual property.

Any termination or disruption of collaborations could result in delays in the development of product candidates, increases in our costs to develop the product candidates or the termination of development of a product candidate.

Risks related to the operation of our business

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our chief executive officer and other key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on our chief executive officer and the other principal members of our executive team. Under the terms of their employment, our executives may terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of the services of any of these people could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel will also be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us.

We expect to expand our development, regulatory and sales and marketing capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of December 31, 2013, we had 11 employees. Over the next several years, we expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug development, regulatory affairs and sales and marketing. To manage

 

31


Table of Contents

our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

   

managing our clinical trials effectively, which we anticipate being conducted at numerous clinical sites;

 

   

identifying, recruiting, maintaining, motivating and integrating additional employees with the expertise and experience we will require;

 

   

managing our internal development efforts effectively while complying with our contractual obligations to licensors, licensees, contractors and other third parties;

 

   

managing additional relationships with various strategic partners, suppliers and other third parties;

 

   

improving our managerial, development, operational and finance reporting systems and procedures; and

 

   

expanding our facilities.

Our failure to accomplish any of these tasks could prevent us from successfully growing our company. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, which was enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means, among other things, that the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a

 

32


Table of Contents

result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may suffer or be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our corporate headquarters are located in California and certain clinical sites for our product candidate, operations of our existing and future partners are or will be located in California near major earthquake faults and fire zones. The ultimate impact on us, our significant partners, suppliers and our general infrastructure of being located near major earthquake faults and fire zones and being consolidated in certain geographical areas is unknown, but our operations and financial condition could suffer in the event of a major earthquake, fire or other natural or manmade disaster.

If we obtain approval to commercialize VRS-317 outside the United States, we will be subject to additional risks.

If we obtain approval to commercialize any approved products outside of the United States, a variety of risks associated with international operations could materially adversely affect our business, including:

 

   

different regulatory requirements for drug approvals in foreign countries;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

   

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

 

   

economic weakness, including inflation or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

   

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

   

foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

   

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

 

   

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

   

business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our internal computer systems, or those of our CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical study data from completed or ongoing clinical studies for a product candidate could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of any product candidates could be delayed.

Risks related to intellectual property

If we fail to comply with our obligations in our intellectual property licenses with third parties, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

We are a party to intellectual property license agreements with third parties, including with respect to VRS-317, and expect to enter into additional license agreements in the future. Our existing license agreements impose, and we expect that our future license agreements will impose, various diligence, milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, our licensors may have the right to terminate these agreements, in which event we may not be able to develop and market any product that is covered by these agreements. For example, we license substantially all of the intellectual property relating to VRS-317 from Amunix, and the loss of our license agreement with Amunix would therefore materially adversely affect our ability to proceed with any development or potential commercialization of our product candidates as currently planned. Amunix has the right to terminate the license upon 30 days’ written notice with respect to a particular target and the related products if (i) during any consecutive 18 month period our cumulative funding of research, development and commercialization activities in respect of such target is not at least $250,000, in which case we would have the right to extend the applicable 18 month period by paying Amunix $150,000; or (ii) if we do not use commercially reasonable measures to develop and commercialize licensed products based on such target. Termination of this license, or reduction or elimination of our licensed rights under it or any other license, may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated licenses on less favorable terms or our not having sufficient intellectual property rights to operate our business. The occurrence of such events could materially harm our business and financial condition.

The risks described elsewhere pertaining to our intellectual property rights also apply to the intellectual property rights that we license, and any failure by us or our licensors to obtain, maintain and enforce these rights could have a material adverse effect on our business. In some cases we do not have control over the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of the patents that we license, and may not have sufficient ability to provide input into the patent prosecution and maintenance process with respect to such patents, and our licensors may fail to take the steps that we believe are necessary or desirable in order to obtain, maintain and enforce the licensed patents.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be materially adversely affected if we are unable to obtain and maintain effective intellectual property rights for our technologies and product candidates, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad.

Our success depends in large part on our and our licensors’ ability to obtain and maintain patent and other intellectual property protection in the United States and in other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products.

We license substantially all of the intellectual property relating to VRS-317 from Amunix. We do not presently own any issued patents or pending patent applications, and our license agreement with Amunix provides that inventions relating to VRS-317 are owned by Amunix. We are therefore dependent on Amunix to apply for, prosecute, maintain and, in some cases, enforce the patent rights necessary to conduct our business. However, we cannot be certain this will be done in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. The process of applying for patents is expensive and time-consuming, and Amunix may not, or may not be able to, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or Amunix will fail to identify patentable aspects of our respective research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. While Amunix has obtained a number of patents relating to the XTEN technology, and applied for a number of other patents relating to the XTEN technology in general, and VRS-317 in particular, we cannot assure you that the pending applications will result in issued patents, and the existing Amunix patents that we license, and any future patents they obtain may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from using our technologies or from developing competing products and technologies. Under our license agreement with Amunix, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize certain products that we license from Amunix and to maintain minimum rates of spending on research, development and commercialization. In exchange, we retain a limited, exclusive license to relevant patents and know-how related to XTEN technology. If we fail to fulfill our obligations under the agreement, Amunix could terminate the agreement.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions for which legal principles remain unresolved. In recent years patent rights have been the subject of significant litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of the patent rights we rely on are highly uncertain. Pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our technology or products or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of the patents we rely on or narrow the scope of our patent protection. The laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in our licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to make the claimed invention is entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application is entitled to the patent.

 

35


Table of Contents

Even if the patent applications we rely on issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its scope, validity or enforceability, and the patents we rely on may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop or prevent us from stopping others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours or otherwise provide us with a competitive advantage.

Finally, certain of Amunix’s activities have been funded, and may in the future be funded, by the U.S. government. When new technologies are developed with U.S. government funding, the government obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including the right to a nonexclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention. These rights may permit the government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise “march-in” rights to use or allow third parties to use Amunix’s patented technology. The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the U.S. government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations, or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, U.S. government-funded inventions must be reported to the government, U.S. government funding must be disclosed in any resulting patent applications, and Amunix’s rights in such inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products in the United States.

We may become involved in legal proceedings to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe or otherwise violate the patents we rely on, or our other intellectual property rights. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims that we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent we are asserting is invalid or unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that the patents we are asserting do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions or other matters of inventorship with respect to patents and patent applications. We or our licensers may become involved in proceedings, including oppositions, interferences, derivation proceedings inter partes reviews, patent nullification proceedings, or re-

 

36


Table of Contents

examinations, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others, and the outcome of any such proceedings are highly uncertain. An adverse determination in any such proceeding could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, important patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all. Litigation or other proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may also become involved in disputes with others regarding the ownership of intellectual property rights. For example, we hold material service agreements with certain parties, including Amunix, and disagreements may therefore arise as to the ownership of any intellectual property developed pursuant to these relationships. If we are unable to resolve these disputes, we could lose valuable intellectual property rights.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and/or management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the proprietary rights or intellectual property of third parties. We may become party to, or be threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing or future intellectual property rights. If we are found to infringe a third-party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third-party to continue developing and marketing our products and technology. We may also elect to enter into such a license in order to settle pending or threatened litigation. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us, and could require us to pay significant royalties and other fees. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property, including

 

37


Table of Contents

trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. These and other claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties can have a similar negative impact on our business to the infringement claims discussed above.

Even if we are successful in defending against intellectual property claims, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to such claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected, harming our business and competitive position.

In addition to our patented technology and products, we rely upon confidential proprietary information, including trade secrets, unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to develop and maintain our competitive position. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in the market. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by confidentiality agreements with our employees and our collaborators and consultants. We also have agreements with our employees and selected consultants that obligate them to assign their inventions to us. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information, however, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, or that technology relevant to our business will not be independently developed by a person that is not a party to such an agreement. Furthermore, if the employees, consultants or collaborators that are parties to these agreements breach or violate the terms of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets through such breaches or violations. Further, our trade secrets could be disclosed, misappropriated or otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. In addition, intellectual property laws in foreign countries may not protect trade secrets and confidential information to the same extent as the laws of the United States. If we are unable to prevent disclosure of the intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which would harm our ability to protect our rights and have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to protect and/or enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on all of our product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive to us and to our licensors. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we or our licensors have not obtained patent protection to develop their own

 

38


Table of Contents

products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we or our licensors do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

 

   

Others may be able to make products that are similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we license;

 

   

Our licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by an issued patent or pending patent application;

 

   

Our licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to file patent applications covering an invention;

 

   

Others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our or our licensors’ technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

Pending patent applications may not lead to issued patents;

 

   

Issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

   

Our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

We may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

 

   

The patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our or our licensors’ patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid by us and/or our licensors to the USPTO and various

 

39


Table of Contents

governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the licensed patents and/or applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to use our technologies and those technologies licensed to us and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

In March 2013, under the recently enacted America Invents Act, or AIA, the United States moved to a first-to-file system and made certain other changes to its patent laws. The effects of these changes are currently unclear as the USPTO must still implement various regulations, the courts have yet to address these provisions and the applicability of the act and new regulations on specific patents discussed herein have not been determined and would need to be reviewed. Accordingly, it is not yet clear what, if any, impact the AIA will have on the operation of our business. However, the AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

If our third party licensor does not obtain a patent term extension in the United States under the Hatch-Waxman Act and in foreign countries under similar legislation, thereby potentially extending the term of our marketing exclusivity for our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, if any, one or more of the U.S. patents covering our approved product(s) or the use thereof may be eligible for up to five years of patent term restoration under the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act allows a maximum of one patent to be extended per FDA approved product. Patent term extension also may be available in certain foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our product candidates. Nevertheless, we or our licensor may not be granted patent term extension either in the United States or in any foreign country because of, for example, we or our licensors failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the term of extension, as well as the scope of patent protection during any such extension, afforded by the governmental authority could be less than we request.

If we or our licensors are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration, or the term of any such extension is less than requested, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially.

 

40


Table of Contents

Risks related to government regulation

The regulatory approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us or our collaboration partners from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of our product candidates.

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. Neither we nor our collaboration partners are permitted to market our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA. Neither we nor our collaboration partners have submitted an application or received marketing approval for VRS-317 or any future product candidates. Obtaining approval of an NDA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. In addition, failure to comply with FDA and other applicable U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including the following:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil or criminal penalties and fines;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approval;

 

   

suspension of any ongoing clinical studies;

 

   

voluntary or mandatory product recalls and publicity requirements;

 

   

refusal to accept or approve applications for marketing approval of new drugs or biologics or supplements to approved applications filed by us;

 

   

restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

 

   

seizure or detention of our products or import bans.

Prior to receiving approval to commercialize any of our product candidates in the United States or abroad, we and our collaboration partners must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled clinical studies, and to the satisfaction of the FDA and other regulatory authorities abroad, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical studies can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we and our collaboration partners believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. Administering any of our product candidates to humans may produce undesirable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or cause suspension of clinical studies of our product candidates and result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities denying approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications.

Regulatory approval of an NDA is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years. The FDA also has substantial discretion in the approval process. Despite the time and expense exerted, failure can occur at any stage, and we could encounter problems that cause us to abandon or repeat clinical studies, or perform additional preclinical studies and clinical studies. The number of preclinical studies and clinical studies that will be required for FDA approval varies depending on the product candidate, the disease or condition that the product candidate is designed to

 

41


Table of Contents

address and the regulations applicable to any particular product candidate. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

a product candidate may not be deemed safe or effective;

 

   

FDA officials may not find the data from preclinical studies and clinical studies sufficient;

 

   

the FDA might not approve our or our third-party manufacturer’s processes or facilities; or

 

   

the FDA may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations.

If VRS-317 or any future product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical studies or do not gain regulatory approval, our business and results of operations will be materially and adversely harmed.

Even if we receive regulatory approval for a product candidate, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and subject us to penalties if we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements.

Once regulatory approval has been granted, the approved product and its manufacturer are subject to continual review by the FDA and/or non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Any regulatory approval that we or any future collaboration partners receive for VRS-317 or any future product candidates may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing follow-up studies to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. In addition, if the FDA and/or non-U.S. regulatory authorities approve VRS-317 or any future product candidates, we will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements by the FDA and other regulatory authorities with regard to the labeling, packaging, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for our products. In addition, manufacturers of our drug products are required to comply with cGMP regulations, which include requirements related to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation. Further, regulatory authorities must approve these manufacturing facilities before they can be used to manufacture our drug products, and these facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations. If we or a third party discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory authority may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturer or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with regulatory requirements of the FDA and/or other non-U.S. regulatory authorities, we could be subject to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including the following:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil or criminal penalties and fines;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approval;

 

   

suspension of any ongoing clinical studies;

 

   

voluntary or mandatory product recalls and publicity requirements;

 

42


Table of Contents
   

refusal to accept or approve applications for marketing approval of new drugs or biologics or supplements to approved applications filed by us;

 

   

restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

 

   

seizure or detention of our products or import bans.

The regulatory requirements and policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted with which we may also be required to comply. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or in other countries. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to market our future products and our business may suffer.

Failure to obtain regulatory approvals in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products internationally.

We intend to seek a distribution and marketing partner for VRS-317 outside the United States and may market future products in international markets. In order to market our future products in regions such as the European Economic Area, or EEA, Asia Pacific, or APAC, and many other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain separate regulatory approvals.

For example, in the EEA, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. Before granting the MA, the European Medicines Agency or the competent authorities of the member states of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy. In Japan, the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency, or PMDA, of the Ministry of Health Labour and Welfare, or MHLW, must approve an application under the Pharmaceutical Affairs Act before a new drug product may be marketed in Japan.

We have had limited interactions with foreign regulatory authorities. The approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional clinical testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. Moreover, clinical studies conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and even if we file we may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market.

Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent our product candidates’ commercial success.

In the United States, there have been and we expect there will continue to be a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system in ways that could affect our future revenue and profitability and the future revenue and profitability of our potential customers. Federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact legislation that would result in significant changes to the healthcare system, some of which are intended to contain or reduce the costs of medical products and services. For example, one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades, the

 

43


Table of Contents

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, collectively, the PPACA, was enacted in 2010. The PPACA contains a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse measures, all of which will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs. The PPACA, among other things:

 

   

imposes a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell “branded prescription drugs,” effective 2011;

 

   

increases the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand-name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1%, effective 2011;

 

   

could result in the imposition of injunctions;

 

   

requires collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

   

requires manufacturers to participate in a coverage gap discount program, under which they must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable branded drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; and

 

   

creates a process for approval of biologic therapies that are similar or identical to approved biologics.

While the U.S. Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of most elements of the PPACA in June 2012, other legal challenges are still pending final adjudication in several jurisdictions. In addition, Congress has also proposed a number of legislative initiatives, including possible repeal of the PPACA. At this time, it remains unclear whether there will be any changes made to the PPACA, whether to certain provisions or its entirety. We cannot assure you that the PPACA, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not adversely affect our business and financial results and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend proposals for spending reductions to Congress. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, which triggered the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs, including aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, which delayed for another two months the budget cuts mandated by the sequestration provisions of the Budget Control Act of 2011. The ATRA, among other things, also reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. In March 2013, the President signed an executive order implementing sequestration, and in April 2013, the 2% Medicare reductions went into effect. We cannot predict whether any additional legislative changes will affect our business.

There likely will continue to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be

 

44


Table of Contents

adopted in the future or their full impact. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of health care may adversely affect:

 

   

our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products;

 

   

our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability; and

 

   

the availability of capital.

Further, changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we may need to amend clinical study protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical study protocols to Institutional Review Boards for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical study. In light of widely publicized events concerning the safety risk of certain drug products, regulatory authorities, members of Congress, the Governmental Accounting Office, medical professionals and the general public have raised concerns about potential drug safety issues. These events have resulted in the recall and withdrawal of drug products, revisions to drug labeling that further limit use of the drug products and establishment of risk management programs that may, for instance, restrict distribution of drug products or require safety surveillance and/or patient education. The increased attention to drug safety issues may result in a more cautious approach by the FDA to clinical studies and the drug approval process. Data from clinical studies may receive greater scrutiny with respect to safety, which may make the FDA or other regulatory authorities more likely to terminate or suspend clinical studies before completion, or require longer or additional clinical studies that may result in substantial additional expense and a delay or failure in obtaining approval or approval for a more limited indication than originally sought.

Given the serious public health risks of high profile adverse safety events with certain drug products, the FDA may require, as a condition of approval, costly risk evaluation and mitigation strategies, which may include safety surveillance, restricted distribution and use, patient education, enhanced labeling, special packaging or labeling, expedited reporting of certain adverse events, preapproval of promotional materials and restrictions on direct-to-consumer advertising.

If we fail to comply with healthcare regulations, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. We could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse and patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The regulations that may affect our ability to operate include, without limitation:

 

   

the federal healthcare program Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly and willfully offering, soliciting, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

   

indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, for an item or service or the purchasing or ordering of a good or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

45


Table of Contents
   

the federal False Claims Act, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false claims, or knowingly using false statements, to obtain payment from the federal government, and which may apply to entities like us which provide coding and billing advice to customers;

 

   

federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

the federal transparency requirements under the Health Care Reform Law requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to physician payments and other transfers of value and physician ownership and investment interests;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protects the security and privacy of protected health information; and

 

   

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

The PPACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Moreover, achieving and sustaining compliance with applicable federal and state privacy, security and fraud laws may prove costly.

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

Our stock price may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including the following:

 

   

the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

   

results of clinical studies of VRS-317 or future product candidates or those of our competitors;

 

46


Table of Contents
   

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries, especially changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products;

 

   

introductions and announcements of new products by us, our commercialization partners, or our competitors, and the timing of these introductions or announcements;

 

   

actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our products, clinical studies, manufacturing process or sales and marketing terms;

 

   

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

the success of our efforts to acquire or in-license additional products or product candidates;

 

   

developments concerning our collaborations, including but not limited to those with our sources of manufacturing supply and our commercialization partners;

 

   

developments concerning our ability to bring our manufacturing processes to scale in a cost-effective manner;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning patents or other proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our products;

 

   

our ability or inability to raise additional capital and the terms on which we raise it;

 

   

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

   

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in earnings estimates or changes in stock market analyst recommendations regarding our common stock, other comparable companies or our industry generally;

 

   

trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

   

the other risks described in this “Risk factors” section.

These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares

 

47


Table of Contents

intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. Immediately after this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and additional shares we issued in February 2014. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately, without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. Of the remaining shares,                          shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold after the offering as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares eligible for future sale.” Moreover, immediately after this offering, holders of an aggregate of up to                      shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will continue to maintain the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of our common stock, based on 197,034,431 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, including the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of convertible preferred stock we issued in February 2014, and after giving effect to the net exercise of all of our outstanding warrants and the sale of shares in this offering. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these stockholders, if they choose to act together, will control or significantly influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of voting power could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company on terms that other stockholders may desire.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the other rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the rules and regulations of the                 . The expenses that will be required in order to adequately prepare for being a public company will be material, and compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies will require considerable time and attention of management. For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules of the SEC and national securities exchanges have imposed various requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. These rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits on coverage or incur

 

48


Table of Contents

substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified personnel to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as executive officers.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, beginning as early as our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, we will be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our annual report on Form 10-K following the date on which we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the             , the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. We expect that we will need to continue to improve existing, and implement new operational and financial systems, procedures and controls to manage our business effectively. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on trading prices for our common stock, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future that may cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements of our financial statements. If we fail to remediate one or more of our material weaknesses or if we fail to establish and maintain effective control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. During the

 

49


Table of Contents

course of preparing for this offering, we determined that material adjustments to various accounts were necessary, which required us to restate the financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the period from inception (December 10, 2008) through December 31, 2012 that had been previously audited by another independent audit firm. These adjustments leading to a restatement of those financial statements led us to conclude that we had a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. The material weakness that we identified was that we did not maintain a sufficient complement of resources with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training commensurate with our structure and financial reporting requirements.

This material weakness contributed to adjustments to previously issued financial statements principally, but not limited to, the following areas: equity accounting in connection with our issuance of Series A and B convertible preferred stock and period-end cutoff for clinical trial related expenses.

For a discussion of our remediation plan and the actions that we have executed during 2013, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Controls and procedures.” The actions we have taken are subject to continued review, supported by confirmation and testing by management as well as audit committee oversight. While we have implemented a plan to remediate this weakness we cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate this weakness, which could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to successfully remediate this material weakness, and if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, our stock price may be adversely affected and we may be unable to maintain compliance with applicable stock exchange listing requirements.

Our failure to remediate the material weakness identified above or the identification of additional material weaknesses in the future, could adversely affect our ability to report financial information, including our filing of quarterly or annual reports with the SEC on a timely and accurate basis. Moreover, our failure to remediate the material weakness identified above or the identification of additional material weaknesses, could prohibit us from producing timely and accurate consolidated financial statements, which may adversely affect our stock price and we may be unable to maintain compliance with exchange listing requirements.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Further, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own, as a result of such investment, only approximately     % of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering.

The exercise of any of our outstanding options would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. Further, because we

 

50


Table of Contents

may need to raise additional capital to fund our clinical development programs, we may in the future sell substantial amounts of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock. These future issuances of equity or equity-linked securities, together with the exercise of outstanding options and any additional shares issued in connection with acquisitions, if any, may result in further dilution to investors.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we intend to apply for listing our common stock on             , an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for our stockholders to sell shares purchased in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Although we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in the section entitled “Use of proceeds,” our management will have broad discretion in the application of the balance of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of VRS-317. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our corporate charter and our bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might

 

51


Table of Contents

otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team. Among others, these provisions include the following:

 

   

our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms which may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control;

 

   

our board of directors will have the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which will prevent stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

   

our stockholders will not be able to act by written consent or call special stockholders’ meetings; as a result, a holder, or holders, controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to take certain actions other than at annual stockholders’ meetings or special stockholders’ meetings called by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president;

 

   

our certificate of incorporation will prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

   

our stockholders will be required to provide advance notice and additional disclosures in order to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company; and

 

   

our board of directors will be able to issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock, which makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Our employment agreements with our executive officers may require us to pay severance benefits to any of those persons who are terminated in connection with a change in control of us, which could harm our financial condition or results.

Certain of our executive officers are parties to employment agreements that contain change in control and severance provisions providing for aggregate cash payments of up to approximately $         million for severance and other benefits and acceleration of vesting of stock options with a value of approximately $         million (as of December 31, 2013, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this

 

52


Table of Contents

prospectus) in the event of a termination of employment in connection with a change in control of us. The accelerated vesting of options could result in dilution to our existing stockholders and harm the market price of our common stock. The payment of these severance benefits could harm our financial condition and results. In addition, these potential severance payments may discourage or prevent third parties from seeking a business combination with us.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be our stockholders’ sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of existing or any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be our stockholders’ sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

53


Table of Contents

Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Use of proceeds,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Market, industry and other data,” “Business” and “Shares eligible for future sale,” contains forward-looking statements. In some cases you can identify these statements by forward-looking words, such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “potential,” “seek,” “expect,” “goal,” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our expected uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering;

 

   

our ability to enroll patients in our clinical studies at the pace that we project;

 

   

the timing and the success of the design of the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial and planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317;

 

   

whether the results of our trials will be sufficient to support domestic or global regulatory approvals for VRS-317;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of VRS-317 or our future product candidates;

 

   

our expectation that our existing capital resources and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to enable us to complete our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317;

 

   

the benefits of the use of VRS-317;

 

   

the projected dollar amounts of future sales of established and novel rhGH therapies;

 

   

our ability to successfully commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates;

 

   

the rate and degree of market acceptance of VRS-317 or any future product candidates;

 

   

our expectations regarding government and third-party payor coverage and reimbursement;

 

   

our ability to scale up manufacturing of VRS-317 to commercial scale;

 

   

our ability to successfully build a specialty sales force and commercial infrastructure;

 

   

our ability to compete with companies currently producing rhGH therapies;

 

   

our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical studies;

 

   

our reliance on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture and supply our product candidates for us;

 

   

our reliance on our collaboration partners’ performance over which we do not have control;

 

   

our ability to retain and recruit key personnel, including development of a sales and marketing function;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for VRS-317 or any future product candidates;

 

   

the actual receipt and timing of any milestone payments or royalties from our collaborators;

 

   

our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for or ability to obtain additional financing;

 

54


Table of Contents
   

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act;

 

   

our ability to identify, develop, acquire and in-license new products and product candidates;

 

   

our ability to successfully establish and successfully maintain appropriate collaborations and derive significant revenue from those collaborations;

 

   

our financial performance; and

 

   

developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Risk factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, except as required by law, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

55


Table of Contents

Market, industry and other data

We obtained the industry, market and similar data set forth in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, and from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including primary market research commissioned by us. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information and estimates.

Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

 

56


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $        , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $13.2 million and we received an additional $65.0 million in gross proceeds from our preferred stock financings in February 2014. We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

   

approximately $         million to fund our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317 and related costs; and

 

   

the balance to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition or licensing of other products, businesses or technologies.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development and commercialization efforts and the status of and results from clinical studies, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. We have no current understandings, agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or licenses of any products, businesses or technologies.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents described above, we expect that such funds will be sufficient to enable us to complete our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317. However, it is possible that we will not achieve the progress that we expect because the actual costs and timing of drug development, particularly clinical studies, are difficult to predict, subject to substantial risks and delays and often vary depending on the particular indication and development strategy. We do not expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to fund substantial development of our other product candidates.

 

57


Table of Contents

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment grade, interest bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring, or paying in the foreseeable future, any cash dividends on our capital stock. Future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our operating results, financial conditions, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

58


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the automatic conversion of outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 into an aggregate of 120,648,174 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (2) the issuance and automatic conversion of 13,168,291 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in February 2014 as if they had occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the receipt of approximately $10.0 million of gross proceeds from such sale; (3) the issuance and automatic conversion of 48,758,857 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock in February 2014 as if they had occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the receipt of approximately $55.0 million of gross proceeds from such sale; and (4) the net exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into shares of convertible preferred stock, the automatic conversion of such shares into common stock and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred warrant liability and convertible preferred call option liability to additional paid-in capital; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

59


Table of Contents

You should read this table together with the sections in this prospectus entitled “Selected financial data,” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted (1)
 
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,213      $ 78,213      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     474                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock call option liability

     21                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share: 135,816,462 shares authorized, 120,648,174 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     57,497                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share: no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share: 180,000,000 shares authorized, 14,459,109 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        20     

Additional paid-in capital

     6,453        129,426     

Accumulated deficit

     (53,746     (53,746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (47,292     75,700     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 10,205      $ 75,700      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $         and decrease (increase) total stockholders’ deficit by $        , assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by approximately $         and decrease (increase) total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $        , assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 135,107,283 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and an additional 61,927,148 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock issued in February 2014, and excludes the following:

 

   

16,142,443 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.16 per share;

 

60


Table of Contents
   

506,220 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.63 per share;

 

   

                     shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

   

                     shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering; and

 

   

1,857,285 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved under our 2014 Plan upon its effectiveness.

 

   

             shares of our common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

   

1,999,997 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.45 per share.

 

61


Table of Contents

Dilution

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the shares of common stock sold in the offering exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 was $10.2 million, or $0.71 per share. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 was $75.7 million, or $0.38 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments referenced under “Capitalization.”

After giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments referenced under “Capitalization” and (ii) our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $     

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $ 0.71      

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $ 0.38      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors would be $         per share.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or $         per share, and decrease (increase) the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

62


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes as of December 31, 2013, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration, and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Average price
per share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders before this offering

               $                                     $                

New investors

             $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $         million and increase (decrease) the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by     %, assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to shares, or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 135,107,283 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and an additional 61,927,148 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock issued in February 2014, and excludes the following:

 

   

16,142,443 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.16 per share;

 

   

506,220 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after December 31, 2013 with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.63 per share;

 

   

            shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering; and

 

63


Table of Contents
   

1,857,285 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved under our 2014 Plan upon its effectiveness.

 

   

             shares of our common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

   

1,999,997 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.45 per share.

To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all of these options and warrants were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. In such event, the total consideration paid by our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would be approximately $         million, or     %, the total consideration paid by our new investors would be $         million, or     %, the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders would be $        , and the average price per share paid by our new investors would be $        .

 

64


Table of Contents

Selected financial data

You should read the following selected financial data together with the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
December 10,
2008 (Date of
Inception) to
December 31,
2013
 
     2012     2013    
    

(in thousands, except share and per share
data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

      

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 10,963      $ 14,855      $ 45,873   

General and administrative

     1,936        4,428        10,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     12,899        19,283        56,014   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (12,899     (19,283     (56,014

Interest income

            1        3   

Interest expense

     (393     (128     (863

Other income (expense), net

     75        913        2,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

     (13,217     (18,497     (54,844

Accretion of Series A convertible preferred stock to redemption value, net of extinguishment

                   1,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $ (53,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (9.97   $ (3.57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

     1,325,031        5,175,047     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1) (unaudited)

     $ (0.17  
    

 

 

   

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1) (unaudited)

       112,048,948     
    

 

 

   

 

(1) See Note 2 and Note 15 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

65


Table of Contents
     As of
December 31,
 
     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Balance sheet data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 329      $ 13,213   

Working capital (deficit)

     (4,745     10,283   

Total assets

     2,189        14,683   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (34,742     (47,292

 

66


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section of this prospectus entitled “Selected financial data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk factors.”

Overview

We are an endocrine-focused biopharmaceutical company initially developing our novel long-acting recombinant human growth hormone, VRS-317, for growth hormone deficiency, or GHD, an orphan disease. A key limitation to current recombinant human growth hormone, or rhGH, products is that they impose the burden of daily injections over multiple years, often resulting in poor compliance, which in turn can lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes in GHD patients. VRS-317 is intended to reduce the burden of daily treatment by requiring significantly fewer injections, potentially improving compliance and, therefore, treatment outcomes. We are currently conducting the Phase 2a stage of our pediatric GHD clinical trial in which we are evaluating weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing regimens. We have global rights to VRS-317 and, if VRS-317 is approved, given the highly concentrated prescriber base, we intend to commercialize it with our own specialty sales force in the United States and Canada, and potentially other geographies.

VRS-317 is a fusion protein consisting of rhGH and a proprietary half-life extension technology known as XTEN, which we in-license from Amunix Operating, Inc., or Amunix. Amunix has granted us an exclusive license under its patents and know-how related to the XTEN technology to develop and commercialize up to four licensed products, including VRS-317. Once we start commercializing a licensed product, we will owe to Amunix a royalty on net sales of the licensed products until the later of the expiration of all licensed patents or ten years from the first commercial sale in the relevant country. The royalty payable is one percent of net sales for the first two marketed products, but higher single-digit royalties are payable if we market additional products, or if we substitute one marketed product for another. If we elect to substitute one marketed product for another, in addition to royalties, we would also be required to make milestone and other payments totaling up to $40 million per marketed product. See “Business—Acquisitions and license agreements—Amunix” for further information about our Amunix license agreement.

Financial overview

Summary

We have not generated net income from operations, and, at December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $53.7 million, primarily as a result of research and development and general and administrative expenses. While we may in the future generate revenue from a variety of sources, including license fees, milestone payments and research and development payments in connection with potential future strategic partnerships, we have not yet generated any revenue. VRS-317 is at an early stage of development and may never be successfully developed or commercialized. Accordingly, we

 

67


Table of Contents

expect to incur significant and increasing losses from operations for the foreseeable future as we seek to advance VRS-317 into a Phase 3 clinical trial, and there can be no assurance that we will ever generate significant revenue or profits.

Research and development expenses

We recognize both internal and external research and development expenses as incurred. Our external research and development expenses consist primarily of:

 

   

the cost of acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial and other materials, including expenses incurred under agreements with contract manufacturing organizations;

 

   

expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, investigative sites, and consultants that conduct our clinical trials and a substantial portion of our preclinical activities; and

 

   

other costs associated with development activities, including additional studies.

Internal research and development costs consist primarily of salaries and related fringe benefit costs for our employees (such as workers’ compensation and health insurance premiums), stock-based compensation charges, travel costs, and allocated overhead expenses.

We expect to continue to incur substantial expenses related to our development activities for the foreseeable future as we continue our Phase 2a clinical trial and prepare for a potential Phase 3 clinical trial. As product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially in the future.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist principally of personnel-related costs, professional fees for legal, consulting, audit and tax services, rent and other general operating expenses not otherwise included in research and development. We anticipate general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods, reflecting an expanding infrastructure, other administrative expenses and increased professional fees associated with being a public reporting company.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net is comprised of changes in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant and call option liabilities.

Critical accounting policies, significant judgments and use of estimates

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of

 

68


Table of Contents

contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Research and development expense

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense includes payroll and personnel expenses; consulting costs; external contract research and development expenses; and allocated overhead, including rent, equipment depreciation and utilities, and relate to both company-sponsored programs as well as costs incurred pursuant to reimbursement arrangements. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves reviewing contracts and purchase orders, reviewing the terms of our license agreements, communicating with our applicable personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf, and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees to:

 

   

contract manufacturers in connection with the production of clinical trial materials;

 

   

contract research organizations and other service providers in connection with clinical studies;

 

   

investigative sites in connection with clinical studies;

 

   

vendors in connection with preclinical development activities; and

 

   

professional service fees for consulting and related services.

We base our expenses related to clinical studies on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and contract research organizations that conduct and manage clinical studies on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract, and may result in uneven payment flows and expense recognition. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual accordingly. Our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may

 

69


Table of Contents

result in our reporting changes in estimates in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences from our estimates to the amount actually incurred. However, due to the nature of these estimates, we cannot assure you that we will not make changes to our estimates in the future as we become aware of additional information about the status or conduct of our clinical studies or other research activity.

Stock-based compensation expense

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, stock-based compensation expense was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $1.5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.6 years. The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $             million based on $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which approximately $             million related to vested options and approximately $             related to unvested options. We expect to continue to grant equity incentive awards in the future as we continue to expand our number of employees and seek to retain our existing employees, and to the extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Stock-based compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees are measured at the date of grant based on the estimated fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of stock-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. Stock options we grant to employees generally vest over four years.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share of common stock could have been significantly different. These assumptions include:

 

   

Fair value of our common stock: Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate its fair value, as discussed in “Common stock valuations” below.

 

   

Expected volatility: As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historical price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the biopharmaceutical industry that are similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

   

Expected term: We do not believe we are able to rely on our historical exercise and post-vesting termination activity to provide accurate data for estimating the expected term for use in estimating the fair value-based measurement of our options. Therefore, we have opted to use the “simplified method” for estimating the expected term of options.

 

70


Table of Contents
   

Risk-free rate: The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected time to liquidity.

 

   

Expected dividend yield: We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

See Note 10 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions used in applying the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of employee stock options granted in 2012 and 2013. In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms, and forfeiture rates utilized for our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis.

Common stock valuations

The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined at each grant date by our board of directors and was supported by periodic independent third-party valuations. Our board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per-share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid. The methodology used by the third-party valuation specialists to determine the fair value of our common stock included estimating the fair value of the enterprise, subtracting the fair value of debt from this enterprise value, and then allocating this value to all of the equity interests using the option pricing method or the probability weighted expected return method. The assumptions used in the valuation model to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock as of the grant date of each option are based on numerous objective and subjective factors, combined with management judgment, including the following:

 

   

independent third-party valuations as of February 15, 2012, January 7, 2013, December 5, 2013, December 31, 2013 and January 30, 2014;

 

   

progress of research and development activities;

 

   

our operating and financial performance, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

   

the valuation of publicly-traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

   

rights and preferences of our common stock compared to the rights and preferences of our other outstanding equity securities;

 

   

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies, as reflected in comparable companies’ market multiples, initial public offering valuations and other metrics;

 

   

the achievement of enterprise milestones, including our progress in clinical trials;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock, such as an initial public offering or an acquisition of our company given prevailing market and biotechnology sector conditions;

 

   

sales of our convertible preferred stock in arms-length transactions;

 

   

the illiquidity of our securities by virtue of being a private company;

 

71


Table of Contents
   

business risks; and

 

   

management and board experience.

Common stock valuation methodologies

The valuations were performed in accordance with applicable elements of the Practice Aid. The Practice Aid prescribes several valuation approaches for estimating the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock.

The Practice Guide identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Guide, we considered the following methods:

 

   

Option Pricing Method . Under the option pricing method, or OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

   

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method . The probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, is a scenario-based analysis that estimates value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

Based on our early stage of development and other relevant factors, we determined that OPM was the most appropriate method for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock for valuations performed during May 2012 and January 2013. Beginning in December 2013, we have used the PWERM methodology to determine the fair value of our common stock. Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on its closing price on the                     .

Estimated fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant and call option liabilities

We account for our convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities as freestanding warrants for shares that are puttable or redeemable. These warrants are classified as liabilities on our balance sheets and are recorded at their estimated fair value. At the end of each reporting period, changes in estimated fair value during the period are recorded as a component of other income (expense), net. We will continue to adjust these liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of the expiration of the warrants, exercise of the warrants, or conversion of the preferred stock underlying the warrants into common stock upon the completion of a liquidity event, including an initial public offering, at which time the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid in capital.

We estimate the fair values of our convertible preferred stock warrants using an option pricing model based on inputs as of the valuation measurement dates, including the fair value of our convertible preferred stock, the estimated volatility of the price of our convertible preferred stock, the expected term of the warrants and the risk-free interest rates.

We have determined that our obligation to issue, and our investors’ obligation to purchase, additional shares of convertible preferred stock represent a freestanding financial instrument, which we account for as a call option. The freestanding convertible preferred stock call option liability is initially

 

72


Table of Contents

recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized as increases or reductions to other income (expense), net. At the time of the exercise of the call option, any remaining value of the option is recorded as a capital transaction.

Income taxes

We file U.S. federal income tax returns and California state tax returns. To date, we have not been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or any state income tax authority; however, all tax years remain open for examination by federal and state tax authorities. We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is deemed more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

As of December 31, 2013, our total deferred tax assets were $24.0 million. Due to our lack of earnings history and uncertainties surrounding our ability to generate future taxable income, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Utilization of net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited by the “ownership change” rules, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (any such limitation, a “Section 382 limitation”). Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have performed an analysis to determine whether an “ownership change” occurred from inception to December 31, 2013. Based on this analysis, management determined that we did experience historical ownership changes of greater than 50% during this period. Therefore, our ability to utilize a portion of our net operating losses and credit carryforwards is currently limited. However, these Section 382 limitations are not expected to result in a permanent loss of the net operating losses and credit carryforwards. As such, a reduction to our gross deferred tax asset for our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is not necessary prior to considering the valuation allowance. Since December 31, 2013, we may have experienced an ownership change under Section 382, or may experience an ownership change as a result of this offering, future offerings or other changes in the ownership of our stock. In such event, the amount of net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers useable in any taxable year could be limited and may expire unutilized.

Results of operations

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

The following table summarizes our net loss during the periods indicated (in thousands, except percentages):

 

       Year Ended
December 31,
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 
     2012     2013    

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 10,963      $ 14,855      $ 3,892        36

General and administrative

     1,936        4,428        2,492        129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
Loss from operations      (12,899     (19,283     6,384        49   

Interest income

     —          1        1        —     

Interest expense

     (393     (128     (265     (67

Other income (expense), net

     75        913        838        NM (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $ 5,280        40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Not meaningful.

 

73


Table of Contents

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased $3.9 million, or 36%, from $11.0 million for 2012 to $14.9 million for 2013. The increase in research and development expense was primarily due to a $4.6 million increase in manufacturing costs related to the preparation for our Phase 2a clinical trial. The increase was partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in clinical trial costs. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, substantially all of our research and development expense related to our VRS-317 drug development activity.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased $2.5 million, or 129%, from $1.9 million for 2012 to $4.4 million for 2013. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to additional payroll, consulting, and professional services expenses incurred during the 2013 period as we prepare for a potential initial public offering.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $0.3 million, from $0.4 million for 2012 to $0.1 million for 2013. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to interest expense associated with the October 2012 Convertible Loan Agreement, which converted into Series B convertible preferred stock in January 2013.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net increased $0.8 million, from $0.1 million in income for 2012 to $0.9 million in income for 2013. This increase was primarily due to a change in the fair value of the preferred stock call option liability associated with the Series C convertible preferred stock financing of approximately $1.0 million. Other income in 2012 was primarily attributable to the change in the fair value of $0.1 million of the liability associated with the Series B convertible preferred stock financings in January and May 2012.

Income taxes

As of December 31, 2013, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $53.7 million that may offset future federal and state income taxes through 2033. Current federal and state tax laws include substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and tax credits in the event of an ownership change. Even if the carryforwards are available, they may be subject to annual limitations, lack of future taxable income, or future ownership changes that could result in the expiration of the carryforwards before they are utilized. At December 31, 2013, we recorded a 100% valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets of approximately $24.0 million, as at that time our management believed it was uncertain that they would be fully realized. We have performed an analysis to determine whether an “ownership change” occurred from inception to December 31, 2013. Based on this analysis, management determined that we did experience historical ownership changes of greater than 50% during this period. Therefore, our ability to utilize a portion of our net operating losses and credit carryforwards is currently limited. However, these Section 382 limitations are not expected to result in a permanent loss of the net operating losses and credit carryforwards.

 

74


Table of Contents

Liquidity, capital resources and plan of operations

Since our inception and through December 31, 2013, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our equity securities and debt financing. During 2013, we received gross proceeds of $30.5 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock. At December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.2 million, a majority of which is invested in a money market fund at a highly rated financial institution. We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future for the development and potential commercialization of VRS- 317 and any additional product candidates. Specifically, we have incurred and we expect to continue to incur substantial expenses in connection with our Phase 2a clinical trial and any Phase 3 clinical trial that we may conduct.

We will continue to require additional financing to develop our product candidates and fund operations for the foreseeable future. In February 2014, we received gross proceeds of $65.0 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, and we will continue to seek funds through equity or debt financings, collaborative or other arrangements with corporate sources, or through other sources of financing. Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategies. We anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional capital, the requirements of which will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the rate of progress and cost of our clinical studies;

 

   

the timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and other regulatory authorities;

 

   

the cost of preparing to manufacture VRS-317 on a larger scale;

 

   

the costs of commercialization activities if VRS-317 or any future product candidate is approved, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution;

 

   

the degree and rate of market acceptance of any products launched by us or future partners;

 

   

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to enter into additional collaboration, licensing, commercialization or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements; and

 

   

the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.

If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce, or terminate some or all of our development programs and clinical trials. We may also be required to sell or license to others technologies or clinical product candidates or programs that we would prefer to develop and commercialize ourselves.

 

75


Table of Contents

Cash flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents for each of the periods presented below:

 

     Year Ended
December  31,
 
          2012              2013      
    

(In thousands)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

    

Operating activities

   $ (11,716   $ (17,090

Investing activities

            (9

Financing activities

     11,170        29,983   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (546   $ 12,884   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $11.7 million and $17.1 million in 2012 and 2013, respectively, which was primarily due to the use of funds in our operations related to the development of our product candidates. Cash used in operating activities in 2013 increased compared to 2012 primarily due to higher net loss from operations as we continued to increase our research and development expenditures to develop VRS-317 and due to additional general and administrative expenditures as we prepare for a potential initial public offering.

Cash used in investing activities

Cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of investment in equipment and an increase in restricted cash due to requirements under lease obligations.

Cash provided by financing activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $30.0 million in 2013, compared to $11.2 million in 2012. Cash provided by financing activities in both years consisted primarily of net proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock plus proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes payable in 2012.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, including the net proceeds we received from our convertible preferred stock financings in February 2014, will be sufficient to sustain operations for at least the next 12 months based on our existing business plan. If our Phase 2a and potential Phase 3 clinical trials are successful, we will need to raise additional capital in order to further advance our product candidates towards regulatory approval.

Contractual obligations and commitments

We have lease obligations consisting of an operating lease for our operating facility that commenced in October 2011 for approximately 5,740 square feet.

In the table below, we set forth our enforceable and legally binding obligations and future commitments at December 31, 2013, as well as obligations related to contracts that we are likely to

 

76


Table of Contents

continue, regardless of the fact that they were cancellable at December 31, 2013. Some of the figures that we include in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, the obligations we will actually pay in future periods may vary from those reflected in the table.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payments due by period  
     Less
than
1 year
     1 to 3
years
     4 to 5
years
     After 5
years
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Lease obligations

   $ 77       $       $       $       $ 77   

Manufacturing related commitments (1)

     4,144                                 4,144   

Clinical trial and other related commitments (1)

     3,586       $ 2,008         541                 6,135   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,807       $ 2,008       $ 541       $       $ 10,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes cancellable amounts in the aggregate of approximately $4.8 million.

We are obligated to make future payments to third parties under in-license agreements, including sublicense fees, royalties, and payments that become due and payable on the achievement of certain development and commercialization milestones. As the amount and timing of sublicense fees and the achievement and timing of these milestones are not probable and estimable, such commitments have not been included on our balance sheet or in the contractual obligations tables above.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

JOBS Act accounting election

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital to fund our operations. We also seek to maximize income from our cash and cash equivalents without assuming significant risk. To achieve our objectives, we invest our cash and cash equivalents in money market funds. As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.2 million consisting of cash and investments in a highly liquid U.S. money market fund. A portion of our investments may be subject to interest rate risk and could fall in value if market interest rates increase. However, because our investments are primarily short-term in duration, we believe that our exposure to interest rate risk is not significant and a 1% movement in market interest rates would not have a significant impact on the total value of our portfolio. We actively monitor changes in interest rates.

 

77


Table of Contents

Controls and procedures

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, a company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by a company’s board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. In connection with our preparation for this offering, we concluded that there was a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that caused the restatement of our previously issued financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the period from inception (December 10, 2008) through December 31, 2012. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that we identified was that we did not maintain a sufficient complement of resources with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training commensurate with our company’s structure and financial reporting requirements.

During the fourth quarter of 2013 and in preparation for this offering, we initiated various remediation efforts, including hiring additional resources with the appropriate public company and technical accounting expertise and taking other actions that are more fully described below. As such remediation efforts are still ongoing, we have concluded that the material weakness has not been remediated. Our remediation efforts to date have included the following:

Addition of employee resources . We are continuing to add appropriate resources to our finance team and are leveraging external consultants to facilitate accurate and timely accounting closes and to accurately prepare and review financial statements and related footnote disclosures. Our finance team has been expanded to include a Chief Financial Officer and a corporate controller, both with significant public company and biotechnology industry experience, and external consultants with significant financial and accounting technical experience.

Other actions to strengthen the internal control environment . As a result of the additional resources added to the finance function, we are allowing for separate preparation and review of the reconciliations and other account analyses. In addition, these additional finance resources are allowing us to develop a more structured close process, including enhancing our existing policies and procedures, to improve the completeness, timeliness and accuracy of our financial reporting and disclosures including, but not limited to, those regarding proper financial statement classification, recognition of accruals to ensure proper period-end cutoff of expenses and assessing more judgmental areas of accounting.

The actions that have been taken are subject to continued review, supported by confirmation and testing by management as well as audit committee oversight. While we have implemented a plan to remediate this weakness, we cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate this weakness, which could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. For additional information about this material weakness, see “Risk factors—Risks related

 

78


Table of Contents

to this offering and the ownership of our common stock—We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future that may cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements of our financial statements. If we fail to remediate one or more material weaknesses or if we fail to establish and maintain effective control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.”

 

79


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are an endocrine-focused biopharmaceutical company initially developing our novel long-acting recombinant human growth hormone, VRS-317, for growth hormone deficiency, or GHD, an orphan disease. A key limitation to current recombinant human growth hormone, or rhGH, products is that they impose the burden of daily injections over multiple years, often resulting in poor compliance, which in turn can lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes in GHD patients. Despite this limitation, global annual sales from currently marketed rhGH products have grown approximately 6% per year over the last five years, reaching over $3 billion in 2012. Based on market research, we believe that the market for daily rhGH products is likely to grow to over $4 billion by 2018. VRS-317 is intended to reduce the burden of daily treatment by requiring significantly fewer injections, potentially improving compliance and, therefore, treatment outcomes. Accordingly, we believe VRS-317 may take significant market share. Our first targeted indication for VRS-317 is pediatric GHD, which represents an approximately $1.5 billion existing market opportunity. We are currently conducting the Phase 2a stage of our pediatric GHD clinical trial in which we are evaluating weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing regimens. We may develop VRS-317 for adult GHD, idiopathic short stature, or ISS, and Turner Syndrome, which together account for approximately 30% of the global rhGH market. We have global rights to VRS-317 and, if VRS-317 is approved, given the highly concentrated prescriber base, we intend to commercialize it with our own specialty sales force in the United States and Canada, and potentially other geographies.

GHD is a chronic disease with multiple causes that affects two distinct patient groups, pediatric patients and adult patients, although rhGH treatment options for the two groups are the same. Children with GHD typically have pathologic degrees of short stature, a tendency toward obesity, delayed and deficient mineralization of the skeleton, impaired growth of skeletal muscle and development of a high risk lipid profile. GHD during adulthood manifests as alterations in body composition, such as decreased lean and increased fat mass with skeletal demineralization, and causes adverse changes in cardiovascular outcome markers. Patients with untreated GHD also face increased mortality.

The current standard of care for GHD is daily subcutaneous injections of rhGH. Patients treated with rhGH to offset their lack of adequate endogenous growth hormone receive thousands of injections over the course of many years. In therapy-compliant GHD children, rhGH therapy initially promotes “catch-up growth,” enabling patients to approach or achieve heights on a standard growth curve, and thereafter permits them to maintain normal growth throughout the course of treatment. GHD children who are fully compliant with their daily treatments may attain an adult height comparable to that of their family members and national norms. In therapy-compliant GHD adults, daily subcutaneous injections of rhGH have resulted in improvements in body composition parameters, bone density, cardiovascular outcomes and quality of life.

Despite the demonstrated benefits of rhGH therapy, published studies have shown that a majority of patients on a daily rhGH regime, which requires up to 365 injections per year, are not fully compliant and fail to achieve expected treatment outcomes. For example, significant reductions in the degree of growth in pediatric GHD patients have been observed as a result of missing as few as two injections per week. As a result, pediatric endocrinologists have consistently sought a long-acting rhGH therapy to reduce the treatment burden on patients and their caregivers without compromising safety or efficacy. Importantly, other rhGH manufacturers have attempted to develop a long-acting

 

80


Table of Contents

product using microsphere, PEGylation, fusion and alternative delivery technologies. Each of these approaches has not been successful due to regulatory, safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues, or a combination thereof.

We believe VRS-317 will fulfill this significant need for a long-acting rhGH product. In our Phase 1a clinical trial, VRS-317 has demonstrated a half-life at least thirty times longer than daily rhGH and to date has shown a safety and tolerability profile comparable to that of marketed daily rhGH products. VRS-317, which is a new chemical entity, combines the same rhGH amino acid sequence utilized in currently approved rhGH products with a proprietary in-licensed half-life extension technology, XTEN, to enable less frequent administration. The XTEN technology is comprised of novel sequences of hydrophilic amino acids added at the genetic level as part of the manufacturing process. The resulting properties of VRS-317 enable us to produce it using common recombinant protein manufacturing techniques at a per-dose equivalent cost that we believe may be less than that of marketed rhGH products.

There are currently seven rhGH products marketed in the United States for the treatment of GHD, all of which require daily injections and include the same active agent, rhGH. We are pursuing the same regulatory pathway for VRS-317 followed by most of these products for pediatric GHD patients: a dose-finding study and a Phase 3 registration trial with a primary endpoint of twelve month mean height velocity. Mean height velocity refers to the mean height change of the individuals in a group over a specified time period. We are currently conducting and have completed enrollment in the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a pediatric GHD clinical trial, which we designed to evaluate weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing of VRS-317. The primary efficacy endpoint in this Phase 2a stage is six month mean height velocity. We expect to have complete three month mean height velocity data, as well as safety data, in early March 2014 and to have complete six month mean height velocity data by June 2014 from the Phase 2a stage of our clinical trial. We are also conducting an extension trial to allow patients in the Phase 2a stage to continue to receive VRS-317, enabling determination of twelve month mean height velocity data prior to the initiation of our planned Phase 3 clincial trial and providing long-term data to support the filing of our New Drug Application, or NDA. Growth data from published studies of approved rhGH therapy products suggest that three, six and twelve month mean height velocities within the same cohort are well correlated within the same clinical trial. We believe this correlation is attributable to the fact that an individual’s growth during a three month period represents a portion of that individual’s growth during any longer subsequent period such as an additional three or nine months. In Phase 3 clinical trials of approved rhGH products, the mean height velocity in a cohort at twelve months was generally the primary endpoint used for approval of the dose used in the cohort.

In addition to pediatric GHD, we may study VRS-317 in adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome, for which daily rhGH products are currently approved. We believe the adult GHD market is currently underpenetrated, yet it reached approximately $450 million in revenues globally in 2012. We have completed a Phase 1a clinical trial in adult GHD patients that supports the potential for monthly dosing of VRS-317. ISS and Turner Syndrome also comprise significant segments of the remaining portion of the rhGH market and are likely potential indications for future VRS-317 clinical development.

We have worldwide development and commercialization rights to VRS-317. If VRS-317 is approved, we believe it has the potential to capture a significant share of the existing rhGH market. We intend to market VRS-317 in the United States and Canada through a specialty sales force of approximately 50 people, targeting high prescribing pediatric endocrinologists. In Europe we may

 

81


Table of Contents

pursue a similar commercialization strategy or seek collaboration, distribution and/or marketing arrangements with third parties. In Japan, we may develop and commercialize VRS-317 ourselves, or may collaborate with third parties.

We are led by a team of experienced biotechnology industry executives and recognized experts in the treatment of GHD who bring significant capabilities in the development and commercialization of a novel long-acting rhGH therapy. Our management team is led by our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D. Dr. Cleland led the development of the only FDA-approved long-acting rhGH product, Nutropin Depot ® , while at Genentech, Inc., or Genentech. Our financial team is led by our Chief Financial Officer, Joshua T. Brumm, who has previously led finance teams for both emerging growth biotechnology and medical device companies, including Pharmacyclics, Inc. and ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc. Mr. Brumm has extensive commercial and operating experience in addition to having completed a number of financial and strategic transactions. Our clinical team is led by George Bright, M.D., Vice President of Medical Affairs, and Eric Humphriss, M.B.A., Vice President of Clinical Operations. Dr. Bright, a pediatric endocrinologist, has been treating children with GHD for more than 35 years and was a leader in the development of a daily rhGH product, Norditropin ® , and a product for the treatment of insulin-like growth factor-I, or IGF-I, deficiency, Increlex ® . Mr. Humphriss managed Genentech’s pediatric GHD registry. Our manufacturing team is led by Patrick Murphy, who headed the team that manufactured the first rhGH product, Protropin ® , while at Genentech.

Our strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing therapeutics for the treatment of endocrine disorders. The key elements of our strategy are to:

 

   

Complete the clinical development of and seek regulatory approval for VRS-317 for the treatment of GHD in children . We are primarily focused on independently completing the clinical development of VRS-317 in children with GHD. Based on clinical trials conducted for other approved rhGH therapies, we believe that a dose-finding study and a Phase 3 registration trial with a primary endpoint of twelve month mean height velocity will be sufficient for approval of VRS-317. Upon successful completion of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial, we plan to initiate in early 2015 the Phase 3 trial, which will be designed to demonstrate non-inferiority of VRS-317 compared to the current standard of care, daily rhGH injections, with twelve month mean height velocity as the primary efficacy endpoint. We currently expect that our planned Phase 3 trial will consist of two doses and/or dose regimens of VRS-317 with the possibility of approval of one or both. After initiation of our planned Phase 3 trial, we expect to report interim six month mean height velocity results followed by top line twelve month mean height velocity results.

 

   

Commercialize VRS-317 independently in the United States with a specialty sales force, and identify a commercialization strategy in Europe to maximize our returns. We believe that a long-acting product candidate like VRS-317, if approved for pediatric GHD, could take significant market share from currently marketed products, all of which require daily injections. Of the over $3 billion and growing global rhGH market, we believe that sales of rhGH products for pediatric GHD currently represent approximately $1.5 billion. We believe the United States and European markets for rhGH for pediatric GHD are currently approximately $450 million and $550 million, respectively. If VRS-317 receives marketing

 

82


Table of Contents
 

approval, we plan to commercialize it in the United States and Canada ourselves with a specialty sales force of approximately 50 people targeting high prescribing pediatric endocrinologists. In Europe, we may pursue a similar commercialization strategy or seek collaboration, distribution and/or marketing arrangements with third parties.

 

   

Evaluate, either independently or in collaboration with third parties, the potential for VRS-317 to demonstrate superior efficacy versus daily rhGH in Japanese children. We believe the Japanese market for rhGH for pediatric GHD is approximately $450 million, representing approximately one third of the overall global market of rhGH products for treatment of pediatric GHD. In Japan, only a lower dose of daily rhGH (25 µg/kg/day) has been approved for the treatment of pediatric GHD, and treated children have a lower growth response than GHD children in the United States treated with a higher dose (43 µg/kg/day). VRS-317, if approved in Japan at the same dose as in the United States, may offer Japanese GHD children an opportunity to achieve similar height velocity to GHD children in the United States. In Japan, we may develop and commercialize VRS-317 ourselves, or we may collaborate with third parties. We anticipate that the data from our planned Phase 3 clinical trial could be used in combination with bridging and/or efficacy clinical trials in Japanese GHD children to obtain approval in Japan.

 

   

Explore the use of VRS-317 in adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome. In addition to pursuing approval for VRS-317 in the approximately $1.5 billion pediatric GHD market, we may develop the product candidate for one or more additional indications in the overall $3 billion rhGH market. We believe the global sales of rhGH products for GHD adults are approximately $450 million globally in 2012. A majority of these adult patients are non-compliant in their treatment. We believe that a therapy with more convenient dosing will expand the adult GHD market by encouraging patients not currently receiving rhGH therapy to seek treatment as well as enhancing compliance among patients currently receiving daily therapy. In our Phase 1a clinical trial in adult GHD patients, we demonstrated the potential for monthly dosing. The next step in clinical development for VRS-317 in adult GHD would be a Phase 2/3 clinical trial that would be comparable to historical approval trials for adult GHD. This trial would consist of a placebo controlled study evaluating the changes in body composition, such as fat mass or lean body mass, over twelve months of treatment. We may also explore other indications for VRS-317, such as ISS and Turner Syndrome, for which the burden of daily rhGH therapy significantly impacts compliance. We may consider initiating one or more trials in these additional indications to potentially expand the market for VRS-317.

 

   

Opportunistically in-license or acquire products, product candidates or technologies useful in the treatment of endocrine disorders . We plan to expand our product pipeline through opportunistically in-licensing or acquiring the rights to complementary products, product candidates and technologies for the treatment of endocrine disorders. We may seek additional licenses to develop the XTEN half-life extension technology for use with drugs that affect other endocrine disease targets. We expect that we will not generally engage in early stage research and drug discovery and will avoid the related costs and risks of these activities.

Growth hormone deficiency

GHD is a chronic disease with multiple causes that can affect two distinct patient groups, pediatric patients and adult patients. The disease leads to significant health problems in both pediatric

 

83


Table of Contents

and adult patients, and untreated patients face increased mortality. There are currently seven marketed rhGH products in the United States for the treatment of GHD. However, a key limitation of these products is the burden of daily injections, which can limit compliance and lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes. As such, we believe that there is a significant unmet need for an improved therapeutic option for both pediatric and adult GHD patients.

Pediatric GHD

GHD in children is characterized by reduced growth performance and a loss of height as compared to a patient’s age-matched peers. We estimate that approximately 80% of childhood cases are idiopathic, or of unknown cause. GHD may also result from congenital defects in the anatomy of the hypothalamus and pituitary, often associated with mutations in genes responsible for the differentiation and development of the cells in the pituitary that produce human growth hormone, or hGH, or the receptor for hGH releasing hormone. Other causes of GHD in children include traumatic brain injuries, neoplastic lesions of the central nervous system and/or the required surgical and/or radiation therapies, or side effects of some chemotherapy procedures.

In all cases, pediatric GHD is diagnosed based on several clinical parameters, including heights substantially below a normal growth curve range, a demonstration that hGH is deficient by two or more hGH stimulation tests or by frequent hGH sampling protocols, the ruling out of other potential causes of growth failure and, where required, genetic testing and/or magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, of the brain, hypothalamus and pituitary.

Idiopathic GHD in children does not typically persist into adult life, while patients with organic causes of pediatric GHD often do experience adult GHD. Guidelines recommend that pediatric patients be treated until adult height is reached. In adulthood, pediatric GHD patients require additional screening to establish whether there is a need to undergo retreatment with rhGH. Research indicates that, depending upon the test group and screening methodology, up to 87.5% of adults with childhood onset GHD were no longer diagnosed as suffering from GHD upon retesting. As such, the prevalence for children and adults is separately estimated from literature studies and the total prevalence taken as the sum of childhood onset and adult onset cases.

The available data from the United States and European Union consistently estimate the prevalence of GHD in children as just below 3 per 10,000. One of the most comprehensive studies of the prevalence of GHD is the Utah Growth Study conducted in the early 1990s. This study estimated a prevalence of GHD in Utah school children of 1 in 3,480, which is equal to 2.87 per 10,000.

Adult GHD

Most cases of adult-onset GHD, a well-recognized clinical disorder, are related to the occurrence and treatment of pituitary adenomas or as a result of traumatic brain injuries. The diagnosis of adult GHD requires a demonstration of insufficient levels of hGH by hGH stimulation testing or frequent hGH sampling techniques, but GHD may be diagnosed in some adults by the finding of three other pituitary hormone deficiencies in combination with a low IGF-I level.

The available data from the United States and European Union consistently estimate the prevalence of GHD in adults as approximately 1 per 10,000. The British Society of Endocrinology estimates the prevalence of adult-onset GHD as 1 in 10,000 in the United Kingdom, and we believe there is a similar prevalence in the United States.

 

84


Table of Contents

Combining the GHD prevalence estimates in adults (1 in 10,000) and children (3 in 10,000) yields a combined GHD prevalence estimate of 4 in 10,000 in the United States and Europe.

Treatment goals and currently available therapies for GHD

In GHD children, early treatment goals are the establishment of “catch-up” growth to decrease differences in height between the patient and similarly aged peers and preventing the accrual of additional deficits from untreated GHD. Long-term treatment goals extend to the attainment of heights comparable to family members and national norms and require approximately seven years for these goals to be achieved. Growth prediction models, based on treatment outcomes in large registries of GHD children, may be used to individualize rhGH dosing. In adults, the desired treatment outcomes are improvements in body composition parameters, skeletal mineralization to prevent osteopenia, metabolic and inflammatory markers to reduce cardio- and cerebrovascular disease, and quality of life.

Daily subcutaneous administration of rhGH is used as a replacement therapy for daily production of hGH to obtain these treatment goals. Administration of rhGH stimulates the production of IGF-I, which is important for the regulation of normal physiology. Daily rhGH therapy does not mimic the typical endogenous pulsatile release of hGH in normal healthy individuals, but daily injections of rhGH have been demonstrated for over 30 years to be a safe and effective therapy for treatment of GHD. In addition, clinical studies of continuous infusion of rhGH with a pump demonstrate comparable mean height velocity, IGF-I levels and safety to those observed with daily rhGH injections for six months. No other treatment modalities are known to be effective, and there are no known preventative therapies for GHD.

All currently marketed rhGH products in the United States—Norditropin ® (Novo Nordisk), Humatrope ® (Eli Lilly), Nutropin-AQ ® (Roche/Genentech), Genotropin ® (Pfizer), Saizen ® (Merck Serono), Tev-tropin ® (Teva Pharmaceuticals) and Omnitrope (Sandoz GmbH)—are administered by daily subcutaneous injections, and no major pharmacological differences are known to exist between these products with respect to safety or efficacy. The daily rhGH dose for these marketed products for the treatment of pediatric GHD ranges from 24 to 43 µg rhGH/kg/day. Despite approvals as early as 2006, biosimilars represented less than 13% of the market in 2012, even with initial price discounts of 20% to 25% relative to branded products. One biosimilar manufacturer has since abandoned its initial discounting strategy in favor of pricing and marketing strategies similar to those used by manufacturers of branded products. Manufacturers of the branded products continue to emphasize novel delivery methods and devices along with complimentary services in order to differentiate themselves from each other as well as to minimize the impact of any future biosimilars. Existing rhGH products are available as a lyophilized powder with diluents, or rhGH for injection using vial and syringe, auto-injectors or pen devices.

Limitations of currently available therapies

In order to achieve the benefits associated with the currently marketed daily subcutaneous injections of rhGH, patients must maintain strict dosing compliance. Studies from diverse geographic areas demonstrate that full compliance with daily rhGH dosing presents challenges for patients and caregivers and, as a result, doses are frequently missed. Because there is no immediately noticeable effect of treatment, as with insulin, for example, patients and caregivers may not perceive a detriment to skipping doses. Patients may also become noncompliant from dissatisfaction with near term treatment outcomes. In a study of children with GHD, 46% of patients missed two injections per week and 26% missed three or more injections per week. As shown in the figure below, for patients missing

 

85


Table of Contents

two or more injections per week there was a statistically significant reduction in their change in height velocity standard deviation score, or HVSDS, compared to high-compliance patients. A greater HVSDS indicates more rapid growth.

 

LOGO

In additional studies, 33% to 77% of children had levels of noncompliance that can be estimated to have reduced efficacy as measured by first year height velocity. Although a similar study in GHD adults has not been reported, we believe there would be a comparable outcome of diminished therapeutic benefit. Continued treatment without substantial therapeutic benefit is not generally considered an acceptable approach, especially in the treatment of children with repeated subcutaneous injections. Accordingly, methods to increase treatment compliance, such as a significant reduction in frequency of injections, may have the therapeutic benefit of maintaining the efficacy observed for daily rhGH therapy in highly compliant GHD children and adults and improve treatment outcomes for those with poor compliance with daily injections. For example, enhanced clinical responsiveness has been demonstrated for long-acting forms of gonadotropin releasing hormone in fertility studies. Similarly, the relevant medical literature indicates that frequency of administration significantly affects patients’ adherence to chronic treatments for a number of disorders. We believe that adherence to treatment can be improved with decreased frequency of administration.

Our approach to increased compliance and better therapeutic outcomes is to reduce the frequency of subcutaneous injections. In children in particular, we and others who have studied long-acting rhGH anticipate that reducing injection frequency may lead to increased treatment compliance, and in turn, better outcomes.

Attempts to develop long-acting rhGH products

We believe that for a long-acting rhGH product to be successful, there should be minimal trade-offs compared to the current daily rhGH products when assessing safety, efficacy and manufacturing.

Previous attempts by others to develop a long-acting rhGH have not succeeded due to regulatory, safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues, or a combination of those factors. The only FDA-approved

 

86


Table of Contents

long-acting rhGH, Nutropin Depot, was developed by Genentech and approved in 1999. Nutropin Depot was dosed semi-monthly or monthly with a large gauge needle and caused significant pain on injection with nodule formation and lipoatrophy at the injection sites. Lipoatrophy is a localized loss of fat tissue that is stimulated by a sustained exposure of subcutaneous tissue to rhGH and can cause undesirable skin deformations. The efficacy of Nutropin Depot was less than the approved daily rhGH products because the duration of the rhGH release from the formulation was less than the dose interval. Nutropin Depot was ultimately removed from the market due to the significant resources required to continue manufacturing and commercializing the product. Additional attempts at sustained release formulations have not yet led to marketed products in the United States, Europe or Japan, due to regulatory, safety, efficacy and/or manufacturing issues. Three published attempts have been made at PEGylation of rhGH, which is a process to chemically attach polyethylene glycol to rhGH in order to extend its residence time in the bloodstream after administration. This residence time is commonly measured by half-life, which is the amount of time it takes for a quantity to decline to one-half its starting value. Pfizer first attempted PEGylation of rhGH to achieve a weekly dosed product. However, the PEGylated rhGH was not readily absorbed at the injection site and caused severe lipoatrophy in GHD children, resulting in a discontinuation of development. Another attempt to PEGylate rhGH by Novo Nordisk also failed in GHD children because a weekly profile was not achieved. Merck Serono in collaboration with Ambrx evaluated an alternative method of PEGylation, but the rights to the product candidate were returned to Ambrx after completion of a clinical trial in adults. The past attempts at long-acting rhGH have all had significant trade-offs that diminished their commercial potential.

Attributes of VRS-317

VRS-317 was engineered using XTEN technology to extend the residence time in the bloodstream by reducing the clearance of rhGH from the body by the two primary mechanisms, kidney filtration and receptor mediated clearance. XTEN technology was developed by Amunix Operating, Inc., or Amunix, and involves the use of novel sequences of natural hydrophilic amino acids that can be genetically fused to a desired protein, such as rhGH in the case of VRS-317. These novel sequences have been shown to be non-immunogenic and to enable the tuning of therapeutic protein properties to obtain the desired pharmacological properties in vivo. In VRS-317, a long N-terminal XTEN sequence, XTEN 1 , is added to rhGH as a fusion protein, increasing the hydrodynamic size of the rhGH and thereby reducing glomerular filtration. A C-terminal XTEN sequence, XTEN 2 , is also added to potentially reduce receptor mediated clearance by decreasing receptor binding. VRS-317 (119 kDa) has a molecular weight 5.4 times greater than rhGH (22 kDa). The difference in molecular weight is the result of the additional XTEN polypeptide chains, and no changes have been made to the rhGH sequence.

 

LOGO

VRS-317 is expressed as a soluble protein in the periplasm of the E. coli bacteria that are commonly used in the manufacture of biological molecules, or biologics. After isolation from the cells,

 

87


Table of Contents

VRS-317 is purified by a series of column chromatography steps, buffer exchanged and then concentrated to achieve the final bulk drug substance. VRS-317 is a clear aqueous solution manufactured for subcutaneous injection.

We believe VRS-317 has the following advantages that support its rapid development:

 

   

VRS-317 has a longer half-life than daily rhGH products and may offer a significantly more convenient dosing solution for GHD patients. VRS-317 has been shown in clinical development to have the advantage of a longer half-life and potentially less frequent dosing. In our clinical trial in adults with GHD, VRS-317 had a mean elimination half-life of 131 hours at the highest dose tested, representing at least a thirty-fold increase in half-life as compared to the two to four hour half-lives reported for subcutaneously administered rhGH. The prolonged half-life of VRS-317 provided sustained pharmacodynamic responses. In the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial, we are testing weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing. The long half-life of our product candidate, combined with the sustained IGF-I responses seen in clinical trials, supports our belief that VRS-317 should provide significantly more convenient dosing for GHD patients.

 

   

VRS-317 has demonstrated an attractive safety and tolerability profile in GHD children. In our clinical program to date, VRS-317 has been well-tolerated with no serious or unexpected adverse events. In particular, lipoatrophy, a localized loss of fat tissue that can be stimulated by a sustained exposure of adipocytes to rhGH in the subcutaneous injection site, has not been seen after repeated doses in our Phase 2a clinical trial. Additionally, there have been no reports in our clinical trials of VRS-317 of common problems that were observed in prior studies of long-acting formulations, such as nodule formation at the injection site. VRS-317’s attractive safety and tolerability profile in GHD children is especially important in the context of rhGH as a chronic therapy.

 

   

VRS-317 has the potential to achieve greater height velocities compared to daily rhGH approved for use in Japanese GHD children. In Japan, children with GHD treated with daily rhGH receive the lowest dose of any developed country (the only approved dose in Japan is 25 µg/kg/day). As a result, GHD children treated with rhGH in Japan have a lower rate of first-year growth than GHD children treated with rhGH at 43 µg/kg/day in the United States. Despite the lower approved dose in Japan, the Japanese government pays a higher price per unit of rhGH and a similar price per patient as compared to pricing in the United States. We intend to select a dose of VRS-317 for use in Japan that would provide first-year growth comparable to GHD children in the United States. As such, VRS-317 may offer the opportunity to provide Japanese GHD children with height velocities comparable to GHD children in the United States, which would be superior efficacy to the current Japanese daily rhGH dose.

 

   

VRS-317 has a manufacturing process that is less complex than the traditional rhGH manufacturing processes and may ultimately offer a cost-of-goods advantage versus current rhGH products. VRS-317 is expressed in E. coli as a soluble protein. The XTEN amino acid sequences fused to rhGH to form VRS-317 confer improved pharmaceutical properties compared to rhGH alone, including greater solubility, a lower isoelectric point and a higher net negative charge. These improved properties enable a straightforward purification process without the need for complex steps that can reduce manufacturing yields, such as protein folding. The steps used in the process for manufacturing VRS-317 drug substance all involve a common biotechnology manufacturing process. VRS-317’s improved properties simplify the purification process

 

88


Table of Contents
 

compared to traditional rhGH products, and we believe that when produced on a commercial scale, it may offer a cost-of-goods advantage over current rhGH products.

Clinical development for VRS-317

The clinical development of VRS-317 was initiated in December 2010 with an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application submitted by Versartis in the United States and a parallel submission of a Clinical Trial Application in the United Kingdom. Additional submissions were provided to the Swedish and Serbian regulatory authorities. The first in-human study, our Phase 1a clinical trial, was conducted in GHD adults in the United States, the United Kingdom, Sweden and Serbia. The Phase 1a clinical trial enrolled patients on a stable dose of daily rhGH therapy who were withdrawn from therapy until their IGF-I levels were below a pre-specified level and then randomized into either placebo or VRS-317 treatment. This double blind placebo controlled Phase 1a clinical trial enabled the objective assessment of the safety of VRS-317 treatment compared to placebo. The Phase 1a clinical trial was completed in early 2012.

Upon the successful completion of the Phase 1a clinical trial, we initiated a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial in GHD children in the United States by filing an amendment to our existing IND. The Phase 1b stage of the clinical trial included 48 naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD children receiving a single dose of VRS-317 in an ascending dose design. The starting dose used in the study was the highest dose tested in adults (0.80 mg/kg VRS-317) and escalation was stopped at a dose of 6.0 mg/kg VRS-317 after the desired IGF-I response was achieved. No stopping criteria were met at any of the dose levels tested. Patients completing the Phase 1b stage of the study were allowed to enroll in the Phase 2a stage. The Phase 2a stage was fully enrolled with 64 patients, and patients previously treated in the Phase 1b stage were balanced for characteristics (age and previous VRS-317 exposure) with the potential to affect the primary endpoint (mean height velocity) across each of the three dosing arms.

Completed Phase 1a clinical trial in GHD adults

In adult GHD patients, VRS-317 concentrations and IGF-I responses were proportional to dose in the completed Phase 1a single ascending dose study. In adults with GHD, VRS-317 has a mean elimination half-life of 131 hours at the highest dose tested. The extended half-life of VRS-317 represents at least a thirty-fold increase in half-life as compared to the two to four hour half-lives reported for subcutaneously administered rhGH. VRS-317 concentrations at the end of the month in this study were proportional to total dose, further supporting the potential for up to monthly dosing.

LOGO

 

89


Table of Contents

After a single subcutaneous dose of 0.80 mg/kg of VRS-317, GHD adults achieved a normalization of their IGF-I levels (IGF-I standard deviation score (SDS) between -1.5 and +1.5) for an average of three weeks. IGF-I SDS is a measure of the difference in IGF-I concentration between a single GHD patient and the mean for normal adults of the same sex and comparable age. The total rhGH dose equivalent to 0.80 mg/kg VRS-317 was 4.9 µg/kg/day over 30 days which is below the average daily dose of rhGH in these patients (6 µg/kg/day). These results suggested that a lower total rhGH dose in the form of VRS-317 may provide comparable safety and efficacy over the course of treatment.

 

LOGO

All subjects completed the study. The highest dose assessed in the Phase 1a study of GHD adults (0.80 mg/kg VRS-317) was reported to be well tolerated, with no significant safety issues observed. A minority of patients reported drug-related adverse events, or AEs. The reported AEs were generally mild, transient and of the type generally expected when rhGH is administered to an adult with GHD. There were no serious or unexpected AEs. There were no laboratory safety signals observed. In addition, VRS-317 at 0.80 mg/kg in GHD adults increased mean IGF-I into the customary therapeutic range (IGF-I SDS > - 1.5) for approximately three weeks. We believe that these data indicate GHD adults may potentially be treated with once monthly administration of VRS-317. GHD adults are typically titrated to IGF-I SDS in the normal range and future trials of VRS-317 may include individual patient dose titration to achieve the appropriate monthly dose for each patient. These future trials are planned to demonstrate a safe and effective once monthly dose of VRS-317 in GHD adults.

Completed Phase 1b stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial in GHD children

GHD children require a much higher dose of daily administered rhGH (24 - 43 µg/kg/day) than GHD adults (2 - 12 µg/kg). The dosing recommendation for rhGH in GHD children is dependent upon the local regulatory agency granting the drug approval. It is therefore likely that a higher dose of VRS-317 will be required in GHD children compared to GHD adults. A Phase1b/2a study is being conducted in pre-pubertal GHD children in the United States to assess the safety, pharmacokinetics, and IGF-I responses to VRS-317 in the Phase 1b stage.

In the Phase 1b stage, 48 pre-pubertal, naïve to treatment children received a single subcutaneous dose of VRS-317. GHD was diagnosed by medical history, several clinical parameters and paired growth

 

90


Table of Contents

hormone stimulation tests. In ascending order, subjects received VRS-317 doses of 0.80, 1.20, 1.80, 2.70, 4.00 or 6.00 mg/kg. These doses were equivalent in rhGH content to 4.9 to 37 µg rhGH/kg/day taken for 30 days. Blood samples for pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic, or PK/PD, determinations were obtained at six time points over 30 days. Safety monitoring was carried out for 60 days post-dose. Stopping rules were specified by protocol. The membership and activities of the Safety Review Committee, or SRC, were specified in the SRC Charter, which was developed prior to study onset. SRC meetings were successfully concluded prior to each dose escalation; no stopping criteria were met at any time point.

In GHD children, single dose VRS-317 over the specified dose range was reported to be well tolerated, with no significant safety issues observed. All subjects completed the study. A minority of subjects reported drug-related AEs. Reported AEs were mild, transient and of the type generally observed when starting rhGH in children. No serious or unexpected AEs were reported. There were no laboratory safety signals observed. Subcutaneous nodule formation and lipoatrophy were not reported.

After subcutaneous administration to GHD children, VRS-317 is rapidly absorbed achieving a maximum concentration (C max ) in three to four days after dosing, similar to that noted in GHD adults. The total exposure and C max were dose proportional and not dependent upon gender in this patient population. Because sparse blood sampling is used in small children, the number of time points did not allow for an accurate determination of the terminal elimination half-life. However, as noted in GHD adults, significant concentrations of VRS-317 remained 30 days after injection.

 

LOGO

IGF-I was selected as the primary pharmacodynamic marker to measure the effect of VRS-317 treatment. The normal range for IGF-I in children varies greatly with age, with mean values more than doubling during childhood. IGF-I SDS is determined based on comparison to children of the same age. All subjects had relative IGF-I deficiency at baseline (IGF-I SDS < -1.0) and the increase from baseline in the 30 day average IGF-I SDS was proportional to dose. Only two subjects had an IGF-I level above the normal range (IGF-I SDS > 2.0) and no subjects had an IGF-I SDS ³ 3.0. The two subjects with IGF-I SDS > 2.0 had IGF-I SDS values in the normal range by the next sampling time point. No reported safety issues arose in connection with these transient elevations. Sustained IGF-I SDS changes did not come at the expense of initial elevated exposure to IGF-I.

 

91


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Ongoing Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial

The Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a study is currently ongoing. The Phase 2a portion of the study has completed enrollment with 64 naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD children entered into three dosing arms: 5 mg/kg VRS-317 once per month, 2.5 mg/kg VRS-317 semi-monthly, and 1.15 mg/kg VRS-317 weekly. All of these arms have the same rhGH mass dose, which is equivalent to approximately 30 µg rhGH/kg/day over the dose interval. Per protocol, upon completion of three months of treatment in 75% of the subjects in Phase 2a stage of the trial, the SRC will meet and review the safety of repeat dosing of VRS-317 in GHD children in this study. The primary endpoint of the Phase 2a stage is mean six month height velocity.

 

92


Table of Contents

Correlation of three, six and twelve month mean height velocity

For daily rhGH treatment, height velocity changes as a function of time spent on therapy. In a published study of Omnitrope and Genotropin, patients were dosed with rhGH over a seven year period. Patients on Genotropin were switched to Omnitrope after nine months of treatment (Geno/Omnitrope Group B). As shown in the chart below, initially, GHD children experience rapid catch-up growth in the first one to three years of treatment and then the rate of growth slows down approaching normal growth rates observed in children that do not have GHD.

LOGO

The correlations between cumulative intervals of mean height velocity measurements have been noted in a variety of studies of daily rhGH therapy and one long-acting rhGH therapy, Nutropin Depot. For example, the mean height velocity in a treatment group over three months is well correlated to the mean height velocity in the same group over six months. Daily rhGH therapy studies have been conducted in pediatric GHD patients, measuring the mean height velocity at three, six and twelve months. These studies indicate an average decrease in the mean height velocity of 0.3 cm/yr from three months to six months and an additional decrease of 0.6 cm/yr from six months to twelve months.

The mean height velocity obtained in a controlled clinical trial is highly dependent on the demographics of the pediatric GHD patients enrolled in the clinical trial. The most significant factor determining a mean height velocity in naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD patients is the patient’s age at start of treatment. Other factors that may influence the extent of response to daily rhGH therapy include the degree of height deficit for age and the hGH level achieved in the hGH stimulation test, both of which assess the severity of GHD. In historical published studies conducted in countries where rhGH therapy is unavailable or unaffordable, pre-pubertal GHD patients were more severely GHD than age matched peers in the United States, and therefore, greater mean height velocities were observed in these patients compared to their age-matched counterparts in the United States.

In published registries of daily rhGH therapy from patients in the United States and European countries where daily rhGH therapy is used, the mean height velocity is a reliable surrogate for expected outcomes in a controlled clinical trial using a comparable daily rhGH dose as used in these registries. As a result, an age-matched historical control analysis using published registry data on first year mean height velocities for daily rhGH therapy in pre-pubertal GHD children is a well-established procedure for assessment of new rhGH therapies. In fact, the FDA allowed the Nutropin Depot Phase 3 trial to be conducted using age-matched historical controls. We intend to conduct an analysis of age-matched historical controls to evaluate the mean height velocity results in our Phase 2a trial. However,

 

93


Table of Contents

the age-matched control may not predict exactly how VRS-317 will perform relative to existing rhGH products. In Phase 3, we plan to conduct a non-inferiority clinical trial in naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD patients using an approved dose of daily rhGH therapy as the control.

Extension clinical trial

A protocol for the extension clinical trial has been submitted as an amendment to our IND and is a multi-center, parallel dose, open-label study assessing long-term VRS-317 administration. It will be open to patients completing our Phase 2a stage or planned Phase 3 clinical trials in children with GHD. Patients will be initially maintained on the same VRS-317 dosing regimen that they were receiving in their previous VRS-317 clinical trial (Phase 2a stage or Phase 3). Subjects may be assigned to a new dose or dosing regimen similar to the dose or dosing regimen that we expect to submit in any application for marketing authorization. Patients in a previous VRS-317 clinical trial that were not receiving VRS-317 treatment (e.g. receiving daily rhGH therapy) will be offered treatment with VRS-317 using the dosing regimen included in any application for marketing authorization. These patients could potentially provide data to support the safety of switching patients from daily rhGH to VRS-317 therapy. We expect the study will be conducted at approximately 70 pediatric endocrinology centers in the United States, Canada and Europe. The extension clinical trial may enroll up to 250 GHD children and we anticipate that it will continue until any potential product launch of VRS-317, with patients receiving up to three or four years of VRS-317 therapy. This study could potentially provide long term safety and efficacy data in support of any application for global market registration.

Planned Phase 3 clinical trial

We plan to conduct a Phase 3 clinical trial as a multicenter, open-label non-inferiority study comparing the safety and efficacy of VRS-317 to daily rhGH in children with growth failure due to GHD. We expect the study will be conducted at approximately 70 pediatric endocrinology centers in the United States, Europe and Canada. We expect the study will consist of approximately 160 naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD children using similar entry criteria to those employed in the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial.

We intend to meet with the FDA and the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, to discuss the Phase 3 clinical trial design. We plan to propose the non-inferiority design compared to daily rhGH with a primary endpoint of 12 month mean height velocity with a non-inferiority margin similar to those used to achieve recent approval of daily rhGH therapies such as Omnitrope. Although we are still developing our Phase 3 clinical protocol, we currently expect our Phase 3 trial to consist of two doses and/or dose frequencies of VRS-317 with the possibility of approval on one or both. Prior to initiating this study, we will have available twelve month mean height velocity data on GHD children completing the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a trial and those enrolled in the extension clinical trial. We anticipate that the Phase 3 trial will initiate in early 2015. After initiation of our planned Phase 3 trial, we expect to report interim six month mean height velocity results by the end of 2016 followed by top line twelve-month mean height velocity results in the first half of 2017. Assuming positive results from the planned Phase 3 trial, we intend to submit an NDA.

Future studies

Japan pediatric GHD bridging clinical trial

We plan to conduct bridging and/or efficacy clinical trials in naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD children in Japan to demonstrate a comparable pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamics, safety and

 

94


Table of Contents

efficacy profile to GHD children in the United States. We also intend to continue treatment of these patients in a long term study to evaluate their twelve month mean height velocity. The results from this study will be combined with the results of the Phase 1b/2a, extension and planned Phase 3 clinical trials for submission in Japan. We have had an informal meeting with the Japanese regulatory authorities to discuss the above clinical plan. We intend to either partner with a company with a substantial Japanese presence or contract with an in-country clinical research organization to execute this clinical plan. We may initiate a bridging clinical trial in Japanese pediatric endocrinology centers in early 2015.

Adult GHD Phase 2/3 clinical trial

Adult GHD patients receive daily rhGH therapy at doses that are titrated to enable them to reach the normal range of IGF-I levels for their age and sex. The daily rhGH dose used in adult GHD patients ranges from 2 to 12 µg/kg/day. The approval of rhGH therapy for adult GHD patients requires a primary endpoint of change in body composition (e.g., reduction in fat mass or increase in lean body mass) over twelve months of treatment compared to placebo. Depending on the success of our planned Phase 3 clinical trial with pediatric GHD patients, we may conduct a Phase 2/3 clinical trial in GHD adults. We anticipate that such Phase 2/3 clinical trial would be a placebo controlled study evaluating the changes in body composition, such as fat mass or lean body mass, over twelve months of treatment.

rhGH market opportunity

The global rhGH market has largely been confined to the developed parts of the world, more particularly the United States, Europe and Japan. In 2012, the global rhGH market was estimated to be over $3 billion in annual sales, with the United States, Europe, Japan and Rest-of-World representing approximately 39%, 37%, 21% and 3% of the market, respectively. Global annual rhGH sales have historically grown by mid-single digit percentages each year, averaging approximately 6% over the last five years. Based on market research, we believe that the market for daily rhGH products is likely to grow to over $4 billion by 2018.

As shown on the chart below, due to the lack of product differentiation among existing rhGH treatments, the global rhGH market is quite fragmented, with no brand achieving greater than 28% market share in 2012.

 

LOGO

 

95


Table of Contents

Importantly, rhGH manufacturers have attempted to develop a long-acting product using microsphere, PEGylation, fusion and alternative delivery technologies. Each of these approaches has not been successful due to regulatory, safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues, or a combination thereof. Nonetheless, primary and secondary market research continues to indicate a strong desire by patients, caregivers, physicians and payers to use an rhGH product that is safe and effective and requires less frequent dosing than daily subcutaneous injections.

Pediatric GHD market

Historically pediatric GHD use has dominated the rhGH market, accounting for approximately 50% of total annual sales. Of the over $3 billion global rhGH market, we believe that sales of rhGH products for pediatric GHD represent approximately $1.5 billion. We believe the United States and European markets for rhGH for pediatric GHD are approximately $450 million and $550 million, respectively. We believe that the Japanese market for rhGH for pediatric GHD is approximately $450 million, representing approximately one third of the global market of rhGH products for treatment of pediatric GHD.

Based on market research, we believe that the market for daily rhGH products is likely to grow to over $4 billion by 2018. Based on this research and assuming that the pediatric GHD market continues to constitute 50% of the total market, we believe that the pediatric GHD market could represent approximately $2.0 billion by 2018.

Future market expansion opportunities for VRS-317

After pediatric GHD, the remainder of the $3 billion rhGH market consists of various indications, including adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome. We may develop VRS-317 for one or more of these additional indications, for which existing rhGH therapies are approved.

Adult GHD market

Treatment of GHD in adults was a natural expansion to the products already indicated for treating the same condition in children. Several studies were conducted in this area during the 1990s and many companies publicized their findings with respect to the effect of hormonal deficiency in adults on their quality of life during this period. Many adult patients face significant problems such as minimized social, mental and physical energy, reduced muscle and excess adipose tissues, reduced libido, elevated levels of cholesterol, higher cardiovascular disease rates, reduced quality of life and lower bone density.

We believe the adult GHD market is currently underpenetrated, yet it reached approximately $450 million in revenues globally in 2012. Despite its current size, the adult GHD market remains largely untreated, making this population of patients with significant unmet needs an attractive additional indication for VRS-317. We believe that a therapy with more convenient dosing will expand the adult GHD market by encouraging patients not currently receiving rhGH therapy to seek treatment, as well as enhancing compliance among patients currently receiving daily therapy.

Other non-GHD pediatric indications

Daily rhGH therapy is also currently approved for numerous other indications beyond GHD. More specifically, other indications currently approved in the United States for daily rhGH therapy include

 

96


Table of Contents

ISS, Turner Syndrome, Prader-Willi Syndrome, SGA, Noonan Syndrome and chronic renal insufficiency in children. ISS and Turner Syndrome comprise significant segments of the rhGH market and are likely potential indications for future VRS-317 clinical development. ISS is non-GHD short stature, defined by height that is more than two standard deviations below normal and growth rates that would not allow for attainment of adult height in the normal range, which has recognized benefits from rhGH therapy. In the United States only, ISS is an indication that is approved for rhGH therapy at the same dose as pediatric GHD. Turner Syndrome is the second most common genetic disorder, affecting 1 in 2,000 females. Short stature associated with Turner Syndrome is an approved indication for rhGH products. The rhGH dose required to treat short stature in Turner Syndrome patients is greater than the dose required for pediatric GHD patients. We may explore VRS-317 in further clinical trials to assess the appropriate dose of VRS-317 to achieve similar treatment outcomes to current daily rhGH therapy for ISS and Turner Syndrome.

Commercialization strategy

Industry research published in 2008 indicated that less than 36% of patients on treatment with rhGH therapy are compliant, resulting in some level of noncompliance in the majority of patients. In separately published research released in 2011, a lack of compliance to daily rhGH therapy results in suboptimal therapeutic outcomes. Market research indicates that frequency of administration ranks highest amongst the factors that affect adherence to this daily rhGH treatment. Our own market research indicates that the potential for VRS-317 to reduce the treatment burden of daily injections and thereby address the lack of compliance with their rhGH therapy will be of significant interest to pediatric endocrinologists. Based on a third-party market research report commissioned by us, a survey of 68 U.S. pediatric endocrinologists indicated a high level of interest in the profile of VRS-317 and a willingness to prescribe it to a majority of their patients if it is approved.

In light of our stage of development, we have not yet established a commercial organization or distribution capabilities. We generally expect to retain commercial rights for our products in territories where we believe it is possible to access the market through a focused, specialty sales force. If VRS-317 receives marketing approval, we plan to commercialize in the United States with our own focused, specialty sales force. We believe that the pediatric endocrinologists in the United States, who provide treatment for hGH deficiency in children, are sufficiently concentrated that we will be able to effectively promote VRS-317 to these specialists with a sales force of approximately 50 people. According to data published by the Journal of Pediatrics and the Pediatric Endocrine Society, there are approximately 800 pediatric endocrinologists in the United States. Similarly sized sales forces are effectively being utilized to address these pediatric endocrinologists and focus on the currently high-prescribing physicians, according to primary market research conducted by a third-party market research organization commissioned by us.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate facilities for product manufacturing, storage and distribution, or testing nor do we expect to in the future. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on Boehringer Ingelheim, or BI, for the manufacture of our drug substance and drug product for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if our product candidate receives marketing approval. Additional contract manufacturers are used to label, package and distribute investigational drug product. We have experienced personnel to manage the third-party manufacturers.

 

97


Table of Contents

We have an agreement with BI for the production of VRS-317 drug substance and drug product for our clinical trials. Under the agreement, we transferred our initial manufacturing process for VRS-317, including the expressing cell line, to BI for further development, and BI will manufacture and supply VRS-317 to us for use in clinical trials, all in accordance with the project plan attached to the agreement. The agreement contains customary terms, such as delivery, inspection, acceptance and rejection, for the supply of the product. We have the right to cancel any manufacturing campaign for VRS-317 subject to the payment of a cancellation fee, which is a percentage of the total payment for the cancelled manufacturing campaign based on the time of cancellation. We have no exclusive relationship with BI for supply of our clinical materials. The agreement does not give BI any rights for commercial supply of VRS-317.

As of December 31, 2013, BI manufactures ten approved therapeutic proteins that are expressed in E. coli . VRS-317 is expressed in E. coli as a soluble protein. The XTEN sequences in VRS-317 confer improved pharmaceutical properties compared to rhGH alone. These properties include increased solubility and high net negative charge (low isoelectric point) at physiological pH enabling a straightforward purification process without the need for complex steps such as protein folding. The process for manufacturing VRS-317 drug substance consists of E. coli fermentation, initial purification to remove the majority of the E. coli components, secondary purification using three column chromatography steps and a final buffer exchange and concentration step. Because VRS-317 consists of rhGH genetically fused to XTEN, no additional steps to chemically modify the protein are required after the drug substance is produced. The VRS-317 drug substance is filtered and then VRS-317 drug product filling, labeling, packaging and testing is performed. Each of these steps involves a relatively common biotechnology process. The manufacturing process for VRS-317 is less complex than traditional rhGH manufacturing processes. The process is robust and reproducible, does not require specialized equipment, uses common and readily available materials and is readily transferable. The pharmaceutical properties of VRS-317 enable increased solubility compared to rhGH and increased stability due to the ability to reduce or eliminate the major degradation pathways typically observed in rhGH products. VRS-317 drug product is a stable liquid formulation stored refrigerated with short term stability at room temperature. We have contracted with Catalent, Inc. for the labeling, packaging and distribution of VRS-317 drug product for our clinical trials.

Under our agreement with BI, we obtain supplies and services on a purchase order basis from BI. The agreement may be terminated by either party for convenience upon 18 months’ notice or earlier for certain scientific or technical reasons, material breach, bankruptcy, change of control or other business reasons. The VRS-317 used in our clinical trials was and is currently manufactured under current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, conditions. Sufficient material to complete the Phase 1b/2a and extension clinical trials has already been produced, and preparations are underway to produce quantities required for our anticipated subsequent clinical trials. When produced on a commercial scale, we expect that cost-of-goods-sold of VRS-317 will generally be less than that of other rhGH products. Changes in our requirements may require revalidation of the manufacturing process at a different scale and potentially at a different contractor depending on the necessary scale, infrastructure and technical capabilities. To ensure continuity in our supply chain, we plan to establish supply arrangements with alternative suppliers for certain portions of our supply chain, as appropriate.

The agreement assigns to us the ownership of all inventions and intellectual properties generated by BI that relate directly to VRS-317 and does not cover BI’s background intellectual properties or improvements. In addition, upon expiration of the agreement or termination of the agreement by either party for convenience, or by us for business reasons or for BI’s material breach, the agreement grants

 

98


Table of Contents

us a non-exclusive and royalty free license to use BI’s background intellectual properties to the extent necessary for us to manufacture, use and exploit VRS-317. Upon termination of the agreement (other than for our breach or bankruptcy or technical reasons), BI will transfer to us the then-current manufacturing process for VRS-317, with the cost borne by us.

Research and development

We are evaluating the use of the XTEN technology on another therapeutic protein. To date, we have not tested this additional product candidate in animals. We plan to demonstrate proof of concept in the appropriate animal models and assess the potentially differentiated product attributes that could provide us with a superior product candidate to the current therapeutic protein. We will explore whether to proceed, and the optimal development path and product profile, upon obtaining the validating preclinical data.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technology, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, generic drug companies, academic institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

The key competitive factors affecting the success of VRS-317, if approved, are likely to be its efficacy, safety, tolerability, frequency and route of administration, convenience and price, and the level of generic competition and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors. The method of administration of VRS-317, subcutaneous injection, is commonly used to administer rhGH therapy for the treatment of GHD and related indications. While daily rhGH therapy with subcutaneous injections is required for replacement therapy, a therapy that offers a less invasive method of administration might have a competitive advantage over one administered by subcutaneous injection, depending on the relative efficacy, safety and tolerability of the other method of administration.

In the United States, there are a variety of currently marketed rhGH therapies administered by daily subcutaneous injection and used for the treatment of GHD, principally Norditropin ® (Novo Nordisk), Humatrope ® (Eli Lilly), Nutropin-AQ ® (Roche/Genentech), Genotropin ® (Pfizer), Saizen ® (Merck Serono), Tev-tropin ® (Teva Pharmaceuticals) and Omnitrope ® (Sandoz GmbH). These rhGH drugs are well-established therapies and are widely accepted by physicians, patients, caregivers and third­ party payors as the standard of care for the treatment of GHD. Physicians, patients and third-party payors may not accept the addition of VRS-317 to their current treatment regimens for a variety of potential reasons, including:

 

   

if they do not wish to incur any potential additional costs related to VRS-317; or

 

   

if they perceive the use of VRS-317 to be of limited additional benefit to patients.

In addition to the currently approved and marketed daily rhGH therapies, there are a variety of experimental therapies that are in various stages of clinical development by companies both already

 

99


Table of Contents

participating in the rhGH market as well as potential new entrants, principally Aileron Therapeutics, Althea, Ambrx, Ascendis, Bioton S.A., Critical Pharmaceuticals, Dong-A, GeneScience, Hanmi, LG Life Science, OPKO Health, Inc. (via Prolor acquisition) and all of the existing global and regional rhGH franchises. However, based on publicly available data, these products have limitations. For example, an alternative PEGylation approach of reversible chemical linkage of rhGH to a large circulating PEG, which has not completed studies in GHD children, has reported adult data suggesting that the rhGH exposure and IGF-I response is less than one week. We believe all of the PEGylation and circulating PEG approaches will be more expensive to manufacture than current daily rhGH because they require additional manufacturing steps after the purified rhGH is produced. A fusion protein approach is also under investigation using a glycosylated peptide hormone genetically fused to rhGH. Because of the glycosylation, this protein must be produced in mammalian cells, and a six step purification process has been reported. In addition, this fusion protein has been reported to have an rhGH exposure and IGF-I response of less than one week. This fusion protein is currently being studied in adult GHD Phase 3 clinical trial with weekly administration and in a Phase 2 clinical trial in children with weekly administration.

Intellectual property

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our core technology. To establish and protect our proprietary rights, we rely on a combination of patents, patent applications, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and know-how, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements with third parties, employee disclosure and invention assignment agreements, and other contractual rights.

In December 2008 we entered into a worldwide, exclusive license agreement with Amunix, which was amended and restated in December 2010 and subsequently amended in January 2013. The patents in-licensed under this agreement constitute the core of our intellectual property. The terms of this license are summarized below.

As of December 31, 2013, the in-licensed global patent portfolio consists of three issued United States patents and three issued patents in the European Patent Office, China and Mexico, respectively. In addition, the portfolio also includes 66 pending utility patent applications, 15 of which are in the United States, and of those 15, six of which are provisional patent applications that were filed in 2013.

The in-licensed patent portfolio includes five main patent families, which we believe, if issued in their current form, would provide broad coverage for the XTEN (unstructured recombinant polypeptide, URP) technology, including methods for producing XTEN products, and various levels of more specific coverage for VRS-317. The portfolio includes composition of matter, method of treatment and use claims.

The U.S. patents that have issued as of December 31, 2013 are U.S. Patent Nos. 7,855,279, 8,492,530 and 7,846,445. U.S. Patent Nos. 7,855,279 and 8,492,530 cover XTEN (URP) fusion proteins with increased half-life, including dependent claims directed to hGH-XTEN fusions. U.S. Patent No. 7,846,445 covers methods for extending the serum secretion half-life of a protein by producing XTEN fusions, including that of hGH. We estimate that the issued U.S. patents will expire between 2026 and 2027.

In addition, the licensor recently received Notices of Allowances on two patent applications covering XTEN fusions of biologically active proteins, including hGH, and pharmaceutical

 

100


Table of Contents

compositions comprising such fusions, as well as methods for treating growth hormone-related conditions, such as GHD and ISS. Upon issuance, we estimate that the U.S. patents will expire in 2030.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application in the applicable country. In the United States, a patent’s term may, in certain cases, be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over a commonly owned patent or a patent naming a common inventor and having an earlier expiration date. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration date of a U.S. patent as partial compensation for the length of time the drug is under regulatory review.

Acquisitions and license agreements

Amunix

In December 2008 we entered into a worldwide, exclusive license agreement with Amunix, Inc., which was amended and restated in December 2010 and subsequently amended in January 2013. In March 2013, Amunix, Inc. was merged into Amunix Operating, Inc., or Amunix, which assumed all of the rights and obligations of Amunix, Inc. under the agreement. Under this agreement, Amunix granted us an exclusive (even as to Amunix) license under its patents and know-how related to the XTEN technology to develop and commercialize up to four licensed products for human use anywhere in the world, with each licensed product to consist of a selected target attached to an XTEN polypeptide. The license gives us rights with respect to two targets, namely hGH and another specified human protein. Certain of the licensed intellectual property was developed using government funding, and the exclusivity of our license is therefore subject to certain retained rights of the U.S. federal government. During the term of the agreement, which extends on a country-by-country basis until the later of the expiration of all licensed patents or ten years from the first commercial sale in such country, Amunix has exclusivity obligations to us. These obligations prohibit Amunix from using itself, or granting a license under, the patents and know-how related to the XTEN technology to exploit licensed products and selected targets that are, are derived from, have the same biological activity as, or are otherwise based on the licensed products and selected targets included in our exclusive license.

We are responsible for the development and commercialization of the licensed products under the agreement. Amunix has the right to terminate the agreement on a selected target-by-selected target basis if we do not use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products directed at such selected target, which requires that we use those efforts and resources used by a biotechnology company that is similarly situated for a product of similar market potential at a similar stage of its development or life. In addition to its right to terminate the agreement for our diligence failure, Amunix also has the right to terminate if we challenge any of the Amunix licensed patents.

If during any consecutive 18-month period our funding of research, development and commercialization activities with respect to licensed products directed at one of our selected targets is not at least $250,000, Amunix has the right to terminate the agreement unless we pay an additional $150,000 to Amunix to extend the 18-month period for an additional 24 months. Once we start commercializing a licensed product, we will owe to Amunix a royalty on net sales of the licensed

 

101


Table of Contents

products until the later of the expiration of all licensed patents or ten years from the first commercial sale in the relevant country. The royalty payable is one percent of net sales for the first two marketed products, but higher single-digit royalties are payable if we market additional products, or if we substitute one marketed product for another. If we elect to substitute one marketed product for another, in addition to royalties, we would also be required to make milestone and other payments totaling up to $40 million per marketed product. Amunix may terminate this agreement if we fail to comply with our payment obligations. We have the right to terminate this agreement without cause at any time upon prior notice to Amunix.

Amunix prosecutes and maintains the licensed patents, at our expense with respect to those licensed patents that are primarily applicable to our licensed products, and at our partial expense with respect to those licensed patents of broader applicability; provided, that if Amunix decides to abandon a licensed patent, we may elect to continue prosecution and maintenance. We have the first right to prosecute and control any action for infringement related to any product that does, or may, compete with one of our marketed licensed products and any claim within a licensed patent that covers or relates to such marketed licensed product.

In addition to the license agreement described above, we also entered into a Services Agreement with Amunix in March 2013. Under the services agreement, we retained Amunix to perform certain research, development and other services related to the licensed products, on a project-by-project basis pursuant to statement of works that the parties may negotiate and execute from time to time. We will pay for Amunix’s services on a full-time equivalent, or FTE, basis plus additional fees as may be agreed by the parties in the statement of work. New inventions arising out of the services performed by Amunix, and all associated intellectual property rights, are generally owned by Amunix. This services agreement or any statement of work may be terminated by either party for the other party’s uncured material breach. We also have the right to terminate this services agreement or any statement of work without cause at any time upon prior notice to Amunix. If not terminated, this services agreement will continue until the expiration or termination of the license agreement. Termination of the services agreement does not result in termination of the license agreement.

Government regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, in the European Union and in other countries and jurisdictions extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, including any manufacturing changes, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, import and export of pharmaceutical products such as those we are developing. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

U.S. drug approval process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or

 

102


Table of Contents

after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s current good laboratory practice, or cGLP, regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with current good clinical practices, or cGCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug or biological product for each indication;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP, and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

Preclinical studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess its potential safety and efficacy. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with cGCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent (assent, if applicable) in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the

 

103


Table of Contents

effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, an institutional review board, or IRB, at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for public dissemination on their ClinicalTrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

   

Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

   

Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Marketing approval

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee. Under the new Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of the FDA’s acceptance for filing of a standard non-priority NDA to review and act on the submission.

The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, plan to mitigate any identified or suspected serious risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans and elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries or other risk minimization tools.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit

 

104


Table of Contents

substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity. The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured, which is not under the control of the product sponsor. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with cGCP.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each may take several years to complete. Data obtained from clinical activities are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all.

If the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and inspection of the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical or preclinical testing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

 

105


Table of Contents

Post-approval requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies to determine compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend significant time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label, although doctors may prescribe drugs for off-label purposes.

 

106


Table of Contents

The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states.

Hatch-Waxman exclusivity

Market and data exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications for competing products. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent data exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company that references the previously approved drug. However, an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA or 505(b)(2) NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant, are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, for new indications, dosages, strengths or dosage forms of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and, as a general matter, does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) NDAs for generic versions of the original, unmodified drug product. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Orphan drug designation and exclusivity

VRS-317 has received orphan drug designation for the treatment of GHD in the European Union at any dosing regimen less frequent than daily, as well as in the United States at once-a-month dosing.

In the United States, the Orphan Drug Act provides incentives for the development of products intended to treat rare diseases or conditions. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug or biological product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. If a sponsor demonstrates that a drug is intended to treat rare diseases or conditions, the FDA will grant orphan designation for that product for the orphan disease indication. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan product designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation, however, does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

 

107


Table of Contents

Orphan drug designation provides manufacturers with research grants, tax credits, and eligibility for orphan drug exclusivity. If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval of the active moiety for that disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which for seven years prohibits the FDA from approving another product with the same active ingredient for the same indication, except in limited circumstances. If a drug designated as an orphan product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than the orphan indication for which it received the designation, it will not be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan exclusivity will not bar approval of another product under certain circumstances, including if a subsequent product with the same active ingredient for the same indication is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety, or providing a major contribution to patient care, or if the company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to meet market demand. Further, the FDA may approve more than one product for the same orphan indication or disease as long as the products contain different active ingredients. Moreover, competitors may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity.

In the European Union, the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, or COMP, grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the European Union community. Additionally, designation is granted for products intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition and when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the drug in the European Union would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the drug.

In the European Union, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and ten years of market exclusivity is granted following drug approval. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity.

Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

New legislation and regulations

From time to time, legislation is drafted, introduced and passed in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the testing, approval, manufacturing and marketing of products regulated by the FDA. In addition to new legislation, FDA regulations and policies are often revised or interpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. It is impossible to predict whether further legislative changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance, policies or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Foreign regulation

In order to market any product outside of the United States, we would need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality,

 

108


Table of Contents

safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of our products. The cost of establishing a regulatory compliance system for numerous varying jurisdictions can be very significant. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in foreign countries and jurisdictions. Although many of the issues discussed above with respect to the United States apply similarly in the context of the European Union, the approval process varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

Pursuant to the European Clinical Trials Directive, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the member states. Under this system, we must obtain approval from both the competent national authority of a European Union member state in which the clinical trial is to be conducted, and a favorable opinion from the competent ethics committee. Our clinical trial application must be accompanied by an investigational medicinal product dossier with supporting information prescribed by the European Clinical Trials Directive and corresponding national laws of the member states and further detailed in applicable guidance documents.

To obtain marketing approval of a drug under European Union regulatory systems, we may submit a Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA, either under a centralized or decentralized procedure. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization by the European Commission that is valid for all European Union member states. The centralized procedure is compulsory for specific products, including medicines produced by certain biotechnological processes, products designated as orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy products and products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases. For products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of other diseases and products that are highly innovative or for which a centralized process is in the interest of patients, the centralized procedure may be optional. Under the centralized procedure, the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or the CHMP, established at the EMA is responsible for conducting the initial assessment of a drug. The CHMP also is responsible for several post-authorization and maintenance activities, such as the assessment of modifications or extensions to an existing marketing authorization. Under the centralized procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional information or written or oral explanation is requested by the CHMP but has not yet been provided. Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. In this circumstance, the EMA ensures that the opinion of the CHMP is given within 150 days.

The decentralized procedure is available to applicants who wish to market a product in various European Union member states where such product has not previously received marketing approval in any European Union member state. The decentralized procedure provides for approval by one or more other, or concerned, member states of an assessment of an application performed by one member state designated by the applicant, known as the reference member state. Under this procedure, an applicant

 

109


Table of Contents

submits an application based on identical dossiers and related materials, including a draft summary of product characteristics, and draft labeling and package leaflet, to the reference member state and concerned member states. The reference member state prepares a draft assessment report and drafts of the related materials within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. Within 90 days of receiving the reference member state’s assessment report and related materials, each concerned member state must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials.

If a member state cannot approve the assessment report and related materials on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the disputed points are subject to a dispute resolution mechanism and may eventually be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all member states.

In the European Union, new chemical entities qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. This data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic (abbreviated) application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but not approved for two years. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the sponsor is able to gain the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the drug if such company can complete a full MAA with a complete database of pharmaceutical test, preclinical tests and clinical trials and obtain marketing approval of its product.

Pharmaceutical coverage, pricing and reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any drug products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. Sales of any of our product candidates, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payors, including government health programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a drug product typically is separate from the process for setting the price of a drug product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that a payor will pay for the drug product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved drugs for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. Whether or not we conduct such studies, our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. A third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Third party reimbursement may not be sufficient to enable us to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Third-party payors are

 

110


Table of Contents

increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of drug products and medical services and questioning safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after FDA approval or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products at a profit. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid healthcare costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. Adoption of such controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals such as our drug product candidates and could adversely affect our net revenue and results.

Pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert competitive pressure that may reduce pricing within a country. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products may not allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products.

The marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, emphasis on managed care in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on drug pricing. Coverage policies, third-party reimbursement rates and drug pricing regulation may change at any time. In particular, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which we collectively refer to as the Affordable Care Act or ACA, contains provisions that have the potential to substantially change healthcare financing, including impacting the profitability of drugs. For example, the Affordable Care Act revised the methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers to the state and federal government for covered outpatient drugs under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations and subjected manufacturers to new annual fees and taxes for certain branded prescription drugs. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

 

111


Table of Contents

Healthcare law and regulation

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescribing of any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval. Our business operations and arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, market, sell and distribute our products that obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

the federal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties law impose penalties and provide for civil whistleblower or qui tam actions against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent or making a false record or statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, among other things, imposes criminal liability for knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without written authorization;

 

   

the federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

   

the federal transparency requirements under the Affordable Care Act will require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and certain physician ownership and investment interests; and

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may apply to our business operations, including our sales or marketing arrangements, and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by governmental third-party payors, and in some instances, also such claims reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

 

112


Table of Contents

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had 11 full-time employees, including six employees engaged in research and development. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our principal facilities consist of office space in Redwood City, California. We occupy approximately 5,740 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in April 2014. We do not intend to renew our lease for this office space and believe that replacement office space is available on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

113


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2013:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

   49   

President, Chief Executive Officer, Co-founder and Director

Joshua T. Brumm

   36   

Chief Financial Officer

Paul Westberg

   45   

Senior Vice President, Business Development

Jay P. Shepard

   55   

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D.

   45   

Director

Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A.

   43   

Director

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D.

   39   

Director

Edmon R. Jennings

   66   

Director

Shahzad Malik

   46   

Director

Anthony Y. Sun, M.D.

   41   

Director

 

(1) Member of the compensation committee
(2) Member of the audit committee
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D . Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D. is our co-founder and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director since May 2009. Dr. Cleland also co-founded Diartis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, and served as its Chief Executive Officer and a director from its inception in December 2010 until March 2013. Prior to joining us, Dr. Cleland served as Vice President of Therapeutic Development at BaroFold Inc., a company applying its Pressure Enabled Protein Manufacturing Technology (PreEMT™) to transform inclusion body refolding and improve the efficacy and safety of a wide variety of protein therapeutics for its industry partners, from 2007 to April 2009, as Senior Director of Product Development at Telik, Inc. from 2005 to 2007, as Vice President of Technical Operations at Novacea, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on in-licensing, developing and commercializing novel therapies for the treatment of cancer that merged with Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 2008, from 2003 to 2005, as president of Pharmaceutical Development, Manufacturing & Delivery Consultants, a pharmaceutical and biotechnology consulting group that he founded, and as Vice President of Research and Development for Targesome Inc., a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the development of proprietary receptor-targeted nanoparticles to diagnose and treat cancer and other diseases, from 2002 to 2003. Dr. Cleland also served in various roles at Genentech, Inc. from 1991 to 2002, including as a Project Team Leader. Dr. Cleland is currently an adjunct assistant professor at University of the Pacific, University of Kansas and University of Colorado. Dr. Cleland also has been a member of numerous professional societies, including the Controlled Release Society, American Chemical Society, American Institute of Chemical Engineers and American Association for the Advancement of Science. Dr. Cleland holds a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of California, Davis and a Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe Dr. Cleland is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our company, the rhGH industry and our competitors, and as a co-founder, significant stockholder and our Chief Executive Officer.

 

114


Table of Contents

Joshua T. Brumm . Joshua Brumm has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Brumm served as Executive Vice President of Finance at Pharmacylics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing innovative small-molecule drugs for the treatment of cancer and immune mediated diseases, from August 2012 to August 2013. Prior to joining Pharmacylics, Mr. Brumm served in various roles at ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc., a medical technology company focused on developing and commercializing products utilizing its proprietary controlled-cooling technology platform, from December 2009 to August 2012, including Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Corporate Development and Investor Relations, Senior Managing Director of International Sales and Director of Corporate Development and Strategy. Mr. Brumm also served as Director of Finance at Proteolix, Inc., a biotechnology company dedicated to discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics that target protein degradation pathways for cancer and autoimmune diseases, from March 2009 until it was acquired by Onyx Pharmaceuticals in December 2009. Prior to joining Proteolix, Mr. Brumm held the position of Investment Banking Associate as a member of the West Coast Healthcare Team at Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. from June 2007 to March 2009. Mr. Brumm also founded Nu-Ag Distributing, LLC, an agricultural sales and consulting company, and served as Nu-Ag Distributing’s Chief Executive Officer until its sale in June of 2007. Mr. Brumm holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Notre Dame.

Paul Westberg . Paul Westberg has served as our Senior Vice President, Business Development since March 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Westberg served as Vice President of Business Development at Bayhill Therapeutics Inc., a clinical-stage biotechnology company developing innovative therapies for autoimmune diseases, from November 2006 to March 2010. Prior to Bayhill Therapeutics, Mr. Westberg served in positions of increasing responsibility at Novacea, most recently as Vice President of Business Development. Prior to Novacea, Mr. Westberg served as Director of Business Development at Deltagen Inc., a provider of drug discovery tools and services to the biopharmaceutical industry and the academic research community, and at Collabra Pharma, Inc., a developer of pharmaceutical products, and as Manager of Financial Planning and Analysis at Aviron, a developer of a novel influenza treatment that was acquired by MedImmune in 2002. Mr. Westberg previously held finance positions of increasing responsibility at Genentech. Mr. Westberg holds a B.A. in Applied Mathematics from the University of California, San Diego, and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley—Haas School of Business.

Jay P. Shepard . Jay P. Shepard has served as a member and the chairman of our board of directors since December 2013. Mr. Shepard is currently an Executive Partner at Sofinnova Ventures, or Sofinnova, a venture capital firm focused on the healthcare industry, which he joined as an Executive in Residence in 2008. Mr. Shepard previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer and was a member of the board of directors of NextWave Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company developing and commercializing unique pediatric products utilizing proprietary drug delivery technology that was acquired by Pfizer in November 2012, from January 2010 to November 2012. From December 2005 to October 2007, Mr. Shepard served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Ilypsa Inc., a biopharmaceutical company pioneering novel non-absorbed polymeric drugs for renal and metabolic disorders that was acquired by Amgen in July 2007. Mr. Shepard has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including Ilypsa, Relypsa, Inc. and Intermune, Inc., and currently serves on the board of directors of Bullet Biotechnology, Inc., Marinus Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Durect Corporation. Mr. Shepard holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Arizona. We believe Mr. Shepard is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of the biopharmaceutical industry and his prior experience as an executive officer.

 

115


Table of Contents

Edmon R. Jennings. Edmon R. Jennings has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Jennings has been retired from full-time employment during the past five years, and currently focuses on his board service and certain consulting roles. Mr. Jennings previously served as the chairman of our board of directors from February 2012 to December 2013. Mr. Jennings previously served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Angiogenix, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company developing therapeutic solutions for chronic vascular disease, from July 2003 to February 2008, and as Chief Commercialization Officer at Pain Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from February 2000 to June 2003. Mr. Jennings previously served on the boards of directors of Angiogenix, Inc., Monogram Biosciences Inc. and TRF Pharma. Mr. Jennings holds a B.A. from the University of Michigan. We believe Mr. Jennings is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D. Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2013. Dr. Akkaraju previously served as a member of our board of directors from February 2011 to February 2013. Dr. Akkaraju is currently a General Partner at Sofinnova Ventures, or Sofinnova, which he joined in April 2013. Prior to joining Sofinnova, Dr. Akkaraju was a Managing Director at New Leaf Venture Partners, or New Leaf from January 2009 to April 2013. From September 2006 to December 2008, Dr. Akkaraju served as a managing director at Panorama Capital, LLC, a private equity firm founded by the former venture capital investment team of J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC, or JPMP, a private equity division of JPMorgan Chase & Co. From April 2001 to September 2006, Dr. Akkaraju was a part of the health care investment team at JPMP, most recently as Partner. Dr. Akkaraju has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including Synageva BioPharma Corp., Barrier Therapeutics, Inc. and EyeTech Pharmaceuticals Inc., all of which are or were publicly traded biotechnology companies, and Amarin Corporation plc, a foreign publicly traded biotechnology company, and currently serves on the boards of directors of Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Seattle Genetics, Inc. Dr. Akkaraju holds a B.A. in Biochemistry and Computer Science from Rice University and an M.D. and Ph.D. in Immunology from Stanford University School of Medicine. We believe Dr. Akkaraju is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the biotechnology and healthcare industries.

Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A. Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A. has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2013. Dr. De Rubertis is currently a Partner and co-founder of the life sciences practice at Index Ventures, a venture capital firm specializing in investments in information technology and life sciences companies, which he joined in 1998. Dr. De Rubertis has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including Addex Therapeutics Ltd., Cellzome AG, Genmab A/S, PanGenetics B.V., ParAllele Bioscience, Inc. and ProFibrix, Inc., and currently serves on the boards of directors of Minerva Neuroscience Inc. and Molecular Partners AG. Dr. De Rubertis is a Chartered Financial Analyst ® (CFA) charterholder and a member of the Strategic Advisory Board of the University of Geneva. Dr. De Rubertis holds a B.A. in Genetics and Microbiology from the University of Pavia and a Ph.D. in Molecular Biology from the University of Geneva. We believe Dr. De Rubertis is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the life sciences industry.

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D. Mike Dybbs, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2013. Dr. Dybbs is currently a Principal at New Leaf, which he joined in May 2009. Prior to

 

116


Table of Contents

joining New Leaf, Dr. Dybbs was a Principal at the Boston Consulting Group from 2005 to 2009. Dr. Dybbs currently serves on the board of directors of Advanced Cell Diagnostics. Dr. Dybbs holds an A.B. in Biochemical Sciences from Harvard University and a Ph.D. in Molecular Biology and genetics from the University of California, Berkeley. We believe Dr. Dybbs is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the healthcare industry.

Shahzad Malik, M.D. Shahzad Malik has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2011. Dr. Malik is currently a General Partner at Advent Life Sciences, a venture capital firm focused on market-leading life sciences businesses, which he joined in April 1999. Dr. Malik has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including Algeta ASA, Conatus Pharmaceuticals Inc., Respivert Ltd., and Emergent Biosolutions Inc. Dr. Malik holds an M.A. in Physiological Sciences from Oxford University and an M.D. from Cambridge University. We believe Dr. Malik is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the life sciences industry.

Anthony Y. Sun, M.D. Anthony Sun, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2013. Dr. Sun is currently a Partner at Aisling Capital, a private equity firm dedicated to the life sciences, which he joined in 2002. Dr. Sun was previously an Adjunct Instructor of Medicine at the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania. Dr. Sun has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including CeNeRx Biopharma, Inc., Dynova Laboratories, Inc., HerbalScience, Inc. and MAP Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and currently serves on the board of directors of Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Sun is also Board Certified in Internal Medicine. Dr. Sun holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University, an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.D. from Temple University School of Medicine. We believe Dr. Sun is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the life sciences industry.

Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of eight members. The members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and a voting agreement among certain of our stockholders, as amended. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be filed in connection with this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

The Class I directors will be                     and                     , and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

117


Table of Contents
   

The Class II directors will be                     ,                     and                     , and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

   

The Class III directors will be                     ,                     and                     , and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

We expect that additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of                     , independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of time after this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees, and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that all of our board of directors except Dr. Cleland and                     do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the listing requirements and rules of                     . In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board committees

Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by the board of directors. Following the closing of this offering, the charters for each of these committees will be available on our website at www.versartis.com . The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Audit committee

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our audit committee will consist of                     ,                     and                     , each of whom satisfies the independence requirements under                     listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. Following the closing of this offering, the chairperson of our audit committee will be                     , whom our board of directors has determined to be an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with audit committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, the board has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

 

118


Table of Contents

Our audit committee will oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. The audit committee will have the following responsibilities, among others things, as set forth in the audit committee charter that will become effective upon the closing of this offering:

 

   

reviewing disclosures by prospective registered public accounting firm of relationships between such firm or its members and the company or our personnel in financial oversight roles to determine independence of prospective registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

   

evaluating the performance and assessing qualifications of our independent registered public accounting firm and deciding whether to retain their services;

 

   

monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law;

 

   

reviewing disclosures by our independent registered public accounting firm of relationships between such firm or its members and the company or our personnel in financial oversight roles to affirm independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

considering and adopting clear policies regarding pre-approval by our audit committee of our employment of individuals employed or formerly employed by our independent registered accounting firm and engaged on our account;

 

   

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports and discussing the statements and reports with our independent registered public accounting firm and management, including a review of disclosures under the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;”

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing, with our independent registered public accounting firm and management, significant issues that may arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, as well as matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered accounting firm, our guidelines and policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, any management or internal control letters, and any conflicts or disagreements regarding financial reporting, accounting practices of policies or other matters significant to our financial statements or the report of our independent registered accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing and establishing appropriate additional insurance coverage for our directors and executive officers;

 

   

considering and reviewing with our management, our independent registered accounting firm, and outside counsel or advisors, correspondence with regulatory or governmental agencies and any published reports that may raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies;

 

   

conducting an annual assessment of the performance of the audit committee and its members, and the adequacy of its charter;

 

119


Table of Contents
   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters; and

 

   

reporting to our board of directors material issues in connection with our auditor committee’s responsibilities.

Compensation committee

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of                     ,                     and                     , each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under                     listing standards, a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Following the closing of this offering, the chairperson of our compensation committee will be                     .

Our compensation committee will review and recommend policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee will have the following responsibilities, among other things, as set forth in the compensation committee’s charter that will become effective upon the closing of this offering:

 

   

determining the appropriate relationship of compensation to the market to achieve corporate objectives;

 

   

recommending to our board of directors for determination and approval the compensation and other terms of employment of our chief executive officer and his performance in light of relevant corporate performance goals and objectives;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers (other than our chief executive officer) and other employees, and corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation, and assessing the attainment of the prior year’s corporate goals and objectives;

 

   

appointing, compensating, and overseeing the work of compensation consultants, independent legal counsel or any other advisors engaged for the purpose of advising the committee after assessing the independence of such person in accordance with applicable                     rules;

 

   

after consulting with compensation consultants, independent legal counsel or other advisor to our compensation committee, reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors and administering the equity incentive plans, compensation plans, and similar programs advisable for us, as well as evaluating and approving modification or termination of existing plans and programs;

 

   

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

 

   

reviewing and discussing annually with management the executive compensation disclosure and analysis required to be disclosed by SEC rules;

 

   

recommending to our board of directors compensation-related proposals to be considered at our annual meeting of stockholders, including the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation;

 

120


Table of Contents
   

preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management any conflicts of interest raised by the work of a compensation consultant or advisor retained by our compensation committee or management and how such conflict is being addressed, and preparing any necessary disclosure in our annual proxy statement in accordance with applicable SEC rules; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and the adequacy of its charter.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of                     ,                     and                     , each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under                     listing standards. Following the closing of this offering, the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be                     .

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will make recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our board of directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates and the structure and composition of committees of our board of directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee will have the following responsibilities, among other things, as set forth in the nominating and corporate governance committee’s charter that will become effective upon the closing of this offering:

 

   

reviewing periodically and evaluating director performance on our board of directors and its applicable committees, and recommending to our board of directors and management areas for improvement;

 

   

interviewing, evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;

 

   

overseeing and reviewing our processes and procedures to provide information to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors any amendments to our corporate governance policies; and

 

   

reviewing and assessing, at least annually, the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the adequacy of its charter.

Code of business conduct and ethics

Upon the closing of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the closing of this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

 

121


Table of Contents

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been an officer or employee of the company. None of our executive officers serve, or have served during the last fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our compensation committee.

Director compensation

We currently provide cash compensation to certain of our non-employee directors. From time to time, we have granted stock options to certain of our non-employee directors as compensation for their services. Dr. Cleland, who is also an employee, is compensated for his service as an employee and does not receive any additional compensation for his service on our board of directors.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Name

   Cash
compensation
     Option
awards (1)
     Other
compensation
     Total  

Jay P. Shepard (2)

   $ —         $ 3,623       $ —         $ 3,623   

Edmon R. Jennings

     29,652         981         —           30,633   

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D. (3)

     —           —           —           —     

Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A. (4)

     —           —           —           —     

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D. (5)

     —           —           —           —     

Shahzad Malik

     —           —           —           —     

Anthony Y. Sun, M.D. (6)

     —           —           —           —     

 

(1) The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each option award granted during the fiscal year, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 2 and Note 10 to our financial statements included in this prospectus. The table below lists the aggregate number of shares and additional information with respect to the outstanding option awards held by each of our non-employee directors.

 

Name

   Number of shares subject to
outstanding options as of
December 31, 2013
 

Jay P. Shepard

     1,518,661   

Edmon R. Jennings

     130,605   

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D.

     —     

Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A.

     —     

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D.

     —     

Shahzad Malik

     —     

Anthony Y. Sun, M.D.

     —     

 

(2) Mr. Shepard joined our board of directors in December 2013.
(3) Dr. Akkaraju rejoined our board of directors in October 2013.
(4) Dr. De Rubertis joined our board of directors in July 2013.
(5) Dr. Dybbs joined our board of directors in March 2013.
(6) Dr. Sun joined our board of directors in January 2013.

 

122


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer. Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2013 are:

 

   

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer and Co-founder;

 

   

Joshua T. Brumm, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Paul Westberg, our Senior Vice President, Business Development.

Throughout this section, we refer to these three officers as our named executive officers.

The Summary Compensation Table below sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to or earned by our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013.

2013 Summary compensation table

 

Name and principal position

   Year      Salary      Option
awards (1)
     Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
     Total  

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

     2013       $ 310,000       $ 43,602       $ 62,000       $ 415,602   

Chief Executive Officer and Co-founder

              

Joshua T. Brumm (2)

     2013       $ 37,841       $ 10,163       $ 39,000       $ 87,004   

Chief Financial Officer

              

Paul Westberg

     2013       $ 250,000       $ 9,934       $ 50,000       $ 309,934   

Senior Vice President, Business Development

              

 

(1) The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each option award granted during the fiscal year, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 2 and Note 10 to our financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2) Mr. Brumm’s employment with us began in November 2013.

Employment offer letters

We have entered into employment offer letters with each of our named executive officers. The offer letters provide for “at will” employment and set forth the terms and conditions of employment, including annual base salary, target bonus opportunity, equity compensation, severance benefits and eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs. Our named executive officers were each required to execute our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement. The material terms of these offer letters are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the offer letters, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

We entered into an amended employment offer letter with Dr. Cleland, our Chief Executive Officer, on December 20, 2010, which supersedes offer letters we entered into with him on April 3,

 

123


Table of Contents

2009 and May 12, 2009. Under his 2010 offer letter, Dr. Cleland is eligible to receive a target annual bonus equal to 20% of his current annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance criteria established by our board of directors.

In connection with his employment, on May 13, 2009, Dr. Cleland was granted an option to purchase 1,222,222 shares of our common stock under our 2009 Stock Plan, or our 2009 Plan. The option was granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date and was immediately exercisable. Dr. Cleland exercised his option on May 14, 2009, subject to our right of repurchase, which lapsed in full on January 11, 2013. The shares are also subject to transfer restrictions, which restrictions terminate upon consummation of this offering.

In addition, Dr. Cleland’s 2010 offer letter provides that upon a qualifying termination of employment, he will be entitled to certain severance payments and benefits, which are described below under “—Potential payments and benefits upon termination or change in control.”

Joshua T. Brumm

We entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Brumm on November 8, 2013, pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Under the offer letter, Mr. Brumm is eligible to receive a target annual bonus equal to 20% of his current annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance criteria established by our chief executive officer and approved by our board of directors. Mr. Brumm received a $30,000 signing bonus, which is subject to repayment if he voluntarily resigns or is terminated by us for cause before the first anniversary of his start date.

In connection with his employment, on December 28, 2013, Mr. Brumm was granted an option to purchase 1,749,252 shares of our common stock under our 2009 Plan, with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The option will vest over four years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on the first anniversary of his start date, and the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the option vesting in 36 substantially equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to his continuous service with us on each applicable vesting date.

In addition, Mr. Brumm’s offer letter provides that upon a qualifying termination of employment, he will be entitled to certain severance payments and benefits, which are described below under “—Potential payments and benefits upon termination or change in control.”

Paul Westberg

We entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Westberg, our Senior Vice President, Business Development, on February 10, 2011, which supersedes the offer letter we entered into with him on February 26, 2010. Under his 2011 offer letter, Mr. Westberg is eligible to receive a target annual bonus equal to 20% of his current annual base salary, based upon the achievement of personal and corporate milestones approved by our board of directors.

In connection with his employment, Mr. Westberg was granted an option to purchase 198,000 shares of our common stock under our 2009 Plan, with a vesting commencement date of March 29, 2010. The option was granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date and was immediately exercisable. The option is divided into three separate tranches of 139,500, 31,500 and 27,000 shares, respectively. The first tranche is subject to a four-year

 

124


Table of Contents

vesting schedule, with 25% of the shares subject to the first tranche vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the first tranche vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. The second and third tranches are subject to a performance-based and time-based vesting schedule, under which the shares subject to the second and third tranches will be subject to a four-year vesting schedule, but only upon the attainment of specified performance milestones and conditions in 2010 and 2011. Since the performance milestones and conditions were achieved in 2010 and 2011, the shares subject to the second and third tranches are subject to the same vesting schedule as the first tranche. If Mr. Westberg’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in his offer letter) following a change in control (which generally is defined as the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the company with or into another entity or the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the company), he will be credited with an additional 12 months of service for purposes of vesting in the option. The shares are also subject to transfer restrictions that terminate upon consummation of this offering.

In addition, Mr. Westberg’s offer letter provides that upon a qualifying termination of employment, he will be entitled to certain severance payments and benefits, which are described below under “—Potential payments and benefits upon termination or change in control.”

Outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2013

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

            Number of securities underlying
unexercised options (1)(2)
     Option
exercise
price
     Option
expiration
date
 

Name

   Grant date      Exercisable      Unexercisable        

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

     3/30/2011         1,014,818         461,282       $ 0.11         3/29/2021   
     5/1/2012         370,929         566,156       $ 0.12         4/30/2022   
     1/23/2013         1,130,744         —         $ 0.14         1/22/2023   
     7/15/2013         1,111,111         —         $ 0.14         7/14/2023   
     12/28/2013         —           1,359,179       $ 0.22         12/27/2023   

Joshua T. Brumm

     12/28/2013         —           1,941,284       $ 0.22         12/27/2023   
     12/31/2013         —           50,000       $ 0.29         12/30/2023   

Paul Westberg

     3/30/2011         193,668         88,032       $ 0.11         3/29/2021   
     3/30/2011         185,625         12,375       $ 0.11         3/29/2021   
     5/1/2012         97,921         149,460       $ 0.12         4/30/2022   
     1/23/2013         279,106         —         $ 0.14         1/22/2023   
     7/15/2013         234,568         —         $ 0.14         1/14/2023   
     12/28/2013         —           210,410       $ 0.22         12/27/2023   

 

(1) The options listed are fully vested or are subject to an early exercise right and may be exercised in full prior to vesting of the shares underlying such options. Vesting of all options is subject to continued service on the applicable vesting date.
(2)

The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the options vest on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and thereafter 1/48 th of the shares vest each month, subject to the continued service with us through each vesting date.

 

125


Table of Contents

Potential payments and benefits upon termination or change in control

Severance benefits

Dr. Cleland

Dr. Cleland’s offer letter provides that if we terminate his employment for any reason other than cause or permanent disability, or a qualifying termination, if Dr. Cleland (i) executes and does not revoke a release of claims within 60 days following the date he terminates employment with us, (ii) returns all of our property in his possession and (iii) resigns as a member of the Board, he will be entitled to 6 months of salary continuation payments and if he timely elects to continue his health insurance coverage under COBRA, we will pay a portion of his monthly COBRA premiums (at the same rate that we pay for active employees) for up to 6 months following the date he terminates employment with us. In addition, in the event of a qualifying termination, the option granted to him under his offer letter will remain exercisable for one year following the date he terminates service with us.

Mr. Brumm

Mr. Brumm’s offer letter provides that in the event of a qualifying termination, if he (i) executes and does not revoke a release of claims within 60 days following the date he terminates employment with us and (ii) returns all of our property in his possession, he will be entitled to 6 months of salary continuation payments and if he timely elects to continue his health insurance coverage under COBRA, we will pay a portion of his monthly COBRA premiums (at the same rate that we pay for active employees) for up to 6 months following the date he terminates employment with us. In addition, in the event of a qualifying termination, the option granted to him under his offer letter will be credited with 6 months of service for purposes of vesting and the vested portion of such option will remain exercisable for one year following the date he terminates service with us.

Mr. Westberg

Mr. Westberg’s offer letter provides that in the event of a qualifying termination, if he (i) executes and does not revoke a release of claims within 60 days following the date he terminates employment with us and (ii) returns all of our property in his possession, he will be entitled to 6 months of salary continuation payments and if he timely elects to continue his health insurance coverage under COBRA, we will pay a portion of his monthly COBRA premiums (at the same rate that we pay for active employees) for up to 6 months following the date he terminates service with us.

For purposes of each of the offer letters with our named executive officers, “cause” generally means (i) the unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information or trade secrets, (ii) a material breach of any agreement with us, (iii) a material failure to comply with our written policies or rules, (iv) the conviction of or plea of guilty or no contest to a felony, (v) gross negligence or willful misconduct, (vi) the continued failure to perform assigned duties, or (vii) the failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of us or our directors, officers or employees, upon our request.

For purposes of each of the offer letters with our named executive officers, “permanent disability” means the inability to perform the essential functions of the named executive officer’s position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 120 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment.

 

126


Table of Contents

Change in control

Change in control severance benefit plan

We have adopted a change in control severance benefit plan, or the severance plan. The severance plan provides each of our named executive officers with severance payments and benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of employment within a one-year period following the closing of a change in control.

Treatment of options under our 2009 Plan

Our 2009 Plan provides that outstanding options will be treated as follows in the event of a change in control, subject to any other limitations proposed by the administrator of the 2009 Plan:

 

   

Immediately prior to the consummation of a change in control, outstanding repurchase rights held by us related to any outstanding options will terminate;

 

   

To the extent that outstanding options are not assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control, the shares subject to each outstanding option will vest in full immediately prior to the closing of the change in control and the option will terminate immediately following the change in control; or

 

   

If outstanding options are assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment (as defined in the 2009 Plan) within 12 months following the closing of the change in control, the shares subject to such assumed or continued options will vest in full on the date of termination.

 

   

In addition, our form of option agreement under the 2009 Plan provides that if options are assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control transaction, the options subject to such agreements will become fully exercisable.

For purposes of the 2009 Plan, a change in control generally means (i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person or persons different from the person or persons who beneficially owned those securities immediately prior to such transaction, (ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or (iii) any person becomes the “beneficial owner”, directly or indirectly, of securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power of our then outstanding securities.

For purposes of the 2009 Plan, an involuntary termination generally means, during the 12 months following the closing of a change in control, either (1) a termination of service other than for misconduct (as defined in the 2009 Plan) or (2) a voluntary resignation following: a material diminution in the optionee’s base compensation; a material diminution in the optionee’s authority, duties, position or responsibilities; a material diminution in the authority, duties, position or responsibilities of the optionee’s supervisor (including a requirement that an optionee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of directly to our board of directors); a material diminution in the budget over which the optionee retains authority; a relocation of the optionee’s principal place of work to a location more than 50 miles away from the principal place of work prior to a change in control; or any other act or omission that constitutes a material breach by us of the 2009 Plan.

 

127


Table of Contents

Treatment of stock awards under our 2014 Plan

Our 2014 Plan provides that outstanding options will be treated as following in the event of a change in control:

 

   

Immediately prior to the consummation of a change in control, outstanding repurchase rights held by us related to any outstanding options will terminate;

 

   

To the extent that outstanding options are not assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control, the shares subject to each outstanding option will vest in full immediately prior to the closing of the change in control and the option will terminate immediately following the change in control; or

 

   

If outstanding options are assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment (as defined in the 2014 Plan) within 12 months following the closing of the change in control, the shares subject to such assumed or continued options will vest in full on the date of termination.

 

   

In addition, our form of option agreement under the 2014 Plan provides that if options are assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control transaction, the options subject to such agreements will become fully exercisable.

For purposes of the 2014 Plan, a change in control generally means (i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person or persons different from the person or persons who beneficially owned those securities immediately prior to such transaction, (ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or (iii) any person becomes the “beneficial owner”, directly or indirectly, of securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power of our then outstanding securities.

For purposes of the 2014 Plan, an involuntary termination generally means, during the 12 months following the closing of a change in control, either (1) a termination of service other than for misconduct (as defined in the 2014 Plan) or (2) a voluntary resignation following: a material diminution in the optionee’s base compensation; a material diminution in the optionee’s authority, duties, position or responsibilities; a material diminution in the authority, duties, position or responsibilities of the optionee’s supervisor (including a requirement that an optionee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of directly to our board of directors); a material diminution in the budget over which the optionee retains authority; a relocation of the optionee’s principal place of work to a location more than 50 miles away from the principal place of work prior to a change in control; or any other act or omission that constitutes a material breach by us of the 2014 Plan.

Employee benefit plans

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case, on the same basis as all of our other employees. We maintain a 401(k) plan for the benefit of our eligible employees, including our named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “—401(k) Plan.”

 

128


Table of Contents

401(k) plan

We maintain a retirement savings plan, or 401(k) plan, that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) plan, eligible employees may defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual contribution limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Employees’ pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account. Participants are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. We do not currently provide an employer match on employee contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Pension benefits

We do not maintain any pension benefit plans.

Nonqualified deferred compensation

We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Equity incentive plans

The principal features of our equity incentive plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2009 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2009 Stock Plan, or the 2009 Plan, in February 2009, and our stockholders subsequently approved the 2009 Plan in May 2009. The 2009 Plan was amended by our board of directors on May 13, 2009, September 10, 2010, February 14, 2011, June 16, 2011, January 18, 2012, May 1, 2012, October 12, 2012, January 7, 2013, July 8, 2013, October 1, 2013, December 28, 2013, February 4, 2014 and February 14, 2014. Our 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, and shares of our common stock to our employees, directors and consultants. No further grants will be made under our 2009 Stock Plan after the closing of this offering. However, any outstanding awards granted under our 2009 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2009 Plan and award agreements, until such awards are exercised or otherwise terminate or expire by their terms.

Authorized shares. As of February 14, 2014, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2009 Plan is 29,474,164, which includes (i) 16,570,715 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of February 14, 2014, and (ii) 11,082,634 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2009 Plan as of February 14, 2014.

Shares issued under our 2009 Plan include any authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2009 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full will again be available for issuance under our 2009 Plan.

 

129


Table of Contents

Plan administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, may administer our 2009 Plan. Any reference to the board of directors in our 2009 Plan will also mean any committee of our board of directors to whom our board of directors has assigned a particular administrative function. Subject to the terms of our 2009 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine the terms of the awards, including recipients, the exercise or purchase price of the awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, the forms of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award, and the placement of any transfer restrictions or rights of repurchase, if any. Additionally, the board of directors may modify, extend, assume or accept the cancellation of outstanding options, provided that such modification does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participants written consent. The board of directors has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2009 Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the board of directors will be final and binding.

Change in control. Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2009 Plan, if outstanding options are not assumed or continued by the successor entity in such change in control, then the shares subject to outstanding options will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the change in control (and such options will terminate immediately following the consummation of the change in control). If outstanding options are assumed or continued in a change in control transaction, (1) the terms of such options will be appropriately adjusted to apply to the number and class of securities that would have been issuable upon the consummation of the change in control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such event and (2) appropriate adjustments will be made to the number and class of securities available for issuance under our 2009 Plan following the change in control and the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option. In addition, if outstanding options are assumed or continued in a change in control transaction, then upon an involuntary termination of the option holder’s employment, as defined under our 2009 Plan, the shares subject to an assumed or continued option will become fully vested and exercisable upon the date of such involuntary termination. Immediately prior to the consummation of a change in control, our outstanding purchase rights related to any outstanding options will terminate.

For purposes of the 2009 Plan, an involuntary termination generally means, during the 12 months following the closing of a change in control, either (1) a termination of service other than for misconduct (as defined in the 2009 Plan) or (2) a voluntary resignation following: a material diminution in the optionee’s base compensation; a material diminution in the optionee’s authority, duties, position or responsibilities; a material diminution in the authority, duties, position or responsibilities of the optionee’s supervisor (including a requirement that an optionee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of directly to our board of directors); a material diminution in the budget over which the optionee retains authority; a relocation of the optionee’s principal place of work to a location more than 50 miles away from the principal place of work prior to a change in control; or any other act or omission that constitutes a material breach by us of the 2009 Plan.

Plan amendment or termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2009 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent.

 

130


Table of Contents

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

We expect that our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, prior to the closing of this offering. We expect that the 2014 Plan will become effective on the date the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC, or the IPO Date. The 2014 Plan will be the successor to our 2009 Plan, which is described above. Once the 2014 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under the 2009 Plan.

Stock Awards. Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to our employees and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, performance-based cash awards and other forms of equity compensation to our employees, directors and consultants. Additionally, our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards to our employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized shares. Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2014 Plan after the IPO Date is the sum of: (1)                 shares; (2) the number of shares remaining available for issuance under our 2009 Plan at the time the 2014 Plan becomes effective; and (3) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that would have otherwise returned to our 2009 Plan (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock option under such plan prior to its exercise). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2015 (assuming the 2014 Plan becomes effective in 2014) and ending on and including January 1, 2024, by     % of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2014 Plan is                 (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock).

Shares issued under our 2014 Plan include authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2014 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2014 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2014 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2014 Plan.

Plan administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2014 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of our common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of our 2014 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements.

 

131


Table of Contents

The board of directors has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2014 Plan. The board of directors has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Section 162(m) limits. At such time as necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may be granted stock awards covering more than                  shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock) under our 2014 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than                  shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock) or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $         under our 2014 Plan. These limitations are intended to give us the flexibility to grant compensation that will not be subject to the $1,000,000 annual limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Non-employee director limits. The maximum number of shares of our common stock subject to stock awards granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $         in total value (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes and excluding, for this purpose, the value of any dividend equivalent payments paid pursuant to any stock award granted in a previous fiscal year).

Performance awards. We believe our 2014 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. However, we retain the discretion to grant awards under the 2014 Plan that may not qualify for full deductibility.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals by selecting from one or more performance criteria, including:

 

   

earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;

 

   

total stockholder return;

 

   

return on equity or average stockholders’ equity;

 

   

return on assets, investment, or capital employed;

 

   

stock price;

 

   

income (before or after taxes);

 

   

operating income;

 

   

pre-tax profit;

 

   

operating cash flow;

 

132


Table of Contents
   

sales or revenue targets;

 

   

increases in revenue or product revenue;

 

   

expenses and cost reduction goals;

 

   

improvement in or attainment of working capital levels;

 

   

implementation or completion of projects or processes;

 

   

employee retention;

 

   

stockholders’ equity;

 

   

capital expenditures;

 

   

operating profit or net operating profit;

 

   

growth of net income or operating income;

 

   

initiation of phases of clinical trials and/or studies by specified dates;

 

   

patient enrollment rates;

 

   

budget management;

 

   

regulatory body approval with respect to products, studies and/or trials; and

 

   

to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

Corporate transactions. Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, as defined under our 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines. The administrator may (i) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation, (ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation, (iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction and arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us, (iv) cancel the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, if any, determined by our board of directors, or (v) cancel an unvested or unexercised stock award in exchange for a payment, in such form as may be determined by our board of directors, equal to the excess (if any) of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction over any exercise price payable. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Plan amendment or termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2014 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2014 Plan.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We expect that our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, prior to the closing of this offering. We expect that the ESPP will become effective on the IPO Date.

 

133


Table of Contents

The maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is                  shares (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will increase automatically each year, beginning on January 1, 2015 and continuing through and including January 1, 2024, by the lesser of (i)     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; (ii)                 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock); or (iii) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our ESPP.

Our board of directors will administer our ESPP. Our board of directors may delegate authority to administer our ESPP to our compensation committee.

Our employees, including executive officers, may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (i) customary employment for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (ii) continuous employment for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee (i) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock, or (ii) holds rights to purchase stock under our ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding. Under our ESPP, we may grant purchase rights that do not meet the requirements of an employee stock purchase plan because of deviations necessary to permit participation by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, as required by applicable foreign laws.

The administrator may approve offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our ESPP. No offerings have been approved at this time.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions or other methods with up to 15% of their earnings. The purchase price of the shares will be not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase.

A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as a merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress may be shortened and a new exercise date will be set, so that the participants’ purchase rights can be exercised and terminate immediately thereafter.

 

134


Table of Contents

Our ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by the administrator in accordance with the terms of the ESPP. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, at any time and for any reason.

Limitation on liability and indemnification matters

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we shall advance expenses incurred by a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

135


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2011, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Sales of preferred stock

In February 2014, we sold an aggregate of 48,758,857 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.128 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $55.0 million, of which 34,121,608 were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, including one group of affiliated holders that became a 5% stockholder pursuant to the transaction.

In February 2014, pursuant to the Series D Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in October 2013, we sold an aggregate of 13,168,291 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.7594 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million, of which 13,135,370 were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock.

In October 2013, we sold an aggregate of 17,777,777 shares of our Series D-1 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5625 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million, of which 17,733,333 were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock.

In July 2013, we sold an aggregate of 22,222,222 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5625 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $12.5 million. In January 2013, we sold an aggregate of 14,222,222 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5625 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $8.0 million. All shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock.

In January 2013, we issued an aggregate of 10,195,552 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock upon the conversion of outstanding notes at a purchase price of $0.45 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4.6 million. In May 2012, we sold an aggregate of 7,430,553 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.45 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.3 million. In January 2012, we sold an aggregate of 7,430,557 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.45 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.3 million. In February 2011, we sold an aggregate of 32,044,137 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.45 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $14.4 million. All shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock.

 

136


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our convertible preferred stock from us by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock since January 1, 2011.

 

Stockholder

   Number of
shares  of

Series B
convertible
preferred

stock
     Number of
shares  of

Series C
convertible
preferred

stock
     Number of
shares  of

Series  D-1
convertible
preferred

stock
     Number of
shares of
Series D-2
convertible
preferred
stock
     Number of
shares of
Series E
convertible
preferred
stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (1)

     20,538,764         8,439,620         3,050,026         1,349,428         3,546,099       $ 20,730,125   

Entities affiliated with Index Ventures (2)

     8,849,001         8,156,189         1,629,968         718,610               $ 10,032,476   

Entities affiliated with Advent Life Sciences (3)

     13,692,509         5,626,413         2,033,350         899,619         1,773,049       $ 13,153,416   

Aisling Capital III, LP (4)

             14,222,222         1,479,993         654,796         5,486,820       $ 15,518,881   

Dr. Willem Stemmer (5)

     12,674,846                                       $ 5,703,681   

Entities affiliated with Amunix (6)

     1,345,679                 623,873         277,268               $ 1,167,041   

Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. (7)

                     8,916,123         9,229,853         5,585,144       $ 18,324,512   

Entities affiliated with Fidelity Investments (8)

                                     17,730,496       $ 20,000,000   

 

(1) Michael Dybbs, a member of our board of directors, is a principal at New Leaf Venture Partners.
(2) Represents shares purchased by Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P., Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P. and Yucca Partners LP Jersey Branch. Francesco de Rubertis, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Index Ventures.
(3) Represents shares purchased by Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP and Advent Life Sciences LLP. Shahzad Malik, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner at Advent Venture Partners.
(4) Represents shares purchased by Aisling Capital III, LP. Anthony Sun, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Aisling Capital.
(5) Represents shares purchased by Dr. Willem Stemmer, our co-founder. The shares were subsequently transferred to Michael Harazin as Trustee on behalf of Dr. Stemmer’s children.
(6) Includes shares purchased and held by Amunix, Inc. prior to the merger of Amunix, Inc. into Amunix Operating, Inc.
(7) Srinivas Akkaraju, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner at Sofinnova Ventures.
(8) Represents shares purchased and held by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio, Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund and Fidelity Group Trust for Employee Benefit Plans: Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool.

Bridge financing

In October 2012, we entered into a bridge loan financing, or the bridge financing, in which we issued (i) convertible promissory notes, or the notes, for an aggregate principal amount of $4.5 million and (ii) warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock at the purchase price at which the notes convert into equity securities. The notes accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum and had a

 

137


Table of Contents

maturity date of January 31, 2013. On January 7, 2013, the notes converted into 10,195,552 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock. The warrants remain outstanding.

The following table summarizes the participation in the bridge financing by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities:

 

Name

   Aggregate Loan Amount  

Fund affiliated with New Leaf Venture Partners (1)

   $ 1,709,023   

Funds affiliated with Index Ventures (2)

   $ 1,651,628   

Funds affiliated with Advent Life Sciences (3)

   $ 1,139,349   

 

(1) Includes New Leaf Venture Partners II L.P.
(2) Includes Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P., Index Ventures Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) and Yucca (Jersey) SLP.
(3) Includes Advent Life Sciences LLP and Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP.

Investor rights agreement

We are party to an investor rights agreement that provides holders of our convertible preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The investor rights agreement also provided for a right of first refusal in favor of certain holders of our stock with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock. The rights of first refusal will not apply to, and will terminate upon, the closing of this offering. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

Voting agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have agreed to vote in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate, and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Right of first refusal and co-sale agreement

We are party to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with holders of our convertible preferred stock and our founders, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, pursuant to which the holders of convertible preferred stock have a right of first refusal and co-sale in respect of certain sales of securities by our founders. Upon the closing of this offering, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate.

Indemnification agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under

 

138


Table of Contents

Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also will provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive compensation—Limitations on liability and indemnification matters.”

Change in control arrangements

We have entered into change in control severance benefits agreements with each of our executive officers, as described in greater detail in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive compensation—Change in control—Change in control severance benefit plan.”

Transactions with Amunix Operating, Inc. and its predecessors

Since our inception, the company has entered into multiple agreements with Amunix Operating, Inc., or its predecessor, Amunix, Inc., which we collectively refer to as Amunix. Amunix, together with its affiliates, owns approximately 9% of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and previously held a seat on our board of directors. Together with its affiliates, Amunix has been a significant stockholder since our inception.

We entered into a License Agreement with Amunix effective December 29, 2008, as amended, or the License Agreement, pursuant to which we received a license to develop certain product candidates in exchange for certain financial consideration. Under the terms of the licensing agreement, we are obligated to pay future royalties on any sale of the licensed products. In limited circumstances, we may also be obligated to pay milestones.

In December 2008, we entered into a Service Agreement with Amunix. Under the Service Agreement, Amunix has agreed to make covered products and marketed products for the company as contemplated by the Licensing Agreement. The Service Agreement was amended in July 2010. Under the Service Agreement, Amunix agreed to undertake and complete the research, development and other services related to the covered products and marketed products as are reasonably requested by us from time to time. The specific milestones, deliverables, specification and other terms with respect to any particular services project are to be detailed in mutually agreeable statements of work, which the parties are to negotiate (reasonably and in good faith) and execute promptly after our request for services. Under the terms of the Service Agreement, we are obligated to pay up to $250,000 per year for each employee who performs full-time services to us, in addition to the fees set forth in any statement of work.

Transactions with Diartis, Inc.

In December 2010, we sold certain assets to Diartis, Inc., or Diartis, in exchange for a promissory note for $1,000,000. Jeffrey L. Cleland, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, was the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Diartis from its inception through March 2013. In February 2011, we entered into a Services Agreement with Diartis whereby certain of our employees performed services for Diartis in connection with the transferred assets. The Services Agreement was terminated in March 2013. In February 2011, we made assigned interests in the promissory note due from Diartis to our stockholders and in September 2011, we distributed the note to our stockholders. At the time of the assignment and distribution of the note, we and our auditors had determined that the fair market value of the note was zero.

 

139


Table of Contents

Policies and procedures for related party transactions

Our board of directors will adopt a policy, effective upon the closing of this offering, that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. We did not have a formal review and approval policy for related party transactions at the time of any of the transactions described above. However, all of the transactions described above were entered into after presentation, consideration and approval by our board of directors, except as noted above.

 

140


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 by the following:

 

   

each of our directors and named executive officers; and

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013. Shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to stock options and warrants are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options or warrants and the percentage of any group of which the person is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Section 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on 135,107,283 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013. Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering is based on                  shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Versartis, Inc., 275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450, Redwood City, CA 94065.

 

            Percentage of shares beneficially owned

Name of beneficial owner

   Number of  shares
beneficially owned
     Before the
offering
    After the
offering

5% Stockholders:

       

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (1)

     33,191,679         24.4  

Entities affiliated with Index Ventures (2)

     30,369,214         22.4  

Entities affiliated with Advent Life Sciences (3)

     22,127,783         16.3  

Aisling Capital III, LP (4)

     16,105,919         11.9  

Michael Harazin, Trustee (5)

     12,674,846         9.4  

Amunix Operating Inc. (6)

     11,623,873         8.6  

Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. (7)

     9,185,259         6.8  

 

141


Table of Contents
            Percentage of shares beneficially owned

Name of beneficial owner

   Number of  shares
beneficially owned
     Before the
offering
    After the
offering

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Jeffrey Cleland (8)

     4,145,395         3.0  

Joshua Brumm

             *     

Paul Westberg (9)

     822,822         *     

Srinivas Akkaraju (7)

     9,185,259         6.8  

Michael Dybbs (10)

     33,191,679         24.4  

Edmon Jennings (11)

     109,182         *     

Shahzad Malik (3)

     22,127,783         16.3  

Francesco DeRubertis (12)

     30,369,214         22.4  

Anthony Sun (4)

     16,105,919         11.9  

Jay Shepard

             *     

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons): (13)

     116,057,253         82.3  

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding common stock.
(1) Includes 32,432,114 shares held by New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (“NLV-II”) and includes 759,565 shares issuable o NLV-II pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013. New Leaf Venture Associates II, L.P. (“NLVA-II LP”) is the general partner of NLV-II and New Leaf Venture Management II, L.L.C. (“NLVM-II LLC”) is the general partner of NLVA-II LP. Philippe O. Chambon, Jeani Delagardelle, Ronald M. Hunt, Vijay K. Lathi, James Niedel and Liam Ratcliffe are individual managers of NLVM-II LLC (the “Individual Managers”). NLVA-II LP and NLVM-II LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. As one of six individual managers, each of the Individual Managers disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares, and in all events disclaims pecuniary interest except to the extent of his economic interest. The address for this stockholder is Times Square Tower, 7 Times Square, Suite 3502, New York, NY 10036.
(2) Includes 26,849,503 shares held by Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P. (“Index Ventures IV”), 2,548,573 shares held by Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P. (“Entrepreneur Fund”) and 237,082 shares held by Yucca (Jersey) SLP (“Yucca”). Index Venture Associates IV Limited, is the general partner of the Index Ventures IV and Entrepreneur Fund. Paul Willing, Jane Pearce, David Hall, David Rimer and Phil Balderson are directors of Index Venture Associates IV Limited. Messrs. Willing, Hall, Rimer, Balderson and Mrs. Pearce share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Index Ventures IV limited partnerships. The managing general partner of Yucca Partners LP Jersey Branch is EFG Fund Administration Limited. Messrs. David G. Gardner, Nigel T. Greenwood and Ian J. Henderson are directors of EFG Fund Administration Limited and share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Yucca Partners LP Jersey Branch. The address of the Index Ventures IV, Entrepreneur Fund and Yucca is Ogier House, The Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG, Channel Islands.
(3) Includes 20,746,192 shares held by Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP (“Advent Fund”) and 875,215 shares held by Advent Life Sciences LLP (“Advent Life Sciences”). Also includes 485,919 shares issuable to Advent Fund and 20,457 shares issuable to Advent Life Sciences pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013. Advent Life Sciences is the manager of Advent Fund. Mr. Malik, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Advent Life Sciences. The address for each of these entities is 158-160 North Gower Street, London, NW1 2ND England.
(4)

The shares are held directly by Aisling Capital III, L.P. (“Aisling”). Aisling Capital Partners III, L.P. (“Aisling GP”) is the general partner of Aisling. Investment and voting decisions are made by an investment committee of Aisling GP, which currently consists of six members, including Dr. Sun. The investment committee shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held directly by Aisling. Dr. Sun disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares except to the extent of his indirect economic interests in Aisling and in connection with his role on the investment committee. The address for these entities is 888 Seventh Ave., 30th Floor, New York, NY 10106.

 

142


Table of Contents
(5) Includes 6,337,423 shares held by Michael Harazin, Trustee of the Shannon Stemmer 2012 Irrevocable Trust dated November 30, 2012 (the “Shannon Stemmer Trust”) and 6,337,423 shares held by Michael Harazin, Trustee of the Arthur Stemmer 2012 Irrevocable Trust dated November 30, 2012 (the “Arthur Stemmer Trust”). Mr. Harazin has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by each of the Shannon Stemmer Trust and Arthur Stemmer Trust. The address for this stockholder is 1804 Garnet Ave., #228, San Diego, CA 92109.
(6) The shares are held by Amunix Operating, Inc. Volker Schellenberger is the Chief Executive Officer of Amunix Operating, Inc. and has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by it. The address for this stockholder is 500 Ellis St., Mountain View, CA 94043.
(7) The shares are owned directly by Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. (“SVP VIII”). Sofinnova Management VIII, L.L.C. (“SM VIII”) is the general partner of SVP VIII. Each of Srinivas Akkaraju (a member of our board of directors), Anand Mehra, Michael Powell and James I. Healy is a managing member of SM VIII and may, along with SM VIII, be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by SVP VIII. The address for these entities is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(8) Includes 2,923,173 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013, of which 1,111,111 would be subject to a repurchase option as of such date, if exercised.
(9) Represents shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013, of which 234,568 would be subject to a repurchase option as of such date, if exercised.
(10) Includes 32,432,114 shares held by New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (“NLV-II”) and 759,565 shares issuable to NLV II pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2013. New Leaf Associates II, L.P. (“NLVA-II LP”) is the general partner of NLV-II. New Leaf Venture Partners, L.L.C. (“NLVP LLC”) has contracted with NLV-II to provide certain management and administrative services to NLV-II. Dr. Dybbs is a limited partner of NLVA-II LP and is a Principal (employee) of NLVP LLC. Dr. Dybbs disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares reported herein, and in all events disclaims pecuniary interest except to the extent of his economic interest.
(11) Represents shares issuable upon options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013, of which 24,691 would be subject to repurchase at such date if exercised.
(12) Mr. de Rubertis is a partner at Index Venture Management LLP, which is an advisory company to Index Ventures IV (Jersey), LP, Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) L.P. and Yucca (Jersey) SLP (the “Index Funds”). Mr. de Rubertis is involved in making recommendations to the Index Funds, but does not hold voting or dispositive power over the shares held by the Index Funds.
(13) Consists of (i) 110,202,079 shares held by the current directors and executive officers and (ii) 5,855,174 shares issuable pursuant to warrants and stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2013 of which 1,370,370 would be subject to repurchase at such date if exercised.

 

143


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

General

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and convertible preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for common stock and will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of          shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

   

         shares are designated as common stock; and

 

   

         shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding 135,107,283 shares of common stock, which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding 120,648,174 shares of convertible preferred stock, all of which will be converted into 120,648,174 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and 14,459,109 shares of our common stock. Our outstanding capital stock was held by 27 stockholders of record as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we also had outstanding options to acquire 16,142,443 shares of common stock held by employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, having a weighted-average exercise price of $0.16 per share, and warrants to purchase 1,999,997 shares of our convertible preferred stock.

On February 4, 2014, we issued 13,168,291 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock, all of which will be converted into 13,168,291 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. On February 14, 2014, we issued 48,758,857 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock, all of which will be converted into 48,758,857 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. In addition, since December 31, 2013, we have issued options to purchase 506,220 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.63 per share.

Common stock

Voting rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by statute. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, in all matters other than the

 

144


Table of Contents

election of directors, stockholders may take action with the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at a stockholder meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Except as otherwise provided by statute, stockholders may elect directors by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at a stockholder meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors.

Economic rights

Dividends and distributions . Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Liquidation rights . Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating convertible preferred stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, on any outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and payment of other claims of creditors.

The rights, preferences, and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of shares of any series of convertible preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preemptive or similar rights . Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption.

Preferred stock

As of December 31, 2013, there were 120,648,174 shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding.

Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2013, we had six warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,999,997 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.45 per share outstanding. Each of

 

145


Table of Contents

these warrants has a net exercise provision under which the holder, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, can surrender the warrant and receive a net number of shares of our common stock based on the fair market value of such stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Unless earlier exercised, these warrants will expire on the earlier of (i) the closing of this offering, (ii) a sale of the company, or (iii) October 12, 2017; provided that if a holder of the warrants does not notify us of the holder’s intent to exercise or not to exercise the warrant prior to the expiration date, and the fair market value of the underlying shares on the expiration date is greater than the exercise price, then the holder will be deemed to have net exercised the warrant immediately prior to the expiration date.

Registration rights

Stockholder registration rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides that holders of shares of our convertible preferred stock have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This investor rights agreement was entered into in December 2008 and has been amended and/or restated from time to time in connection with our preferred stock financings, most recently as of February 14, 2014. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the date that is five years after the closing of this offering (or, if the stockholder is our affiliate, the date that is six years following the closing of this offering); (ii) with respect to each stockholder, the earlier of the date that all shares held by the stockholder can be sold in compliance with Rule 144 or if the stockholder holds one percent or less or our outstanding common stock and all such shares can be sold in any three-month period in compliance with Rule 144; or (iii) with respect to each stockholder, the date that the stockholder no longer holds any shares that carry these registration rights; or (iv) following a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, our merger with or into another company, or our liquidation and dissolution.

Demand registration rights

The holders of an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, issuable upon the conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock currently subject to outstanding warrants will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the closing of our initial public offering, the holders of a majority of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we file a registration statement having an aggregate offering price to the public of not less than $5,000,000 to register all or a portion of their shares.

Piggyback registration rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, issuable upon the conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and shares of

 

146


Table of Contents

convertible preferred stock currently subject to outstanding warrants were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration. However, in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling stockholders included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent of the total amount of securities included in such offering.

Form S-3 registration rights

The holders of an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, issuable upon the conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock currently subject to certain outstanding warrants, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights, provided that we have not already effected two such registrations within the twelve-month period preceding the date of such request. Such holders may make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $3,000,000.

Anti-takeover provisions

Certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. The directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by our board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing. A special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of our whole board of directors, the chair of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president. Our amended and restated bylaws also will provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

 

147


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that, immediately after this offering, the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the structure of our board of directors, the size of the board, removal of directors, special meetings of stockholders, actions by written consent and cumulative voting. The affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend or repeal our bylaws, although our bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of the company by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change the control of the company.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the company. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy rights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of the company or our management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware general corporation law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by

 

148


Table of Contents
 

the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Limitations of liability and indemnification

See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive compensation—Limitation on liability and indemnification matters.”

Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on                      under the trading symbol “            .”

Transfer agent and registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                    .

 

149


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013, including the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of convertible preferred stock we issued in February 2014 and the net exercise of all of our outstanding warrants, upon the closing of this offering,                  shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering are restricted securities as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or are subject to lock-up agreements with us as described below. In addition, any shares sold in this offering to our existing stockholders that are our affiliates will be subject to lock-up agreements. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, described in greater detail below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and (ii) we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after the closing of this offering, based on the number of common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on                      during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

150


Table of Contents

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares

Lock-up agreements

We, our directors and officers, and substantially all of our stockholders and optionholders have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, subject to specified exceptions. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may, in their sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in this agreement.

Registration rights

The holders of our convertible preferred stock and certain warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock, or their transferees, are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. For a description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.” If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Equity incentive plans

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans and agreements. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive compensation—Equity incentive plans.”

 

151


Table of Contents

Material United States federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential United States federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax and does not address any gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other United States federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the United States federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, partnerships or other pass-through entities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax, banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock and persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Definition of non-U.S. holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “United States person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for United States federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

152


Table of Contents
   

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions on our common stock

If we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for United States federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section of this prospectus entitled “—Gain on disposition of our common stock” below.

Dividends (out of earnings and profits) paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) including a United States taxpayer identification number and certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s United States trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment in the United States if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from United States federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s United States trade or business (and if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

153


Table of Contents

Gain on disposition of our common stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock has ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for United States federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to United States federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by United States-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed United States federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Information reporting and backup withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required

 

154


Table of Contents

certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a United States person who is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a United States tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability, if any.

Legislation affecting taxation of our common stock held by or through foreign entities

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) will impose a United States federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the United States government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the United States tax authorities substantial information regarding United States account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally will impose a United States federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent a certification identifying the direct and indirect United States owners of the entity or an exemption applies. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Under certain transition rules, these withholding taxes will be imposed on dividends paid on our common stock after June 30, 2014, and on gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock after December 31, 2016.

Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Estate tax

Individual non-U.S. holders and entities whose property is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, our common stock will be treated as United States situs property subject to United States federal estate tax.

 

155


Table of Contents

Underwriting

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Total:

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         a share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of our common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per share      No exercise      Full exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

 

156


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of approximately $         relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Our common stock has been approved for listing on                     under the trading symbol “        .”

In connection with our initial public offering, we and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, (i) our directors and officers and such holders will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock and (ii) we will not file any registration statement relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

   

our issuance of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the 180 day period described in the preceding paragraph and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the lock-up signatory or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the 180 day period referenced in the preceding paragraph;

 

   

transfers of shares as a bona fide gift, distributions to limited partners, members or stockholders, transfers by will or intestate succession or to an immediate family member of the transferor or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the

  immediate family of the transferor, not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or if the transferor is a trust, to any beneficiary of the transferor or to the estate of any such transferor;

 

 

157


Table of Contents
   

distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock to stockholders, direct or indirect affiliates, current or former partners (general or limited), members or managers of the distributor, as applicable, or to the estates of any such partners, members or managers;

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the closing of this offering;

 

   

transfers of common stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order;

 

   

transfers of common stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares;

 

   

for certain stockholders, transfers in connection with a transaction involving a change of control occurring after the closing of this offering; and

 

   

for certain stockholders, transfers of shares of common stock acquired in this offering.

No filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made during the lock-up period for any transfer pursuant to the exceptions referenced in bullets four, five, six and ten above or the restrictions described above will apply. The transferee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter in bullets four, five and seven above or the restrictions described above will apply. In the event that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. release any officer, director or stockholder holding five percent or more of our outstanding shares of common stock from the restrictions of any lock-up letter, then certain stockholders shall be concurrently released in the same manner and on the same terms from the restrictions of their own lock-up letter for that percentage of the total number of shares of common stock held by such certain stockholder equal to the same percentage of such other five percent stockholder’s shares released; provided that no such notice will trigger this pro rata release if the aggregate of such releases granted to any individual stockholder requesting a release does not exceed 3,000,000 shares of common stock during the lock-up period.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of our common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating

 

158


Table of Contents

this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock on                     to stabilize the price of our common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of our common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Pricing of the offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be

 

159


Table of Contents

offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

160


Table of Contents

Legal matters

Cooley LLP, San Francisco and Palo Alto, California, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby. The underwriters are being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California, in connection with the offering.

Experts

The financial statements of Versartis, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, and, cumulatively, for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.versartis.com . After the closing of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

161


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Financial Statements

  

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4   

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Versartis, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Versartis, Inc. (a development stage company) at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and comprehensive loss and its cash flows for the years then ended and, cumulatively, for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

February 17, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    December 31,     Proforma
Stockholders’
Equity
December 31,

2013
 
    2012     2013    
                (unaudited)  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 329      $ 13,213     

Restricted cash

    75        75     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,618        978     

Other receivable

    84            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    2,106        14,266     

Other assets

    55        396     

Property and equipment, net

    28        21     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 2,189      $ 14,683     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

  $ 991      $ 315     

Accrued liabilities

    1,400        3,668     

Convertible notes payable

    4,460            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    6,851        3,983     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    433        474          

Convertible preferred stock call option liability

           21          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    7,284        4,478     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

     

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value;
68,905,248, and 135,816,462 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively; 68,905,247 and 120,648,174 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively; $31,007 and $60,392 liquidation preference at December 31, 2012 and 2013 respectively;              shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma at December 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    29,647        57,497          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

     

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 80,000,000 and 180,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively; 1,537,648 and 14,459,109 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively;              shares outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

           1        14   

Additional paid-in capital

    507        6,453        64,432   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (35,249     (53,746     (53,746
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (34,742     (47,292   $ 10,700   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 2,189      $ 14,683     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

 

Year Ended December 31,

    Cumulative
Period From
December 10,
2008 (Date of
Inception) to

December 31,
2013
 
              2012                         2013              

Operating expenses

     

Research and development

  $ 10,963      $ 14,855      $ 45,873   

General and administrative

    1,936        4,428        10,141   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    12,899        19,283        56,014   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (12,899     (19,283     (56,014

Interest income

           1        3   

Interest expense

    (393     (128     (863

Other income (expense), net

    75        913        2,030   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

    (13,217     (18,497     (54,844

Accretion of Series A preferred stock to redemption value, net of extinguishment

                  1,098   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $ (53,746
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per basic and diluted share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (9.97   $ (3.57  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted-average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    1,325,031        5,175,047     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (Refer to Note 15).

    $ (0.17  
   

 

 

   

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (Refer to Note 15).

      112,048,948     
   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

 

Convertible
Preferred Stock

        

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount        

Balances at inception (December 10, 2008)

         $                 $      $      $      $   

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock valued at $0.0001 per share in consideration for research and development license in December 2008

    11,000,000        1                                          

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

           10,999                                 (10,999     (10,999

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock for cash at $1.00 per share, net of issuance costs of $3, in May and December 2009 and April 2010

    11,000,000        10,997                                          

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock - offering costs

      3                  (3     (3

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options subject to repurchase

                      1,466,666                               

Extinguishment of Series A convertible preferred stock (Refer to Note 8)

           (12,100                              12,100        12,100   

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in February 2011 at $0.45, net of issuance costs of $210 and convertible preferred stock call option liability of $1,388

    21,805,693        8,215                                          

Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest into Series B convertible preferred stock at $0.45 per share in February 2011

    10,238,444        4,607                                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options at $0.11 per share

                      26,010               3               3   

Vesting of options subject to repurchase

                                    11               11   

Stock-based compensation

                                    192               192   

Net loss

                                           (23,130     (23,130
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

    54,044,137        22,722            1,492,676               206        (22,032     (21,826

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (CONTINUED)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

 

Convertible
Preferred Stock

        

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development

Stage
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount        

Balances at December 31, 2011

    54,044,137        22,722            1,492,676               206        (22,032     (21,826

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in January 2012 at $0.45, net of issuance costs of $23 and convertible preferred stock call option liability of $129

    6,430,555        2,999                                          

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in May 2012 at $0.45, net of convertible preferred stock call option liability of $132

    6,430,555        3,026                                          

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock upon exercise of Series B convertible preferred stock warrants in January and May 2012

    2,000,000        900                          152               152   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options at $0.11 per share

                      44,972               5               5   

Vesting of options subject to repurchase

                                    3               3   

Stock-based compensation

                                    141               141   

Net loss

                                           (13,217     (13,217
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

    68,905,247        29,647            1,537,648               507        (35,249     (34,742

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock on conversion of notes in January 2013

    10,195,552        4,588                                          

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in January and July 2013 at $0.5625, net of issuance costs of $335 and convertible preferred stock call option liability of $864

    36,444,444        19,301                                          

Issuance of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock at $0.5625 per share in October 2013, net of issuance costs of $209 and convertible preferred stock call option liability of $126

    17,777,777        9,665                                          

Conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock into common stock

    (12,674,846     (5,704         12,674,846        1        5,703               5,704   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options at $0.11 per share

                      246,615               27               27   

Vesting of options subject to repurchase

                                    1               1   

Stock-based compensation

                                    215               215   

Net loss

                                           (18,497     (18,497
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

    120,648,174      $ 57,497            14,459,109      $ 1      $ 6,453      $ (53,746   $ (47,292
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Cumulative
Period From
December 10,
2008 (Date of
Inception) to
December 31,

2013
 
     2012     2013    

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $ (54,844

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     21        17        93   

Loss on sale of assets

                   9   

Reserve for uncollectible receivables

                   54   

Stock-based compensation expense

     141        215        548   

Amortization of debt discount

     312        121        666   

Non-cash interest expense

     81        7        195   

Non-cash research and development expense

                   1   

Remeasurement of convertible preferred stock call option liability

     (89     (969     (2,096

Remeasurement of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

            41        (40

Changes in assets and liabilities

      

Accounts receivable

     491        84          

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (128     299        (1,319

Accounts payable

     413        (675     315   

Accrued liabilities and other liabilities

     259        2,267        3,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (11,716     (17,090     (52,751
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

                   10   

Purchase of property and equipment

            (9     (185

Security deposit for facility lease

                   (55

Change in restricted cash

                   (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

            (9     (305
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from sale of option for Series A preferred stock purchase rights

                   1,000   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     5,765        29,956        55,320   

Proceeds from exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants

     900               900   

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     5        27        49   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

     4,500               9,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     11,170        29,983        66,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (546     12,884        13,213   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     875        329          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 329      $ 13,213      $ 13,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure

      

Cash paid for interest

   $      $      $ 2   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash items

      

Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest to preferred stock

   $      $ 4,588      $ 9,195   

Issuance of warrants for preferred stock in connection with convertible notes

   $ 433      $      $ 666   

Accretion of Series A convertible preferred stock to redemption value

   $      $      $ 11,002   

Issuance of call options related to convertible preferred stock

   $      $ 1,116      $ 3,504   

Extinguishment of Series A convertible preferred stock

   $      $      $ 12,100   

Deferred initial public offering issuance costs

   $      $ 396      $ 396   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Formation and Business of the Company

Versartis, Inc., (the “Company”) a development stage company, was incorporated on December 10, 2008 in the State of Delaware. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company focused on developing therapeutic proteins for the treatment of metabolic diseases and endocrine disorders. The Company is developing novel drug candidates that it has licensed from Amunix Inc (“Amunix”).

The Company’s headquarters and operations are in Redwood City, California. Since incorporation, the Company has been primarily performing research and development activities, including early clinical trials, filing patent applications, obtaining regulatory approvals, hiring personnel, and raising capital to support and expand these activities. Accordingly, at December 31, 2013, the Company is considered to be in the development stage.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of the accompanying financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Since inception, the Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations. At December 31, 2013, the Company had a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $53.7 million and working capital of $10.3 million. The Company expects to continue to incur losses from costs related to the continuation of research and development and administrative activities for the foreseeable future. Although management has been successful in raising capital in the past, most recently in February 2014, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful or that any needed financing will be available in the future at terms acceptable to the Company.

Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. All long-lived assets are maintained in the United States of America.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

The December 31, 2013 unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity has been prepared assuming immediately upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock; (ii) the automatic net exercise of the convertible preferred warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity does not assume any proceeds from the proposed initial public offering, nor does it assume the impact of the preferred stock financings, which occurred in February 2014 as more fully described in Note 16.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. All of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held at one financial institution that management believes is of high credit quality. Such deposits may, at times, exceed federally insured limits.

Risk and Uncertainties

The Company’s future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, uncertainty of results of clinical trials and reaching milestones, uncertainty of regulatory approval of the Company’s potential drug candidates, uncertainty of market acceptance of the Company’s products, competition from substitute products and larger companies, securing and protecting proprietary technology, strategic relationships and dependence on key individuals and sole source suppliers.

Products developed by the Company require clearances from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance that the products will receive the necessary clearances. If the Company was denied clearance, clearance was delayed or the Company was unable to maintain clearance, it could have a materially adverse impact on the Company.

The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses for the next several years and will need to obtain additional financing in order to complete clinical studies and launch and commercialize any product candidates for which it receives regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or will be at terms acceptable by the Company.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were held in an institution in the U.S. and include deposits in a money market fund which was unrestricted as to withdrawal or use.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash at December 31, 2012 and 2013 comprise cash balances held by a bank as security for the Company’s credit cards.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally between three and five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of their useful life or the term of the lease. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by the comparison of the carrying amount to the future net cash flows which the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value (i.e. determined through estimating projected discounted future net cash flows or other acceptable methods of determining fair value) arising from the asset. There have been no such impairments of long-lived assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the cumulative period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, other receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and convertible notes payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items. Convertible preferred stock call option liability and convertible preferred stock warrant liability are carried at fair value. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and consideration of default and credit risk, the carrying value of the convertible notes payable approximates their fair value.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

The fair value hierarchy defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

 

Level I

   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level II

   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level I that are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level III

   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity for the related assets or liabilities.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of Level I assets and Level III liabilities. Level I securities is comprised of a highly liquid money market fund. Level III liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of convertible preferred stock warrant liability and convertible preferred stock call option liability. The fair values of these instruments are measured using an option pricing model. Inputs used to determine estimated fair market value include the estimated fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining expected term of the instrument, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends and the expected volatility.

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Preclinical and Clinical Trial Accruals

The Company’s clinical trial accruals are based on estimates of patient enrollment and related costs at clinical investigator sites as well as estimates for the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and clinical research organizations (“CROs”) that conduct and manage clinical trials on the Company’s behalf.

The Company estimates preclinical and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed, pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on its behalf. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of patient enrollment and activity expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company accounts for its convertible preferred stock warrants as liabilities based upon the characteristics and provisions of each instrument. Convertible preferred stock warrants classified as derivative liabilities are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at their fair value on the date of issuance and are revalued on each subsequent balance sheet, with fair value changes recognized as increases or reductions to other income (expense), net in the statements of operations. The Company estimates the fair value of these liabilities using an option pricing model and assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants on the valuation date, as well as assumptions for expected volatility, expected life, dividends, and risk-free interest rate. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value of these warrants until the earlier of: (i) exercise of warrants; (ii) expiration of warrants; (iii) a change of control of the Company; or (iv) the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.

Convertible Preferred Stock Call Option

The Company has determined that the Company’s obligation to issue, and the investors’ obligation to purchase, additional shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock represents a freestanding financial instrument. The freestanding convertible preferred stock call option liability is initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized as increases or reductions to other income (expense), net in the statements of operations. At the time of the exercise of the call option, any remaining value of the option is recorded as a capital transaction.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has classified the convertible preferred stock as temporary equity in the balance sheets due to certain change in control events that are outside the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of the Company, as holders of the convertible preferred stock can cause redemption of the shares.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Research and development costs include, but are not limited to, payroll and personnel expenses, laboratory supplies, consulting costs, external research and development expenses and allocated overhead, including rent, equipment depreciation, and utilities.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Costs to acquire technologies to be used in research and development that have not reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use are expensed to research and development costs when incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability approach. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company assesses all material positions taken in any income tax return, including all significant uncertain positions, in all tax years that are still subject to assessment or challenge by relevant taxing authorities. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the position’s sustainability and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed, and the Company will determine whether (i) the factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed and (ii) the amount of the recognized tax benefit is still appropriate. The recognition and measurement of tax benefits requires significant judgment. Judgments concerning the recognition and measurement of a tax benefit might change as new information becomes available.

Stock-Based Compensation

For stock options granted to employees, the Company recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards based on the grant-date estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of fair value for stock-based awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model requires management to make certain assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables.

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to nonemployees is recognized based on the fair value of the stock options, determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, as they are earned. The awards generally vest over the time period the Company expects to receive services from the nonemployee.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity of a business enterprise during a period, resulting from transactions from non-owner sources. There have been no items qualifying as other comprehensive loss and, therefore, for all periods presented, the Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss.

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities

 

F-12


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, convertible preferred stock, convertible notes payable, stock options and convertible preferred stock warrants are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares as of December 31, 2013 of convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock warrants and common stock options, as if the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or the date of original issuance, if later.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share amounts do not give effect to the issuance of shares from the planned initial public offering nor do they give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, or other standard setting bodies and adopted by us as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance which addresses the presentation of amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance does not change current financial reporting requirements, instead an entity is required to cross-reference to other required disclosures that provide additional detail about amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition, the guidance requires an entity to present significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by line item of net income if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. Adoption of this standard is required for periods beginning after December 15, 2012 for public companies. This new guidance impacts how the Company reports comprehensive income only, and had no effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity upon its required adoption on January 1, 2013.

3. Balance Sheet Components

Prepaid expenses and other current assets (in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  
               

Preclinical and clinical

   $ 1,285       $ 847   

Other

     333         131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,618       $ 978   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Accrued Liabilities (in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  
               

Payroll and related

   $ 427       $ 539   

Preclinical and clinical

     956         1,726   

Professional services

             1,265   

Other

     17         138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,400       $ 3,668   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Fair Value Measurements

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2013
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Money market fund

   $ 12,761       $ 12,761       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 474                       $ 474   

Convertible preferred call option liability

     21                         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 495       $       $       $ 495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2012
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Money market fund

   $      110       $      110       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 433       $       $       $ 433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value measurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability and convertible preferred stock call option liability is based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. Level 3 instruments are valued based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the Company’s assumptions in measuring fair value. The Company’s estimated fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability is calculated using an option pricing model and key assumptions including the probabilities of settlement scenarios, enterprise value, time to liquidity, risk-free interest rates, discount for lack of marketability and volatility. The Company’s estimated fair value of the preferred stock call option liability is calculated using an option pricing model and key assumptions including the estimated fair value of the Company’s preferred stock, risk-free interest rates and volatility and the probability of the closing of the future financing tranche. The estimates are based, in part, on subjective assumptions and could differ materially in the future.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

During the periods presented, the Company has not changed the manner in which it values liabilities that are measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as of the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers within the hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2013.

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments as follows:

 

     Convertible
preferred stock
call option
liability
    Convertible
preferred stock
warrant
liability
 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 349      $ 152   

Issuance of financial instruments

            433   

Fair value of call option liability recognized upon issuance of preferred stock

     (260       

Exercise of financial instruments

            (152

Change in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net

     (89       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

            433   

Issuance of financial instruments

     1,116          

Fair value of call option liability recognized upon issuance of preferred stock

     (126       

Change in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net

     (969     41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 21      $ 474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. Convertible Notes Payable

In 2010, the Company entered into convertible notes payable agreements (“2010 Notes”) with investors, in two tranches, for a total of $4.5 million. The terms of each of the 2010 Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 5%. In November 2010, the Company extended the maturity date of the 2010 Notes by two months to February 2011. The Company analyzed the amendment under the modification accounting guidance and concluded that the amendment did not result in a substantial modification. In February 2011, the outstanding 2010 Notes and accrued interest of $4.6 million were converted into 10,238,444 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock.

In October 2012, the Company entered into convertible notes payable agreements (“2012 Notes”) with investors for a total of $4.5 million. The 2012 Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 8% accruing from the date of the issuance of 2012 Notes, with principal and unpaid interest payable on January 31, 2013. The 2012 Notes are convertible into shares of the next preferred stock financing at the purchase price of those shares, or into shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at $0.45 per share, at the option of the holder, or may be paid in cash in the event of a default.

In January 2013, the holders of 2012 Notes converted principal of $4.5 million and $88,000 of accrued interest, into 10,195,552 shares of Series B preferred convertible stock at a price of $0.45 per share.

6. Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

In connection with the 2010 Notes, the Company issued convertible preferred stock warrants equal to 20% of the shares issuable upon conversion of the 2010 Notes. Using an option pricing model with a volatility of 85%, term of 1.75 years and a risk-free interest rate of 0.53%, the fair value of the warrants was determined to be

 

F-15


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

approximately $233,000 and was recorded as warrant liability and a debt discount against the 2010 Notes and amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2010 Notes. The convertible preferred stock warrants were exercised in 2012 for 2.0 million shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $900,000.

In connection with the 2012 Notes, the Company issued convertible preferred stock warrants equal to 20% of the shares issuable on conversion of the 2012 Notes. The convertible preferred stock warrants are exercisable into shares of the same class of convertible preferred stock issued upon conversion of the related 2012 Notes. The convertible preferred stock warrants have a five year term and expire on October 12, 2017. The estimated fair value of these warrants of $433,000 at issuance was recorded as a debt discount on the 2012 Notes, and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method through the original maturity date in 2013. The convertible preferred stock warrants were valued using an option pricing model with a risk free interest rate of 0.21%, volatility of 90%, and an expected life equal to 1.5 years. As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of the warrants was estimated to be $474,000.

The 2012 warrants remain unexercised as of December 31, 2013. The warrants expire at the earlier of (i) the closing of an initial public offering, (ii) a sale of the company or (iii) October 12, 2017; provided that if a holder of the warrants does not notify us of the holder’s intent to exercise or not to exercise the warrant prior to the expiration date, and the fair market value of the underlying shares on the expiration date is greater than the exercise price, then the holder will be deemed to have net exercised the warrant immediately prior to the expiration date.

The assumptions used to value the convertible preferred stock warrants were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012     2013  
              

Expected term (in years)

     1.5        1.1   

Expected volatility

     90.00     75.00

Risk-free interest rate

     0.21     0.13

Dividend yield

     0     0

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Facility Leases

In September 2009, the Company signed an operating facility sublease with Amunix, a related party (refer to Note 11) for its corporate offices that included approximately 2,850 square feet of office space in Mountain View, California. The sublease term was for two years, commencing on December 1, 2009. The sublease expired in November 2011.

In August 2011, the Company signed an operating facility lease for its corporate office that includes approximately 5,740 square feet of office space in Redwood City, California. The lease term is for thirty months, commencing on October 16, 2011. The Company paid a security deposit of $55,000 for this facility lease in 2011, which is recorded in other assets.

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s future minimum commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are $77,000 for year ended December 31, 2014.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Rent expense was $218,000 and $241,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $600,000 for the period from December 10, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013.

Purchase Commitments

The Company conducts research and development programs through a combination of internal and collaborative programs that include, among others, arrangements with contract manufacturing organizations and contract research organizations. The Company had contractual arrangements with these organizations including license agreements with milestone obligations and service agreements with obligations largely based on services performed.

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various firm purchase commitments related to certain preclinical and clinical studies. At December 31, 2013 the noncancellable portion of these commitments, in aggregate, totaled approximately $5.4 million.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for general indemnifications. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated.

As of December 31, 2013 the Company is contingently committed to make development and sales-related milestone payments of up to $30.0 million under certain circumstances, and other payments of $10 million, as well as royalties relating to potential future product sales under the License Agreement with Amunix. The amount, timing and likelihood of these payments are unknown as they are dependent on the occurrence of future events that may or may not occur, including approval by the FDA of potential drug candidates.

Indemnification

In accordance with the Company’s amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the Company has indemnification obligations to its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while they are serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. There have been no claims to date and the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that may enable it to recover a portion of any amounts paid for future claims.

Litigation

The Company may from time to time be involved in legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business. There are no pending or threatened legal proceedings as of December 31, 2013.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

8. Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible preferred stock (“preferred stock”) as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):

At December 31, 2012 -

 

     Shares      Per Share
Liquidation

Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series

   Authorized      Outstanding        

Series A

     22,000,000         22,000,000       $ 0.45       $ 9,900   

Series B

     46,905,248         46,905,247         0.45         19,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     68,905,248         68,905,247          $ 29,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013 -

 

     Shares      Per Share
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series

   Authorized      Outstanding        

Series A

     22,000,000         22,000,000       $ 0.45       $ 9,900   

Series B

     46,425,950         44,425,953         0.45         18,631   

Series C

     36,444,444         36,444,444         0.56         19,301   

Series D-1

     17,777,777         17,777,777         0.56         9,665   

Series D-2

     13,168,291                 0.76           
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     135,816,462         120,648,174          $ 57,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Issuance of Series A preferred stock

In December 2008, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Amunix and other investors to issue 22,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share in multiple closings.

In consideration of Amunix entering into the License Agreement (Refer to Note 11) with the Company, the Company issued 11,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock in December 2008 to Amunix pursuant to the terms of the Series A Purchase Agreement and granted to Amunix the pro-rata right to participate in a future Series A closing if, at the sole discretion of certain investors, it is determined the Company has satisfied certain milestones, and the Board of Directors determines that the Company requires additional capital, for 2,500,000 shares at $1.00 per share. The pro rata right to participate in future Series A closing was determined to be issued to an entity under common control and as such the value of the option was initially recorded at a carrying value of $0. This right was waived by Amunix in 2010.

The Company issued an aggregate of 8,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock in May and December 2009 at a purchase price of $1.00 per share and further issued 3,000,000 shares in April 2010 as part of the third closing pursuant to the Series A convertible preferred stock purchase agreement.

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock

In February 2011, the Company entered into a Series B convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with certain investors. The Company issued 21,805,693 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase

 

F-18


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

price of $0.45 per share totaling $9.8 million in gross proceeds. Further, the 2010 convertible notes converted into 10,238,444 shares of Series B preferred upon the conversion of principal of $4.5 million and accrued interest of $107,300.

In January and May 2012, the Company issued 12,861,110 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.45 per share in two subsequent closings and raised approximately $5.8 million in gross proceeds. The Company issued additional 2,000,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of Series B convertible preferred stock warrants in exchange for $900,000.

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock

In January 2013, the Company entered into a Series C convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with certain investors. The Company issued 14,222,222 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5625 per share and raised approximately $8.0 million in gross proceeds.

The Company issued additional 22,222,222 shares of Series C preferred stock in July 2013 at a price of $0.5625 per share and raised $12.5 million in gross proceeds.

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock

In October 2013, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with investors to sell shares of Series D convertible preferred stock in two tranches. In accordance with the terms of the Series D purchase agreement, the Company authorized the sale and issuance of up to 30,946,068 shares of Series D stock. The Company issued 17,777,777 shares of Series D-1 at a purchase price of $0.5625 per share and raised approximately $10.0 million in gross proceeds. In February 2014, the Company issued 13,168,291 shares of Series D-2 at a purchase price of $0.7594 per share and received approximately $10.0 million in gross proceeds (Refer to Note 16).

Convertible preferred stock call option liability

The preferred stock purchase agreements for Series A, B, C and D provided the investors the right to participate in future rounds of the respective series funding at a fixed price equal to the original issue price. These rights were provided concurrently with the issuance of the original preferred stock agreement (Series A convertible preferred stock had a separate option agreement). These liability classified convertible preferred stock call options have been determined to be freestanding financial instruments because they are freely transferable and separately exercisable.

Series A convertible preferred stock call option liability

On December 10, 2008, the Company sold a convertible preferred stock call option right to investors to participate in four future rounds of Series A convertible preferred financing. The Company recorded an initial call option liability in December 2008 and remeasured the convertible preferred stock liability immediately prior to exercise as well as at each balance sheet date. The convertible preferred stock call option right was exercised in three rounds of financing and was waived at the fourth round financing. The impact of the remeasurement of the option was negligible on a cumulative basis from December 10, 2008 to December 31, 2010.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Series B convertible preferred stock call option liability

The Company has recorded an initial convertible preferred stock call option liability in February 2011 upon the initial closing of the financing. Using an option pricing model with a volatility of 71%, expected term of 1 year and a risk-free interest rate of 0.28%, the fair value of the call option was determined to be approximately $1.4 million and was recorded as convertible preferred stock call option liability and netted against the issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock.

The Company remeasured the convertible preferred stock call option liability at $349,000 at December 31, 2011 and recorded the change in fair value of $1.0 million in other income (expense), net. In 2012, the Company remeasured the convertible preferred stock call option liability immediately before exercise and recorded $88,000 in other income (expense), net and reclassified the fair value of $260,000 into preferred stock upon issuance of subsequent tranches of Series B convertible preferred stock.

Series C convertible preferred stock call option liability

The Company has recorded an initial convertible preferred stock call option liability in January 2013 upon the initial close of the financing. Using the option pricing model with a volatility of 56%, expected term of 0.5 years and a risk-free interest rate of 0.11%, the fair value of the convertible preferred stock call option was determined to be approximately $990,000 and was recorded as a call option liability and netted against the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock.

The investors exercised their right to participate in subsequent tranches in 2013 and accordingly the Company remeasured the convertible preferred stock call option liability just before exercise and recorded $864,000 in other income (expense), net and reclassified the fair value of $126,000 into preferred stock upon issuance of subsequent tranches of Series C preferred stock.

Series D convertible preferred stock call option liability

The Company has recorded an initial convertible preferred stock call option liability in October 2013 upon the initial close of the financing. Using the option pricing model with a volatility of 60%, expected term of 0.3 years and a risk-free interest rate of 0.2%, the fair value of the convertible preferred stock call option was determined to be approximately $126,000 and was recorded as a call option liability and netted against the issuance of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of the call option was determined to be $21,000, and the change in the fair value of $105,000 was recorded in other income (expense), net in the statement of operations.

Modification to Series A rights and preferences

In February 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with new investors to sell shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. In addition, the Company sold the rights to develop one of its two product candidates to Diartis in exchange for a $1.0 million note receivable. In connection with the Series B convertible preferred stock financing, the liquidation preference and conversion ratio of Series A convertible preferred stock was reduced from $1.00 per share to $0.45 per share, the redemption feature was eliminated and a down-round feature was added to the rights and preferences of Series A convertible preferred stockholders. The Company considers an amendment which adds, deletes or significantly changes a material contractual term or fundamentally changes the nature of the preferred shares to be in the nature of an extinguishment. As there were

 

F-20


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

significant changes in the liquidation preference and conversion rate, the removal of the Series A holder-controlled contingent redemption feature, and addition of down-round protection, the Company has considered these changes to be substantially different. At the time of the extinguishment, the Company removed the carrying value of the preferred stock of $22.0 million, and recorded the deemed fair value of the Series A convertible preferred stock after the change in the rights and preferences of $9.9 million, resulting in a net reduction of $12.1 million in the Series A preferred stock carrying value and an increase to deficit accumulated during the development stage.

Accretion of preferred stock

The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance. The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders’ deficit because the shares contain liquidation features that are not solely within the Company’s control.

The Series A shares were originally issued (before modification of rights and preferences upon issuance of Series B) with a contingent redemption feature, which allowed the holders to redeem their shares five years following the issuance date of the Series A preferred shares. As such, the Company has chosen to accrete Series A for change in redemption value with a change to accumulated deficit at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, the Company has accreted $11.0 million during the cumulative periods ended December 31, 2010.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the redemption values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the ultimate redemption values will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

The rights, preferences and privileges of the convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

Dividends

The holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends of $0.036 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A and B preferred stock, and $0.045 per share for each outstanding share of Series C and D-1 preferred stock. Such dividends shall be payable only when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared to date.

Conversion

Preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, into fully paid, non-assessable shares of common stock at an initial conversion ratio of one-to-one.

The convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock, at the then applicable conversion rate, in the event of either (i) the consent of a majority of certain holders of the then outstanding preferred stock, voting together as a class, or, if earlier, (ii) immediately before the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with aggregate proceeds of at least $50.0 million at a public offering price of at least $1.52 per share (adjusted for intervening common stock splits, stock dividends, combination, subdivision, recapitalizations or the like).

 

F-21


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Voting Rights

The holders of convertible preferred stock will be entitled to that number of votes on all matters presented to stockholders equal to the number of shares of common stock then issuable upon conversion of such preferred stock.

Liquidation

In the event of any sale of substantially all of the assets, a merger, or liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series A, B, C and D-1 convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of common stock, $0.45, $0.45, $0.5625 and $0.5625 respectively, per share (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations) plus declared and unpaid dividends, if any. Thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company will be distributed ratably to the holders of preferred stock and common stock on a pro rata basis.

Deemed Liquidation

A merger, acquisition, sale or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company which will result in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction not holding at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving, continuing or purchasing entity, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Upon this event, holders of convertible preferred stock shall receive their liquidation preference including any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the liquidation date.

Protective Provisions

Without first obtaining the approval of the Company’s board of directors, which approval must include the approval of a majority of the directors designated by certain holders of preferred stock, the Company will not (i) make specified investment, compensation or operating decisions; (ii) take certain actions involving the Company’s intellectual property and related agreements; (iii) consummate or consent to a liquidation event; (iv) increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of any series or sub-series of preferred stock or of common stock or take certain other actions that may adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s outstanding capital stock; (v) amend, waive, alter or repeal any provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or the company’s bylaws; (vi) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare a dividend or make any distribution on the capital stock of the Company, except in certain circumstances; (vii) purchase or acquire any other business or entity or create any subsidiary; (viii) incur specified types of indebtedness, (ix) adopt or amend any stock option scheme or any other equity incentive plan; (x) enter into certain transactions concerning the Company’s assets and intellectual property; (xi) enter into any transaction with any officer, director or other affiliate of the Company without required approvals; or (xii) change the authorized number of directors constituting the board of directors.

Without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series D preferred stock, consenting or voting separately as a class, the Company will not: (i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series D preferred stock; (ii) take certain other actions that may adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series D preferred stock; (iii) declare or pay any dividend on any capital stock; (iv) consummate or consent to a liquidation event except in certain circumstances; or (v) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Series D preferred stock.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of certain stockholders specified in the certificate of incorporation, the Company will not: (i) consummate or consent to a liquidation event; (ii) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (iii) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with any series or sub-series of preferred stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption; (iv) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of common stock or preferred stock; (v) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare a dividend or make any distribution on the capital stock of the company, except in certain circumstances; (vi) incur or guarantee specified types of indebtedness; (vii) increase or decrease the size of the board of directors; (viii) increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive plans; (ix) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any series or sub-series of preferred stock; (x) adopt or amend any stock option scheme or any other equity incentive plan; (xi) enter into certain transactions concerning the Company’s intellectual property; (xii) enter into any transaction with any officer, director or other affiliate of the Company without required approval; or (xiii) make any loan or advance, or grant any credit, to any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances for travel expenses and similar expenditures to be incurred on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business.

9. Common Stock

The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 180,000,000 shares of common stock. Common stockholders are entitled to dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. There have been no dividends declared to date. The holder of each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.

The Company had reserved common stock for future issuances as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

     68,905,247        120,648,174   

Issuance of options under stock plan

     1,938,410        109,185   

Issuance upon exercise of options under stock plan

     5,318,550        16,142,443   

Issuance upon exercise of warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

             1,999,997   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     76,162,207        138,899,799   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Stock Option Plan

In February 2009, the Company adopted the Versartis, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, which was amended in June 2011 (“2009 Plan”) for eligible employees, outside directors and consultants. The 2009 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, and stock purchase rights to acquire restricted stock. Terms of the stock option agreements, including vesting requirements, are determined by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions in the 2009 Plan. Options granted by the Company generally vest over a period of four years and expire no later than ten years after the date of grant. Options may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to a right of repurchase by the Company. The Board of Directors determines the fair value of the

 

F-23


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

underlying common stock at the time of the grant of each option. Upon the exercise of options, the Company issues new common stock from its authorized shares.

Options under the 2009 Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years. All options issued to date have had a ten year life. The exercise price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of a NSO shall not be less than the par value per share of common stock. To date, options granted generally vest over four years and vest at a rate of 25% upon the first anniversary of the issuance date and 1/36th per month thereafter.

As of December 31, 2013, a total of 109,185 shares of common stock are available for future grant under the 2009 Plan.

In March 2011, the Company reduced the exercise price of all outstanding stock options with an exercise price greater than $0.11 per share to $0.11 per share. This modification affected a total of 585,222 shares. This resulting incremental compensation expense was not material.

Activity under the Company’s stock option plans is set forth below:

 

    Shares
Available for
Grant
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
 

Balances, January 1, 2012

    643,153        3,782,690        0.11       

Additional shares authorized

    2,876,089                     

Options granted

    (2,020,070     2,020,070        0.12       

Options exercised

           (44,972     0.11       

Options cancelled

    439,238        (439,238     0.11       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Balances, December 31, 2012

    1,938,410        5,318,550        0.11       

Additional shares authorized

    9,241,283                     

Options granted

    (11,206,567     11,206,567        0.19       

Options exercised

           (246,615     0.11       

Options cancelled

    136,059        (136,059     0.11       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Balances, December 31, 2013

    109,185        16,142,443      $ 0.16        9.1      $ 889   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2013

      16,142,443      $ 0.16        9.1      $ 847   
   

 

 

       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2013

      2,910,038        0.11        7.6      $ 312   
   

 

 

       

The intrinsic values of outstanding, vested and exercisable options were determined by multiplying the number of shares by the difference in exercise price of the options and the fair value of the common stock.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table summarizes information with respect to stock options outstanding and currently exercisable and vested as of December 31, 2013:

 

      

Options Outstanding

    

Options Exercisable

and Vested

Range of

Exercise Prices

    

Number
Outstanding

    

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)

    

Number
Outstanding

    

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)

$0.11

     3,154,627      7.3      2,228,882      7.3

0.12

     1,551,644      8.3     

614,188

     8.3

0.14

    

4,820,367

    

9.3

     66,968     

9.0

0.22-0.29

     6,615,805      10.0          
    

 

         

 

    
    

16,142,443

          2,910,038     
    

 

         

 

    

Stock Options Granted to Employees

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company granted stock options to employees to purchase shares of common stock with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.09 and $0.14 per share, respectively. The fair value is being expensed over the vesting period of the options, which is usually 4 years on a straight line basis as the services are being provided. No tax benefits were realized from options and other share-based payment arrangements during the periods.

As of December 31, 2013, total unrecognized employee stock-based compensation was $1.5 million, which is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining vesting period of 3.6 years.

The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
               2012                       2013          
          

Expected volatility

   90.3% - 91.4%   88.8% - 90.0%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.88% - 1.11%   0.88% - 2.10%

Dividend yield

   0.0%   0.0%

Expected life (in years)

   6.00 - 6.08   5.98 - 6.08

Determining Fair Value of Stock Options

The fair value of each grant of stock options was determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Expected Volatility – The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined by examining the historical volatilities of a group of industry peers, as the Company did not have any trading history for the Company’s common stock. The Company will continue to analyze the historical stock price volatility and expected term assumptions as more historical data for the Company’s common stock becomes available.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Expected Term – The expected term of stock options represents the weighted average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla”, the Company has opted to use the simplified method for estimating the expected term as provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For other option grants, the expected term is derived from the Company’s historical data on employee exercises and post-vesting employment termination behavior taking into account the contractual life of the award.

Risk-Free Interest Rate  The risk free rate assumption was based on the U.S. Treasury instruments with terms that were consistent with the expected term of the Company’s stock options.

Expected Dividend  The expected dividend assumption was based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts.

Forfeiture Rate – Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

Fair Value of Common Stock – The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been the responsibility of and determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the board of directors determined fair value of common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including independent third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the Company’s board of directors until such time as the Company’s common stock is listed on an established exchange or national market system.

Stock Options Granted to Non Employees

The stock-based compensation cost of options granted to nonemployees is re-measured over the vesting period as earned, and the resulting value is recognized as an expense over the period in which services are received. The weighted-average fair value of non-employee options granted during the period from December 10, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013 was $0.15 per share. Options to purchase 23,267 and 399,763 shares were granted to non-employees during 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, is reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Cumulative
Period From
December 10, 2008
(Date of Inception)
to December 31,
2013
 
     2012      2013     

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

   $ 91       $ 124       $ 369   

General and administrative

     50         91         179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 141       $ 215       $ 548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Options Subject to Repurchase

The Company has a right of repurchase with respect to early exercised options at an amount equal to the lower of (i) the exercise price of each restricted share being repurchased and (ii) the fair market value of such restricted share at the time the Company’s right of repurchase is exercised. The Company’s right to repurchase these shares lapses 25% after one year and 1/48 of the total number of shares originally granted per month for 36 months thereafter. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, 25,463 and zero shares remained subject to the Company’s right of repurchase, respectively.

The shares purchased by employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are not deemed, for accounting purposes, to be issued until those shares vest according to their respective vesting schedules. The cash received in exchange for unvested shares of early exercised stock options is recorded as an early exercise liability on the balance sheets and will be transferred to common stock and additional paid-in capital as such shares vest.

11. Related Party Transactions

Since inception the Company has entered into multiple agreements with Amunix which (i) with its affiliates, owns 10% of the Company’s preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2013, and (ii) is represented on the Company’s Board of Directors. These agreements between the Company and Amunix include the following:

 

    License Agreement effective December 29, 2008, as amended, (“License Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company has the right to develop three products, with the option to develop up to three additional products in exchange for certain additional financial considerations. Amunix granted the Company a worldwide, exclusive, revocable sub-licensable right and licensed its intellectual property for the Company to research, test and develop these products. The License Agreement obligates the Company to pay to Amunix certain future royalties related to these products. One of these products, and the option to develop one additional product, were sold to Diartis on December 30, 2010. The agreement was further amended at the close of the Company’s Series C preferred stock financing on January 7, 2013, to clarify the technology included in the License Agreement;

The Company will pay Amunix additional consideration, in either cash or the Company’s stock, for additional targets selected by the Company. The Company will also pay up to $30.0 million of milestone payments to Amunix, under certain circumstances;

 

    Joint Research Agreement effective November 13, 2009, as amended and combined with the License Agreement, establishing the process by which new targets will be identified and subsequently developed by the parties. In particular, the respective ownership of new inventions by the parties under various scenarios is contemplated. Overall, during the term of this agreement, the Company agreed to assign to Amunix its rights to all joint patents, and all the Company’s patents that are directed to compositions, processes and methods of use or recombinant PEGylation (“rPEG”) technology and/or targets comprising rPEG;

 

    Service Agreement (“Service Agreement”) effective December 29, 2008, as amended, setting forth the terms under which Amunix has agreed to make covered products and marketed products for the Company as contemplated by the Licensing Agreement. Under the Service Agreement, Amunix agreed to undertake and complete the research, development and other services related to the covered products and marketed products as are reasonably requested by the Company from time to time. The specific milestones, deliverables, specifications and other terms with respect to any particular services project are to be detailed in mutually agreeable statements of work, which the parties are to negotiate (reasonably and in good faith) and execute promptly after the Company’s request for services;

 

F-27


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

    Office sublease effective September 15, 2009 which expired in November 2011 (Refer to Note 7);

 

    Employee Cost Sharing Agreement, effective January 19, 2010, for the term of one year, whereby the Company makes certain employees available to Amunix to perform business development and finance services with respect to a Consulting Agreement. Amunix, Inc. will reimburse the Company a percentage of the employees’ salary and benefits. This Agreement expired on February 1, 2012.

The aggregate operating expenses included in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss pertaining to these agreements were approximately $74,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $7.4 million for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013. There were no amounts receivable or payable at December 31, 2013 pertaining to these agreements.

Effective May 12, 2009, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Mark de Boer, Ph.D. Mr. de Boer (i) is a partner with Index Ventures which owns 24% of the Company’s preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2013, and (ii) had served as Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors. The consulting fees were incurred in the ordinary course of business, and were zero for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $120,000 for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013. The consulting agreement terminated on December 10, 2010 and Mr. de Boer left the Board of Directors on February 14, 2011. In May 2011, the Company declined to repurchase unvested option shares from Mr. de Boer, thereby accelerating the vesting of 117,130 shares of common stock. The Company recognized an additional $1,000 of stock compensation expense in 2011 related to this transaction.

The Company entered into a Services Agreement with Diartis dated February 14, 2011 for a term equal to the term of the Amunix License Agreement (see above). Under this agreement, the Company will provide certain administrative services to Diartis related to the management of its Phase 1a Human Clinical Trial for the treatment of certain metabolic diseases, as a clinical research organization.

In March 2013, the Company ended its relationship with Diartis and terminated the Services Agreement between the companies.

The aggregate operating expenses included in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss pertaining to these agreements were approximately $1.4 million and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $3.9 million for the period from December 10, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $84,000, in other receivable due from Diartis, and $0, in accounts payable to third parties related to the conduct of business for Diartis. There were no other receivables due from Diartis or accounts payable to third parties related to the conduct of business for Diartis at December 31, 2013.

12. Sale of Assets

In December 2010, the Company sold its interest in the development of therapeutic proteins for the treatment of metabolic diseases and certain related rights and fixed assets to Diartis (a related party) under an Asset Purchase Agreement for proceeds of $1.0 million in the form of a note receivable due to the Company on December 31, 2012 with fixed interest rate of 5% per annum. The Company did not recognize the note or the gain on sale at December 31, 2010 because the Company could not conclude with reasonable assurance that this note will be paid when it comes due. In November 2011, the Company distributed this note to the Company’s stockholders in proportion to their ownership interest in the Company on December 30, 2010.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

13. Income Taxes

There is no provision for federal income taxes in 2012 and 2013 and for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, respectively.

Income tax expense in 2012 and 2013 differed from the amount expected by applying the statutory federal tax rate to the income or loss before taxes as summarized below:

 

     December 31,  
         2012             2013      

Federal tax benefit at statutory rate

     34     34

State tax benefit net of federal effect

              

Change in valuation allowance

     (33 %)      (42 )% 

Research and development credits

            9

Non-deductible expenses and other

     (1 )%      (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The deferred tax assets were calculated using an effective tax rate of 40%. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012 and 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
           2012               2013      

Net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 14,090      $ 21,414   

Research and development tax credits

     540        2,414   

Accruals and reserves

     176        47   

Depreciation and amortization

     46        89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     14,852        23,964   

Less: Valuation allowance

     (14,852     (23,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s accounting for deferred taxes involves the evaluation of a number of factors concerning the realizability of its net deferred tax assets. The Company primarily considered such factors as its history of operating losses, the nature of the Company’s deferred tax assets, and the timing, likelihood and amount, if any, of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible. At present, the Company does not believe that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized; accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established and no deferred tax asset is shown in the accompanying balance sheets.

The valuation allowance increased by approximately $5.2 million in 2012 and $9.1 million in 2013.

At December 31, 2013, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $53.7 million and federal research and development tax credits of approximately $932,000, which begin to expire in 2029. The Company also has net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax

 

F-29


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

purposes of approximately $53.7 million, which begin to expire in 2029, and state research and development tax credits of approximately $538,000 which have no expiration date. Additionally, the Company has an Orphan Drug Credit of approximately $1.4 million for federal income tax purposes, which begins to expire in 2033.

Utilization of net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited by the “ownership change” rules, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (any such limitation, a “Section 382 limitation”). Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. The Company has performed an analysis to determine whether an “ownership change” occurred from inception to December 31, 2013. Based on this analysis, management determined that the Company did experience historical ownership changes of greater than 50% during this period. Therefore, the utilization of a portion of the Company’s net operating losses and credit carryforwards is currently limited. However, these Section 382 limitations are not expected to result in a permanent loss of the net operating losses and credit carryforwards. As such, a reduction to the Company’s gross deferred tax asset for its net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is not necessary prior to considering the valuation allowance. In the event the Company experiences any subsequent changes in ownership, the amount of net operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards useable in any taxable year could be limited and may expire unutilized.

The Company follows the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 740-10 (ASC 740-10), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 prescribes a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain tax positions that have been taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. No liability related to uncertain tax positions is recorded in the financial statements. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company’s reserve for unrecognized tax benefits is approximately $73,000 and $287,000, respectively. Due to the full valuation allowance at December 31, 2013, current adjustments to the unrecognized tax benefit will have no impact on the Company’s effective income tax rate; any adjustments made after the valuation allowance is released will have an impact on the tax rate. The Company does not anticipate any significant change in its uncertain tax positions within 12 months of this reporting date. The Company includes penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of other expense and interest expense, respectively, as necessary.

Because the statute of limitations does not expire until after the net operating loss and credit carryforwards are actually used, the statute is open for all tax years from inception, that is, for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and forward for federal and state tax purposes.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 62   

Increases based on tax positions taken during a current period

     11   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     73   

Increases based on tax positions taken during a prior period

     31   

Increases based on tax positions taken during a current period

     183   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 287  
  

 

 

 

All tax years remain open for examination by federal and state tax authorities.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

14. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan, which stipulates that eligible employees can elect to contribute to the 401(k) Plan, subject to certain limitations of eligible compensation. The Company may match employee contributions in amounts to be determined at the Company’s sole discretion. To date, the Company has not made any matching contributions.

15. Net loss per share and Unaudited Pro Forma per Share of Common Stock

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  
              

Net loss – basic and diluted

   $ (13,217   $ (18,497
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     1,503,272        5,175,745   

Less: weighted average shares subject to repurchase

     (178,241     (698
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     1,325,031        5,175,047   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (9.97   $ (3.57
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period, determined using the treasury-stock method and the as-if converted method, for convertible securities, if inclusion of these is dilutive. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those years.

The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at the end of the years presented have been excluded from the computation of diluted shares outstanding:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Convertible preferred stock

     68,905,247        120,648,174   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     1,999,997 (1)       1,999,997 (1)  

Options to purchase common stock

     5,318,550        16,142,443   

Convertible notes

     10,177,778        —     

 

(1) Assumes exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock at $0.45 per share.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2013 gives effect to the automatic conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock upon an initial public offering by treating all shares of convertible preferred stock as if they had been converted to common stock. Shares to be sold in the offering are excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted

 

F-31


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculations. As the Company incurred net losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 there is no income allocation required under the two class method or dilution attributed to pro forma weighted average shares outstanding in the calculation of pro forma diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     December 31,
2013
 
     (unaudited)  

Pro forma loss per share—basic and diluted

  

Numerator:

  

Net loss—basic and diluted

   $ (18,497

Interest expense related to convertible notes

     128   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     41   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock call option liability

     (969
  

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (19,297

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     5,175,047   

Adjustment for assumed effect of conversion of convertible notes into common stock (1)

     167,599   

Adjustment for assumed exercise of preferred stock warrants (1)

     1,999,997   

Adjustments to reflect the assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     104,706,305   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted net loss per share

     112,048,948   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.17
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Assumes exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock at $0.45 per share.

16. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events for financial statement purposes occurring through February 17, 2014, the date that these financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these financial statements and all material subsequent events that require disclosure have been disclosed.

In February 2014, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 506,220 shares of common stock to employees at a weighted average exercise price of $0.63 per share, which options vest 25% upon the first anniversary of the grant date and 1/36 per month thereafter.

In February 2014, the Company sold and issued the 13,168,291 previously authorized shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $10.0 million.

In February 2014, the Company authorized, sold and issued 48,758,857 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $55.0 million.

In February 2014, the Company authorized an additional 11,438,273 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2009 Plan in connection with the Series D-2 and Series E preferred stock financings, bringing the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2009 Plan to 29,474,164.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Through and including                     , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of our common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and the listing fee of             .

 

     Payable by the registrant  

SEC registration fee

     $10,304   

FINRA filing fee

     12,500   

            listing fee

           

Legal fees and expenses

           

Accounting fees and expenses

           

Printing and engraving expenses

           

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

           

Blue sky fees and expenses

           

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

           

Total

  

 

* To be completed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

In an underwriting agreement that we will enter into in connection with the sale of our common stock being registered hereby the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain circumstances, us, our officers, our directors, and our controlling persons within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2011:

Preferred stock issuances

 

    On February 14, 2011, January 18, 2012 and May 1, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 46,905,247 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a per share price of $0.45, for aggregate consideration of approximately $21,107,360.

 

    On October 12, 2012, we issued convertible promissory notes for an aggregate principal amount of approximately $4.5 million and warrants to purchase shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.45 per share to certain holders of our Series B Preferred Stock. On January 7, 2013, we issued 10,195,552 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock upon conversion of the convertible promissory notes.

 

    On January 7, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 10,195,552 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to five accredited investors upon the conversion of convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,500,000.

 

    On January 7, 2013 and July 8, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 36,444,444 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock to seven accredited investors at a per share price of $0.5625, for aggregate consideration of approximately $20,500,000.

 

    On October 1, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 17,777,777 shares of our Series D-1 convertible preferred stock to 10 accredited investors at a per share price of $0.5625, for aggregate consideration of approximately $10,000,000.

 

    On February 4, 2014, pursuant to the Series D Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in October 2013, we issued an aggregate of 13,168,291 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock to 10 accredited investors at a per share price of $0.7594, for aggregate consideration of approximately $10,000,000.

 

    On February 14, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 48,758,857 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock to 19 accredited investors at a per share price of $1.128, for aggregate consideration of approximately $55,000,000.

Option and common stock issuances

 

    From January 1, 2011 to date, we have granted to our directors, officers, employees and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 17,157,053 shares of common stock under our 2009 Stock Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.11 to $0.63 per share.

 

    From January 1, 2011 to date, we have issued and sold to our directors, officers, employees and consultants an aggregate of 354,149 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2009 Stock Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.11 to $0.14 per share, for an aggregate amount of approximately $39,241.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. We did not pay or give, directly or

 

II-2


Table of Contents

indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, including underwriting discounts or commissions, in connection with any of the issuances of securities listed above. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their employment or other relationship with us or through other access to information provided by us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.3*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.4*    Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Equity Securities
  5.1*    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the parties thereto, dated as of February 14, 2014.
10.2    Lease by and between the Company and CA-Shorebreeze Limited Partnership, dated as of August 31, 2011.
10.3    2009 Stock Plan, as amended.
10.4    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan.
10.5    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan.
10.6*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7*    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.8*    Form of Non-Qualified Option Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.9*    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.10*    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Company and each of its directors and officers.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

10.11†    Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, dated as of October 23, 2012.
10.12†    Amendment No. 1 to the Technology Transfer, Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, effective as of October 1, 2013.
10.13†    Assignment of Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, effective as of January 1, 2014.
10.14†    Services Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating Inc., dated as of March 18, 2013.
10.15†    Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of December 30, 2010.
10.16†    Letter Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of February 3, 2011.
10.17†    Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of January 7, 2013.
10.18    Offer letter between the Company and Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D., dated as of December 20, 2010.
10.19    Offer letter between the Company and Joshua T. Brumm, dated as of November 8, 2013.
10.20    Amended and restated offer letter between the Company and Paul Westberg, dated as of February 10, 2011.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

† Registrant has requested confidential treatment for certain portions of this agreement. This exhibit omits the information subject to this confidentiality request. The omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful

 

II-4


Table of Contents

defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Redwood City, State of California, on February 18, 2014.

 

VERSARTIS, INC.

By:    

 

/s/    Jeffrey L. Cleland

  Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.
  Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Jeffrey L. Cleland and Joshua T. Brumm, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this registration statement, including any and all post-effective amendments and amendments thereto, and any subsequent registration statement relating to the same offering as this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/    Jeffrey L. Cleland        

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  February 18, 2014
Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.    

/s/    Joshua T. Brumm        

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   February 18, 2014
Joshua T. Brumm    

/s/    Jay P. Shepard        

  Chairman of the Board of Directors   February 18, 2014
Jay P. Shepard    

/s/    Srinivas Akkaraju        

  Director   February 18, 2014
Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D.    

/s/    Francesco De Rubertis        

  Director   February 18, 2014
Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A.    

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Michael Dybbs        

   Director   February 18, 2014
Michael Dybbs, Ph.D.     

/s/    Edmon R. Jennings        

   Director   February 18, 2014
Edmon R. Jennings     

/s/    Shahzad Malik        

   Director   February 18, 2014
Shahzad Malik     

/s/    Anthony Y. Sun        

   Director   February 18, 2014
Anthony Y. Sun, M.D.     

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2    Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.3*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.4*    Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2    Form of Warrant to Purchase Equity Securities
  5.1*    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the parties thereto, dated as of February 14, 2014.
10.2    Lease by and between the Company and CA-Shorebreeze Limited Partnership, dated as of August 31, 2011.
10.3    2009 Stock Plan, as amended.
10.4    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan.
10.5    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan.
10.6*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7*    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.8*    Form of Non-Qualified Option Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.9*    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.10*    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Company and each of its directors and officers.
10.11†    Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, dated as of October 23, 2012.
10.12†    Amendment No. 1 to the Technology Transfer, Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, effective as of October 1, 2013.
10.13†    Assignment of Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, effective as of January 1, 2014.
10.14†    Services Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating Inc., dated as of March 18, 2013.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.15†    Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of December 30, 2010.
10.16†    Letter Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of February 3, 2011.
10.17†    Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of January 7, 2013.
10.18    Offer letter between the Company and Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D., dated as of December 20, 2010.
10.19    Offer letter between the Company and Joshua T. Brumm, dated as of November 8, 2013.
10.20    Amended and restated offer letter between the Company and Paul Westberg, dated as of February 10, 2011.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

† Registrant has requested confidential treatment for certain portions of this agreement. This exhibit omits the information subject to this confidentiality request. The omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VERSARTIS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Jeffrey Cleland hereby certifies that:

ONE: The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was December 10, 2008.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President of Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Versartis, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of this corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover, Delaware, 19901, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”).

ARTICLE IV

A. Authorization of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock. The total number of shares that this corporation is authorized to issue is 411,299,648. The total number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued is 226,724,329, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is 184,575,319, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), of which 22,000,000 are designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ”, 46,425,950 are designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ”, 36,444,444 are designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ”, 17,777,777 are designated “ Series D-1 Preferred Stock ” and 13,168,291 are designated “ Series D-2 Preferred Stock and, together with the Series D-1 Stock, the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”, and 48,758,857 are designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ”.


B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D-2 Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

1. Dividend Provisions .

(a) Subject to Section 2(a), the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than solely in Common Stock) on the Common Stock of this corporation, at the applicable Dividend Rate (as such term is defined below), payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative. The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the Requisite Threshold (as such term is defined below); provided, however, that if dividends are waived for one Series of Preferred Stock they must be waived for all Series of Preferred Stock. For purposes of this Subsection 1(a), “Dividend Rate” shall mean $0.036 per annum for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.036 per annum for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.045 per annum for each share of Series C Preferred Stock, $0.045 per annum for each share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, $0.06075 per annum for each share of Series D-2 Preferred Stock and $0.09 per annum for each share of Series E Preferred Stock (all subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like). This corporation shall not declare any dividend with respect to any period prior to February 14, 2014.

Requisite Threshold ” shall mean either (a) the Considered Holders Threshold (as such term is defined below) or (b) the Alternative Threshold (as such term is defined below). “ Considered Holders Threshold ” shall mean at least three of the Considered Holders (as such term is defined below). “ Alternative Threshold ” shall mean both (a) a majority of the Board, including a majority of the directors of the Corporation that are not Preferred Directors (as such term is defined below) and (b) either (i) a majority of the Considered Holders, or, (ii) if there are fewer than three Considered Holders, all of the remaining Considered Holders. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, the “ Considered Holders ” shall mean the New Leaf Holder (as such term is defined below), the Advent Holder (as such term is defined below), the Index Holder (as such term is defined below), the Aisling Holder (as such term is defined below) and the Sofinnova Holder (as such term is defined below). The “ New Leaf Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by this corporation to New Leaf Ventures II L.P. The “ Advent Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by this corporation to Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP and Advent Life Sciences LLP. The “ Index Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by this corporation to Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P., Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneurs Fund (Jersey), L.P. and Yucca (Jersey) SLP. The “ Aisling Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by this corporation to Aisling Capital III, LP. The “ Sofinnova Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of

 

2


Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by this corporation to Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. In the event that any shares of Preferred Stock that were originally issued to the New Leaf Holder, the Advent Holder, the Index Holder, the Aisling Holder or the Sofinnova Holder, as applicable, are converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the “Qualified Financing Mandatory Conversion/Cancellation” provisions set forth in Section 8 of Part B of Article IV, then such New Leaf Holder, Advent Holder, Index Holder, Aisling Holder or Sofinnova Holder, as applicable, shall no longer be a “Considered Holder” for any purpose.

(b) After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends or distributions shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock at the then effective conversion rates.

2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) In the event of any Liquidation Event (as such term is defined below), the holders of each series or sub-series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, out of the assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Proceeds ”), on a pari passu basis and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of the applicable Original Issue Price (as such term is defined below) for such series or sub-series of Preferred Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the Proceeds thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire Proceeds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Subsection 2(a). In the event that this corporation determines to distribute the proceeds (cash or otherwise) resulting from any sale or other transfer of a significant portion of its securities or sale, lease, transfer, license and/or other disposition of a significant portion of its assets which does not constitute a Liquidation Event, such proceeds (including with respect of any ongoing payments, such as a royalty or milestone payments) will be distributed in accordance with this Subsection 2(a), and not as a dividend. For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.45 per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock), “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.45 per share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock), “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.5625 per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock), “ Series D-1 Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.5625 per share for each share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D-1 Preferred Stock), “ Series D-2 Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.7594 per share for each share of Series D-2 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series D-2 Preferred Stock) and “ Series E Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.128 per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock). Each of the Series A Original Issue Price, the Series B Original Issue Price, the Series C Original Issue Price, the Series D-1 Original Issue Price, the Series D-2 Original Issue Price and the Series E Original Issue Price is sometimes referred to herein as an “ Original Issue Price .”

 

3


(b) Upon completion of the distribution required by Subsection (a) of this Section 2, all of the remaining Proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such Liquidation Event).

(c) If this corporation consummates a Liquidation Event in which the Proceeds of such Liquidation Event are paid on a contingent, earn-out, tranched or similar basis (including, without limitation, amounts held back or placed in escrow for satisfaction of indemnification claims), the provisions of this Section 2, including, without limitation, Section 2(a) and Section 2(b), shall continue to apply to such Liquidation Event. In the event the initial distribution or distributions of the Proceeds is insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of each series of Preferred Stock as set forth in Section 2(a), then all subsequent distributions of Proceeds shall be first made to the holders of each series of Preferred Stock, prior and in preference to any distribution of the Proceeds to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, until all holders of each series of Preferred Stock have received an amount per share equal to the sum of the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends on such share. Upon completion of such distribution, all distributions of the remaining Proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock in accordance with Section 2(b).

(d) (i) For purposes of this Section 2, a “ Liquidation Event ” shall include (A) the closing of the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by this corporation or any subsidiary of this corporation of all or substantially all of the assets of this corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (it being expressly understood that the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of VRS-317 would be deemed to be a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of substantially all of this corporation’s assets), except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of this corporation, (B) the consummation of the merger, reorganization or consolidation of this corporation (or of a subsidiary of this corporation and in which this corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger, reorganization or consolidation) with or into another entity (except a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of this corporation immediately prior to such merger, reorganization or consolidation continue to hold more than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of this corporation or the surviving or acquiring entity or the parent of the surviving or acquiring entity), (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, reorganization, consolidation or otherwise), in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of this corporation’s securities), of this corporation’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of this corporation (or the surviving or acquiring entity), or (D) a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation. The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event, other than a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, may be waived by the vote or written consent of the Requisite Threshold.

 

4


(ii) In any Liquidation Event, if any Proceeds received by this corporation or its stockholders are in property other than cash, the value of such Proceeds shall be the fair market value of such property, determined as follows:

(A) For securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the volume-weighted average price of the securities on such exchange or market over the 20 trading-day period ending 3 trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the 20 trading-day period ending 3 trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by agreement of the Board of Directors of this corporation and the Requisite Threshold.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by agreement of the Board of Directors of this corporation and the Requisite Threshold) from the market value determined as above in clauses (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

(iii) In the event the requirements of this Section 2 are not complied with, this corporation shall forthwith either:

(A) cause the closing of such Liquidation Event to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with, or

(B) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Subsection 2(d)(iv) hereof.

(iv) This corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending Liquidation Event not later than 20 days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or 20 days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and this corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than 20 days after this corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than 10 days after this corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that subject to compliance with the General Corporation Law such periods may be shortened or waived upon the written consent of the Requisite Threshold.

(v) In the event of a Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2(d)(i)(A) or in Subsection 2(d)(i)(B) in which a subsidiary of this corporation is a constituent party and in which this corporation issues shares of capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation (if this corporation does not effect a dissolution of this corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Liquidation Event) then

 

5


(a) this corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (b) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and

(b) not later than 120 days after such Liquidation Event, this corporation shall use the consideration received by this corporation for such Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by agreement of the Board of Directors of this corporation and the Requisite Threshold), together with any other assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 150th day after such Liquidation Event, to redeem on a pari passu basis all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the amount per share that each Share of Preferred Stock would receive if the Available Proceeds were distributed in accordance with Subsections 2(a)-2(c).

In the event of a redemption pursuant to Subsection 2(d)(v), if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, this corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after this corporation has funds legally available therefor.

(c) This corporation shall send written notice of a redemption pursuant to Subsection 2(d)(v) (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than 20 days prior to the date of such redemption. Each Redemption Notice shall state: (i) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2 Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock held by the holder that this corporation shall redeem on the redemption date specified in the Redemption Notice; (ii) the redemption date and the price at which each share shall be redeemed; (iii) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates; and (iv) that the holder is to surrender to this corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

(d) On or before the redemption date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall deliver to this corporation during regular business hours at the office of any transfer agent of this corporation for the Common Stock, or at such other place as may be designated by this corporation in the Redemption Notice, the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock so redeemed, duly endorsed or assigned in blank or to this corporation (or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate). In the event less than all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2 or Series E Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing such unredeemed shares shall promptly be issued to such holder.

(e) If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the redemption date the redemption price payable upon redemption of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2 Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the redemption date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a

 

6


timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2 Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, all rights with respect to such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2 Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock shall forthwith after the redemption date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the redemption price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

(f) Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 2, this corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

3. Redemption . The Preferred Stock is not redeemable, except as provided in Subsection 2(d)(v), and provided that this section shall not be construed to prevent the operation of Section 2 above.

4. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Subject to Section 8 and Section 9, each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series by the applicable Conversion Price for such series (the conversion rate for a series of Preferred Stock into Common Stock is referred to herein as the “ Conversion Rate ” for such series), determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial “ Series A Conversion Price ” per share for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be the Series A Original Issue Price, the initial “ Series B Conversion Price ” per share for the Series B Preferred Stock shall be the Series B Original Issue Price, the initial “ Series C Conversion Price ” per share for the Series C Preferred Stock shall be the Series C Original Issue Price, the initial “ Series D-1 Conversion Price ” per share for the Series D-1 Preferred Stock shall be the Series D-1 Original Issue Price, the initial “ Series D-2 Conversion Price ” per share for the Series D-2 Preferred Stock shall be the Series D-2 Original Issue Price and the initial “ Series E Conversion Price ” per share for the Series E Preferred Stock shall be the Series E Original Issue Price, and each of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series D-1 Conversion Price, the Series D-2 Conversion Price and the Series E Conversion Price is sometimes referred to herein as a “ Conversion Price ”. The Conversion Price applicable to each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Subsection 4(d).

(b) Automatic Conversion .

(i) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock and Series D-2 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) this corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering resulting in a listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq Capital Market or Nasdaq Global Market pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), the public offering price of which is greater than two times the Series D-2 Original Issue Price per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations

 

7


or the like) and at least $50,000,000 of net proceeds to this corporation (after deduction of underwriting commissions and expenses) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the Requisite Threshold.

(ii) Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) this corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering resulting in a listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq Capital Market or Nasdaq Global Market pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with at least $50,000,000 of net proceeds to this corporation (after deduction of underwriting commissions and expenses) (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”) or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he or she shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to this corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. This corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act that is not a Qualified Public Offering, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. If the conversion is in connection with Automatic Conversion provisions of Subsection 4(b)(ii) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the conversion date described in the stockholder consent approving such conversion, and the persons entitled to receive shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, Combinations/Reverse Splits and Dilutive Issuances . The respective Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2 Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) Stock Splits and Dividends . In the event this corporation should at any time after the date upon which any shares of Series E Preferred Stock were first issued (the “ Purchase Date ”) effectuate a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or in securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional

 

8


shares of Common Stock (“ Common Stock Equivalents ”), without payment of any consideration, other than in the form of corporation securities, by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise thereof), then, as of such split or subdivision or as of such record date (or the payment date of such dividend or distribution if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be decreased by multiplying the previously applicable Conversion Price for such series by a fraction whose numerator is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before the split, subdivision or record date (or payment date) and whose denominator is (a) in the case of a split or subdivision, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the split or subdivision, (b) in the case of such a dividend/distribution record date, the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in such dividend/distribution plus the number of shares of Common Stock deemed issuable (without payment) as to any Common Stock Equivalents issuable in such dividend/distribution, with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(iii)(C) (subject to possible future recomputation in accordance therewith), and (c) in the case of such a dividend/distribution paid without the setting of a record date, the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such dividend/distribution plus the number of shares of Common Stock issued in such dividend/distribution plus the number of shares of Common Stock deemed issuable (without payment) as to any Common Stock Equivalents issued in such dividend/distribution, with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(iii)(C) (subject to possible future recomputation in accordance therewith).

(ii) Reverse Stock Splits . If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Purchase Date is decreased by a reverse split or combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, as of such reverse split or combination, the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be increased by multiplying the previously applicable Conversion Price for such series by a fraction whose numerator is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before the reverse split or combination and whose denominator is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the reverse split or combination.

(iii) Issuance of Additional Shares below Conversion Price . If this corporation should issue at any time after the Purchase Date any Additional Shares (as such term is defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for a series or sub-series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the issuance of such Additional Shares, the Conversion Price for such series or sub-series in effect immediately before each such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(iii).

(A) Adjustment Formula . Whenever the Conversion Price applicable to a series or sub-series of Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to this Section (4)(d)(iii), the new Conversion Price applicable to such series or sub-series shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect for such series or sub-series by a fraction, (w) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such issuance of Additional Shares, including the number of shares of common stock deemed issued pursuant to the following sentence (together, the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by this corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (x) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Shares;

 

9


provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price applicable to Series D-2 Preferred Stock shall be determined as follows: (y) if the consideration per share for such Additional Shares is less than the Series D-2 Conversion Price then in effect but greater than the Series D-1 Conversion Price then in effect, the Series D-2 Conversion Price shall be reduced to the consideration per share received by this corporation for such Additional Shares; and (z) if the consideration per share for such Additional Shares is less than the Series D-1 Conversion Price then in effect, the Series D-2 Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Series D-1 Conversion Price (after giving effect to the adjustment to such Series D-1 Conversion Price as set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii)(A)).

For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “Outstanding Common” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)(C) below.

(B) Definition of “Additional Shares” . For purposes of this Section 4(d)(iii), “ Additional Shares ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)(C)) by this corporation after the Purchase Date) other than:

(1) the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors (as such term is defined below);

(2) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in or under a Qualified Public Offering;

(3) shares of Common Stock or other underlying security actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any derivative security;

(4) securities issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, sales of assets, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(5) shares of Common Stock issued in connection with stock splits, stock dividends or other distributions on this corporation’s capital stock that is covered by Subsections 4(d)(i), 4(d)(ii), 4(e) or 4(f);

(6) the issuance of securities or rights to persons or entities with which this corporation has business relationships, provided that (a) such issuances are primarily for other than equity financing purposes, (b) such issuances have been approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors, and (c) the aggregate number of securities or rights issued pursuant to this clause (6), clause (7) and clause (8) shall not exceed 5,000,000 shares (on an as-converted to Common Stock or as-exercised basis, and subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like);

(7) securities issued to financial institutions with federal or state charters or to lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions, provided that (a) such issuances have been approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors, and (b) the aggregate number of securities issued pursuant to clause (6), this clause (7) and clause (8) shall not exceed 5,000,000 shares (on an as-converted to Common Stock or as-exercised basis, and subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like);

 

10


(8) securities issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of this corporation’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital, provided that, in each case, (x) the terms of such business relationship and such issuance have been approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors, and (y) the aggregate number of securities issued pursuant to clause (6), clause (7) and this clause (8) shall not exceed 5,000,000 shares (on an as-converted to Common Stock or as-exercised basis, and subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like);

(9) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a result of the antidilution provisions of any derivative securities; and

(10) shares of Common Stock issued, or issuable with the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors and the affirmative vote or written consent of the Requisite Threshold in favor of a resolution which expressly states that such shares of Common Stock are not to be considered Additional Shares.

(C) Rules Regarding Common Stock Equivalents . If (after the Purchase Date) Common Stock Equivalents are issued, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(iii):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, and including the effect of antidilution adjustments that have already been made) of any Common Stock Equivalents and subsequent conversion, exchange or exercise thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such Common Stock Equivalents were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by this corporation for any such Common Stock Equivalents (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by this corporation (but including the effect of antidilution adjustments that have already been made) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(iii)(F)).

(2) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable to this corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents or in the consideration payable to this corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents, other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(3) Upon the termination or expiration of the convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability of any Common Stock Equivalents, the Conversion Price of any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock Equivalents that remain convertible, exchangeable or exercisable and the number of shares of Common Stock previously actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

 

11


(D) No Increased Conversion Price . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section (4)(d)(iii), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(iii)(C)(2) and 4(d)(iii)(C)(3), no adjustment of the Conversion Price for a series or sub-series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iii) shall have the effect of increasing such Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such adjustment.

(E) No Fractional Adjustments . No adjustment of the Conversion Price for any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made before three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

(F) Determination of Consideration . In the case of the issuance of securities for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Securities for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event this corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Subsection 4(d), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Subsection 4(e), the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of this corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of this corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Mergers, Reorganizations, Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving this corporation in which the Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Section 2 or Subsections 4(d) or 4(e)), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of each series of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of this corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series or sub-series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by agreement of the Board of Directors of this corporation and the Requisite Threshold) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of each series or sub-series of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price to such series or sub-series of Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any

 

12


securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such series or sub-series of Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection 4.8 shall be construed as preventing the holders of Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the DGCL in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Section 4(d)(iii)(F)) be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Preferred Stock in any such appraisal proceeding.

(g) No Impairment . This corporation will not, without the appropriate vote of the stockholders under the General Corporation Law or Section 6 of this Article IV(B), by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by this corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights, of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

(h) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to particular stockholders, shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and this corporation shall pay in cash the fair market value of any fractional shares as of the time when entitlement to receive such fractions is determined. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for a series or sub-series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, this corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series or sub-series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of each series or sub-series of Preferred Stock.

(i) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by this corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, this corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution, and the amount and character of such dividend or distribution.

(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . This corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common

 

13


Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, this corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, using its best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(k) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of this corporation.

5. Voting Rights .

(a) General Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and except as provided in Subsection 5(b) below with respect to the election of directors by the separate class vote of the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

(b) Voting for the Election of Directors . So long as a majority of shares of the aggregate number of Series A Preferred Stock originally issued by this corporation to Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P., Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneurs Fund (Jersey), L.P. and Yucca (Jersey) SLP continues to be held by such entities, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of this corporation at any election of directors (the “ Series A Director ”). So long as a majority of shares of the aggregate number of Series B Preferred Stock originally issued by this corporation to New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. continues to be held by New Leaf Ventures II, L.P., the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of this corporation at any election of directors (the “ Series B (New Leaf) Director ”). In addition, so long as a majority of the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock originally issued by this corporation to Advent Life Sciences LLP and Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP continues to be held by such entities, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of this corporation at any election of directors (the “ Series B (Advent) Director ”). So long as a majority of the aggregate number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock originally issued by this corporation to Aisling Capital III, LP continues to be held by Aisling Capital III, LP, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of this corporation at any election of directors (the “ Series C Director ”). So long as a majority of the aggregate number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock originally issued by this corporation to Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. continues to be held by Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P., the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of this corporation at any election of directors (the “ Series D Director ”). Each of the Series A Director, Series B (New Leaf) Director, Series B (Advent) Director, Series C Director and Series D Director shall be a “ Preferred Director .” So

 

14


long as a majority of the aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock issued by this corporation continues to be outstanding, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one independent director at any election of directors for this corporation. The holders of shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of this corporation at any election of directors. The holders of all shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, as a single class and on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect two directors at any election of directors. All shares of capital stock held or acquired by Affiliates of any of the entities named in this paragraph shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of rights granted in this paragraph.

If the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first paragraph of this Subsection 5(b), then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of this corporation other than by the stockholders of this corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock), voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of this corporation. Any director may be removed without cause during his or her term of office by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 5(b), a vacancy in any directorship entitled to be elected by the holders of any class or series, voting exclusively and as a separate class, shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series.

6. Protective Provisions .

(a) Neither this corporation nor any direct or indirect subsidiary of this corporation shall directly or indirectly (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the Board of Directors’ approval, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors:

(i) make any investment other than investments in prime commercial paper, money market funds or investments of similar risk profile;

(ii) hire, terminate or change the compensation of any executive officer or approve any equity compensation plans or grants for executive officers;

(iii) approve any annual operating plan, budget or any changes thereto, or make (A) any expenditures in the aggregate exceeding by more than $500,000 the aggregate amount of expenditures authorized in the budget most recently and specifically approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors or (B) any new expenditures individually or in the aggregate exceeding $500,000;

 

15


(iv) appoint, dismiss or change the appointment of this corporation’s auditor, general outside counsel or patent counsel;

(v) take any action to effect any initial public offering of the equity securities of this corporation or any of its subsidiaries;

(vi) amend or modify, or waive any rights under, any provision of the Second Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, between this corporation and Amunix Operating, Inc., as amended by the letter agreement dated February 3, 2011, and as further amended by the Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement effective January 7, 2013 (the “License Agreement”);

(vii) consummate or consent to a Liquidation Event;

(viii) increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock or of Common Stock;

(ix) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

(x)(A) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the corporation that is pari passu with any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (B) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the corporation that is junior to any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

(xi) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock;

(xii) amend, waive, alter or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or this corporation’s Bylaws;

(xiii) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare a dividend or make any distribution on the capital stock of this corporation (or any subsidiary of this corporation), other than (a) dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; (b) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock; or (c) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for this corporation or any subsidiary of this corporation in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price for such stock or the then-current fair market value of such stock;

 

16


(xiv) purchase or acquire any other business or entity (whether by asset purchase, stock purchase, merger or otherwise) or create any subsidiary;

(xv) make any loan or advance, or grant any credit, in excess of $500,000, except as arising in the ordinary course of business;

(xvi) make any loan or advance, or grant any credit, to any person, including any employee or director of this corporation or any subsidiary, except advances for travel expenses and similar expenditures to be incurred on behalf of this corporation in the ordinary course of business;

(xvii) create or authorize the creation of any debt security or take on any indebtedness or guarantee in excess of $500,000;

(xviii) guarantee any indebtedness except for accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(xix) adopt or amend any stock option scheme or any other equity incentive plan (including any increase to the number of shares reserved for issuance thereunder);

(xx) change the principal business of this corporation, enter into new lines of business or exit a line of business;

(xxi) sell, transfer, lease, assign, license, pledge, encumber or dispose of any assets or intellectual property of this corporation (whether by a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the aggregate fair market value of which exceeds $1,000,000 (excluding any transfer or assignment required by the License Agreement);

(xxii) purchase or acquire any assets or intellectual property (whether by a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the aggregate fair market value of which exceeds $1,000,000;

(xxiii) enter into any transaction with any officer, director or other affiliate of this corporation (except those approved by 75% of the disinterested directors); or

(xxiv) change the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of this corporation to a number other than nine.

(b) Neither this corporation nor any direct or indirect subsidiary of this corporation shall directly or indirectly (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, consenting or voting separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or this corporation’s Bylaws in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock;

 

17


(ii) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

(iii)(A) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the corporation that is pari passu with the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (B) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the corporation that is junior to the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

(iv) declare or pay any dividend on any capital stock;

(v) alter or change the rights, preference or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock;

(vi) consummate or consent to a Liquidation Event unless the holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock and Series D-2 Preferred Stock, as applicable, would receive in such Liquidation Event an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference (as defined below) in respect of the then outstanding Series D-1 Preferred Stock and Series D-2 Preferred Stock, as applicable; or

(vii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock.

“Liquidation Preference” shall mean the liquidation preference to which the holders of a series of Preferred Stock are entitled with respect to such series in a Liquidation Event.

(c) Neither this corporation nor any direct or indirect subsidiary of this corporation shall directly or indirectly (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Threshold, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) consummate or consent to a Liquidation Event;

(ii) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or this corporation’s Bylaws;

(iii) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

 

18


(iv) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(v) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare a dividend or make any distribution on the capital stock of this corporation (or any subsidiary of this corporation), other than (a) dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; (b) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock; or (c) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for this corporation or any subsidiary of this corporation in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price for such stock or the then-current fair market value of such stock;

(vi) create or authorize the creation of any debt security or take on any indebtedness or guarantee in excess of $500,000;

(vii) increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(viii) increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under this corporation’s equity incentive plans;

(ix) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock;

(x) guarantee any indebtedness except for accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) adopt or amend any stock option scheme or any other equity incentive plan;

(xii) change the principal business of this corporation, enter into new lines of business or exit a line of business;

(xiii) sell, transfer, lease, assign, license, pledge, encumber or dispose of any assets or intellectual property of this corporation (whether by a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the aggregate fair market value of which exceeds $1,000,000 (excluding any transfer or assignment required by the License Agreement);

(xiv) purchase or acquire any assets or intellectual property (whether by a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the aggregate fair market value of which exceeds $1,000,000;

(xv) enter into any transaction with any officer, director or other affiliate of this corporation (except those approved by 75% of the disinterested directors); or

 

19


(xvi) make any loan or advance, or grant any credit, to any employee or director of the corporation or any subsidiary, except advances for travel expenses and similar expenditures to be incurred on behalf of the corporation in the ordinary course of business.

(d) Neither this corporation nor any direct or indirect subsidiary of this corporation shall directly or indirectly (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, consenting or voting separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or this corporation’s Bylaws in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(ii) alter or change the rights, preference or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(iii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(iv) waive the anti-dilution provisions applicable to the Series E Preferred Stock provided in Section 4(d); or

(v) subject the shares of Series E Preferred Stock to the provisions of Section 8 or any other “pay-to-play” forced conversion provision.

For the avoidance of doubt, the creation, authorization of the creation of, issuance or commitment to issue shares of any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the payment of dividends and/or rights of redemption shall not in and of itself require a separate vote of the Series E Preferred.

7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this corporation. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in this corporation’s authorized capital stock.

8. Qualified Financing Mandatory Conversion/Cancellation .

(a) In the event that any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock does not participate in a Qualified Financing (as such term is defined below) by purchasing in the aggregate at least half of such holder’s Pro Rata Amount, in such Qualified Financing and within the time period specified by this corporation ( provided , that this corporation has sent to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock at least 10 days written notice of, and the opportunity to purchase at least half of such holder’s Pro Rata Amount (as such term is defined below) of, the Qualified Financing), (x) each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,

 

20


Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder (a “Qualified Financing Defaulting Purchaser”) shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such holder, be converted into 0.20 of one share of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) effective upon, subject to, and concurrently with, the consummation of the Qualified Financing and (y) all Escrowed Shares held by each Qualified Financing Defaulting Purchaser (“Qualified Financing Default Cancelled Shares”) shall automatically be deemed surrendered to this corporation and cancelled. Upon conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 8(a), the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock so converted shall be cancelled and not subject to reissuance. Promptly following the consummation of the Qualified Financing, this corporation shall send to the Escrow Agent and each Qualified Financing Defaulting Purchaser (and the relevant transferors, if applicable) written notice of such mandatory conversion and/or cancellation of Qualified Financing Default Cancelled Shares, and of the place designated for the surrender of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock pursuant to this Section 8. Each Qualified Financing Defaulting Purchaser shall cooperate as reasonably requested by this corporation or the Escrow Agent in effecting the mandatory conversion and/or cancellation provided for in this Section 8, including without limitation as provided in Section 9 below. For purposes of determining the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock owned by a holder, and for determining the number of Offered Securities (as such term is defined below) a holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock has purchased in a Qualified Financing, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock held by Affiliates (as such term is defined below) of such holder shall be aggregated with such holder’s shares and all Offered Securities purchased by Affiliates of such holder shall be aggregated with the Offered Securities purchased by such holder ( provided that no shares or securities shall be attributed to more than one entity or person within any such group of affiliated entities or persons). Such conversion is referred to as a “Qualified Financing Mandatory Conversion/Cancellation.”

(b) Definitions:

(i) “Affiliate” shall mean any person, entity or firm which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such holder, including, without limitation, any entity of which the holder is a partner or member, any partner, officer, director, member or employee of such holder and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing of which the holder is a partner or member which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners of such holder or shares the same management or advisory company with such holder.

(ii) “Offered Securities” shall mean the equity securities of this corporation set aside by the Board of Directors of this corporation for purchase by holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in connection with a Qualified Financing, and offered to such holders.

(iii) “Pro Rata Amount” shall mean, with respect to any holder of Preferred Stock, the lesser of (a) a number of Offered Securities calculated by multiplying the aggregate number of Offered Securities (but not to exceed a number of Offered Securities having an aggregate purchase price of $30 million) by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock or exercise of warrants for the purchase of Preferred Stock, in each case owned by such holder, and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock or exercise of warrants for the purchase of Preferred Stock, or (b) the maximum number of Offered

 

21


Securities that such holder is permitted by this corporation to purchase in such Qualified Financing, after giving effect to any cutbacks or limitations established by the Board of Directors and applied on a pro rata basis to all holders of Preferred Stock.

(iv) “Qualified Financing” shall mean the first transaction involving the issuance or sale of Additional Shares at a price per share that is equal to or less than the Series D-2 Original Issue Price after the effective date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (but not including the issuance of Series E Preferred Stock on or about the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) that is designated as such by the Board of Directors and by the Requisite Threshold.

9. Escrow of Shares Required for Conversion at Option of Holder; Delivery of Shares upon Mandatory Conversion/Cancellation .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the event that any holder of shares of Preferred Stock elects to convert any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 4(a) prior to a Qualified Financing, then, in each case, 80% of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion (the “Escrowed Shares”) shall be deposited with an escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) selected by this corporation. No holder of shares of Preferred Stock will be permitted to convert shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock unless and until arrangements satisfactory to this corporation and the Escrow Agent have been made for the deposit of 80% of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion with the Escrow Agent, together with stock powers duly endorsed in blank, sufficient to effectuate the arrangements, including the possible surrender and cancellation of such shares, as contemplated by Section 8.

(b) Upon receipt of the notice specified in the third sentence of Subsection 8(a), the holder of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 8 shall promptly deliver to this corporation during regular business hours at the office of any transfer agent of this corporation for such series of Preferred Stock, or at such other place as may be designated by this corporation, the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock so converted, endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to this corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to this corporation to indemnify this corporation against any claim that may be made against this corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate). All rights with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 8, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the time of the conversion provided for in Subsection 8(a) above (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 9(b). As promptly as is practicable after the Qualified Financing Mandatory Conversion/Cancellation, this corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, at the place designated by such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of the Common Stock to which such holder is entitled, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4(h)(i) in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A

 

22


Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock converted or Cancelled Shares. Such converted Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series or sub-series, and this corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock accordingly.

(c) Upon the earlier of the date of (i) receipt by the Escrow Agent of the notice specified in the third sentence of Section 8(a), (ii) the consummation of a Liquidation Event and (iii) the conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, in each case if a Qualified Financing has not occurred on or before such date, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver (A) to this corporation during regular business hours at the office of any transfer agent of this corporation for the Common Stock, or at such other place as may be designated by this corporation, the certificate or certificates representing all Cancelled Shares, duly endorsed or assigned in blank, and (B) to their respective record holders all Escrowed Shares that are not Cancelled Shares (the “Released Shares”), and such Released Shares shall be released from the escrow described in Subsection 9(a). All rights with respect to the Cancelled Shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices (other than the notice specified in the third sentence of Subsection 8(a)) and vote, will terminate upon the Qualified Financing Mandatory Conversion/Cancellation, as applicable.

(d) Definitions:

(i) “Cancelled Shares” shall mean the Qualified Financing Cancelled Shares.

(ii) “Defaulting Purchaser” shall mean any Qualified Financing Defaulting Purchaser.

C. Common Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(C).

8. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of this corporation legally available therefor, any dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

9. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation, the assets of this corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B) hereof.

10. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

11. Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote for each such share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of this corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

23


ARTICLE V

Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE VI

The number of directors of this corporation shall be nine.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of this corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of this corporation may provide. The books of this corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE IX

A director of this corporation shall not be personally liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article IX to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of this corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX by the stockholders of this corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE X

This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

24


ARTICLE XI

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of this corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits this corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this corporation, its stockholders, and others.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article XI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE XII

In connection with repurchases by this corporation of its Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for this corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which this corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply in all or in part with respect to such repurchases.

ARTICLE XIII

This corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of this corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of this corporation who is not an employee of this corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of this corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of this corporation.

SIXTH: The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders’ of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

SEVENTH: That said Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s earlier Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

25


This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 13th day of February, 2014.

 

/s/ Jeffrey Cleland

Jeffrey Cleland, President

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS OF

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1   

1.1

 

Registered Office

     1   

1.2

 

Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

 

Location

     1   

2.2

 

Timing

     1   

2.3

 

Notice of Meeting

     1   

2.4

 

Stockholders’ Records

     1   

2.5

 

Special Meetings

     2   

2.6

 

Notice of Meeting

     2   

2.7

 

Business Transacted at Special Meeting

     2   

2.8

 

Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means

     2   

2.9

 

Voting Thresholds

     3   

2.10

 

Number of Votes Per Share

     3   

2.11

 

Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action

     3   

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     4   

3.1

 

Authorized Directors

     4   

3.2

 

Vacancies

     4   

3.3

 

Board Authority

     5   

3.4

 

Location of Meetings

     5   

3.5

 

First Meeting

     5   

3.6

 

Regular Meetings

     5   

3.7

 

Special Meetings

     5   

3.8

 

Quorum

     6   

3.9

 

Action Without a Meeting

     6   

3.10

 

Telephonic Meetings

     6   

3.11

 

Committees

     6   

3.12

 

Minutes of Meetings

     6   

3.13

 

Compensation of Directors

     7   

3.14

 

Removal of Directors

     7   

ARTICLE IV NOTICES

     7   

4.1

 

Notice

     7   

4.2

 

Waiver of Notice

     7   

4.3

 

Electronic Notice

     7   

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     8   

5.1

 

Required and Permitted Officers

     8   

5.2

 

Appointment of Required Officers

     8   

5.3

 

Appointment of Permitted Officers

     8   

 

i


5.4

 

Officer Compensation

     8   

5.5

 

Term of Office; Vacancies

     8   

5.6

 

Chairman Presides

     8   

5.7

 

Absence of Chairman

     9   

5.8

 

Powers of President

     9   

5.9

 

President’s Signature Authority

     9   

5.10

 

Absence of President

     9   

5.11

 

Duties of Secretary

     9   

5.12

 

Duties of Assistant Secretary

     9   

5.13

 

Duties of Treasurer

     10   

5.14

 

Disbursements and Financial Reports

     10   

5.15

 

Treasurer’s Bond

     10   

5.16

 

Duties of Assistant Treasurer

     10   

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

     10   

6.1

 

Stock Certificates

     10   

6.2

 

Facsimile Signatures

     11   

6.3

 

Lost Certificates

     11   

6.4

 

Transfer of Stock

     11   

6.5

 

Fixing a Record Date

     11   

6.6

 

Registered Stockholders

     12   

ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS

     12   

7.1

 

Dividends

     12   

7.2

 

Reserve for Dividends

     12   

7.3

 

Checks

     12   

7.4

 

Fiscal Year

     12   

7.5

 

Corporate Seal

     12   

7.6

 

Indemnification

     12   

7.7

 

Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation

     14   

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

     14   

ARTICLE IX LOANS TO OFFICERS

     14   

ARTICLE X RECORDS AND REPORTS

     14   

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

VERSARTIS, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

1.2 Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Location . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Mountain View, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporations Law (“DGCL”). Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.

2.2 Timing . Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2009, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Meeting . Written notice of any stockholder meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.4 Stockholders’ Records . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address (but not the electronic address or other electronic contact information) of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each


stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.5 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least thirty percent (30%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

2.6 Notice of Meeting . Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be provided in the notice.

2.7 Business Transacted at Special Meeting . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.8 Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means .

(a) Quorum; Meeting Adjournment . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2


(b) Presence by Remote Means . If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(1) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

2.9 Voting Thresholds . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.10 Number of Votes Per Share . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote by such stockholder or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

2.11 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action.

(a) Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, is signed in a manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the corporation as provided in subsection (b) below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above.

 

3


(b) Electronic Consent . A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

(c) Notice of Action. Prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be provided to the stockholders in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Authorized Directors . The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.2 Vacancies . Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of

 

4


the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3.3 Board Authority . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.4 Location of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.5 First Meeting . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

3.7 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the president upon notice to each director; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the director has consented to receive the form of transmission at the address to which it is directed). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of

 

5


Article VIII hereof. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.

3.8 Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and any act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be an act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.9 Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing, writings, electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

3.10 Telephonic Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.11 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

3.12 Minutes of Meetings . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

6


3.13 Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.14 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

4.1 Notice . Unless otherwise provided in these bylaws, whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

4.2 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

4.3 Electronic Notice .

(a) Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(b) Effective Date of Notice . Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a

 

7


number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Form of Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Required and Permitted Officers . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a president, treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

5.2 Appointment of Required Officers . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose vice-presidents.

5.3 Appointment of Permitted Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

5.4 Officer Compensation . The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.5 Term of Office; Vacancies . The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

5.6 Chairman Presides . The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

8


5.7 Absence of Chairman . In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

5.8 Powers of President . The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; in the absence of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he or she shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

5.9 President’s Signature Authority . The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

5.10 Absence of President . In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

5.11 Duties of Secretary . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

5.12 Duties of Assistant Secretary . The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if

 

9


there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

5.13 Duties of Treasurer . The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

5.14 Disbursements and Financial Reports . He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

5.15 Treasurer’s Bond . If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

5.16 Duties of Assistant Treasurer . The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

 

10


If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class, of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.2 Facsimile Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In the event that any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still acting as such at the date of issue.

6.3 Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.4 Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.5 Fixing a Record Date . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned, meeting.

 

11


6.6 Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote as such owner, to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

7.2 Reserve for Dividends . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their sole discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

7.3 Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.4 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.5 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

7.6 Indemnification . The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or a director or officer of another corporation, if such person served in such position at the request of the corporation; provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or officer only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall: (i) not be deemed

 

12


exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under these bylaws, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a person who has ceased to be a director. The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, his testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the DGCL shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve the corporation for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL, as administrator of an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

 

13


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION GOVERNS

7.7 Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

8.1 These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

LOANS TO OFFICERS

9.1 The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE X

RECORDS AND REPORTS

10.1 The application and requirements of Section 1501 of the California General Corporation Law are hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted thereunder.

 

14


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

VERSARTIS, INC.

The undersigned, Willem Stemmer, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Organizational Meeting by the Directors on December 29, 2008.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 29 th day of December, 2008.

 

/s/ Willem Stemmer

Willem Stemmer, Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

Warrant No. W-[        ]

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES PURCHASABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND ARE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE DISTRIBUTED EXCEPT (I) IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, (II) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR COMPLIANCE IS NOT REQUIRED AS TO SAID SALE, OFFER OR DISTRIBUTION.

THIS WARRANT AND THE EQUITY SECURITIES PURCHASABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED October     , 2012, AS AMENDED.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE

EQUITY SECURITIES OF

VERSARTIS, INC.

(Void after October     , 2017)

THIS WARRANT (this “ Warrant ”) has been issued to [                    ] (the “ Holder ”), as of October     , 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) in connection with the issuance to the Holder by Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), of a certain convertible promissory note (the “Note”) in principal amount of $[            ] and pursuant to the terms of that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of October     , 2012, by and among the Company and the investors named therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). Reference is hereby made to the Purchase Agreement for a statement of the terms and conditions under which this Warrant is issued and the Holder will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have made the representations and warranties, and agrees to comply with all of the covenants, applicable to the Holder as set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

This Warrant is one of a series of warrants issued in connection with certain convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (such promissory notes, the “ Bridge Notes ”), which such Bridge Notes have been or will be issued by the Company totaling (as to the Note and such other Bridge Notes together) up to $4,500,000.00 in principal amount.

This certifies that the Holder, or assigns, for value received, is entitled to purchase from the Company subject to the terms set forth below, that number of fully paid and nonassessable

 

1


shares (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of “Equity Securities” (as defined below) as set forth herein. For purposes of this Warrant, “ Equity Securities ” means the same class and series of securities issued actually upon conversion of the Note held by the Holder and “ Exercise Price ” means the price at which the Note held by the Holder actually converts into Equity Securities.

The number of shares of Equity Securities that the Holder shall be entitled to purchase from the Company under this Warrant shall equal $[ insert 20% of Note principal ] divided by the Exercise Price. The number of shares of Equity Securities that the Holder shall be entitled to purchase from the Company under this Warrant and the Exercise Price are subject to adjustment as provided herein.

Subject to this paragraph, this Warrant shall be exercisable at any time and from time to time following the conversion of the Note held by the Holder (the “ Exercise Date ”). This Warrant shall remain exercisable up to and including 5:00 p.m. (California Time) on the earlier of (i) the closing of the initial underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), (ii) a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Note) or (iii) five years from the date hereof (such earliest day being referred to herein as the “ Expiration Date ”) upon surrender to the Company at its principal office (or at such other location as the Company may advise the Holder in writing) of this Warrant properly endorsed with the Form of Subscription attached hereto duly filled in and signed and upon payment in cash or by check of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares for which this Warrant is being exercised determined in accordance with the provisions hereof This Warrant is issued subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Exercise, Issuance of Certificates, Reduction in Number of Warrant Shares.

1.1 General. This Warrant is exercisable at the option of the Holder of record hereof beginning on the Exercise Date and ending on the Expiration Date, for all or any part of the Warrant Shares (but not for a fraction of a share) which may be purchased hereunder, as that number may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 of this Warrant. The Company agrees that the Warrant Shares purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner of such Warrant Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered, properly endorsed, the completed and executed Form of Subscription delivered, and payment made for such Warrant Shares. Certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased, together with any other securities or property to which the Holder hereof is entitled upon such exercise, shall be delivered to the Holder hereof by the Company at the Company’s expense as soon as practicable after the rights represented by this Warrant have been so exercised. In case of a purchase of less than all the Warrant Shares which may be purchased under this Warrant, the Company shall cancel this Warrant and execute and deliver to the Holder hereof within a reasonable time a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor for the balance of the Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant surrendered upon such purchase. Each stock certificate so delivered shall be registered in the name of such Holder.

1.2 Net Issue Exercise of Warrant. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of Equity Securities is greater than the Exercise

 

2


Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash, Holder may elect to receive shares of Equity Securities equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Form of Subscription in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Equity Securities computed using the following formula:

 

  X=    Y (A-B)
          A
Where   X=    the number of shares of the Equity Securities to be issued to Holder;
  Y=    the number of shares of the Equity Securities purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of this Warrant is being exercised, the portion of this Warrant being exercised (at the date of such calculation);
  A=    the fair market value of one share of the Company’s Equity Securities (at the date of such calculation); and
  B=    the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one share of the Equity Securities shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment; provided, however, that if the Equity Securities are convertible into Common Stock of the Company, and at the time of such exercise the Company’s Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, then the per share fair market value of the Equity Securities shall be calculated based on the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock quoted in the over-the-counter market summary or the last reported sale price of the Common Stock or the closing price on any national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in The Wall Street Journal for the five trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value of the Equity Securities; provided further, that if the Equity Securities are convertible into Common Stock of the Company, and this Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock, the per share fair market value of the Equity Securities shall be calculated based on the per share offering price of Common Stock to the public in the Company’s initial public offering.

1.3 Automatic Exercise of Warrant. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the Holder does not notify the Company of the Holder’s intent to exercise or not to exercise this Warrant prior to the Expiration Date, and the fair market value of one share of Equity Securities on the Expiration Date is greater than the Exercise Price, then the Holder shall be deemed to have net exercised this Warrant immediately prior to the Expiration Date pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 1.2 above. The Holder shall upon written notification by the Company within 30 days thereafter surrender this Warrant at the principal office of the

 

3


Company together with a properly endorsed Form of Subscription, whereupon the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Equity Securities computed using the formula set forth in Section 1.2 above.

2. Warrant Shares To Be Fully Paid; Reservation of Warrant Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that all Warrant Shares, shall, upon issuance and, if applicable, payment of the applicable Exercise Price, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of all preemptive rights, liens and encumbrances, except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. Following the initial closing of the Qualified Financing or Restructuring Transaction, as the case may be, the Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Equity Securities, solely for the purpose of providing for the exercise of the rights to purchase all Warrant Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant, such number of shares of the Equity Securities (and shares of Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such Equity Securities) as shall, from time to time, be sufficient therefore and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Equity Securities (and shares of Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) shall not be sufficient for purposes of the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with its terms and the conversion of the Equity Shares, without limitation of such other remedies as may be available to the Holder, the Company will use all reasonable efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized and unissued shares of its Equity Securities (and shares of Common Stock for issuance on conversion of such shares) to a number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

3. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Warrant Shares. The Exercise Price and the total number of Warrant Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events described in this Section 3. Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment, and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

3.1 Subdivision or Combination of Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Equity Securities shall be increased by a stock dividend, stock split, subdivision, or other similar transaction occurring after the Effective Date into a greater number of shares of Equity Securities, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such stock dividend, stock split, subdivision, or other similar transaction shall be proportionately reduced and the number of Warrant Shares issuable hereunder proportionately increased. Conversely, in the event the outstanding shares of Equity Securities shall be decreased by a stock dividend, reverse stock split, subdivision or other similar transaction occurring after the Effective Date hereof into a lesser number of shares of Equity Securities, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased and the number of Warrant Shares issuable hereunder proportionately decreased.

3.2 Reclassification. If any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company (a “ Reclassification Event ”) shall be effected (in one transaction or a series of related

 

4


transactions) in such a way that holders of the Equity Securities shall be entitled to receive other stock or securities of the Company, then, as a condition of such Reclassification Event, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby the Holder hereof shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive (in lieu of the shares of the Equity Securities of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby) such other stock or securities of the Company as may be issued with respect to or in exchange for that number of outstanding shares of such Equity Securities equal to the number of shares of such stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby. In any Reclassification Event, appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Exercise Price and of the number of Warrant Shares) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock or securities of the Company thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof.

3.3 Merger or Reorganization. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a “ Reorganization ”) involving the Company (other than as otherwise provided for herein or as would cause the expiration of this Warrant) in which shares of the Company’s stock are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, then, as a part of such Reorganization, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such Reorganization, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Equity Securities deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled in such Reorganization if the right to purchase the Equity Securities hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the successor corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after such Reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of this Warrant.

3.4 Conversion or Redemption. In the event that all of the outstanding shares of the Equity Securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are either converted into Common Stock or redeemed in accordance with the Company’s Restated Certificate (as defined in the Note), this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been received if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to such conversion or redemption and the Equity Securities received thereupon had been simultaneously converted into Common Stock.

3.5 Notice of Adjustment. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price or any increase or decrease in the number of Warrant Shares, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof addressed to the registered Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company. The notice shall be prepared and signed by the Company’s President or Chief Financial Officer and shall state the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

5


4. No Voting or Dividend Rights. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the holder hereof the right to vote or to consent to receive notice as a stockholder of the Company on any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. No dividends or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the shares purchasable hereunder until, and only to the extent that, this Warrant shall have been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the Expiration Date, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

(a) the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 3; (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer contained in agreements providing for such rights; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities; or

(b) the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(c) a Sale of the Company,

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least 15 days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause (a) or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b) or (c), as applicable. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent of the Requisite Holders.

5. Modification and Waiver. Any provision of this Warrant may be amended, waived, or modified upon the written consent of the Company and the Holder, or in the manner set forth in Section 4.15 of the Purchase Agreement.

6. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

7. Successors and Assigns. This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors of the Company and the Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of all Holders from time to time of this Warrant, and shall be enforceable by any such Holder.

 

6


8. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Warrant are held unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Warrant and the balance of this Warrant shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9. Heading; References. All headings used herein are used for convenience only and shall not be used to construe or interpret this Warrant. Except where otherwise indicated, all references herein to Sections refer to Sections hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by its officer, thereunto duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

Company:     V ERSARTIS , I NC .
    By:  

 

      Jeffrey L. Cleland, Chief Executive Officer
    Address:   275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450
      Redwood City, CA 94065
Holder:    
   

 

    [                                         ]
      Address: [                                         ]

[Signature Page to Warrant]


FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION

(To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant)

To: Versartis, Inc.

[Please mark one box]

 

¨    The undersigned, the holder of the attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder,                      1 shares of the Equity Securities of Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and herewith makes payment of $             therefor.
¨    The undersigned, the holder of the attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder,                      1 shares of the Equity Securities of the Company and herewith elects to pay for such shares by reducing the number of shares issuable thereunder in accordance with Section 1.2 thereof. The undersigned hereby authorizes the Company to make the required calculation under Section 1.2 of the Warrant.

The undersigned represents that it is acquiring such Equity Securities for its own account for investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. The undersigned further represents and confirms that the representations and warranties of the Holder set forth in the Purchase Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof. The undersigned requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to:                                         whose address is:                                         .

 

DATED:  

 

 

[                                         ]

 

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)

 

1   Insert here the number of shares called for on the face of the Warrant (or, in the case of a partial exercise, the portion thereof as to which the Warrant is being exercised), in either case without making any adjustment for additional stock or other securities or property or cash which, pursuant to the adjustment provisions of the Warrant, may be deliverable upon exercise.

Exhibit 10.1

VERSARTIS, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

February 14, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  
1.      REGISTRATION RIGHTS      1   
   1.1    Definitions      1   
   1.2    Request for Registration      4   
   1.3    Company Registration      5   
   1.4    Form S-3 Registration      6   
   1.5    Obligations of the Company      7   
   1.6    Information from Holder      9   
   1.7    Expenses of Registration      9   
   1.8    Delay of Registration      10   
   1.9    Indemnification      10   
   1.10    Reports Under the 1934 Act      12   
   1.11    Assignment of Registration Rights      12   
   1.12    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      12   
   1.13    “Market Stand-Off” Agreement      12   
   1.14    Termination of Registration Rights      13   
2.    COVENANTS      14   
   2.1    Delivery of Financial Statements      14   
   2.2    Inspection      14   
   2.3    Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants      15   
   2.4    Right of First Offer      15   
   2.5    Observer Rights      17   
   2.6    Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements; Non Competition Agreements      17   
   2.7    Employee Agreements      18   
   2.8    Company Actions      18   
   2.9    Corporate Opportunities      22   
   2.10    D&O Insurance; Indemnification      22   
   2.11    Corporate Governance      23   
   2.12    Board Committees      23   
   2.13    Termination of Certain Covenants      23   
3.    MISCELLANEOUS      23   
   3.1    Successors and Assigns      23   
   3.2    Governing Law      23   
   3.3    Counterparts      23   
   3.4    Titles and Subtitles      23   
   3.5    Notices      23   
   3.6    Expenses      23   
   3.7    Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers      24   
   3.8    Severability      24   
   3.9    Aggregation of Stock      24   

 

-i-


VERSARTIS, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 14th day of February, 2014, by and among Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is herein referred to as an “ Investor .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors are party to a Third Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated October 1, 2013, which was subsequently amended as of December 10, 2013 (as amended, the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors have entered into that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Series E Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for, among other things, the purchase of shares of Series E Preferred Stock (as defined below);

WHEREAS , a condition to certain of the Investors’ obligations under the Series E Purchase Agreement is that the Company and the parties to the Prior Agreement amend and restate the Prior Agreement pursuant to this Agreement;

WHEREAS , the Prior Agreement provides that it may be amended with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Threshold, as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement, and certain of the parties hereto constitute such required parties;

WHEREAS , to induce certain of the Investors to enter into the Series E Purchase Agreement and purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Investors (as defined in the Prior Agreement) desire to enter into this Agreement with such Investors.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as follows:

1. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) The term “ 1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) The term “ Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(c) The term “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Investor or Holder (as the case may be), any other Investor or Holder who directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Investor or Holder, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Investor or Holder, or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares

 

1


the same management or advisory company with, such Investor or Holder; or, in the case of Fidelity, any mutual funds or similar pooled vehicles that are controlled by, under comment control with, managed or advised by the same management company or registered investment advisor (or an affiliate of such management company or registered investment advisor) as Fidelity.

(d) The term “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock.

(e) The term “ Competitor ” means any entity that has an active and ongoing research, development or commercialization program to develop therapeutic products derived from any “Selected Target” (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc. (“ Amunix ”), as amended by the letter agreement dated February 3, 2011, and as further amended by the Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement effective January 7, 2013 (the “ License Agreement ”)) or any molecule with the same mode of action as any such Selected Target.

(f) The term “ Fidelity ” means, collectively, Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio; Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund; Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund; Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund; and Fidelity Group Trust for Employee Benefit Plans: Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool.

(g) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(h) The term “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof.

(i) The term “ Initial Offering ” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Act.

(j) The term “ Liquidation Event ” shall have the meaning of such same term as defined in the Restated Certificate.

(k) The term “ Liquidation Preference ” shall have the meaning of such same term as defined in the Restated Certificate.

(l) The term “ Preferred Directors ” shall have the meaning of such same term as defined in the Restated Certificate.

(m) The term “ Preferred Stock ” means that Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

(n) The term “ Qualified Public Offering ” shall have the meaning of such same term as defined in the Restated Certificate.

(o) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

2


(p) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his, her or its rights under this Section 1 are not assigned. The number of shares of Registrable Securities outstanding shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.

(q) The “ Requisite Threshold ” shall mean either (a) the Considered Holders Threshold (as such term is defined below) or (b) the Alternative Threshold (as such term is defined below). “ Considered Holders Threshold ” shall mean at least three of the Considered Holders (as such term is defined below). “ Alternative Threshold ” shall mean both (a) a majority of the Board, including a majority of the directors of the Corporation that are not Preferred Directors (as such term is defined below) and (b) either (i) a majority of the Considered Holders, or, (ii) if there are fewer than three Considered Holders, all of the remaining Considered Holders. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, the “ Considered Holders ” shall mean the New Leaf Holder (as such term is defined below), the Advent Holder (as such term is defined below), the Index Holder (as such term is defined below), the Aisling Holder (as such term is defined below) and the Sofinnova Holder (as such term is defined below). The “ New Leaf Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by the Company to New Leaf Ventures II L.P. The “ Advent Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by the Company to Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP and Advent Life Sciences LLP. The “ Index Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by the Company to Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P., Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneurs Fund (Jersey), L.P. and Yucca (Jersey) SLP. The “ Aisling Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by the Company to Aisling Capital HI, LP. The “ Sofinnova Holder ” shall mean the holder or holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (taken together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) that were originally issued by the Company to Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. In the event that any shares of Preferred Stock that were originally issued to the New Leaf Holder, the Advent Holder, the Index Holder, the Aisling Holder or the Sofinnova Holder, as applicable, are converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the “Qualified Financing Mandatory Conversion” provisions set forth in Section 8 of Part B of Article IV of the Company’s Restated Certificate, then such New Leaf Holder, Advent Holder, Index Holder, Aisling Holder or Sofinnova Holder, as applicable, shall no longer be a “Considered Holder” for any purpose.

(r) The term “ Restated Certificate ” shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

(s) The term “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 under the Act.

(t) The term “ SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(u) The term “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

3


(v) The term “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(w) The term “ Series C Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share.

(x) The term “ Series D Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, the Series D-1 Preferred Stock and the Series D-2 Preferred Stock.

(y) The term “ Series D-1 Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series D-1 Preferred Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share.

(z) The term “ Series D-2 Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series D-2 Preferred Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share.

(aa) The term “ Series E Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share.

1.2 Request for Registration .

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 1.2, if the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) four years after the date of this Agreement and (ii) six months after the effective date of the Initial Offering, a written request from the Holders of 50% or more of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (for purposes of this Section 1.2, the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall, within 20 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 1.2, use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered in a written request received by the Company within 20 days after the mailing of the Company’s notice pursuant to this Section 1.2(a).

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a). In such event the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number securities underwritten (including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise Holders that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders (including the Initiating Holders). In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from registration.

 

4


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except may be required under the Act; or

(ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; or

(iii) during the period starting with the date 30 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of and ending on a date 90 days following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 1.3 below, provided that the Company is actively employing good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof; or

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and stockholders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12-month period and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or other stockholder during such ninety 90-day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

1.3 Company Registration .

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within 20 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.3(c), use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder requests to be registered.

 

5


(b) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof.

(c) Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under this Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters) and enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities; that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded. In the event that the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 30% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering or (ii) any securities held by a person that is not a Holder be included in such offering if any Registrable Securities held by any Holder (and that such Holder has requested to be registered) are excluded from such offering. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a venture capital fund, partnership or corporation, the affiliated venture capital funds, partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from the Holders (for purposes of this Section 1.4, the “ Initiating Holders ”) a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company shall:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

 

6


(b) use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $3,000,000;

(iii) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.4 a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12-month period and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such 90-day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered);

(iv) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; or

(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(c) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.4(a). The provisions of Section 1.2(b) shall be applicable to such request (with the substitution of Section 1.4 for references to Section 1.2).

(d) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as requests for registration effected pursuant to Sections 1.2.

1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 120 days or, if

 

7


earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120-day period shall be extended for up to an additional 90 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

(d) use all commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(g) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 1 to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and on each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(i) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 

8


(j) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(k) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1, the Company shall be entitled to postpone or suspend, for a reasonable period of time, the filing, effectiveness or use of, or trading under, any registration statement if the Company shall determine that any such filing or the sale of any securities pursuant to such registration statement would in the good faith judgment of the Board:

(i) materially impede, delay or interfere with any material pending or proposed financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company for which the Board has authorized negotiations;

(ii) materially adversely impair the consummation of any pending or proposed material offering or sale of any class of securities by the Company; or

(iii) require disclosure of material nonpublic information that, if disclosed at such time, would be materially harmful to the interests of the Company and its stockholders; provided, however, that during any such period all executive officers and directors of the Company are also prohibited from selling securities of the Company (or any security of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates).

In the event of the suspension of effectiveness of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.5, the applicable time period during which such registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by that number of days equal to the number of days the effectiveness of such registration statement was suspended.

1.6 Information from Holder . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

1.7 Expenses of Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders shall be borne and paid by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless, in the case of a registration requested under Section 1.2, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2 and provided, however, that

 

9


if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Sections 1.2 and 1.4.

1.8 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.9 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors and stockholders of each such Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder, any underwriter (as such term is defined in the Act) for each such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act, any other federal or state law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in such registration statement a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company (or any of its agents) of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any person intended to be

 

10


indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.9(b) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.9(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.9 to the extent of such prejudice, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that no contribution by any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 1.9(b), shall exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. In no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 1.9(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 1.9(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

11


(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1 and otherwise.

1.10 Reports Under the 1934 Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep adequate current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the Initial Offering;

(b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90)-days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to avail any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.11 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (i) is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder, (ii) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (iii) after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like), provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 1.13 below; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act.

1.12 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Threshold, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2, Section 1.3 or Section 1.4 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (b) to demand registration of their securities.

1.13 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement .

(a) Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of

 

12


the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed 180 days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 1.13 shall apply only to the Company’s initial offering of equity securities, to the extent applicable under the FINRA or NASD rules, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, shall not apply to any shares purchased by such Holder from the underwriters in such Initial Offering or in the open market following such Initial Offering, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements and if the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain similar agreements from greater than one percent stockholders (including any shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options) of the Company. If the underwriters release an aggregate of more than 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits and the like after the date hereof) held by officers, directors and/or 5% stockholders of the Company from the restrictions of the market stand-off agreement described in this Section 1.13, then for each such share released in excess of 3,000,000, each Holder will be entitled to be concurrently released in the same manner and on the same terms from such restrictions pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such stand-off agreements. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s Initial Offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 1.13 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s Initial Offering that are consistent with this Section 1.13 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

(b) Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 1.13):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

1.14 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 (i) after five years following the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering (but with respect to a Holder who is an affiliate (as that term is defined in Rule 405 of the Act) of the Company, six years following the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering), (ii) as to any Holder, such earlier time after the Initial Offering at which such Holder (A) can sell all shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144(b)(1) or (B) holds one percent or less of the Company’s outstanding

 

13


Common Stock and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any Affiliate of the, Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144, (iii) as to any Holder, when such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Shares or (iv) after the consummation of a Liquidation Event, so long as the consideration received in connection therewith is either cash or registered securities that are freely tradeable.

2. Covenants .

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall, upon request, deliver to each Investor (or transferee of an Investor) that holds at least 5,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) (a “ Major Investor ”):

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statement may be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and may not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least 30 days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days of the end of each fiscal year, a capitalization table certified by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer;

(f) a copy of any presentation made to the Board regarding developments with respect to the Company’s clinical data; and

(g) such other information relating to the financial condition, business or corporate affairs of the Company as the Investor may from time to time request, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (f) or any other subsection of Section 2.1 to provide information that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor (provided that the Board has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the

 

14


Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all upon reasonable advance notice and at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) a Qualified Public Offering, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, whichever event shall first occur or (iii) the consummation of a Liquidation Event so long as the consideration received in connection therewith is either cash or registered securities that are freely tradeable. In the event the Board has reasonably determined in good faith that a Major Investor is a Competitor, or employee or director of a Competitor, the Company may withhold, and restrict access to, conflicted or sensitive materials; provided , however , that for the purposes of this Agreement (including but not limited to this Section 2.3 and Section 2.2), each of the Index Holder, the New Leaf Holder, the Advent Holder, the Aisling Holder and the Sofinnova Holder (and in each case their Affiliates) shall be deemed not to be a Competitor.

2.4 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.4, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Major Investor” includes any general partners and Affiliates of a Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of, its capital stock (“Shares”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice in accordance with Section 3.5 (the “ ROFO Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered and (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) By written notification received by the Company within 20 calendar days after the giving of the ROFO Notice, each Major Investor may elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the ROFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares that equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock that are Registrable Securities issued and held by such Major Investor (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then held by all Major Investors (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) (the “ Pro-Rata Percentage ”). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to purchase that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe, but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors, that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock issued and held by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock issued and held by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase some of the unsubscribed shares.

 

15


(c) If all Shares that Major Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to subsection 2.4(b) are not elected to be obtained as provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, the Company may, during the 90-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than that, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those, specified in the ROFO Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to:

(i) the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(ii) the issuance of securities in a Qualified Public Offering;

(iii) the issuance of Common Stock or other underlying security actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any derivative security;

(iv) securities issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, sales of assets, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(v) the issuance and sale of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Purchase Agreement;

(vi) the issuance of securities in connection with stock splits, stock dividends or other distributions on the Company’s capital stock;

(vii) the issuance of securities or rights to persons or entities with which the Company has business relationships, provided such issuances are primarily for other than equity financing purposes, provided that in each case, (x) the terms of such issuance have been approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors, and (y) the aggregate number of securities or rights issued pursuant to this clause (vii), clause (viii) and clause (ix) shall not exceed 5,000,000 (on an as-converted to Common Stock or as-exercised basis, and subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like);

(viii) securities issued to financial institutions with federal or state charters or to lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions, provided that in each case (x) the terms of such issuance have been approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors, and (y) the aggregate number of securities or rights issued pursuant to this clause (viii), clause (vii) and clause (ix) shall not exceed 5,000,000 (on an as-converted to Common Stock or as-exercised basis, and subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like);

(ix) securities issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Company’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital, provided that, in each case, (x) the terms of such business relationship and such issuance have been

 

16


approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors, and (y) the aggregate number of securities or rights issued pursuant to this clause (ix), clause (vii) and clause (viii) shall not exceed 5,000,000 (on an as-converted to Common Stock or as-exercised basis, and subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like);

(x) the issuance of shares of Common Stock as a result of the antidilution provisions of any derivative securities;

(xi) with respect to a Major Investor, if at the time of such offering of Shares, such Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) of the Act and such offering of Shares is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

(e) The rights provided in this Section 2.4 may not be assigned or transferred by any Major Investor; provided, however, that a Major Investor that is a venture capital fund may assign or transfer such rights to an affiliated venture capital fund.

(f) The covenants set forth in this Section 2.4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (i) a Qualified Public Offering (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction) or (ii) a Liquidation Event.

2.5 Observer Rights . Each of the Index Holder, New Leaf Holder, Advent Holder, Aisling Holder, Sofinnova Holder and Amunix, so long it owns at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or the like) (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), shall be entitled to have a representative attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, the Company shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or would result in disclosure of trade secrets to such representative or if such Investor or its representative is or is affiliated with a Competitor.

2.6 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements; Non Competition Agreements . The Company shall require all employees and consultants with access to confidential information to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement in substantially the form approved by the Board. Such Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement shall provide that the Company shall own all right, title and interest to intellectual property made, conceived or reduced to practice by the employee or consultant, as applicable, in connection with such employee’s or consultant’s employment by the Company, and that the Company is appointed agent and attorney-in-fact to act for and on behalf of such employee or consultant to execute and file documents in connection with Company owned intellectual property. The Company shall require key employees, as determined by the Board, to enter into (i) non-competition agreements, which will prohibit such employee from participating, directly or indirectly, in any business that may compete with the Company, anywhere in the world, for the period during his or her employment and (ii) non-solicitation agreements, which will prohibit such employee from encouraging or soliciting any employee or consultant of the Company to leave the Company for any reason (except for the bona fide firing of Company personnel within the scope of such employee’s employment) for the period during his or her employment and for 12 months afterwards, each where allowed by applicable law.

 

17


2.7 Employee Agreements . Unless approved by the Board, all future employees, officers and directors of the Company who shall purchase, or receive options to purchase, shares of the Company’s Common Stock following the date hereof shall be required to execute stock purchase or option agreements providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four-year period with the first 25% of such shares vesting following 12 months of continued employment or services, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months thereafter, (ii) a lockup period of not less than 180 days (plus any extension required under applicable FINRA or NASD rules) in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, and (iii) such person agreeing to be bound as a Stockholder under the Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of even date herewith among the Company and the other parties thereto. The Company shall retain a right of first refusal on transfers until the Company’s initial public offering and the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost. The granting of options will be subject to approval by the compensation committee of the Board and ratification by the Board.

2.8 Company Actions .

(a) Neither the Company nor any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company shall directly or indirectly (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the Board of Directors’ approval, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors:

(i) make any investment other than investments in prime commercial paper, money market funds or investments of similar risk profile;

(ii) hire, terminate or change the compensation of any executive officer or approve any equity compensation plans or grants for executive officers;

(iii) approve any annual operating plan, budget or any changes thereto, or make (A) any expenditures in the aggregate exceeding by more than $500,000 the aggregate amount of expenditures authorized in the budget most recently and specifically approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors or (B) any new expenditures individually or in the aggregate exceeding $500,000;

(iv) appoint, dismiss or change the appointment of the Company’s auditor, general outside counsel or patent counsel;

(v) take any action to effect any initial public offering of the equity securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(vi) amend or modify, or waive any rights under, any provision of the License Agreement;

(vii) consummate or consent to a Liquidation Event;

(viii) increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock or of Common Stock;

(ix) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with any series or subseries of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

 

18


(x)(A) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Company that is pari passu with any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (B) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Company that is junior to any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

(xi) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock;

(xii) amend, waive, alter or repeal any provision of the Restated Certificate or the Company’s Bylaws;

(xiii) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare a dividend or make any distribution on the capital stock of the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company), other than (a) dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized in the Restated Certificate; (b) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock; or (c) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price for such stock or the then-current fair market value of such stock;

(xiv) purchase or acquire any other business or entity (whether by asset purchase, stock purchase, merger or otherwise) or create any subsidiary;

(xv) make any loan or advance, or grant any credit, in excess of $500,000, except as arising in the ordinary course of business;

(xvi) make any loan or advance, or grant any credit, to any person, including any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances for travel expenses and similar expenditures to be incurred on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business;

(xvii) create or authorize the creation of any debt security or take on any indebtedness or guarantee in excess of $500,000;

(xviii) guarantee any indebtedness except for accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(xix) adopt or amend any stock option scheme or any other equity incentive plan (including any increase to the number of shares reserved for issuance thereunder);

(xx) change the principal business of the Company, enter into new lines of business or exit a line of business;

(xxi) sell, transfer, lease, assign, license, pledge, encumber or dispose of any assets or intellectual property of the Company (whether by a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the aggregate fair market value of which exceeds $1,000,000 (excluding any transfer or assignment required by the License Agreement);

 

19


(xxii) purchase or acquire any assets or intellectual property (whether by a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the aggregate fair market value of which exceeds $1,000,000;

(xxiii) enter into any transaction with any officer, director or other affiliate of the Company (except those approved by 75% of the disinterested directors); or

(xxiv) change the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Company to a number other than nine.

(b) Neither the Company nor any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company shall directly or indirectly (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, consenting or voting separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Restated Certificate or the Company’s Bylaws in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock;

(ii) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

(iii)(A) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Company that is pari passu with the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (B) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Company that is junior to the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series D-1 Preferred Stock or Series D-2 Preferred Stock, respectively, in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

(iv) declare or pay any dividend on any capital stock;

(v) alter or change the rights, preference or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock;

(vi) consummate or consent to a Liquidation Event unless the holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock and Series D-2 Preferred Stock, as applicable, would receive in such Liquidation Event an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference in respect of the then outstanding Series D-1 Preferred Stock and Series D-2 Preferred Stock, as applicable; or

 

20


(vii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock.

(c) Neither the Company nor any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company shall directly or indirectly (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Threshold, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) consummate or consent to a Liquidation Event; amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Restated Certificate or the Company’s Bylaws;

(ii) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

(iii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(iv) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare a dividend or make any distribution on the capital stock of the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company), other than (a) dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized in the Restated Certificate; (b) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock; or (c) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price for such stock or the then-current fair market value of such stock;

(v) create or authorize the creation of any debt security or take on any indebtedness or guarantee in excess of $500,000;

(vi) increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

(vii) increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive plans;

(viii) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any series or sub-series of Preferred Stock;

(ix) guarantee any indebtedness except for accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business;

(x) adopt or amend any stock option scheme or any other equity incentive plan;

(xi) change the principal business of the Company, enter into new lines of business or exit a line of business;

(xii) sell, transfer, lease, assign, license, pledge, encumber or dispose of any assets or intellectual property of the Company (whether by a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the aggregate fair market value of which exceeds $1,000,000 (excluding any transfer or assignment required by the License Agreement);

 

21


(xiii) purchase or acquire any assets or intellectual property (whether by a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the aggregate fair market value of which exceeds $1,000,000;

(xiv) enter into any transaction with any officer, director or other affiliate of the Company (except those approved by 75% of the disinterested directors); or

(xv) make any loan or advance, or grant any credit, to any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances for travel expenses and similar expenditures to be incurred on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business.

(d) Neither the Company nor any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company shall directly or indirectly (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, consenting or voting separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

(i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Restated Certificate or the Company’s Bylaws in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(ii) alter or change the rights, preference or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(iii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(iv) waive the anti-dilution provisions applicable to the Series E Preferred Stock provided in Section 4(d) of the Restated Certificate; or

(v) subject the shares of Series E Preferred Stock to the provisions of Section 8 of the Restated Certificate or any other “pay-to-play” forced conversion provision.

For the avoidance of doubt, the creation, authorization of the creation of, issuance or commitment to issue shares of any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and/or rights of redemption shall not in and of itself require a separate vote of the Series E Preferred Stock.

2.9 Corporate Opportunities . The Company shall present investment opportunities from third parties and investors, and any merger or sale opportunities, to the Board as soon as practical, and in any case within seven business days.

2.10 D&O Insurance; Indemnification . The Company will, at its own expense maintain, or cause to be maintained, insurance with respect to its assets and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by similarly situated corporations engaged in the same or similar

 

22


businesses, in adequate amounts. The Company will use its best efforts to maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance with a carrier and in an amount and on such terms satisfactory to the Board. In the event the Company merges with another entity and is not the surviving entity, or transfers all of its assets, proper provisions shall be made so that successors of the Company assume the Company’s obligations with respect to indemnification of directors.

2.11 Corporate Governance . The Company shall hold meetings of the Board by telephone or in person at least once every calendar quarter unless otherwise agreed by a vote of a majority of directors. At least one week prior to each meeting of the Board, the management of the Company shall submit reporting information to each member of the Board. The Company shall reimburse the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the non-employee directors of the Company incurred in their services to the Company.

2.12 Board Committees . Each committee of the Board shall have at least one Preferred Director. At least one director designated by each of the Considered Holders shall have an opportunity to sit on any committee of their choosing. No committee of the Board shall be established, and no authority shall be delegated by the Board to any committee, without the consent of the Requisite Threshold.

2.13 Termination of Certain Covenants . In addition to any other termination provisions contained therein, the covenants set forth in Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11 and 2.12 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (i) a Qualified Public Offering or (ii) a Liquidation Event so long as the consideration received in connection therewith is either cash or registered securities that are freely tradeable.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted under the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to Delaware conflicts of law provisions.

3.3 Massachusetts Business Trust . A copy of this Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Fidelity or any affiliate thereof is on file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is executed on behalf of the trustees of Fidelity or any affiliate thereof as trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this Agreement are not binding on any of the trustees, officers or stockholders of Fidelity or any affiliate thereof individually but are binding only upon Fidelity or any affiliate thereof and its assets and property.

3.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.5 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.6 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the

 

23


next business day, (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (iv) one business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt or (v) if outside the U.S., two business days after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight courier, specifying two-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 3.5).

3.7 Expenses . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

3.8 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Threshold; provided , however , that (i) Section 2.5, with respect to each Considered Holder, may only be amended or waived with respect to such Considered Holder with the consent of such Considered Holder; (ii) Section 1.13 and Section 2.1 shall not be amended or waived without the consent of Fidelity if such amendment or waiver affects the rights and/or obligations of Fidelity in a manner that is materially different than those of other Major Investors and (iii) if the Right of First Offer contained in Section 2.4 is waived with respect to a sale of Shares, no Major Investors shall be allowed to participate in such sale of Shares unless (A) all Major Investors are allowed to purchase such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Percentage or (B) such waiver is approved in writing by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no consent shall be necessary to add additional Investors as signatories to this Agreement in accordance with Section 1.11.

3.9 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.10 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

VERSARTIS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

Name:   Jeffrey L. Cleland
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Address:
275 Shoreline Drive
Redwood City, CA 94065
Fax: 650-963-5898

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

INDEX VENTURES IV (JERSEY), L.P.

By: its Managing General Partner: Index Venture Associates IV Limited

 

/s/ Charles Le Comu

  Name:  

Charles Le Comu

  Title:  

Alternate Director

Address:  

Index Venture Associates IV Limited

Ogier House

The Esplanade

St Helier

Jersey JE4 9WG

Channel Islands

Attn: Giles Johnstone-Scott

Fax : + 44 (0) 1534 504444

 

INDEX VENTURES IV PARALLEL ENTREPRENEUR FUND (JERSEY), L.P.

By: its Managing General Partner: Index Venture Associates IV Limited

 

/s/ Charles Le Comu

  Name:  

Charles Le Comu

  Title:  

Alternate Director

Address:  

Index Venture Associates IV Limited

Ogier House

The Esplanade

St Helier

Jersey JE4 9WG

Channel Islands

Attn: Giles Johnstone-Scott

Fax : + 44 (0) 1534 504444

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

YUCCA ( JERSEY) SLP

 

By: Ogier Employee Benefit Services Limited as Authorised Signatory of Yucca (Jersey) SLP in its capacity as administrator of the Index Co-Investment Scheme

 

/s/ Charles Le Comu

  Authorised Signatory - Ogier Employee Benefit Services Limited
Address:  

Ogier Employee Benefit Services Limited

Ogier House

The Esplanade

St Helier

Jersey JE4 9WG

Channel Islands

Fax : +44 (0) 1534 504444

Attn: Hollie Benec’h

 

With copies to:

Index Venture Management S.A.

2 rue de Jargonnant

1207 Geneva

Switzerland

Fax: +41 22 737 0099

Attn: Andre Dubois

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

A MUNIX O PERATING , I NC .

By:

 

/s/ Volker Schellenberger

Name:

 

Volker Schellenberger

Title:

 

President and CFO

Address:

500 Ellis Street

Mountain View, CA 94043

Fax: 650-428-1803

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

NEW LEAF VENTURES II, L.P.

By:   New Leaf Venture Associates II, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
  By:   New Leaf Venture Management I, L.L.C.
  Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Craig Slutzkin

Name:   Craig Slutzkin
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address:
1200 Park Place, Suite 300
San Mateo, CA 94043
Attn: Michael Dybbs
Fax: 650-234-2704
With a copy to:
WilmerHale
60 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Attn: David E. Redlick and Jason L. Kropp
Fax: 617-526-5000

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

ADVENT LIFE SCIENCES FUND I LP

By:   Advent Life Sciences LLP
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Kaasim Mahmood

Name:  

Kaasim Mahmood

Title:  

Partner

Address:
158-160 North Gower Street
London NW1 2ND
United Kingdom
Attention: Kaasim Mahmood
Fax: +44 207 828 1474

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
ADVENT LIFE SCIENCES LLP
By:  

/s/ Kaasim Mahmood

Name:  

Kaasim Mahmood

Title:  

Partner

Address:
158-160 North Gower Street
London NW1 2ND
United Kingdom
Attention: Kaasim Mahmood
Fax: +44 207 828 1474

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

AISLING CAPITAL III, LP

By:  

/s/ Lloyd Appel

Name:  

Lloyd Appel

Title:  

CFO

Aisling Capital III, L.P.
888 Seventh Avenue, 30th Floor
New York, NY 10106
Attn: Steve Elms and Anthony Sun

Fax: 212 651 6379

 

and

Aisling Capital III, L.P.
888 Seventh Avenue, 30th Floor
New York, NY 10106
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: 212 651 6379
With a required copy to:
McDermott Will & Emery LLP
340 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10173-1922

Attn: Todd Finger

Fax: 212 547 5444

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

SOFINNOVA VENTURE PARTNERS VIII, L.P.

By:   Sofinnova Management VIII, L.L.C.
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Srinivas Akkarajv

Name:  

Srinivas Akkarajv

Title:   Managing Member
Address: 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150
Menlo Park, CA 94025
With a required copy to:
WilmerHale
60 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Attention: David E. Redlick and Jason L. Kropp
Fax: 617-526-5000

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (DAPER I)
By:  

/s/ Kristal Dehnad

Name:   Kristal Dehnad on behalf of MartinaPoquet
Title:   Managing Director –
  Separate Investments
Address:
Stanford Management Company
Attn: Jeffrey Sefa-Boakye
635 Knight Way
Stanford, CA 94305-7297
Attn: Jeffrey Sefa-Boakye
Fax: 617-526-5000

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

FIDELITY SELECT PORTFOLIOS:

BIOTECHNOLOGY PORTFOLIO

By:  

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

Name:  

Adrien Deberghes

Title:  

Treasurer

Address:
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
525 Washington Blvd
Jersey City NJ 07310
Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor
Corporate Actions
Email: michael.lerman@bbh.com
Fax: 617 772-2418

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES VII: FIDELITY

ADVISOR BIOTECHNOLOGY FUND

By:  

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

Name:  

Adrien Deberghes

Title:  

Treasurer

Address:
State Street Bank & Trust
PO Box 5756
Boston, Massachusetts 02206
Attn: Bangle & Co fbo Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund
Email: SSBCORPACTIONS@StateStreet.com
Fax: 617-988-9110

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:

FIDELITY SERIES GROWTH COMPANY FUND

By:  

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

Name:  

Adrien Deberghes

Title:  

Deputy Treasurer

Address:
State Street Bank & Trust
PO Box 5756
Boston, Massachusetts 02206

Attn: WAVELENGTH + CO Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street

Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

Email: SSBCORPACTIONS@StateStreet.com
Fax: 617-988-9110

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:

FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY FUND

By:  

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

Name:  

Adrien Deberghes

Title:  

Deputy Treasurer

Address:

Ball & Co

C/o Citibank N.A/Custody

IC&D Lock Box

P.O Box 7247-7057

Philadelphia, P.A 19170-7057

Account #: 206681

Email: fidelity.tpacd@citi.com

Fax: 813-604-1415

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

FIDELITY GROUP TRUST FOR EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS: FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY COMMINGLED POOL

By:

 

/s/ Rachel Tyler

Name:

 

Rachel Tyler

Title:

 

Sr. Vice President

Address:

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: michael.lerman@bbh.com

Fax: 617 772-2418

With a copy to:

Goodwin Proctor

Exchange Place

53 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

Attn: David Henken

Fidelity

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

667, L.P. (account #1),

By: BAKER BROS. ADVISORS LP , management company and investment adviser to 667, L.P. , pursuant to authority granted to it by Baker Biotech Capital, L.P., general partner to 667, L.P., and not as the general partner.

By:

 

/s/ Scott Lessing

Name:

  Scott Lessing

Title:

  President

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

667, L.P. (account #2),

By: BAKER BROS. ADVISORS LP , management company and investment adviser to 667, L.P. , pursuant to authority granted to it by Baker Biotech Capital, L.P., general partner to 667, L.P., and not as the general partner.

By:

 

/s/ Scott Lessing

Name:

  Scott Lessing

Title:

  President

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

BAKER BROTHERS LIFE SCIENCES, L.P.,
By: BAKER BROS. ADVISORS LP , management company and investment adviser to Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. , pursuant to authority granted to it by Baker Brothers Life Sciences Capital, L.P., general partner to Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P., and not as the general partner.

By:

 

/s/ Scott Lessing

Name:

  Scott Lessing

Title:

  President

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

14159, L.P.,
By: BAKER BROS. ADVISORS LP , management company and investment adviser to 14159, L.P. , pursuant to authority granted to it by 14159 Capital, L.P., general partner to 14159, L.P., and not as the general partner.

By:

 

/s/ Scott Lessing

Name:

  Scott Lessing

Title:

  President

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

 

PERCEPTIVE LIFE SCIENCES MASTER FUND LTD

By:  

/s/ James H. Mannix

Name:

 

James H. Mannix

Title:

 

Chief Operating Officer

Address:

 

499 Park Ave 25 th floor

New York NY 10022

Attn: Steve Berger

 

Fax: 617 772-2418

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

 

TITAN PERC LTD

By:

 

/s/ Darren Ross

Name:

 

Darren Ross

Title:

 

Chief Operating Officer

Address:

 

2 International Drive Suite 200

Rye Brook NY 1057

 

Fax: 914-517-7164

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

 

RA CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

By:  

/s/ Peter Kolchinsky

Name:  

Peter Kolchinsky

Title:   Manager

Address:

 

20 Park Ave.

Boston, MA 02116

 

Fax: (617) 778-2150

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

 

ROCK SPRINGS CAPITAL MASTER FUND LP

By: Rock Springs GP LLC

Its: General Partner

By:  

/s/ Gordon Bussard

Name:  

Gordon “Mark” Bussard

Title: Manager

[Versartis, Inc. Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P.

Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P.

Yucca ( Jersey) SLP

Amunix Operating, Inc.

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P.

Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP

Advent Life Sciences LLP

Aisling Capital III, LP

Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P.

The Board of Trustees of Leland Stanford Junior University (DAPER I)

Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio

Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund

Fidelity Group Trust for Employee Benefit Plans: Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool

667, L.P. (Account #1)

667, L.P. (Account #2)

Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P.

Perceptive Life Science Master Fund LTD

14159, L.P.

Titan Perc LTD

RA Capital Management, LLC

Rock Springs Capital Master Fund LP

Exhibit 10.2

Office Lease

SHOREBREEZE

SHOREBREEZE I

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

Between

CA-SHOREBREEZE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership

as Landlord,

and

VERSARTIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation

as Tenant


OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (this “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1.1. is made by and between CA-SHOREBREEZE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and VERSARTIS, INC, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”). The following exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part hereof Exhibit A (Outline of Premises); Exhibit B (Work Letter); Exhibit B-1 (Space Plan); Exhibit C (Form of Confirmation Letter); Exhibit D (Rules and Regulations); Exhibit E (Judicial Reference); and Exhibit F (Additional Provisions).

1. BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

1.1   Date:    Aug 31, 2011
1.2   Premises .
    1.2.1   “Building”:    275 Shoreline Drive, Redwood City, California, commonly known as Shorebreeze I.
    1.2.2   “Premises”:    Subject to Section 2.1.1, 5,740 rentable square feet of space located on the fourth floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 450, the outline and location of which is set forth in Exhibit A . If the Premises includes any floor in its entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such floor shall be considered part of the Premises.
    1.2.3   “Property”:    The Building, the parcel(s) of land upon which it is located, and, at Landlord’s discretion, any parking facilities and other improvements serving the Building and the parcel(s) of land upon which such parking facilities and other improvements are located.
    1.2.4   “Project”:    The Property or, at Landlord’s discretion, any project containing the Property and any other land, buildings or other improvements.
1.3   Term
    1.3.1   Term:    The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date (or any earlier date on which this Lease is terminated as provided herein).
    1.3.2   “Commencement Date”:    The earlier of (i) the first date on which Tenant conducts business in the Premises pursuant to this Lease, or (ii) the later to occur of (a) the date on which the Premises is Ready for Occupancy (defined in Exhibit B ), or (b) October 15, 2011.
    1.3.3   “Expiration Date”:    The last day of the 30th full calendar month commencing on or after the Commencement Date.

 

1


1.4    Base Rent ”:

 

Period During

Term

  

Annual Base

Rent Per

Rentable
Square Foot

     Monthly Base
Rent Per
Rentable Square
Foot (rounded
to the nearest
100th of a
dollar)
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
 

Commencement Date through last day of 12th full calendar month of Term

   $ 37.80       $ 3.15       $ 18,081.00   

13th through 24th full calendar months of Term

   $ 38.93       $ 3.24       $ 18,621.52   

25t full calendar month of Term through Expiration Date

   $ 40.10       $ 3.34       $ 19,181.17   

 

1.5    Base Year ” for Expenses:    Calendar year 2012.
   Base Year ” for Taxes:    Calendar year 2012.
1.6    Tenant’s Share ”:    4.9779% (based upon a total of 115,309 rentable square feet in the Building), subject to Section 2.1.1 .
1.7    Permitted Use ”:    General office use consistent with a first-class office bending. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not permit any E&Y Competitor (defined below) to (a) occupy any portion of the Building for business purposes, nor (b) install or maintain signage in the lobby of, or on, the Building, or on any monument sign exclusively servicing the Building. As used herein, the term “ E&Y Competitor ” shall mean each of the following entitles, commonly known as (or as identified as), as of February 1, 2011, together with any Successor (defined below) to any of the sum: Ancenture, Armanino McKenna, Deloitte, BDO, CSC, Moss Adams, BPM, OUM, KPMG, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Grant Thornton, or Ireland San Flippo. As used above, “Successor” means, with respect to any predecessor entity: (i) if such predecessor entity is dissolved and immediately reconstituted as a new entity, then such new entity, as the successor to substantially all of the business operations of such predecessor entity; and (ii) any entity into which such predecessor entity is merged or consolidated or which acquires all or substantially all of such predecessor entity’s assets and liabilities, and, in either event, die successor entity continues to engage in the practice of public accounting.

 

2


1.8    Security Deposit ”:    $55,000.00, as more particularly described in Section 21 .
   Prepaid Base Rent    $18,081.00, as more particularly described in Section 3 .
1.9    Parking :    Nineteen (19) unreserved parking spaces, at the rate of $0 per space per month.
1.10    Address of Tenant    Before the Commencement Date:
     

500 Ellis St.

  
     

Mountain View, CA 94043

  
     

 

  
      From and after the Commencement Date : the Premises.
1.11    Address of Landlord :    Equity Office   
      2655 Campus Drive, Suite 100   
      San Mateo, California 94403   
      Attn: Building manager   
      with copies to :   
      Equity Office   
      2655 Campus Drive, Suite 100   
      San Mateo, California 94403   
      Ann: Managing Counsel   
      and   
      Equity Office   
      Two North Riverside Pica   
      Suite 2100   
      Chicago, IL 60606   
      Attn: Lease Administration   
1.12    Broker(s):    Cornish & Carey Commercial (“ Tenant’s Broker ”), representing Tenant, and Cornish & Carey Commercial (“ Landlord’s Broker ”), representing Landlord.
1.13    Building HVAC Hours and Holidays:    Building HVAC Hours ” mean 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding the day of observation of New Year’s Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and, at Landlord’s discretion, any other locally or nationally recognized holiday that is observed by other buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building (collectively, “ Holidays ”).
1.14    Transfer Radius ”:    None   

 

3


1.15    Tenant Improvements ”:    Defined in Exhibit B , if any.
1.16    Guarantor ”:    None.

2. PREMISES AND COMMON AREAS.

2.1 The Premises.

2.1.1 Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the rentable square footage of the Premises is as set forth in Section 1.2.2 and the rentable square footage of the Building is as set forth in Section 1.6 . At any time Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit C , as a confirmation of the information set forth therein. Tenant shall execute and return (or, by notice to Landlord, reasonably object to) such notice within five (5) days after receiving it, and if Tenant falls to do so, Tenant shall be deemed to have executed and returned it without exception.

2.1.2 Except as expressly provided herein (including, without limitation, as set forth in Exhibit B hereto), the Premises is accepted by Tenant in its condition and configuration existing on the date hereof (or in such other condition and configuration as any existing tenant of the Premises may cause to exist in accordance with its lease), without any obligation of Landlord to perform or pay for any alterations to the Premises, and without any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or their suitability for Tenant’s business.

2.2 Common Areas . Tenant may use, in common with Landlord and other parties and subject to the Rules and Regulations (defined in Exhibit D ) any portions of the Property that are designated from time to time by Landlord for such use (the “ Common Areas ”).

3. RENT. Tenant shall pay all Base Rent and Additional Rent (defined below) (collectively, “ Rent ”) to Landlord or Landlord’s agent, without prior notice or demand or any setoff or deduction, at the place Landlord may designate from time to time. As used herein, “ Additional Rent ” means all amounts, other than Base Rent, that Tenant is required to pay Landlord hereunder. Monthly payments of Base Rent and monthly payments of Additional Rent for Expenses (defined in Section 4.2.2 ) and Taxes (defined in Section 4.2.3 (collectively, “ Monthly Rent ”) shall be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term; provided, however, that the installment of Base Rent for the first fall calendar month for which Base Rent is payable hereunder shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution and delivery hereof. Except as otherwise provided herein, all other items of Additional Rent shall be paid within 30 days after Landlord’s request for payment. Rent for any partial calendar month shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in such month. Without limiting Landlord’s other rights or remedies, (a) if any installment of Rent is not received by Landlord or its designee within five (5) business days after its due date, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to 5% of the overdue amount and (b) any Rent that is not paid within 10 days after its due date shall bear interest, from its due date until paid, at the lesser of 18% per annum or the highest rate permitted by Law (defined in Section 5 ). Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is Independent of every other covenant herein.

4. EXPENSES AND TAXES.

4.1 General Terms . In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay, in accordance with Section 4.4 , for each Expense Year (defined in Section 4.2.1 ), an amount equal to the sum of (a) Tenant’s Share of any amount (the “ Expense Excess ”) by which Expenses for such Expense Year exceed Expenses for the Base Year, plus (b) Tenant’s Share of any amount (the “ Tax Excess ”) by which Taxes for such Expense Year exceed Taxes for the Base Year. No decrease in Expenses or Taxes for any Expense Year below the

 

4


corresponding amount for the Base Year shall entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against amounts due hereunder. Tenant’s Share of the Expense Excess and Tenant’s Share of the Tax Excess for any partial Expense Year shall be prorated based on the number of days in such Expense Year.

4.2 Definitions . As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

4.2.1 Expense Year ” means each calendar year (other than the Base Year and any preceding calendar year) in which any portion of the Term occurs.

4.2.2 Expenses ” means all expenses, costs and amounts that Landlord pays or accrues during the Base Year or any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Property. Landlord shall act in a reasonable manner in incurring Expenses. Expenses shall include (i) fee cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, the cost of contesting any Laws that may affect Expenses, and the costs of complying with any governmentally-mandated transportation-management or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance premiums and deductibles; (iv) the coat of landscaping and relamping (v) the cost of parking-area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) a management fee in the amount (which is hereby acknowledged to be reasonable) of 3% of gross annual receipts from the Building (excluding the management fee), together with other fees and costs, including consulting foes, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; (vii) payments under any equipment-rental agreements and the air rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation, expenses and benefits, indicting taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Property, and costs of training uniforms, and employee enrichment for such persons; (ix) the costs of operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment (and components thereof) of the Property; (x) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in Common Areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, maintenance and repairs to roofs; (xi) rental or acquisition costs of supplies, tools, equipment, materials and personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Property; (xii) the cost of capital improvements or any other items that are (A) intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Property, reduce current or future Expenses, enhance the safety or security of the Property or its occupants, or enhance the environmental sustainability of the Property’s operations, (B) replacements or modifications of the nonstructural portions of the Base Building (defined in Section 7 ) or Common Areas that are required to keep the Base Building or Common Areas in good condition, or (C) required under any Law; (xiii) the cost of tenant-relation programs reasonably established by Landlord; (xiv) payments under any existing or future reciprocal easement agreement, transportation management agreement, cost-sharing agreement or other covenant, condition, restriction or similar instrument affecting the Property; and (xv) any fees or other charges (other than taxes which are addressed below) imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency in connection with the Parking Facility.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Expenses shall not include: (a) capital expenditures not described in clauses (xi) or (xii) above (in addition, any capital expenditure shall be included in Expenses only if paid or accrued after the Base Year and shall be amortized (including actual or imputed interest on the amortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine); (b) depreciation; (c) principal payments of mortgage or other non-operating debts of Landlord; (d) caste of repairs to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds; (e) except as provided in clause (xiii) above, costs of leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions, lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants; (f) costs of

 

5


selling, financing or refinancing the Building; (g) fines, penalties or interest resulting from late payment of Taxes or Expenses; (h) organizational expenses of creating or operating the entity that constitutes Landlord; (i) damages paid to Tenant hereunder or to other tenants of the Building under their respective leases; (j) amounts (other than management fees) paid to Landlord’s affiliates for services, but only to the extent such amounts exceed the prices charged for such services by parties having similar skill and experience, (k) fines or penalties resulting from any violations of Law, negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractor (l) advertising and promotional expenses; (m) Landlord’s charitable and political contributions; (n) ground lease rental; (o) attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with tenants or other occupants of the Building (p) costs of services or benefits made available to other tenants of the Building but not to Tenant; (q) costs of purchasing or leasing major sculptures, paintings or other artwork (as opposed to decorations purchased or leased by Landlord for display in the Common Areas of the Building); (r) any expense for which landlord has received actual reimbursement from a third party (other than from a tenant of the Building pursuant to its lease); (s) costs of owing defects in design or original construction of the Property; (t) costs that Landlord is entitled to recover under a warranty, except to the extent it would not be fiscally prudent to pursue legal action to recover such costs; (u) expenses (other than Parking Expenses (defined below)) of operating any commercial concession at the Project; (v) Parking Expense (defined below), except to the extent Parking Expenses exceed parking revenues on an annual basis (as used herein, “ Parking Expenses ” means costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Parking Facility, including costs of parking equipment, tickets, supplies, signs, cleaning, resurfacing, restriping, parking-garage management fees, and the wages, salaries, employee benefits and taxes for individuals working exclusively in the Parking Facility, provided, however, that Parking Expenses shall exclude (i) capital expenses, and (ii) costs of electricity, janitorial service, elevator maintenance and insurance); (w) reserves; (x) bad debt expenses; (y) costs of cleaning up Hazardous Materials, except for routine cleanup performed as part of the ordinary operation and maintenance of the Property (as used herein, “ Hazardous Materials ” means any material now or hereafter defined or regulated by any Law or governmental authority as radioactive, toxic, hazardous, or waste, or a chemical known to the state of California to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, including (1) petroleum and any of in constituents or byproducts, (2) radioactive materials, (3) asbestos in any form or condition, and (4) materials regulated by any of the following, as amended from time to time, and any rules promulgated thereunder: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601, et seq.; the Clean Water Act 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; The California Health and Safety Code; The California Water Code; The California Labor Code; The California Public Resources Code; and The California Fish and Game Code.); (z) wages, salaries, fees or fringe benefits (“ Labor Costs ”) paid to executive personnel or officers or partners of Landlord (provided, however, that if such individuals provide services directly related to the operation, maintenance or ownership of the Property that, if provided directly by a general manager or property manager or his or her general support staff would normally be chargeable as an operating expense of a comparable office building, then the Labor Costs of such individuals may be included in Expenses to the extent of the percentage of their time that is spent providing such services to the Property); or (aa) any expense for which Landlord is reimbursed (or entitled to be reimbursed) by another tenant of the Building pursuant to its lease (other than through payment of operating costs or expenses).

If, during any portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, the Building is not 100% occupied (or a service provided by Landlord to tenants of the Building generally is not provided by Landlord to a tenant that provides such service itself, or any tenant of the Building is entitled to free rent, rent abatement or the like), Expenses for such year shall be determined as if the Building bad been 100% occupied (and all services provided by Landlord to tenants of the Building generally had been provided by Landlord to all tenants, and no tenant of the Building had been entitled to free rent, rent abatement or the like) during such portion of such year. If a tenant of the Building reimburses Landlord on a separately measured

 

6


basis, and not through payment of operating costs or expenses, for a service that is provided by Landlord to tenants of the Building generally, then, for purposes of the preceding sentence, such service shall be deemed to be provided to such tenant by such tenant itself and not by Landlord. If insurance, security or utility costs for any Expense Year are less than insurance, security or utility costs, respectively, for the Base Year, then, for purposes of determining Expenses for such Expense Year, such costs for such Expense Year shall be deemed to be increased so as to be equal to such corresponding costs for the Base Year. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Expenses for the Base Year shall exclude (a) any market-wide cost increases resulting from extraordinary circumstances, including Force Majeure (defined in Section 25.2 ), boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, and (b) at Landlord’s option, the cost of any repair or replacement that Landlord reasonably expects will not recur on an annual or more frequent basis.

If Landlord does not carry earthquake, terrorism or another type of insurance for the Building during the Base Year but carries such type of insurance for the Building during any Expense Year, then, for purposes of determining the Expense Excess for such Expense Year, Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed to be increased by the amount of the premium Landlord would have Incurred for such type of insurance during the Base Year if Landlord had maintained such type of insurance for the same period of time during the Base Year as such insurance is maintained by Landlord during such Expense Year. If, in any Expense Year, Landlord provides a new type of service (as opposed to an expansion in scope of a service or a change in a type of service) that (i) is not required by Law, (ii) is not than generally provided by the landlords of Comparable Buildings (defined in Section 25.10 ), (iii) is not then being provided in order to enhance the health, safety or security of the tenants, occupants and users of the Building as a result of circumstances that Landlord reasonably believes are specific to the Building and do not exist at Comparable Buildings, and (iv) was not provided by Landlord during the Base Year, then, for purposes of determining the Expense Excess for such Expense Year, Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed to be increased by the amount that Landlord would have incurred for such service during the Base Year if Landlord had provided such service for the same period of time during the Base Year as such service is provided by Landlord during such Expense Year.

4.2.3 Taxes ” means all federal, state, county or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges, assessments, levies, licenses or other impositions, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, that are paid or accrued during the Base Year or any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing or operation of the Property. Taxes shall include (a) real estate taxes; (b) general and special assessments; (c) transit taxes (including, without limitation, any taxes imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency in connection with the Parking Facility); (d) leasehold taxes; (e) personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Property; (f) any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from any portion of the Property or as against the business of leasing any portion of the Property; (g) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge imposed by any governmental agency, or by any non-governmental entity pursuant to any private cost-sharing agreement, in order to fund the provision or enhancement of any fire-protection, street, sidewalk- or road-maintenance, refuse-removal or other service that is (or, before the enactment of Proposition 13, was) normally provided by governmental agencies to property owners or occupants without charge (other than through real property taxes); and (b) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge allocable or measured by the area of the Premises or by the Rent payable hereunder, including any business, gross income, gross receipts, sales or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such Rent. Any coats and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Taxes shall be included in Taxes for the year in which they are incurred. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Taxes shall be determined without regard to any “green building” credit and shall exclude (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and

 

7


succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Property), (ii) any Expenses, and (iii) any items required to be paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 .

4.3 Allocation. Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, shall equitably allocate Expenses among office, retail or other portions or occupants of the Property. If Landlord incurs Expanses or Taxes for the Property together with another property, Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, shall equitably allocate such shared amounts between the Property and such other property.

4.4 Calculation and Pamela of Expense Excess and Tex Excess.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Expenses and Taxes; Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant, after the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) setting forth the actual Expenses, Taxes, Expense Excess and Tax Excess for such Expense Year. If the amount paid by Tenant for such Expense Year pursuant to Section 4.4.2 is less or more than the sum of Tenant’s Share of the actual Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the actual Tax Excess (as such amounts are set forth in such Statement), Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent then or next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within 30 days after delivery of such Statement. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Statement on or before June 1 of the calendar year immediately following the Expense Year to which it applies. Any failure of Landlord to timely deliver the Statement for any Expense Year shall not diminish either party’s rights under this Section 4 .

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Expenses and Taxes. Landlord shall give to Tenant, for each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimates of the Expenses, Taxes, Expense Excess (the “ Estimated Expense Excess ”) and Tax Excess (the “ Estimated Tax Excess ”) for such Expense Year. Upon receiving an Estimate Statement, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent, an amount equal to the excess of (a) the amount obtained by multiplying (i) the sum of Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Tax Excess (as such amounts are set forth in such Estimate Statement), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months that have elapsed in the applicable Expense Year (including the month of such payment) and the denominator of which is 12, over (b) any amount previously paid by Tenant for such Expense Year pursuant to this Section 4.4.2 . Until Landlord delivers a new Estimate Statement, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the sum of Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Tax Excess, as and amounts are set forth in the previous Estimate Statement. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver an Estimate Statement for each Expense Year on or before January 1 of such Expense Year. Any failure of Landlord to timely deliver any Estimate Statement shall not diminish Landlord’s rights to receive payments and revise any previous Estimate Statement under this Section 4 .

4.4.3 Retroactive Adjustment of Taxes. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if, after Landlord’s delivery of any Statement, an increase or decrease in Taxes occurs for the applicable Expense Year or for the Base Year (whether by reason of reassessment, error, or otherwise), Taxes for such Expense Year or the Base Year, as the case may be, and the Tax Excess for such Expense Year shall be retroactively adjusted. If, as a result of such adjustment, it is determined that Tenant has under- or overpaid Tenant’s Share of such Tax Excess, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent then or next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within 30 days after such adjustment is made.

 

8


4.5 Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible. Tenant shall pay, 10 days before delinquency, any taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes are levied against Landlord or its property (or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or other personal property of Tenant), Landlord may pay such taxes (or such increased assessment) regardless of their (or its) validity, in which event Tenant, upon demand, shall repay to Landlord the amount so paid. If the Leasehold Improvements (defined in Section 7.1 ) are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, the Taxes levied against Landlord or the Property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed taxes levied against Tenant’s personal property for purposes of this Section 4.5 . Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof; Tenant shall pay, 10 days before delinquency, (i) any rent tax, sales tax. service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other tax respecting the rent or services described herein or otherwise respecting this transaction or this Lease; and (ii) any taxes assessed upon the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of any portion of the Property.

4.6 Books and Records. Within 60 days after receiving any Statement (the “ Review Notice Period ”), Tenant may give Landlord notice (“ Review Notice ”) stating that Tenant elects to review Landlord’s calculation of the Expense Excess and/or Tax Excess for the Expense Year to which such Statement applies and identifying with reasonable specificity the records of Landlord reasonably relating to such matters that Tenant desires to review. Within a reasonable time after receiving a timely Review Notice (and, at Landlord’s option, an executed confidentiality agreement as described below), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, or make available for inspection at a location reasonably designated by Landlord, copies of such records. Within 60 days after such records are made available to Tenant (the “ Objection Period ”), Tenant may deliver to Landlord notice (an ‘ Objection Notice ”) stating with reasonable specificity any objections to the Statement in which event landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to resolve Tenant’s objections. Tenant may not deliver more than one Review Notice or more than one Objection Notice with respect to any Expense Year. If Tenant fails to give Landlord a Review Notice before the expiration of the Review Notice Period or fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice before the expiration of the Objection Period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Statement. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall not be required to deliver or make available to Tenant records relating to the Base Year, and Tenant may not object to Expenses or Taxes for the Base Year, other than in connection with the first review for an Expense Year performed by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.6 . If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the State of California and its fees shall not be contingent, in whole or in part, upon the outcome of the review. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of such review; provided, however, that if Landlord and Tenant determine that the sum of Expenses and Taxes for the Expense Year in question was overstated by more than 5%, Landlord, within 30 days after receiving paid invoices therefor from Tenant, shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable amounts paid by Tenant to third parties in connection with such review (not to exceed $5,000.00). The records and any related information obtained from Landlord shall be treated as confidential, and as applicable only to the Premises, by Tenant, its auditors, consultants, and any other parties reviewing the same on behalf of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant’s Auditors ”). Before making any records available for review, Landlord may require Tenant and Tenant’s Auditors to execute a reasonable confidentiality agreement, in which event Tenant shall cause the same to be executed and delivered to Landlord within 30 days after receiving it from Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, the Objection Period shall be reduced by one day for each day by which such execution and delivery follows the expiration of such 30-day period. Notwithstanding

 

9


any contrary provision hereof, Tenant may not examine Landlord’s records or dispute any Statement if any Rent remains unpaid past its due date. If, for any Expense Year, Landlord and Tenant determine that the sum of Tenant’s Share of the actual Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the actual Tax Excess is less or more than the amount reported, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of its overpayment against Rent that or next due hereunder, or pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment with the Rent next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of its overpayment (less any Rent due), or Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of is underpayment within 30 days after such determination.

5. USE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

5.1 Tenant shall not (a) use the Premises for any purpose other than the Permitted Use, or (b) do anything in or about the Premises that violates any of the Rules and Regulations, damages the reputation of the Project, interferes with, injures or annoys other occupants of the Building, or constitutes a nuisance. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Laws relating to (i) the operation of its business at the Project, (ii) the use, condition, configuration or occupancy of the Premises, or (iii) the Building systems located in or exclusively serving the Premises. If, in order to comply with any such Law, Tenant must obtain or deliver any permit, certificate or other document evidencing such compliance, Tenant shall provide a copy of such document to Landlord promptly after obtaining or delivering it. If a change to any Common Area, the Building structure, or any Building system located outside of and not exclusively serving the Premises becomes required under Law (or if any such requirement is enforced) as a result of any Tenant-Insured Improvement (defined in Section 10.2.2 ), the installation of any trade fixture, or any use of the Premises other than general office use, Tenant, upon demand, shall (x) at Landlord’s option, either make such change at Tenant’s cost or pay Landlord the cost of making such change, and (y) pay Landlord a coordination fee equal to 10% of the cost of such change. As used herein, “ Law ” means any existing or future law, ordinance, regulation or requirement of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project or the parties. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date hereof, Landlord has not received written notice from any governmental agency that the existing configuration or condition of the Premises violates applicable Law.

5.2 Landlord, at its expense (subject to Section 4 ), shall cause the Base Building and the Common Areas to comply with all Laws (including the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”)) to the extent that (a) such compliance is necessary for Tenant to use the Premises for general office use in a normal and customary manner and for Tenant’s employees and visitors to have reasonably safe access to and from the Premises, or (b) Landlord’s failure to cause such compliance would impose liability upon Tenant under Law; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to cause such compliance to the extent non-compliance (x) is triggered by any matter that is Tenant’s responsibility under Section 5.1 or 7.3 or any other provision hereof, or (y) arises under any provision of the ADA other than Title III thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may contest any alleged violation in good faith, including by applying for and obtaining a waiver or deferment of compliance, asserting any defense allowed by Law, and appealing any order or judgment to the extent permitted by Law; provided, however, that after exhausting any rights to contest or appeal, Landlord shall perform any work necessary to comply with any final order or judgment.

6. SERVICES.

6.1 Standard Services. Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below): (a) subject to limitations imposed by Law, customary heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) in season during Building HVAC Hours; (b) electricity supplied by the applicable public utility, stubbed to the Premises; (c) water supplied by the applicable public utility (i) for use in lavatories and any drinking facilities located in Common Area within the Building, and

 

10


(ii) stubbed to the Premises for use in any plumbing fixtures located in the Premises; (d) janitorial services to the Premises, except on weekends end Holidays; (e) elevator service (subject to scheduling by Landlord, and payment of Landlord’s standard usage fee, for any freight service); and (f) access to the Building for Tenant end its employees, 24 hours per day/7 days per week, subject to the terms hereof and such security or monitoring systems as Landlord may reasonably impose, including sign-in procedures and/or presentation of identification cards.

6.2 Above-Standard Use. Landlord shall provide HVAC service outside Building HVAC Hours if Tenant gives Landlord such prior notice and pays Landlord such hourly cost per zone as Landlord may require. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use equipment that may affect the temperature maintained by the air conditioning system or consume above-Building-standard amounts of any water furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 . If Tenant’s consumption of electricity or water exceeds the rate Landlord reasonably deems to be standard for the Building, Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, including any costs of installing, operating and maintaining any equipment that is installed in order to supply or measure such excess electricity or water. For purposes of the preceding sentence, any consumption of electricity in a computer server room shall be deemed to exceed the standard rate for the Building. The connected electrical load of Tenant’s incidental-use equipment shall not exceed the Building-standard electrical design load, and Tenant’s electrical usage shall not exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation.

6.3 Interruption. Any failure to furnish, delay in furnishing, or diminution in the quality or quantity of any service resulting front any application of Law, failure of equipment, performance of maintenance, repairs, improvements or alterations, utility interruption, or event of Force Majeure (each, a “ Service Interruption ”) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or a material portion of the Premises is made untenantable or inaccessible for more than five (5) consecutive business days after notice from Tenant to Landlord by a Service Interruption that Landlord can correct through reasonable efforts, then, as Tenant’s solo remedy, Monthly Rent shall abate for the period beginning on the day immediately following such 5-business-day period and ending on the day such Service Interruption ends, but only in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises made untenantable or inaccessible.

7. REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS.

7.1 Repairs. Subject to Section 11 , Tenant, at its expense, shall perform all maintenance and repairs (including replacements) to the Premises, and keep the Premises in as good condition and repair as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, except for reasonable wear and tear and repairs that are Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder. Tenant’s maintenance and repair obligations shall include (a) all leasehold improvements in the Premises, whenever and by whomever installed or paid for, including any Tenant Improvements, any Alterations (defined in Section 7.2 ), and any leasehold improvements installed pursuant to any prior lease, but excluding the Base Building (the “ Leasehold Improvements ”); (b) all supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning units, kitchens (including hot water heaters, dishwashers, garbage disposals, insta-hot dispensers, and plumbing) and similar facilities exclusively serving Tenant, whether located inside or outside of the Premises, and whenever and by whomever installed or paid for; and (c) all Lines (defined in Section 23 ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant is in Default or in the case of an emergency, Landlord may, at its option, perform such maintenance end repairs on Tenant’s behalf, in which case Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the cost of such work plus a coordination fee equal to 10% of such cost. Landlord shall perform all maintenance and repairs to (i) the roof and exterior walls and windows of the Building, (ii) the Base Building, and (iii) the Common Areas. As used herein, “ Base

 

11


Building ” means the structural portions of the Building, together with all mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life-safety systems serving the Building in general, whether located inside or outside of the Premises.

7.2 Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvement, alteration, addition or change to the Premises or to any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or other system serving the Premises (an “ Alteration ”) without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than 30 days before commencement of work and shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s prior consent shall not be required for any Alteration that is decorative only ( e.g. , carpet installation or painting) and not visible from outside the Premises, provided that Landlord receives 10 business days’ prior notice. For any Alteration, (a) Tenant, before commencing work, shall deliver to Landlord, and obtain Landlord’s approval of, plans and specifications; (b) Landlord, in its discretion, may require Tenant to obtain security for performance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; (c) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” drawings (in CAD format, if requested by Landlord), completion affidavits, full and final lien waivers, and all governmental approvals; and (d) Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand (i) Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in reviewing the work, and (ii) a coordination the equal to 5% of the cost of the work; provided, however, that this clause (d) shall not apply to any Tenant Improvements.

7.3 Tenant Work. Before commencing any repair or Alteration (“ Tenant Work ”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, and obtain Landlord’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed) of, (a) names of contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, laborers and materialmen; (b) evidence of contractors’ and subcontractors’ insurance; and (c) any required governmental permits. In the event that Landlord provides disapproval, such disapproval shall be accompanied by a written explanation of the basis for disapproval. Tenant shall perform all Tenant Work (i) in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality reasonably approved by Landlord; (ii) in compliance with any approved plans and specifications, all Laws, the National Electric Code, and Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; and (iii) in a manner that does not impair the Base Building. If, as a result of any Tenant Work, Landlord becomes required under Law to perform any inspection, give any notice, or cause such Tenant Work to be performed in any particular manner, Tenant shall comply with such requirement and promptly provide Landlord with reasonable documentation of such compliance. Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications shall not relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Section 7.3 . In performing any Tenant Work, Tenant shall not use contractors, services, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable Judgment, would disturb labor harmony with any workforce or trades engaged in performing other work or services at the Project.

8. LANDLORD’S PROPERTY. All Leasehold Improvements shall become Landlord’s property upon installation and without compensation to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Tenant-Insured Improvements are not, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Building-standard, then before the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s election, either (a) at Tenant’s expense, and except as otherwise notified by Landlord, remove such Tenant-Insured Improvements (other than the Excluded Items (defined below)), repair any resulting damage to the Premises or Building, and restore the affected portion of the Premises to its condition existing before the installation of such Tenant-Insured Improvements (or, at Landlord’s election, to a Building-standard tenant-improved condition as reasonably determined by Landlord), or (b) pay Landlord an amount equal to the estimated cost of such work as reasonably determined by Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely perform any work required under clause (a) of the preceding sentence, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s expense. As used herein, “ Excluded Items ” means the Tenant Improvements shown with reasonable specificity on Space Plan (defined in Section 2.3 of Exhibit B hereto), except for any trade fixtures.

 

12


9. LIENS . Tenant shall keep the Project free from any lien arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligation incurred by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall remove any such lien within 10 business days after notice from Landlord by bonding or otherwise, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord, without limiting its remedies, may pay the amount necessary to cause such removal, whether or not such lien is valid. The amount so paid, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, shall be reimbursed by Tenant upon demand.

10. INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE.

10.1 Waiver and Indemnification. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord, its Security Holders (defined in Section 17 ), Landlord’s managing agent(s), their (direct or indirect) owners, and the beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (including Landlord, the “ Landlord Parties ”) for (i) any damage to person or property (or resulting from the loss of use thereof), except to the extent such damage is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party, or (ii) any failure to prevent or control any criminal or otherwise wrongful conduct by any third party or to apprehend any third party who has engaged in such conduct. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from any obligation, loss, claim, action, liability, penalty, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) (each, a “ Claim ”) that is imposed or asserted by any third party and arises from (a) any cause in, on or about the Premises, (b) occupancy of the Premises by, or any negligence or willful misconduct of, Tenant, any party claiming by, through or under Tenant, their (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, or (c) any breach by Tenant of any representation, covenant or other term contained basin, except to the extent such Claim arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Tenant, its (direct or indirect) owners, and their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents (including Tenant, the “ Tenant Parties ”) harmless from any Claim that is imposed or asserted by any third party and arises from (a) any negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party, or (b) any breach by Landlord of any representation, covenant or other term contained herein, except to the extent such Claim arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party.

10.2 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain the knowing coverages in the following amounts:

10.2.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance covering claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant’s operations and contractual liabilities, including coverage formerly known as broad form, on an occurrence basis, with combined primary and excess/umbrella limits of $3,000,000 each occurrence and $4,000,000 annual aggregate.

10.2.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property in the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, and (ii) any Leasehold improvements installed by or for the benefit of Tenant, whether pursuant to this Lease or pursuant to any prior lease or other agreement to which Tenant was a party (“ Tenant-Insured Improvements ”). Such insurance shall be written on a special cause of loss form for physical loss or damage, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance, and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril, including vandalism and malicious mischief theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion, and providing business interruption coverage for a period of six (6) months.

10.2.3 Workers’ Compensation statutory limits and Employers’ Liability limits of $1,000,000.

 

13


10.3 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s liability. Such insurance shall be issued by an insurance company than has an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII and shall be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance shall (a) name the Landlord Parties and any other party designated by Landlord (“ Additional Insured Parties ”) as additional insureds; and (b) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and non-contributing with Tenant’s insurance. Landlord shall be designated as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements and trade fixtures. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the Commencement Date and at least 15 days before the expiration date thereof, certificates from Tenant’s insurance company on the forms currently designated “ACORD 25” (Certificate of Liability Insurance) and “ACORD 28” (Evidence of Commercial Property Insurance) or the equivalent. Attached to the ACORD 25 (or equivalent) there shall be an endorsement naming the Additional Insured Parties as additional insureds, and attached to the ACORD 28 (or equivalent) there shall be an endorsement designating Landlord as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements and trade fixtures, and each such endorsement shall be binding on Tenant’s insurance company. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, in lieu of such certificates, copies of the policies of insurance required to be carried under Section 10.2 showing that the Additional Insured Parties are named as additional insureds end that Landlord is designated as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements and trade fixtures.

10.4 Subrogation . Each party waives, and shall cause its insurance carrier to waive, any right of recovery against the other party, any of its (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees or agents for any loss of or damage to property which loss or damage is (or, if the insurance required hereunder had been carried, would have been) covered by property insurance. For purposes of this Section 10.4 only, (a) any deductible with respect to a party’s insurance shall be deemed covered by, and recoverable by such party under, valid and collectable policies of insurance, and (b) any contractor retained by landlord to install, maintain or monitor a fire or security alarm for the Building shall be deemed an agent of Landlord.

10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall maintain such increased amounts of the insurance requited to be carried by Tenant under this Section 10 , and such other types and amounts of insurance covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested (not more than once in any 36-month period) by Landlord, but not in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building.

10.6 Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord shall maintain the following insurance, together with such other insurance coverage as Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, may elect to maintain, the premiums of which shall be included in Expenses: (a) Commercial General Liability insurance applicable to the Property, Building and Common Areas providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of at least $3,000,000.00; (b) Special Cause of Loss Insurance on the Building at replacement cost value as reasonably estimated by Landlord; (e) Worker’s Compensation Insurance to the extent required by Law; and (d) Employers Liability Coverage to the extent required by Law.

11. CASUALTY DAMAGE. With reasonable promptness after discovering any damage to the Premises, or to the Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises, resulting from any fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time required to substantially complete repair of such damage (the “ Landlord Repairs ”). If, according to

 

14


such estimate, the Landlord Repairs cannot be substantially completed within 210 days after they are commenced, either party may terminate this Lease upon 60 days’ notice to the other party delivered within 10 days after Landlord’s delivery of such estimate. Within 90 days after discovering any damage to the Project resulting from any Casualty, Landlord may, whether or not the Premises is affected, terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant if (i) any Security Holder terminates any ground lease or requires that any insurance proceeds be used to pay any mortgage debt; (ii) any damage to Landlord’s property is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iii) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that it or they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; (iv) the damage occurs during the lest 12 months of the Term; or (v) any owner, other than Landlord, of any damaged portion of the Project does not intend to repair such damage; provided, however, that Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to this sentence unless the Premises has been materially damaged or Landlord also exercises all rights it may have acquired as a result of the Casualty to terminate any other similarly situated leases of space in the Building. If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this Section 11 , Landlord shall promptly and diligently perform the Landlord Repairs, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment and other events of Force Majeure. The Landlord Repairs shall restore the Premises and the Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed when the Casualty occurred, except for (a) any modifications required by Law or any Security Holder, and (b) any modifications to the Common Areas that are deemed desirable by Landlord, are consistent with the character of the Project, and do not materially impair access to the Premises. Notwithstanding Section 10.4 , Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or its designee) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.2 with respect to any Tenant-Insured Improvements and trade fixtures, and if the estimated or actual cost of restoring any Tenant-Insured Improvements and trade fixtures exceeds the insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, Tenant shall pay such excess to Landlord within 15 days after Landlord’s demand. No Casualty and no restoration performed as required hereunder shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder; provided, however, that if the Premises or any Common Area necessary for Tenant’s access to the Premises is damaged by a Casualty, than, during any time that, as a result of such damage, any portion of the Premises is untenantable or inaccessible and is not occupied by Tenant, Monthly Rent shall be abated in proportion to the rentable square footage of such portion of the Premises.

12. NONWAIVER. No provision hereof shall be deemed waived by either party unless it is waived by such party expressly and in writing, and no waiver of any breach of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent shall not be deemed a waiver of any preceding breach of any provision hereof, other than Tenant’s failure to pay the particular Rent an accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of such acceptance. No acceptance of payment of an amount less than the Rent due hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount of Rent due, whether or not any endorsement or statement accompanying such payment purports to effect an accord and satisfaction. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the giving of any notice, the commencement of any suit, the issuance of any final judgment, or the termination hereof shall affect such notice, suit or judgment, or reinstate or extend the Term or Tenant’s right of possession hereunder.

13. CONDEMNATION. If any part of the Premises, Building or Project is taken for any Public or quasi-public use by power of eminent domain or by private purchase in lien thereof (a “ Taking ”) for more than 120 consecutive days, Landlord may terminate this Lease. If more than 25% of the rentable square footage of the Premises is Taken, or access to the Premises is substantially impaired as a result of a Taking, for more then 120 consecutive days, Tenant may terminate this Lease. Any such termination shall be effective as of the date possession most be surrendered to the authority, and the terminating party shall provide termination notice to the other party within 45 days after receiving written notice of such surrender date. Except as provided above in this Section 13 , neither party may terminate this Lease as a

 

15


result of a Taking. Tenant shall not assert any claim for compensation because of any Taking; provided, however, that Tenant may file a separate claim for any Taking of Tenant’s personal property or any fixtures that Tenant is entitled to remove upon the expiration hereof; and for moving expenses, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord or any Security Holder and is payable separately to Tenant. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Section 13 , all Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If a Taking occurs and this Lease is not so terminated, Monthly Rent shall be abated for the period of such Taking in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises, if any, that is subject to, or rendered inaccessible by, such Taking.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other transfer hereof or any interest hereunder by operation of law, enter into any sublease or license agreement, otherwise permit the occupancy or use of any part of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and connectors, or permit a Change of Control (defined in Section 14.6 ) to occur (each, a “ Transfer ”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) notice of the terms of the proposed Transfer, including its proposed effective date (the “ Contemplated Effective Date ”), a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Contemplated Transfer Space ”), a calculation of the Transfer Premium (defined in Section 14.3 ), and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (ii) current financial statements of the proposed transferee (or, in the case of a Change of Control, of the proposed new controlling party(ies)) certified by an officer or owner thereof and any other information reasonably required by Landlord in order to evaluate the proposed Transfer (collectively, the “ Transfer Notice ”). Within 10 business days after receiving the Transfer Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of (a) its consent to the proposed Transfer, (b) its refusal to consent to the proposed Transfer, or (c) its exercise of in rights under Section 14.4 . Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (defined in Section 19 ). Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee of $1,500.00 for Landlord’s review of any proposed Transfer, whether or not Landlord consents to it.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Subject to Section 14.4 , Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer. Without limiting other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent to a proposed Transfer if:

14.2.1 The proposed transferee is not a party of reasonable financial strength in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date the Transfer Notice is received; or

14.2.2 In landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed transferee has a character or reputation or is engaged in a business that is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project or

14.2.3 The proposed transferee is a govenmental agency or instrumentality thereof whose occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof generates, or is likely to generate, disproportionately high (in comparison to all of the tenants) visitation of the Premises or any portion thereof by members of the public, including, without limitation, situations where visitors will likely form waiting lines or loiter in Common Areas or cause disproportionately high visitation of the Premises; or

14.2.4 Intentionally Omitted; or

 

16


14.2.5 The proposed transferee, on the date the Transfer Notice is received, leases or occupies (or, at any time during the 6-month period ending on the date the Transfer Notice is received, has negotiated with Landlord to lease) space in the Project and as of the Contemplated Effective Date, Landlord will have vacant space that is at least comparable to the Contemplated Transfer Space in the Project.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) if Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to this Section 14.2 but Tenant does not enter into such Transfer within six (6) months thereafter, such consent shall no longer apply and such Transfer shall not be permitted unless Tenant again obtains Landlord a consent thereto pursuant and subject to the terms of this Section 14 ; and (b) if Landlord unreasonably withholds its consent under this Section 14.2 , Tenant’s sole remedies shall be contract damages (subject to Section 20 ) or specific performance, and Tenant waives all other remedies, including any right to terminate this Lease.

14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 50% of any Transfer Premium (defined below). As used herein, “ Transfer Premium ” means (a) in the case of an assignment, any consideration (including payment the Leasehold Improvements) paid by the assignee for such assignment, less any reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant on account of such assignment, including brokerage fees, legal fees, and Landlord’s review fee; (b) in the case of a sublease, license or other occupancy agreement, for each month of the term of such agreement, the amount by which all rent and other consideration paid by the transferee to Tenant pursuant to such agreement (less all reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant on account of such agreement, including brokerage fees, legal fees, construction costs and Landlord’s review fee, as amortized on a monthly, straight-line basis over the term of such agreement) exceeds the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant hereunder with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space; and (c) in the case of a Change of Control, any consideration (including payment for Leasehold Improvements) paid by the new controlling party(ies) to the prior controlling party(ies) on account of this Lease, less Landlord’s review fee and, to the extent reasonably allocable to this Lease, any other reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by such prior controlling party(ies) on account of such Change of Control. Payment of Landlord’s share of the Transfer Premium shall be made (x) in the case of an assignment or a Change of Control, within 10 days after Tenant or the prior controlling party(ies), as the case may be, receive(s) the consideration described above, and (y) in the case of a sublease, license or other occupancy agreement, for each month of the term of such agreement, within five (5) business days after Tenant receives the rent and other consideration described above.

14.4 Landlord’s Right to Recapture . Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof; except in the case of a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section 14.8 ), Landlord, by notifying Tenant within 10 business days after receiving the Transfer Notice, may terminate this Lease with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date; provided, however, that such termination shall not be effective if Tenant. by notifying Landlord within five (5) days of receiving Landlord’s notice of termination, withdraws the Transfer Notice. If Tenant does not timely withdraw the Transfer Notion, and if the Contemplated Transfer Space is less than the entire Premises, then Base Rent, Tenant’s Share, and the number of parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled under Section 1.9 shall be deemed adjusted on the basis of the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises retained by Tenant. Upon request of either party, the parties shall execute a written agreement prepared by Landlord memorializing such termination.

14.5 Effect of Consent . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) such consent shall not be deemed a consent to any further Transfer, (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, upon Landlord’s request, a complete statement, certified by an

 

17


independent CPA or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium. In the case of an assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. No Transfer, with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor hereof from any liability hereunder. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof Tenant, with or without Landlord’s consent, shall not enter into, or permit any party claiming by, through or under Tenant to enter into, any sublease, license or other occupancy agreement that provides for payment based in whole or in part on the net income or profit of the subtenant, licensee or other occupant thereunder.

14.6 Change of Control. As used herein, “Change of Control” means (a) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, the withdrawal or change (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of 50% or more of its equity owners within a 12-month period; and (b) in all other cases, any transaction(s) resulting in the acquisition of a Controlling interest (defined below) by one or more parties that did not own a Controlling Interest immediately before such transaction(s). As used herein, “ Controlling Interest ” means any direct or indirect equity or beneficial ownership interest in Tenant that confers upon its holder(s) the direct or indirect power to direct the ordinary management and policies of Tenant, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (but not through the ownership of voting securities listed on a recognized securities exchange).

14.7 Effect of Default. If Tenant is in Default, Landlord is irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any transferee under any sublease, license or other occupancy agreement to make all payments under such agreement directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations hereunder) until such Default is cured. Such transitive shall rely upon any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in Default, whether or not confirmed by Tenant.

14.8 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof if Tenant is not in Default, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 14.1 , permit a Change of Control to occur or assign this Lease to (a) an Affiliate of Tenant (other than pursuant to a merger or consolidation), (b) a successor to Tenant by merger or consolidation, or (c) a successor to Tenant by purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (a “ Permitted Transfer ”), provided that (i) at least 10 business days before the Transfer, Tenant notifies Landlord of such Transfer and delivers to Landlord any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord relating thereto, including reasonable documentation that the Transfer satisfies the requirements of this Section 14.8 ; (ii) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (a) or (c) above, the assignee executes and delivers to Landlord, at least 10 business days before the assignment, a commercially reasonable instrument pursuant to which the assignee assumes, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (iii) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (b) above, (A) the successor entity has a net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding intellectual property and any other intangible assets (“ Net Worth ”)) immediately after the Transfer that is not less than the lesser of (1) the Net Worth of Tenant immediately before the Transfer and (2) the Net Worth of Tenant as of the date of this Lease, and (B) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, at least 50% of its equity owners existing 12 months before the Transfer are also equity owners of the successor entity; (iv) except in the case of a Change of Control, the transferee is qualified to conduct business in the State of California; (v) in the case of a Change of Control, (A) Tenant is not a closely held professional service firm, and (B) Tenant’s Net Worth immediately after the Change of Control is not less than its Net Worth immediately before the Change of Control; and (vi) the Transfer is made for a good faith operating business purpose and not in order to evade the requirements of this Section 14 . As used herein, “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any party, a person or entity that controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by such party.

15. SURRENDER . Upon the expiration or earlier termination hereof, and subject to Sections 8 and 11 and this Section 15 , Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good condition

 

18


and repair as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, except for reasonable wear and tear, Casualty and repairs that are Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder. Before such expiration or termination, Tenant, without expense to Landlord, shall (a) remove from the Premises all debris and rubbish and all furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, Lines, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property that are owned or placed in the Premises by Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant (except for any Lines not required to be removed under Section 23 ), and (b) repair all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal. If Tenant fails to timely perform such removal and repair, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense (including storage costs). If Tenant fails to remove such property from the Premises, or from storage, within 30 days after notice from Landlord, any part of such property shall be deemed, at Landlord’s option, either (x) conveyed to Landlord without compensation, or (y) abandoned.

16. HOLDOVER. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant’s tenancy shall be subject to the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance only, for the entire Premises, and Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent (on a per-month basis without reduction for any partial month) at a rate equal to 150% of the Monthly Rent applicable during the last calendar month of the Term. Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit Landlord’s rights or remedies or be deemed a consent to any holdover. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to a new tenant or to perform improvements for a new tenant as a result of Tenant’s holdover, Tenant shall be liable for all resulting damages, including lost profits, incurred by Landlord.

17. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all existing and future ground or underlying leases, mortgages, trust deeds and other encumbrances against the Building or Project, all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof (each, a “ Security Agreement ”), and all advances made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless in each case the holder of such Security Agreement (each, a “ Security Holder ”) requires in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Upon any termination or foreclosure (or any delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure) of any Security Agreement, Tenant, upon request, shall attorn, without deduction or set-off, to the Security Holder or purchaser or any successor thereto and shall recognize such party as the lessor hereunder provided that such party agrees not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy so long as Tenant timely pays the Rent and otherwise performs its obligations hereunder. Within 10 days after request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute such further instruments as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any Security Agreement. Tenant waives any right it may have under Law to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder upon a foreclosure. Within 10 business days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of such parties as Landlord may reasonably designate, including current and prospective Security Holders and prospective purchasers.

18. ENTRY BY LANDLORD.

18.1 At all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant, or in an emergency, Landlord may enter the Premises to (i) inspect the Premises; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, current or prospective Security Holders or insurers, or, during the last 12 months of the Term (or while an uncured Default exists), prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of non-responsibility; or (iv) perform maintenance, repairs or alterations. At any time and without notice to Tenant, Landlord may enter the Premises to perform required services provided, however, that, except in an emergency, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior notice (which notice, notwithstanding Section 25.1 may be delivered by e-mail, fax, telephone or orally and in person) of any entry to perform a service that is not performed on a monthly or more frequent basis. If reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close

 

19


any portion of the Premises to perform maintenance, repairs or alterations. In an emergency, Landlord may use any means it deems proper to open doors to and in the Premises. Except in an emergency, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Except in an emergency, Tenant may have one of its employees accompany Landlord if Tenant makes such employee available when Landlord enters the Premises. No entry into or closure of any portion of the Premises pursuant to this Section 18 shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder.

18.2 Tenant, at its expense, may provide its own locks to an area within the Premises (“ Secured Area ”) containing not more than 10% of the total rentable square feet. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all keys to the Secured Area. Other than in an emergency, Landlord shall not enter the Secured Area without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord shall comply with all reasonable security measures pertaining to the Secured Area. If Landlord determines, in its sole discretion, that an emergency requires that Landlord enter the Secured Area, then (a) Landlord may forcibly enter the Secured Area; (b) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant with respect to such entry; and (c) Tenant shall pay all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in repairing any damage to the Premises resulting from such entry. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide janitorial service in the Secured Area.

19. DEFAULTS; REMEDIES.

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a “ Default ”:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s cure herein (in which event Tenant’s failure to cure within such time period shall be a Default), and except as otherwise provided in this Section 19.1 , any breach by Tenant of any other provision hereof where each breach continues for 30 days after notice from Landlord; provided that if such breach cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, Tenant shall not be in Default as a result of such breach if Tenant diligently commences such cure within such period, thereafter diligently pursues such cure, and completes such cure within 60 days after Landlord’s notice; or

19.1.3 Intentionally Omitted; or

19.1.4 Any breach by Tenant of Sections 5 , 14 , 17 or 18 where such breach continues for more than two (2) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.5 Tenant becomes in breach of Section 25.3 .

If Tenant, by repeating substantially the same act or omission, breaches a particular provision hereof (other than a provision requiring payment of Rent), and Landlord notifies Tenant of such breach, on three (3) separate occasions during any 12-month period, and if such breaches are collectively material, that Tenant’s subsequent breach of such provision by commission of substantially the same act or omission shall be, at Landlord’s option, an incurable Default. The notice periods provided herein are in lien of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by Law, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.

 

20


19.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon any Default, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive) without any notice or demand:

19.2.1 Landlord may terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have for possession or arrearages in Rent, but in compliance with applicable Law, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including brokerage commissions, advertising expenses, expenses of remodeling any portion of the Premises for a new tenant (whether for the same or a different use), and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; plus

(e) At Landlord’s option, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Law.

As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b) , the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication G.13(415), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord shall reasonably designate if such rate ceases to be published) plus two (2) percentage points, or (b) the highest rate permitted by Law. As used in Section 19.2.1(c) the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 , or any Law or other provision hereof), without prior demand or notice except as required by Law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

 

21


19.3 Efforts to Relet. Unless Landlord provides Tenant with express notice to the contrary, no re-entry, repossession, repair, maintenance, change, alteration, addition, relenting, appointment of a receiver or other action or omission by Landlord shall (a) be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, or (b) operate to release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder. Tenant waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming by, through or under Tenant, California Civil Code § 3275 and California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1174(c) and 1179 and any existing or future rights to redeem or reinstate, by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, this Lease or Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination hereof.

19.4 Landlord Default. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless it fails to begin within 30 days after notice from Tenant, or fails to pursue with reasonable diligence thereafter, the cure of any breach by Landlord of its obligations hereunder. Before exercising any remedies for a default by Landlord, Tenants shall give notice and a reasonable time to one to any Security Holder of which Tenant has been notified.

20. EXCULPATION.

20.1 Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) the liability of the Landlord Parties to Tenant shall be limited to an amount equal to the Landlords interest in the Building; (b) Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building for the recovery of any judgment or award against any Landlord Party; (c) no Landlord Party shall have any personal liability for any judgment or deficiency, and Tenant waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all parties claiming by, through or under Tenant; and (d) no Landlord Party shall be liable for any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, or for any form of special or consequential damage.

20.2 Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof; no Tenant Party shall be liable for any form of special or consequential damage, except as provided in Section 16 .

21. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Concurrently with its execution and delivery hereof; Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit, if any, as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder. If Tenant breaches any provision hereof, Landlord may, at its option, without notice to Tenant, apply all or part of the Security Deposit to pay any past-due Rent, cure any breach by Tenant, or compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage caused by such breach. If Landlord so applies any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant, within three (3) days after demand therefor, shall restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or measure of damages. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant within 60 days after the latest to occur of (a) the expiration of the Term, (b) Tenant’s surrender of the Premises as required hereunder, or (c) determination of the final Rent due from Tenant. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.

22. RELOCATION. Landlord, after giving notice, may move Tenant to other space in the Project comparable in size and utility to the Premises. In such event, all terms hereof shall apply to the new space, except that Base Rent and Tenant’s Share shall not increase as a result of such relocation. The new space must contain simpler finishes (subject to commercial availability) as the Premises and the same number of work stations, offices, breakrooms and reception areas as are contained in the Premises as of the date Tenant receives Landlord’s notice of relocation. In addition, Landlord shall move Tenant’s

 

22


effects to the new space. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable moving, re-cabling and stationery-replacement costs. The parties shall execute a written agreement prepared by Landlord memorializing the relocation.

23. COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINES. All Lines installed pursuant to this Lease shall be (a) installed in accordance with Section 7 ; and (b) clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, and the purpose of such Lines (i) every six (6) feet outside the Premises (including the electrical room risers and any Common Areas), and (ii) at their termination points. Landlord may designate specific contractors for work relating to vertical Lines. Sufficient spare cables and space for additional cables shall be maintained for other occupants, as reasonably determined by Landlord. Unless otherwise notified by Landlord, Tenant, at its expense and before the expiation or earlier termination hereof, shall remove all Lines and repair any resulting damage. As used herein, “ Lines ” means all communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises, whenever and by whomever installed or paid for, including any such wires or cables installed pursuant to any prior lease.

24. PARKING. Tenant may park in the Building’s parking facilities (the “ Parking Facility ”), in common with other tenants of the Building, upon the following terms and conditions. Tenant shall not use more than the number of unreserved and/or reserved parking spaces set forth in Section 1.9 , Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall this Lease be affected, if any parking is impaired by (or any parking charges are imposed as a result of) any Law. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations established by Landlord from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facility, including any sticker or other identification system and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the Parking Facility. Landlord may, in its discretion, allocate and assign parking passes among Tenant and the other tenants in the Building. Tenant’s use of the Parking Facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, and Landlord shall have no liability for any personal injury or damage to or theft of any vehicles or ether property occurring in the Parking Facility or otherwise in connection with any use of the Parking Facility by Tenant, its employees or invitees. Landlord may alter the size, configuration, design, layout or any other aspect of the Parking Facility without abatement of Rent or liability to Tenant provided that such alteration does not materially impair Tenant’s rights under this Section 24 . In addition, for purposes of facilitating any such alteration, Landlord may temporarily deny or restrict access to the Parking Facility, without abatement of Rent or liability to Tenant, provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to make reasonable substitute parking available to Tenant. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator, in which case (i) such parking operator shall have all the rights of control reserved herein by Landlord, (ii) Tenant shall enter into a parking agreement with such parking operator, (iii) Tenant shall pay such parking operator, rather than Landlord, any charge established hereunder for the parking spaces, and (iv) Landlord shall have no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of such parking operator except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant’s parking rights under this Section 24 are solely for the benefit of Tenant’s employees and invitees and such rights may not be transferred without Landlord’s prior consent, except pursuant to a Transfer permitted under Section 14 .

25. MISCELLANEOUS.

25.1 Notices. Except as provided in Section 18 , no notice, demand, statement, designation, request, consent, approval, election or other communication given hereunder (“ Notice ”) shall be binding upon either party unless (a) it is in writing (b) it is (i) sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (ii) delivered by a nationally recognized courier service, or (iii) delivered personally, and (c) it is sent or delivered to the address set forth in Section 1.10 or 1.11 , as applicable, or to such other place (other than a P.O. box) as the recipient may from time to time designate in a Notice to the other party. Any Notice shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual delivery or the

 

23


date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant is the recipient and has vacated its notice address without providing a new notice address, three (3) days after the date the Notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service as described above.

25.2 Force Majeure. If either party is prevented from performing any obligation hereunder by any strike, as of God, war, terrorist act, shortage of labor or materials, governmental action, civil commotion or other cause beyond such party’s reasonable control (“ Force Majeure ”), such obligation shall be excused during (and any time period for the performance of such obligation shall be extended by) the period of such prevention; provided, however, that this Section 25.2 shall not (a) permit Tenant to hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination hereof, or (b) excuse any of Tenant’s obligations under Sections 3 , 4 , 21 or 25.3 or any of Tenant’s obligations whose nonperformance would interfere with another occupant’s use, occupancy or enjoyment of its promises or the Project.

25.3 Representations and Covenants. Each party (“ Representing Party ”) represents, warrants and covenants to the other that (a) Representing Party is, and at all times during the Term will remain, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the state of its formation and qualified to do business in the state of California; (b) neither Representing Party’s execution of nor its performance under this Lease will cause Representing Party to be in violation of any agreement or Law; (c) Representing Party (and, if Representing Party is Tenant) has not, and at no time during the Term will have, (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing by creditors of an involuntary petition in bankruptcy that is not dismissed within 30 days, (iii) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (iv) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure dell or substantially all of its assets, (v) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (vi) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally; and (d) each party that (other than through the passive ownership of interests traded on a recognized securities exchange) constitutes, owns, controls, or is owned or controlled by Representing Party or (if Representing Party is Tenant) or any subtenant of Tenant is not, and at no time during the Term will be, (i) in violation of any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, or (ii) among the parties identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists or on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/tllsdn.pdf or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

25.4 Signs. Landlord shall include Tenant’s name in any tenant directory located in the lobby on the first floor of the Building. If any part of the Premises is located on a multi-tenant floor, Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, shall provide identifying suite signage for Tenant comparable to that provided by Landlord on similar floors in the Building. Tenant may not install (a) any signs outside the Premises, or (b) without Landlord’s prior consent in its sole and absolute discretion, any signs, window coverings, blinds or similar items that are visible from outside the Premises.

25.5 Supplemental HVAC. If any supplemental HVAC unit (a “ Unit ”) serves the Premises, then (a) Tenant shall pay the costs of all electricity consumed in the Unit’s operation, together with the cost of installing a meter to measure such consumption; (b) Tenant, at its expense, shall (i) operate and maintain the Unit in compliance with all applicable Laws and such reasonable rules and procedures as Landlord may impose; (i) keep the Unit in as good working order and condition as exists upon its installation (or, if later, on the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises), subject to normal wear and tear and damage resulting from Casualty; (iii) maintain in effect, with a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, a contract for the maintenance and repair of the Unit, which contract shall require the contactor, at least once every six (6) months, to inspect the Unit and provide to Tenant a report of any defective conditions, together with any recommendations for maintenance, repair or parts-replacement; (iv) follow all

 

24


reasonable recommendation of such contractor, and (v) promptly provide to Landlord a copy of such contract and each reports issued thereunder; (c) the Unit shall become Landlord’s property upon installation and without compensation to Tenant; provided, however, that upon Landlord’s request at the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall remove the Unit and repair any resulting damage; (d) the Unit shall be deemed (i) a Leasehold Improvement (except for purposes of Section 8 ), and (ii) for purposes of Section 11 , part of the Premises; (e) if the Unit exists on the date of mutual execution and delivery hereof, Tenant accepts the Unit in its “as is” condition, without representation or warranty as to quality, condition, fitness for use or any other matter; (f) if the Unit connects to the Building’s condenser water loop (if any), then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s standard one-time fee for such connection and Landlord’s standard monthly per-ton usage fee; and (g) if any portion of the Unit is located on the roof, then (i) Tenant’s access to the roof shall be subject to such reasonable rules and procedures as Landlord may impose; (ii) Tenant shall maintain the affected portion of the roof in a clean and orderly condition and shall not interfere with use of the roof by Landlord or any other tenants or licensees; and (iii) Landlord may relocate the Unit and/or temporarily interrupt its operation, without liability to Tenant, as reasonably necessary to maintain end repair the roof or otherwise operate the Building.

25.6 Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding between the pasties, including any appellate or alternative dispute resolution proceeding, the prevailing party may recover from the other party all of its costs and expenses in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Tenant shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees and costs that Landlord incurs in interpreting or enforcing this Lease or otherwise protecting its rights hereunder (a) where Tenant has failed to pay Rent when due, or (b) in any bankruptcy case, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or other insolvency, liquidation or reorganization proceeding involving Tenant or this Lease.

25.7 Brokers. Tenant represents to Landlord that it has dealt only with Tenant’s Broker as its broker in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from all claims of any brokers, other than Tenant’s Broker, claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from all claims of any brokers, including Landlord’s Broker, claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that any Affiliate of Landlord that is involved in the negotiation of this Lease is representing only Landlord, and that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of such Affiliate in connection with this Lease or any subsequent amendment or other document related hereto has been or will be rendered as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant. Landlord shall pay a brokerage commission to Tenant’s Broker subject to the terms of a separate mitten agreement to be entered into between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker.

25.8 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California. THE PARTIES WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.

25.9 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. Each party waives California Civil Code §§ 1932(2) and 1933(4). Tenant waives (a) any rights under (i) California Civil Code §§ 1932(1), 1941, 1942. 1950.7 or any similar Law, or (ii) California Code of Civil Procedure § 1265.130; and (b) any right to terminate this Lease under California Cavil Code § 1995.310.

 

25


25.10 Interpretation . As used herein, the capitalized term “Section” relies to a section hereof unless otherwise specifically provided herein. As used in this Lease, the terms “herein,” “hereof” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Lease and the term “include” and its derivatives are not limiting. Any reference herein to “any part” or “any portion” of the Premises, the Property or any other property shall be construed to refer to all or any part of such property. Wherever this Lease requires Landlord to provide a customary service or to act in a reasonable manner (whether in incurring an expense, establishing a rule or regulation, providing an approval or consent, or performing any other act), this Lease shall be deemed also to provide that whether such service is customary or such conduct is reasonable shall be determined by reference to the practices of owners of buildings (“ Comparable Buildings ”) that (i) are comparable to the Building in size, age, class, quality and location, and (ii) at Landlord’s option, have been, or are being prepared to be, certified under the U.S. Green Building Councils Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system or a similar rating system. Tenant and Landlord each waive the benefit of any rule that a written agreement shall be construed against the drafting party.

25.11 Entire Agreement. This Lease sets forth the entity agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any previous agreements (none of which shall be used to interpret this Lease). Tenant acknowledges that in entering into this Lease it has not relied upon any representation, warranty or statement, whether oral or written, not expressly set forth herein. This Lease can be modified only by a written agreement signed by both parties.

25.12 Other. Landlord, at its option, may cure any Default, without waiving any right or remedy or releasing Tenant from any obligation, in which event Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the cost of such cure. If any provision hereof is void or unenforceable, no other provision shall be affected. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute an option or offer to lease, and this instrument is not binding until it has been executed and delivered by both parties. If Tenant is comprised of two or more parties, their obligations shall be joint and several. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision hereof in which time of performance is a factor. So long as Tenant performs its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall have peaceful and quiet possession of the Premises against any party claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the terms hereof. Landlord may transfer its interest herein, in which event Landlord shall be released from, Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the performance of, and the transferee shall be deemed to have assumed, all of Landlord’s obligations arising hereunder after the date of such transfer (including the return of any Security Deposit) and Tenant shall attorn to the transferee. Landlord reserves all rights not expressly granted to Tenant hereunder, including the right to make alternatives to the Project. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property are granted to Tenant hereunder. The expiration or termination hereof shall not relieve either party of any obligation that accrued before, or continues to accrue after, such expiation or termination.

25.13 Fitness Center. Subject to the provisions of this Section 25.13 , so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, and provided Tenant’s employees execute Landlord’s standard waiver of liability form and pay the applicable one time or monthly fee, if any, than Tenant’s employees (the “ Fitness Center Users ”) shall be entitled to use the fitness center (the “ Fitness Center ”) in the Building. The use of the Fitness Center shall be subject to the reasonable rules and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use) established from time to time by Landlord for the Fitness Center. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the use of the Fitness Center by the Fitness Center Users shall be at their own risk and that the terms and provisions of Section 10.1 of this Lease shall apply to Tenant and the Fitness Center User’s use of the Fitness Center. The costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Fitness Center may be included as part of Expenses. Tenant acknowledges that the provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that Landlord shall continuously maintain the Fitness Center (or any other fitness facility) throughout the Term of this Lease, and Landlord shall have

 

26


the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to expand, contract, eliminate or otherwise modify the Fitness Center. No expansion, contraction, elimination or modification of the Fitness Center, and no termination of Tenant’s or the Fitness Center Users’ rights to the Fitness Center shall entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction in Rent, or constitute a constructive eviction, or result in an event of default by Landlord under this Lease.

25.14 Shower Facility. Subject to the provisions of this Section 25.14 , so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant employees (the “ Shower Users ”) shall be entitled to use the shower facility (the “ Shower Facility ”) in the Building. The use of the Shower Facility shall be subject to the reasonable rules and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use) established from time to time by Landlord for the Shower Facility. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the use of the Shower Facility by the Shower Users shall be at their own risk and that the terms and provisions of Section 10.1 of this Lease shall apply to Tenant and the Shower User’s use of the Shower Facility. The costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Shower Facility shall be included as part of Expenses. Tenant acknowledges that the provisions of this Section shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that Landlord shall continuously maintain the Shower Facility throughout the Term, and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to expand, contract, eliminate or otherwise modify the Shower Facility. No expansion, contraction, elimination or modification of the Shower Facility, and no termination of Tenant’s or the Shower User’s rights to the Shower Facility shall entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction in Rent, constitute a constructive eviction, or result in an event of default by Landlord under this Lease.

[SIGNATURES ARE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
CA-SHOREBREEZE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership
  By:   EOP Owner GP L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
    By:  

/s/ Kenneth Young

    Name:  

Kenneth Young

    Title:  

Vice President - Leasing

TENANT:
VERSARTIS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

Name:  

Jeffrey L. Cleland

Title:  

CEO

  [chairman][president][vice-president]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

  [secretary] [assistant secretary] [chief financial officer][assistant treasurer]

 

28


EXHIBIT A

SHOREBREEZE

SHOREBREEZE I

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A

1


EXHIBIT B

SHOREBREEZE

SHOREBREEZE I

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

WORK LETTER

As used in this Exhibit B (this “ Work Letter ”), the following terms shall have the following meanings: “ Agreement ” means the lease of which this Work Letter is a part “ Tenant Improvements ” means all improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to this Work Letter. “ Tenant Improvement Work ” means the construction of the Tenant Improvements, together with any related work (including demolition) that is necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements.

1. COST OF TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK. Except as provided in Section 2.7 below, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be performed at Landlord’s expense.

2. PLANS.

2.1 Selection of Architect. Landlord shall retain the architect/space planner (the “ Architect ”) and the engineering consultants (the “ Engineers ”) of Landlord’s choice to prepare all architectural plans for the Premises and all engineering Construction Drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life-safety, and sprinkler work in the Premises. The plans and drawings to be prepared by the Architect and the Engineers shall be referred to herein as the “ Plans .” Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that all elements of the design of the Plans are suitable for Tenant’s use of the Premises, and neither the preparation of the Plans by the Architect or the Engineers nor Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall relieve Tenant from such responsibility. Landlord shall (a) cause the Plans, other than any Tenant Revision (defined in Section 2.7 below), to comply with Law; and (b) cause the Architect and Engineers to use the Required Level of Care (defined below) to cause any Tenant Revision to comply with Law; provided, however, that Tenant, not Landlord, shall be responsible for any violation of Law resulting from Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than general office purposes. As used herein, “Required Level of Care” means the level of care that reputable architects and engineers customarily use to cause drawings and specifications to comply with Law where such drawings and specification’s are prepared for spaces in buildings comparable in quality to the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that any Tenant Revision complies with Law to the extent Landlord is not expressly, so responsible under this Section 2.1 , and neither the preparation of the Tenant Revision by the Architect or the Engineers nor Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Revision shall relieve Tenant from such responsibility. To the extent that either party (the “ Responsible Party ”) is responsible under this Section 2.1 for causing any portion of the Plans to comply with Law, the Responsible Party may contest any alleged violation of Law in good faith, including by seeking a waiver or deferment of compliance, asserting any defense allowed by Law, and exercising any right of appeal (provided that the other party incurs no liability as a result of such contest and that, after completing such contest, the Responsible Party makes any modification to the Plans or any alteration to the Premises that is necessary to comply with any final order or judgment).

2.2 [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.3 Space Plan. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that they have approved the space plan for the Premises prepared by ID/Architecture dated July 27, 2011 and as revised on August 15, 2011 (collectively, the “ Space Plan ”), attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 . All materials and finishes contemplated by the Space Plan shall be deemed to be Building-standard unless otherwise expressly provided therein.

2.4 Additional Programming Information. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, in writing, all information (the “ Additional Programming Information ”) that, together with the Space Plan, is necessary in the judgment of Landlord, the Architect and the Engineers to amble them to complete the architectural, engineering and final architectural working drawings for the Tenant Improvement Work in a term and manner that (a) are sufficient to enable subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits for the Tenant Improvement Work, (b) are consistent with the Space Plan and will not increase the cost of the Tenant Improvement Work (in each case as reasonably determined by Landlord), and (c) are otherwise in accordance with Building standards (collectively, the “ Construction Drawings ”). The Additional Programming Information shall be consistent with Landlord’s requirements for avoiding aesthetic, engineering or other conflicts with the design and function of the balance of the Building (collectively, the “ Landlord Requirements ”) and shall otherwise be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving the Additional Programming Information within five (5) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt thereof or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement. If Landlord disapproves the Additional Programming Information, Landlord’s notice of disapproval shall describe with reasonable specificity the basis for such disapproval and the changes that would be necessary to resolve Landlord’s objections. If Landlord disapproves the Additional Programming Information, Tenant shall modify the Additional

 

Exhibit B

1


Programming Information and resubmit the same the Landlord’s review and approval. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Landlord has approved the Additional Programming Information. If requested by Tenant, Landlord stall reasonably assist Tenant, or cease the Architect and/or the Engineers to assist Tenant, in preparing all or a portion of the Additional Programming Information; provided, however, that, whether or not the Additional Programming Information is prepared with such assistance, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the timely preparation and delivery of the Additional Programming Information and for all elements thereof.

2.5 Construction Drawings . After approving the Additional Programming Information, Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Engineers to prepare and deliver to Tenant Construction Drawings that conform to the Space Plan and the approved Additional Programming Information. Such preparation and delivery shall occur within 10 business days after the later of Landlord’s approval of the Additional Programming Information or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement. Tenant shall approve or disapprove the Construction Drawings by notice to Landlord. If Tenant disapproves the Construction Drawings, Tenant’s notice of disapproval shall specify any revisions Tenant desires in the Construction Drawings. After receiving such notice of disapproval, Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Engineers to revise the Construction Drawings, taking into account the reasons for Tenant’s disapproval (provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to cause the Architect or the Engineers to make any revision to the Construction Drawings that, In Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would (a) cause the Construction Drawings to (i) fail to conform strictly to the Space Plan, or (ii) fail to comply with Law or the Landlord Requirements, or (b) increase the cost of the Tenant Improvement Work, or that Landlord otherwise reasonably disapproves), and resubmit the Constitution Drawings to Tenant for its approval. Such revision and resubmission shall occur within five (5) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of disapproval or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 10 business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such revision is material. Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Tenant has approved the Construction Drawings. The Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant are referred to herein as the “ Approved Construction Drawings ”.

2.6 [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.7 Revisions to Approved Construction Drawings. If Tenant requests any revision to the Approved Construction Drawings (any such revision requested by Tenant, a “ Tenant Revision ”), Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving such Tenant Revision, and, if Landlord approves such Tenant Revision, Landlord shall have such Tenant Revision made and delivered to Tenant, together with notice of any resulting change in the total cost associated with the Tenant Improvement Work, within 10 business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement if such Tenant Revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 15 business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such Tenant Revision is material, whereupon Tenant, within one (1) business day, shall notify Landlord whether it desires to proceed with such Tenant Revision. If Landlord has commenced performance of the Tenant Improvement Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such Tenant Revision. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, immediately upon demand, for any increase in the total cost associated with the Tenant Improvement Work that remits from any Tenant Revision (including the cost of preparing the Tenant Revision). Without limitation, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to disapprove any proposed Tenant Revision that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would fail to comply with law or with the Landlord Requirements. Landlord shall not revise the Approved Construction Drawings without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

2.8 Time Deadlines. Tenant and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with each other and Landlord’s architect, engineers and other consultants to complete all phases of the Plans and obtain the permits for the Tenant Improvement Work as soon as possible after the execution of this Agreement, and Tenant shall meet with Landlord, in accordance with a schedule reasonably determined by Landlord, to discuss the parties’ progress. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall approve the Construction Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above on or before Tenant’s Approval Deadline (defined below). As used in this Work Letter, “ Tenant’s Approval Deadline ” means September 9, 2011; provided, however, that Tenant’s Approval Deadline shall be extended by one day for each day, if any, by which Tenant’s approval of the Construction Drawings pursuant to Section 2. 5 above is delayed by any failure of Landlord to perform its obligations ender this Section 2 .

3. CONSTRUCTION.

3.1 Contractor. A contractor designated by Landlord (the “ Contractor ”) shall perform the Tenant Improvement Work. In addition, Landlord may select and/or approve of any subcontractors, mechanics and materialmen used in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.

 

Exhibit B

2


3.2 Construction.

3.2.1 [Intentionally Omitted.]

3.2.2 Landlord’s Retention of Contractor. Landlord shall independently retain the Contractor to perform the Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the Approved Construction Drawings.

3.2.3 Contractor’s Warranties. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord relating to any defects in the Tenant Improvements; Provided, however, that it within 30 days after substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant provides notice to Landlord of any non-latent defect in the Tenant Improvements. or if within 11 months after substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant provides notice to Landlord of any latent defect in the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, correct or cause to be corrected such latent or non-latent defects. As used in this Work Letter, “ Construction Contract ” means the construction contract between Landlord and the Contractor pursuant to which the Tenant Improvements will be constructed.

4. COMPLETION.

4.1 Ready for Occupancy. For purposes of Section 1.3.2 of this Agreement, the Premises shall be deemed “ Ready for Occupancy ” upon the substantial completion of the Tenant Improvement Work. Subject to Section 4.2 below, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be “substantially complete” upon the completion of the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the Approved Construction Drawings (as reasonably determined by Landlord), with the exception of any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

4.2 Tenant Delay. If the substantial completion of the Tenant Improvement Work is delayed (a “ Tenant Delay ”) as a result of (a) any failure of Tenant to approve the Construction Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above on or before Tenant’s Approval Deadline; (b) Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval; (c) any breath by Tenant of this Work Letter or the Lease; (d) any request by Tenant for a revision to the Approved Construction Drawings (except to the extent such delay results from any failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under Section 2.7 above); (e) Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements that are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of substantial completion of the Tenant Improvement Work as set forth in this Agreement; (f) any change to the base, shell or are of the Premises or Building required by the Approved Construction Drawings; or (g) any other act or omission of Tenant or any of its agents, employees or representatives, then, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, and regardless of’ when the Tenant Improvement Work is actually substantially completed, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be substantially completed on the date on which the Tenant Improvement Work would have been substantially completed if no such Tenant Delay had occurred.

5. MISCELLANEOUS. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, if Tenant defaults under this Agreement before the Tenant Improvement Work is completed, Landlord’s obligations under this Work Letter shall be excused until such default is cured and Tenant shall be responsible for any resulting delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvement Work. This Work Letter shall not apply to any space other than the Premises.

 

Exhibit B

3


EXHIBIT C

SHOREBREEZE

SHOREBREEZE I

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

SPACE PLAN

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit C

1


EXHIBIT C

SHOREBREEZE

SHOREBREEZE I

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

CONFIRMATION LETTER

             , 20     

 

To:   

 

        
  

 

        
  

 

        
  

 

        
Re:    Office Lease (the “Lease”) dated             , 2011, between CA-SHOREBREEZE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and VERSARTIS, INC, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), concerning Suite 450 on the fourth floor of the building located at 275 Shoreline Drive, Redwood City, California.

 

      Lease ID:                                                                                    
      Business Unit Number:                                                              

Dear                     :

In accordance with the Lease, Tenant accepts possession of the Premises and confirms the following:

 

  1. The Commencement Date is                     and the Expiration Date is                     .

 

  2. The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is 5,740 square feet.

 

  3. Tenant’s Share, based upon the exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises, is 4.9779%.

Please acknowledge the foregoing by signing all three (3) counterparts of this letter in the space provided below and returning two (2) fully executed counterparts to my attention. Please note that pursuant to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease, if Tenant fells to execute and return (or, by notice to Landlord, reasonably object to) this letter within five (5) days after receiving it Tenant shall be deemed to have executed and returned it without exception.

 

“Landlord”:
CA-SHOREBREEZE LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership
  By:   EOP Owner GP L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

Exhibit C

1


Agreed and Accepted as of              , 2011.
“Tenant”:
VERSARTIS, INC, a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit C

2


EXHIBIT D

SHOREBREEZE

SHOREBREEZE I

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall comply with the following rules and regulations (as modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Rules and Regulations”). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of the Rules and Regulations by any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two (2) keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant, and if any such keys are lost, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing them or of changing the applicable locks if Landlord deems such changes necessary.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord may close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant shall cause its employees, agents, contractors, invitees and licensees who use Building doors during such hours to securely close and lock them after such use. Any person entering or leaving the Building during such hours, or when the Building doors are otherwise locked, may be required to sign the Building register, and access to the Building may be refused unless such person has proper identification or has a previously arranged access pass. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests them. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord and its agents shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission or exclusion of any person to or from the Building. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord may prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in each manner as Landlord designates. Landlord may prescribe the weight, area and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property. Any damage to the Building, its contents, occupants or invitees resulting from Tenant’s moving or maintaining any such safe or other heavy property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant (notwithstanding Sections 7 and 10.4 of this Lease).

 

Exhibit D

1


5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle or canvass any occupant of the Project.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance shall be thrown therein. Notwithstanding Sections 7 and 10.4 of this Lease, Tenant shall bear the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from any violation of this rule by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, or (other than by driving appropriately-sized nails into drywall for the purpose of hanging lightweight pictures, whiteboards and similar items) mark, drive nails or screws or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall of the Premises, or otherwise deface the Premises, without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall not purchase bottled water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person not approved by Landlord.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated in the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent.

11. No inflammable, explosive or dangerous fluids or substances shall be used or kept by Tenant in the Premises or about the Project, except for such substances as are typically found in similar premises used for general office purposes and are being used by Tenant in a safe manner and in accordance with all Laws. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use, store, install, disturb, spill, remove, release or dispose of, within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Project, any asbestos-containing materials or any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or subsequently considered toxic or hazardous under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. or any other applicable environmental Law. Tenant shall comply with all Laws pertaining to and governing the use of these materials by Tenant and shall remain solely liable for the costs of abatement and removal. No burning candle or other open flame shall be ignited or kept by Tenant in the Premises or about the Project.

12. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use or keep any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or occupy or use the Premises in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, or interfere with other occupants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, CD player or otherwise. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylight or down passageways.

 

Exhibit D

2


14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals (other than service animals), birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done in the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for lodging, for living quarters or sleeping apartments, or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and invitees, provided that such use complies with all Laws.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except to the extent such storage may be incidental to the Permitted Use. Tenant shall not occupy the Premises as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics or tobacco, or as a medical office, a barber or manicure shop, or an employment bureau, without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees or others in the Premises except those actually working for or with Tenant in the Premises, nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17. Landlord may exclude from the Project any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who violates any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, balls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning, shall cooperate with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall not attempt to adjust any controls. Tenant shall install and use in the Premises only ENERGY STAR rated equipment, where available. Tenant shall use recycled paper in the Premises to the extent consistent with its business requirements.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage inside the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash or garbage receptacles if, under Law, it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of disposing of trash and garbage in the vicinity of the Building. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s recycling program, if any.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to Landlord’s prior consent and, while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or employee of such manager or Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

23. No awning or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without Landlord’s prior consent. Other than Landlord’s Building-standard window coverings, no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color

 

Exhibit D

3


approved in advance by Landlord. Neither the Interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior consent. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings.

24. Tenant shall not obstruct any sashes, sash doors, skylights. windows or doors that reflect or admit light or air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building, nor shall Tenant place any bottles, parcels or other articles on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with requests by Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant must comply with the State of California “No-Smoking” law set forth in California Labor Code Section 6404.5 and with any local “No-Smoking” ordinance that is not superseded by such law.

27. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.

28. All office equipment of an electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance.

29. Tenant shall not use any bond trucks accept those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

30. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent.

31. Without Landlord’s prior consent, Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises.

32. Fitness Center Rules. Tenant shall cause its employees (whether members or prospective members of the Fitness Center) to comply with the following Fitness Center rules and regulations (subject to change from time to time as Landlord may solely determine):

 

  A. Membership in the Fitness Center is open to the tenants of Shorebreeze I and Shorebreze II. No guests will be permitted to use the Fitness Canter without the prior written approval of Landlord or Landlord’s representative.

 

  B. Fitness Center users are not allowed to be in the Fitness Center other than the hours designated by Landlord from time to time. Landlord shall have the right to alter the hours of use of the Fitness Center, at Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

  C. All Fitness Center users must execute Landlord’s Waiver of Liability prior to use of the Fitness Center and agree to all terms and conditions outlined therein.

 

  D. Individual membership and guest keycards to the Fitness Center shall not be shared and shall only be used by the individual to whom such keycard was issued. Failure to abide by this rule may result in immediate termination of such Fitness Center user’s right to use the Fitness Center.

 

Exhibit D

4


  E. All Fitness Center users and approved guests must have a pre-authorized keycard to enter the Fitness Center. A pre-authorized keycard shall not be issued to a prospective Fitness Center user until receipt by Landlord of Landlord’s initial fee, if any, for use of the Fitness Center by such Fitness Center user(s).

 

  F. Use of the Fitness Center is a privilege and not a right. Failure to follow gym rules or to act inappropriately while using the facilities shall result in termination of Tenant’s Fitness Center privileges.

Landlord may from time to time modify or supplement these Rules and Regulations in a manner that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is appropriate for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, the Building the Common Areas and the Project, for the preservation of good order therein, and for the convenience of other occupants and tenants thereof. Landlord may waive any of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any tenant but no such waiver shall be construed as a waiver of such Rule and Regulation in favor of any other tenant nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing such Rule and Regulation against any tenant.

 

Exhibit D

5


EXHIBIT E

SHOREBREEZE

SHOREBREEZE I

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

JUDICIAL REFERENCE

IF THE JURY-WAIVER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 25.8 OF THIS LEASE ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW SHALL APPLY.

It is the desire and intention of the parties to agree upon a mechanism and procedure under which controversies and disputes arising out of title Lease or related to the Premises will be resolved in a prompt and expeditious manner. Accordingly, except with respect to actions for unlawful or forcible detainer or with respect to the prejudgment remedy of attachment, any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party hereto against the other (and/or against its officers, directors, employees, agents or subsidiaries or affiliated entities) on any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be hard and resolved by a referee under the provisions of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 638 — 645.1, inclusive (as same may be amended, or any successor statute(s) thereto) (the “Referee Sections”). Any fee to initiate the judicial reference proceedings and all fees charged and costs incurred by the referee shall be paid by the party initiating such procedure (except that if a reporter is requested by either party, then a reporter shall be present at all proceedings where requested and the fees of such reporter – except for copies ordered by the other parties – shall be borne by the party requesting the reporter); provided however, that allocation of the costs and fees, including any initiation fee, of such proceeding shall be ultimately determined in accordance with Section 25.6 of this Lease. The venue of the proceedings shall be in the county in which the Premises is located. Within 10 days of receipt by any party of a request to resolve any dispute or controversy pursuant to this Exhibit E , the parties shall agree upon a single referee who shall try all issues, whether of fact or law, and report a finding and judgment on such issues as required by the Referee Sections. If the parties are unable to agree upon a referee within such 10-day period, then any party may thereafter file a lawsuit in the county in which the Premises is located for the purpose of appointment of a referee under the Referee Sections. If the referee is appointed by the court, the referee shall be a neutral and impartial retired judge with substantial experience in the relevant matters to be determined, from Jams/Endispute, Inc., ADR Services, Inc. or a similar mediation/arbitration entity approved by each party in its sole and absolute discretion. The proposed referee may be challenged by any party for any of the grounds listed in the Referee Sections. The retiree shall have the power to decide all issues of fact and law and report his or her decision on such issues, and to issue all recognized remedies available at law or in equity for any cause of action that is before the referee, including an award of attorneys’ fees and costs in accordance with this Lease. The referee shall not, however, have the power to award punitive damages, nor any other damages that are not permitted by the express provisions of this Lease, and the parties waive any right to recover any such damages. The parties may conduct all discovery as provided in the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the referee shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery orders in the same manner as any trial court judge, with rights to regulate discovery and to issue and enforce subpoenas, protective orders and other limitations on discovery available under California Law. The reference proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with California Law (including the rules of evidence), and in all regards, the referee shall follow California Law applicable at the time of the reference proceeding. The parties shall promptly and diligently cooperate with one another and the referee, and shall perform such acts as may be necessary to obtain a prompt and expeditious resolution of the dispute or controversy in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit E . In this regard, the parties agree that the parties and the

 

Exhibit E

1


referee shall use best efforts to ensure that (a) discovery be conducted for a period no longer than 6 months from the date the referee is appointed, excluding motions regarding discovery, and (b) a trial date be set within 9 months of the date the referee is appointed. In accordance with Section 644 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, the decision of the referee upon the whole issue must stand as the decision of the court, and upon the filing of the statement of decision with the clerk of the court, or with the judge if there is no clerk, judgment may be entered thereon in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the court. Any decision of the referee and/or judgment or other order entered thereon shall be appealable to the same extent and in the same manner that such decision, judgment, or order would be appealable if rendered by a judge of the superior court in which venue is proper hereunder. The referee shall in his/her statement of decision set forth his/her findings of fact and conclusions of law. The parties intend this general reference agreement to be specifically enforceable in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure. Nothing in this Exhibit E shall prejudice the right of any party to obtain provisional relief or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction as shall otherwise be available under the Code of Civil Procedure and/or applicable court rules.

 

Exhibit E

2


EXHIBIT F

SHOREBREEZE

SHOREBREEZE I

REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

1. Provisions Required Under Existing Security Agreement . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease:

 

  A. Permitted Use . No portion of the Premises shall be used for any of the following uses: any pornographic or obscene purposes, any commercial sex establishment, any pornographic, obscene, nude or semi-nude performances, modeling, materials, activities, or sexual conduct or any other use that, as of the time of the execution hereof has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Property or its use, operation or value.

 

  B. Subordination and Attornment . This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any Security Agreement (other than a ground lease) existing as of the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Lease (as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, an “ Existing Security Agreement ”) or any loan document secured by any Existing Security Agreement (an “ Existing Loan Document ”). In the event of the enforcement by any Security Holder of any remedy under any Existing Security Agreement or Existing Loan Document, Tenant shall, at the option of the Security Holder or of any other person or entity succeeding to the interest of the Security Holder as a result of such enforcement, attorn to the Security Holder or to such person or entity and shall recognize the Security Holder or such successor in the interest as lessor under this Lease without change in the provisions thereof; provided, however, the Security Holder or such successor in interest shall not be liable for or bound by (i) any payment of an installment of rent or additional rent which may have been made more than thirty (30) days before the due date of such installment, (ii) any act or omission of or delimit by Landlord under this Lease (but the Security Holder, or such successor, shall be subject to the continuing obligations of Landlord to the extent arising from and after such succession to the extent of the Security Holder’s, or such successor’s, interest in the Property), (iii) any credits, claims, setoffs or defenses which Tenant may have against Landlord, or (iv) any obligation under this Lease to maintain a fitness facility at the Property. Tenant, upon the reasonable request by the Security Holder or such successor in interest, shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming such attornment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Security Holder under any Existing Security Agreement or Existing Loan Document shall have entered into a separate subordination, attornment and non-disturbance agreement directly with Tenant governing Tenant’s obligation to attorn to the Security Holder or such successor in interest as lessor, the terms and provisions of such agreement shall supersede the provisions of this Subsection.

 

  C. Proceeds.

 

  1.

As used herein, “Proceeds” means any compensation, awards, proceeds, damages, claims, insurance recoveries, causes or rights of action (whenever accrued) or payments which Landlord may receive or to which Landlord may

 

Exhibit F

1


  become entitled with respect to the Property or any part thereof (other than payments received in connection with any liability or loss of rental value or business interruption insurance) in connection with any taking by condemnation or eminent domain (“ Taking ”) of or any casualty or other damage or injury to, the Property or any part thereof.

 

  2. Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to entitle Tenant to receive and retain Proceeds except those that may be specifically awarded to it in condemnation proceedings because of the Taking of its trade fixtures and its leasehold improvements which have not become part of the Property and such business loss as Tenant may specifically and separately establish. Nothing in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to expand any right Tenant may have under this Lease to receive or retain any Proceeds.

 

  3. Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to prevent Proceeds from being held and disbursed by any Security Holder under any Existing Loan Documents in accordance with the terms of such Existing Loan Documents. However, it in the event of any casualty or partial Taking, any obligation of Landlord under this Lease to restore the Premises or the Building is materially diminished by the operation of the preceding sentence, then Landlord, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of such casualty or partial Taking, shall provide written notice to Tenant describing such diminution with reasonably specificity, whereupon, unless Landlord has agreed in writing, in its sole and absolute discretion, to waive such diminution, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective 10 days after the date of such termination notice.

 

2. Extension Option .

 

  2.1 Grant of Option; Conditions . Tenant shall have the right (the “ Extension Option ”) to extend the Term for one additional period of two (2) years commencing on the day following the Expiration Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Expiration Date (the “Extension Term”), if:

 

  A. Not less than 9 and not more than 12 full calendar months before the Expiration Date, Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord (the “Extension Notice’) electing to exercise the Extension Option and stating Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market (defined in Section 2.5 below) rate for the Extension Term;

 

  B. Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable one period when Tenant delivers the Extension Notice;

 

  C. No part of the Premises is sublet (other than to an Affiliate of Tenant) when Tenant delivers the Extension Notice and

 

  D. The Lease has not been assigned before Tenant delivers the Extension Notice.

 

  2.2 Terms Applicable to Extension Term .

 

  A.

During the Extension Term, (a) the Base Rent rate per rentable square foot shall be equal to the Prevailing Market rate per rentable square foot; (b) Base Rent

 

Exhibit F

2


  shall increase, if at all, in accordance with the increases assumed in the determination of Prevailing Market rate; and (c) Base Rent shall be payable in monthly installments in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

 

  B. During the Extension Term Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes for the Premises in accordance with the Lease.

 

  2.3 Procedure for Determining Prevailing Market . Within 30 days after receiving the Extension Notice, Landlord shall give Tenant either (i) written notice (“ Landlord’s Binding Notice ”) accepting Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term stated in the Extension Notice, or (ii) written notice (“ Landlord’s Rejection Notice ”) rejecting such estimate and stating Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term. If Landlord gives Tenant a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, Tenant, within 15 days thereafter, shall give Landlord either (i) written notice (“ Tenant’s Binding Notice ”) accepting Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term stated in such Landlord’s Rejection Notice, or (ii) written notice (“ Tenant’s Rejection Notice ”) rejecting such estimate. If Tenant gives Landlord a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term. If, within 30 days after delivery of a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, Tenant’s Extension Option shall be of no further force or effect.

 

  2.4 Extension Amendment . If Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises its Extension Option, and if the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term is determined in accordance with Section 2.3 above, Landlord, within a reasonable time thereafter, shall prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment (the “ Extension Amendment ”) reflecting changes in the Base Rent, the Term, the Expiration Date, and other appropriate terms, and Tenant shall execute and return the Extension Amendment to Landlord within 15 days after receiving it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term in accordance with Section 2.3 above, an otherwise valid exercise of the Extension Option shall be fully effective whether or not the Extension Amendment is executed.

 

Exhibit F

3

Exhibit 10.3

V ERSARTIS , I NC .

2009 S TOCK P LAN

A DOPTED ON F EBRUARY  17, 2009

A S A MENDED ON M AY  13, 2009, S EPTEMBER  10, 2010, F EBRUARY  14, 2011, J UNE  16, 2011,

J ANUARY  18, 2012, M AY  1, 2012, O CTOBER  12, 2012, J ANUARY  7, 2013, J ULY  8, 2013,

O CTOBER 1, 2013, D ECEMBER  28, 2013, F EBRUARY  4, 2014 AND F EBRUARY  14, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

SECTION 1. Establishment And Purpose

     1   

SECTION 2. Administration

     1   
  (a)    Committees of the Board of Directors      1   
  (b)    Authority of the Board of Directors      1   

SECTION 3. Eligibility

     1   
  (a)    General Rule      1   
  (b)    Ten-Percent Stockholders      1   
SECTION 4. Stock Subject To Plan      2   
  (a)    Basic Limitation      2   
  (b)    Additional Shares      2   
SECTION 5. Terms And Conditions Of Awards Or Sales      2   
  (a)    Stock Purchase Agreement      2   
  (b)    Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights      2   
  (c)    Purchase Price      2   
  (d)    Withholding Taxes      2   
  (e)    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares      2   
SECTION 6. Terms And Conditions Of Options      3   
  (a)    Stock Option Agreement      3   
  (b)    Number of Shares      3   
  (c)    Exercise Price      3   
  (d)    Exercisability      3   
  (e)    Basic Term      3   
  (f)    Termination of Service (Except by Death)      3   
  (g)    Leaves of Absence      4   
  (h)    Death of Optionee      4   
  (i)    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares      4   
  (j)    Transferability of Options      4   
  (k)    Withholding Taxes      5   
  (l)    No Rights as a Stockholder      5   
  (m)    Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options      5   
SECTION 7. Payment For Shares      5   
  (a)    General Rule      5   
  (b)    Services Rendered      5   
  (c)    Promissory Note      5   
  (d)    Surrender of Stock      5   
  (e)    Exercise/Sale      6   
  (f)    Other Forms of Payment      6   

 

i


SECTION 8. Adjustment Of Shares      6   
  (a)    General      6   
  (b)    Mergers and Consolidations      6   
  (c)    Reservation of Rights      7   
SECTION 9. Securities Law Requirements      8   
SECTION 10. No Retention Rights      8   
SECTION 11. Duration and Amendments      8   
  (a)    Term of the Plan      8   
  (b)    Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan      8   
  (c)    Effect of Amendment or Termination      8   
SECTION 12. Definitions      9   

 

ii


V ERSARTIS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN

 

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

 

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Committees of the Board of Directors . The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b) Authority of the Board of Directors . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

 

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) General Rule . Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders . A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

1


SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a) Basic Limitation . Not more than 29,474,164 Shares may be issued under the Plan (subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8(a)). All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

(b) Additional Shares . In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

 

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

(a) Stock Purchase Agreement . Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights . Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

(c) Purchase Price . The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

(d) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

 

2


SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Stock Option Agreement . Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

(c) Exercise Price . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of any Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

(d) Exercisability . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion. All of an Optionee’s Options shall become exercisable in full if Section 8(b)(iv) applies.

(e) Basic Term . The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and in the case of an ISO a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

(f) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

3


The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

(g) Leaves of Absence . For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(h) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

(i) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

(j) Transferability of Options . An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, a Nonstatutory Option shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

 

4


(k) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

(l) No Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

(m) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

 

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a) General Rule . The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

(b) Services Rendered . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

(c) Promissory Note . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

(d) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

 

5


(e) Exercise/Sale . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(f) Other Forms of Payment . To the extent that a Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Option Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

 

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a) General . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option. In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(b) Change in Control.

(i) In the event of a Change in Control, the Shares subject to each Option granted to an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director that are outstanding under the Plan at the time of the Change in Control shall automatically become 100% fully vested, and each such Option shall become, immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control, exercisable for 100% of the Shares at the time subject to that Option, but only if and to the extent such Option is not assumed by the successor entity or otherwise not continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction. In the event of a Change in Control, the Shares subject to an outstanding Option granted to an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director, which Option has been assumed by the successor entity or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, shall automatically become 100% fully vested, and each such Option shall become exercisable for all Shares at the time subject to that Option, but only upon the occurrence and at the time of Optionee’s Involuntary Termination.

 

6


(ii) Immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, all outstanding repurchase rights of the Company related to any Option granted to an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director and set forth in an applicable Stock Purchase Agreement shall automatically terminate.

(iii) Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding Options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor entity or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

(iv) Each Option that is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after the consummation of such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities that would have been issuable to the Optionee upon consummation of such Change in Control, had the Option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Change in Control transaction shall also be made to (1) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Change in Control and (2) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding Option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same.

(v) The portion of any ISO accelerated in connection with a Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an ISO only to the extent the applicable $100,000 limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such Option shall be exercisable as a Nonstatutory Option under the federal tax laws.”

(vi) The acceleration and exercisability of Options in the event of a Change in Control are subject to other limitations imposed by the administrator of the Plan.

(c) Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

7


SECTION 9. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

 

SECTION 10. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

(a) Term of the Plan . The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan. If the stockholders fail to approve an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred in reliance on such increase shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made in reliance on such increase.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

 

8


SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(b) “ Change in Control ” shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person or persons different from the person or persons who beneficially owned those securities immediately prior to such transaction, except that any such transaction effected in connection with or to facilitate a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board of Directors shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors;

(ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(iii) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board of Directors shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control.

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(h) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

9


(i) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(1) “ Family Member ” shall mean (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee control the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee own more than 50% of the voting interests.

(m) “ Involuntary Termination ” shall mean, during the twelve (12) months following the consummation of a Change in Control,

(i) the termination of Optionee’s Service by reason of Optionee’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company or Parent or Subsidiary employing Optionee for reasons other than Misconduct, or

(ii) Optionee’s voluntary resignation following (A) a material diminution in the Optionee’s base compensation, (B) a material diminution in the Optionee’s authority, duties, position or responsibilities, (C) a material diminution in the authority, duties, position or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the Optionee is required to report, including a requirement that the Optionee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of directly to the Board of Directors, (D) a material diminution in the budget over which the Optionee retains authority, (E) a relocation of Optionee’s principal place of work to a location that is more than 50 miles away from the Optionee’s principal place of work immediately prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, or (F) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Plan.

(n) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(o) “ Misconduct ” shall mean (i) Optionee’s repeated failure to substantially perform his duties and responsibilities to the Company or deliberate violation of significant Company policies, (ii) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee, (iii) any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or (iv) any other intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any

 

10


Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner; provided , however , that if the term or concept has been defined in a written employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, then Misconduct shall have the definition set forth in such employment agreement while such employment agreement is in effect. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee or other person in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

(p) “ Nonstatutory Option ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(q) “ Option ” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(r) “ Optionee ” shall mean a person who holds an Option.

(s) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(t) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(u) “ Plan ” shall mean this Versartis, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan.

(v) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(w) “ Purchaser ” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

(x) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(y) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

(z) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

11


(aa) “ Stock Option Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

(bb) “ Stock Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.

(cc) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

12

Exhibit 10.4

V ERSARTIS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (I NSTALLMENT V ESTING )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Versartis, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:   
Total Number of Shares:   
Type of Option:    Incentive Stock Option (ISO)
Exercise Price per Share:    $x.xx
Date of Grant:   
Date Exercisable:    So long as Optionee is in continuous Service with the Company, the shares underlying this option shall vest according to the following schedule: 1/4 of the total number of shares subject to the option shall vest on the first yearly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/36 of the remaining number of shares subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter.
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Early Exercise:    This option shall be immediately exercisable for a period of 12 months following the Vesting Commencement Date with respect to all of the shares underlying this option; provided , however , that any shares acquired upon the exercise of the option which are unvested at the time of exercise shall be subject to a right of repurchase exercisable by the Company and its assigns.
Expiration Date:    Month, xx, xxxx. This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2009 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgments of the Optionee.

 

O PTIONEE :     V ERSARTIS , I NC .
By:  

 

   

 

      Jeffrey L. Cleland, Chief Executive Officer


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

V ERSARTIS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT (I NSTALLMENT V ESTING )

 

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, this option shall become exercisable in full if Section 8(b)(iv) of the Plan applies.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

2


SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

 

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

3


SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death). If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s part-time work

 

4


policy or the terms of an agreement between the Optionee and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not

 

5


later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such

 

6


Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing

 

7


transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

8


All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

9


(d) Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

 

10


SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) “ Company ” shall mean Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) “ Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) “ Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(i) “ Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) “ Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) “ ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(n) “ Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

11


(o) “ NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(p) “ Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) “ Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) “ Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(s) “ Plan ” shall mean the Versartis, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(t) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) “ Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(v) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) “ Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(x) “ Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(y) “ Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(aa) “ Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) “ Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

12

Exhibit 10.5

V ERSARTIS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN

N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION G RANT (I NSTALLMENT V ESTING )

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Versartis, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:   
Total Number of Shares:   
Type of Option:    Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)
Exercise Price per Share:    $x.xx
Date of Grant:   
Date Exercisable:    So long as Optionee is in continuous Service with the Company, the shares underlying this option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: 1/4 of the total number of shares subject to the option shall vest on the first yearly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/36 of the remaining number of shares subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter.
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Early Exercise:    This option shall be immediately exercisable for a period of 12 months following the Vesting Commencement Date with respect to all of the shares underlying this option; provided, however , that any shares acquired upon the exercise of the option which are unvested at the time of exercise shall be subject to a right of repurchase exercisable by the Company and its assigns.
Expiration Date:    Month, xx, xxxx. This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2009 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgments of the Optionee.

 

O PTIONEE     V ERSARTIS , I NC .

 

    By:  

 

      Jeffrey L. Cleland, Chief Executive Officer

 

1


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

V ERSARTIS , I NC . 2009 S TOCK P LAN :

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT (I NSTALLMENT V ESTING )

 

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION .

(a) Option . On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) $100,000 Limitation . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c) Stock Plan and Defined Terms . This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE .

(a) Exercisability . Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, this option shall become exercisable in full if Section 8(b)(iv) of the Plan applies.

(b) Stockholder Approval . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION .

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

2


SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES .

(a) Notice of Exercise . The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) Issuance of Shares . After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) Withholding Taxes . In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

 

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK .

(a) Cash . All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) Surrender of Stock . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c) Exercise/Sale . All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION .

(a) Basic Term . This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

3


(b) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(c) Death of the Optionee . If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

(d) Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence . If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between the Optionee and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required

 

4


by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(e) Notice Concerning ISO Treatment . Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

(a) Right of First Refusal . In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60

 

5


days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d) Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) Permitted Transfers . This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) Termination of Rights as Stockholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g) Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

6


SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE .

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS .

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES .

(a) Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

(b) Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar

 

7


transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(c) Investment Intent at Grant . The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) Investment Intent at Exercise . In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) Legends . All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

(f) Removal of Legends . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) Administration . Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

8


SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES .

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

(a) Rights as a Stockholder . Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) Notice . Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d) Modifications and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e) Entire Agreement . The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f) Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

9


SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE .

(a) Tax Consequences . The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b) Electronic Delivery of Documents . The Optionee agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email.

(c) No Notice of Expiration Date . The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

 

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS .

(a) Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(e) Company ” shall mean Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

10


(f) Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h) Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(i) Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j) Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(k) Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(l) Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(m) ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

(n) Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(o) NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(p) Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(q) Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(r) Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(s) Plan ” shall mean the Versartis, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

11


(t) Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(u) Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(v) Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(w) Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(x) Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(y) Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(z) Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(aa) Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(bb) Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

12

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.11

TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER

AND

CLINICAL SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between

Versartis, Inc.

275 Shoreline Drive

Suite 450

Redwood Shores, CA USA 94065

(hereinafter called “CUSTOMER”),

and

Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG

[*]

(hereinafter called “BI”)

(hereinafter BI and CUSTOMER each shall also be called “Party” and collectively “Parties” as the case may be).

EFFECTIVE DATE: OCTOBER 23, 2012

 

1.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1

 

Definitions

     4   

2

 

Cooperation between the Parties in the Course of the Project

     8   

3

 

Project Fee and Payments

     12   

4

 

Delivery Terms of Product for Clinical Use

     14   

5

 

Use of Project Data

     16   

6

 

Representations, Warranties and Indemnification

     16   

7

 

Liability, Indemnification, Limitations and Insurance

     18   

8

 

Intellectual Property

     20   

9

 

Confidentiality

     21   

10

 

Term and Termination

     23   

11

 

Miscellaneous

     25   

12

 

List of Appendices.

     29   

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.


Preamble

WHEREAS, CUSTOMER and BI entered into a Mutual Nondisclosure Agreement dated as of August 16, 2012; and

WHEREAS, CUSTOMER is a biotechnology company involved in, among other things, the research, development, commercialization and distribution of pharmaceutical products and has the rights in its proprietary product VRS-317 (long acting human growth hormone) (hereinafter referred to as the “Product”); and to the Initial Process (as defined below); and

WHEREAS , BI and its Affiliated Companies have know-how and expertise to transfer manufacturing processes for biopharmaceuticals to the Facility (as defined below); and

WHEREAS , CUSTOMER and BI now wish to: (i) provide for the transfer the Initial Process to BI, and (ii) contract for BI’s manufacturing of Product for preclinical and clinical testing using either the Initial Process or, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, perform (by itself and/or its Affiliated Companies) certain development work relating to the adaption and/or further development and scale-up of the Initial Process.

NOW, THEREFORE , and in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, BI and CUSTOMER hereby agree as follows:

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3.


1. Definitions

 

1.1 Affiliated Companies

shall mean any company or business entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, either CUSTOMER or BI. For purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity (other than a natural person), whether through the majority ownership of voting capital stock, by contract or otherwise.

 

1.2 Background IP

shall mean Intellectual Property Rights (i) owned or controlled by a Party prior to the earlier of either the effective date of the CDA or of the Effective Date, or (ii) developed by a Party outside of the scope of this Agreement without use of the other Party’s Confidential Information.

 

1.3 Batch

shall have the meaning as set forth in the Quality Agreement (QA).

 

1.4 Batch Records

shall have the meaning as set forth in the Quality Agreement (QA).

 

1.5 BI Deliverables

shall mean any material and documents or results other than the Product to be provided by BI to CUSTOMER as listed in detail in the Project Plan.

 

1.6 BI Improvements

shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 8.2.2.

 

1.7 CDA”

shall mean the Mutual Nondisclosure Agreement effective as of August 16, 2012.

 

1.8 [*]

shall mean the proprietary [*] owned by CUSTOMER or to which CUSTOMER has a right to use, and provided to BI pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and further described in Appendix 1 hereto.

 

1.9 Certificate of Analysis (CoA)

shall have the meaning as set forth in the QA.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

4.


1.10 Certificate of Compliance (CoC)

shall have the meaning as set forth in the QA.

 

1.11 cGMP

shall mean current Good Manufacturing Practice regulations as set forth in more detail in the QA.

 

1.12 [*]

shall mean the [*] or [*] or [*].

 

1.13 CMO

shall mean Contract Manufacturing Organization.

 

1.14 Confidential Information

shall mean any information and materials disclosed by a Party or an Affiliated Company of such Party to the other Party or its Affiliated Company(ies), which information includes, but is not limited to: all know-how, trade secrets, inventions, non-public patent applications, processes, concepts, technology regarding the manufacture of biopharmaceuticals, and experimental methods as well as information concerning the Disclosing Party’s and/or its Affiliated Companies’ financial situation, customers, business plans, and its or its Affiliated Companies’ research and product designs and other data and information disclosed or exchanged under the CDA and this Agreement; as well as the terms of the CDA and of this Agreement.

 

1.15 CUSTOMER Deliverables

shall mean the [*] and any other material and documents to be provided by CUSTOMER to BI as listed in detail in Appendix 1 .

 

1.16 CUSTOMER Improvements

shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 8.2.1.

 

1.17 [*]

shall mean [*] or [*]. For the sake of clarity, [*] or [*] and [*] but [*]; and [*].

 

1.18 Disclosing Party

in the capacity of disclosing Confidential Information and Know-How, each Party is referred to as the Disclosing Party.

 

1.19 Effective Date

shall mean the date of commencement of this Agreement as mentioned on the cover page above.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

5.


1.20 Facility

shall mean the biotech buildings and all other buildings located at [*], used by BI and/or its Affiliated Companies in performance of the Project.

 

1.21 Improvements

shall mean all discoveries and inventions, and all modifications, derivatives and improvements of Background IP or new uses thereof (whether or not protectable under patent, trademark, copyright or similar laws) that are discovered, invented, developed or reduced to practice in the performance of this Agreement.

 

1.22 [*]

shall mean the [*] as summarized in Appendix 1 and Appendix 5 .

 

1.23 Intellectual Property Rights

shall mean any and all now known or hereafter existing: (i) rights associated with works of authorship, including copyrights and moral rights; (ii) know-how and trade secret rights; (iii) patent rights and industrial property rights (including trademarks); (iv) other proprietary rights in all inventions (whether or not patentable), discoveries, methods, processes, techniques, specifications, protocols, schematics, diagrams, reagents, compounds, samples, formulation, data, circuit designs, design layout, databases, data, and other forms of technology; and (v) all registrations, applications, renewals, and extensions of the foregoing, in each case in any jurisdiction throughout the world, including, but not limited to, inventor’s certificates, utility models, substitutions, confirmations, reissues, re-examinations, renewals or any like governmental grants for protection of inventions; and any pending application for any of the foregoing, including any continuation, divisional, substitution, additions, continuations-in-part, provisional and converted provisional applications, as well as extensions and supplementary protection certificates based thereon.

 

1.24 Knowledge

shall mean that which a Party knows or should have known following that inquiry a reasonable person would have made in light of the facts and circumstances.

 

1.25 Latent Defects

shall mean non-conformance of the Product with the Specifications other than Obvious Defects.

 

1.26 Losses

shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4a.

 

1.27 Manufacturing Process

shall mean the Initial Process adapted to the Facility and/or optimized or developed by BI during the performance of the Project.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6.


1.28 Manufacturer’s Release

shall mean BI’s release of a cGMP-conforming Batch of of Product (either as drug substance or in the final dosage form as drug product- whichever is the case) in accordance with the QA.

 

1.29 Obvious Defects

shall mean any non-conformance of the Product with the Specifications, which is visible or easily detectable without any analysis in a laboratory.

 

1.30 Process Description

shall mean a controlled document of BI, approved by authorized technical and quality representatives of both Parties, that documents the general outline of the respective Manufacturing Process. It includes all relevant process parameters to be met and equipment and raw materials to be used.

 

1.31 [*]

shall mean the [*] described in Appendix I [*].

 

1.32 Project

shall mean the performance of the Services, including without limitation the development of the Manufacturing Process, if any, for the Product.

 

1.33 Project Fees

shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

1.34 Project Manager

shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2.1 hereof.

 

1.35 Project Plan

shall mean the plan describing the Services to be performed by BI (by itself or its Affiliated Companies) under the Project, including the (initial) Project timeline in Appendix 3 , attached to this Agreement as Appendix 2 .

 

1.36 Project Team

shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2.2 hereof and at the Effective Date shall consist of the persons listed in Appendix 6 .

 

1.37 QA

shall mean the draft Quality Agreement attached hereto as Appendix 7 , as modified hereafter by a definitive Quality Agreement entered into between the Parties.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

7.


1.38 Receiving Party

in the capacity of receiving Confidential Information and know-how, each Party is referred to as the Receiving Party.

 

1.39 Representatives

shall mean a Party’s Affiliated Companies and its own, as well as its Affiliated Companies’ officers, employees and agents.

 

1.40 Service(s)

shall mean those certain services performed by BI under this Agreement as outlined in the Project Plan in Appendix 2 .

 

1.41 [*]

shall mean [*], agreed by the Parties and [*]. The Parties are in agreement, that pursuant to Section [*] shall be contained in Appendix 5 to this Agreement and shall thereafter be [*].

 

1.42 Steering Committee

shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2.3 hereof.

 

2. Cooperation between the Parties in the Course of the Project

 

2.1 General

This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions under which BI (by itself or its Affiliated Companies) will provide the Services to CUSTOMER.

 

2.2 Governance

 

2.2.1 Designation of Project Manager

Upon commencement of the Project, BI and CUSTOMER will each appoint a project manager (“Project Manager”), who will coordinate and supervise the Project including communication of all instructions and information concerning the Project to the other Party. The Project Manager will serve as contact person for the other Party. Each Project Manager will be available on an agreed ([*]) basis for consultation at prearranged times during the course of the Project. The Project Managers shall be copied on all correspondence by other Project Team members and all correspondence between the Parties. In the absence of the Project Manager, a substitute shall be appointed. Additional modes or methods of communication and decision making may be implemented with the mutual written consent of each Party. Each Party will use reasonable efforts to provide the other Party with [*] prior written notice of any change in such Party’s Project Manager.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

8.


2.2.2 Project Team

 

  a. The Parties shall establish a Project Team consisting of the necessary disciplines and their respective Project Manager to (i) ensure the progress of the Project, (ii) coordinate the performance of the Project, and (iii) facilitate communication among the Parties. Each Project Team member shall have knowledge and ongoing familiarity with the Project and will possess the authority to make decisions on matters likely to be raised in the Project Team. Each Party shall have the right to substitute its members of the Project Team as needed from time to time by giving written notice to the other Party due time in advance.

 

  b. The Project Team shall meet in person or by means of a video conference or teleconference on a periodic basis (i) as agreed by the Project Managers after written request for such meeting by either Party, or (ii) as specified in the Project Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

  c. The Project Team shall oversee the Project. Prior to each meeting of the Project Team the Parties will distribute to each other written copies of all reasonably necessary materials, data and information arising out of the conduct of their activities hereunder.

 

  d. Each Party shall bear its own costs associated with such meetings and communications. It is the right of each Party to call for a Project Team meeting according to the covenants of this Section 2.2 in writing (e-mail sufficient) at any time. In such case the meeting will be held at the other Party’s offices (or by means of videoconference or teleconference upon suggestion of the requesting Party) at a time mutually agreed to by both Project Managers.

 

2.2.3 Steering Committee

 

  a. The Parties shall form a Steering Committee, to which each Party will appoint [*] members, all of whom shall be familiar with the Project. The Steering Committee shall have general oversight and review of the activities of the Project Team and shall resolve any issues referred to the Steering Committee by the Project Team. The Steering Committee may invite the Project Managers or other experts of either Party to present the issues.

 

  b. The Steering Committee shall meet, in person or via teleconference or video-conference within [*] after receipt of a written request by one Party to the other Party. The request shall describe the matter in dispute and the solution which the requesting Party proposes to be decided.

 

  c. The Steering Committee will take action only by unanimous consent of the Parties, with the representatives of each Party collectively having a single vote, or by a written resolution signed by all of the representatives. If the Steering Committee is unable to reach unanimous consent on a particular matter, then the matter will be referred to senior management of the Parties, who will use good faith efforts to resolve such matter.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

9.


2.2.4 Documentation

The Parties shall prepare minutes (alternating responsibility) of the Project and Steering Committee meeting as appropriate (in particular to document important decisions) which shall be circulated promptly following the meeting. If meeting minutes are prepared they shall be reviewed within [*] as of receipt and are deemed accepted unless the other Party raises objections in writing within such [*] period.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Project Team and the Steering Committee shall not have any power to amend, modify, or waive compliance with this Agreement.

 

2.3 Conduct of the Project

Each Party shall fully and reasonably cooperate with the other Party to provide appropriate information and assistance to the other Party in connection with the Project, responding in a reasonable and timely manner with respect to all reasonable requests for information and approval. Neither Party shall be responsible for any delays in its performance of the Project to the extent caused by the other Party’s failure to provide in a reasonably timely manner any information (in particular, but not limited any BI Deliverables or CUSTOMER Deliverables) or any approval reasonably requested by the other Party and/or as set forth in the Project Plan.

Each Party shall assign a sufficient number of professionally qualified personnel to perform the responsibilities of such Party with respect to the Project and shall perform its tasks under this Agreement according to the generally acceptable professional and then current industry standards and subject to terms and conditions as set forth in this Agreement, at all times in compliance with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations. Each Party will use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve the estimated timelines as laid down in the Project Plan subject to Section 2.4.

 

2.4 Changes to the Project Plan (including Additional Work)

Subject to this Section 2.4 and to Section 4.2, below, the Services are a firm order under this Agreement. Changes to the Project Plan (such as, but not limited to, the Services), if any, shall require the written consent of both Parties.

In case that the Parties mutually agree on additional work for the benefit of the Project by changing the Project Plan, BI shall perform such additional work to sustain the progress of the Project on conditions in terms of money, time and scope to be subject to mutual written agreement of the Parties hereto.

[*]:

Should CUSTOMER decide to cancel [*] as set forth in the Project Plan, such cancellation shall not be deemed a change to the Project Plan. However, [*] shall apply.

For any other campaigns for the manufacture of Product according to the Project Plan (such as, but not limited to, [*]) and in order to allow BI to manage the multi-use Facility efficiently, CUSTOMER shall use reasonable endeavours to order campaigns in addition to the campaigns set forth in the Project Plan with reasonable time in advance, however, not less than [*] in advance of CUSTOMER’s presumed need for Product for campaigns run in the production fermenter; and CUSTOMER acknowledges and agrees that (i) it is not entitled to a certain manufacturing slot and

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

10.


BI may manage the Facility at its sole discretion; and (ii) the timelines for any additional campaigns must be agreed upon by the Parties separately in writing.

 

2.5 CUSTOMER Deliverables

To the extent not already transferred by CUSTOMER, CUSTOMER shall transfer the CUSTOMER Deliverables for the Project to BI (or to the Affiliated Company indicated by BI on behalf of BI) within the timelines laid down in the Project Plan and subject to the terms of this Section 2.5, and BI shall use such CUSTOMER Deliverables solely to conduct the Project in accordance with the Project Plan, this Agreement, or as otherwise may be agreed to by the Parties in writing. In particular, the CUSTOMER Deliverables will not be used by BI in connection with any diagnosis, treatment or any activity in humans. BI’s use of the CUSTOMER Deliverables will be in compliance with all applicable laws in the country/State where the Services are performed. BI accepts the CUSTOMER Deliverables with the knowledge that CUSTOMER Deliverables are experimental. The CUSTOMER Deliverables may not be transferred or otherwise made available, in whole or in part, by BI to any other individual, entity or institution, except to its Affiliated Companies, without the prior written consent of CUSTOMER, which may be withheld by CUSTOMER for any reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such consent is hereby given for quality control testing performed by a third party on a blinded basis.

The CUSTOMER Deliverables are the property of CUSTOMER. It is agreed that the transfer of the CUSTOMER Deliverables hereunder shall not constitute a sale of CUSTOMER Deliverables or a grant, option or license of any patent or other rights except to allow BI to perform the Project. CUSTOMER shall retain and have all right, title and interest in and to the CUSTOMER Deliverables.

CUSTOMER will inform BI immediately about any safety issues of which CUSTOMER becomes aware relating to the handling of the CUSTOMER Deliverables and the Product, after the date of the execution of this Agreement.

BI shall at all times take commercially reasonable measures to protect the CUSTOMER Deliverables from loss or damage and in no event measures less than employed by BI in the protection of its own proprietary materials, and shall promptly notify CUSTOMER, if at any time it believes the CUSTOMER Deliverables have been damaged, lost or stolen.

 

2.6 BI Deliverables

BI will deliver BI Deliverables expressly laid down in detail in the Project Plan within the timelines laid down in the Project Plan. Following the completion of the activities required under the Project, BI will provide to CUSTOMER then available Product (if any) and a summary containing manufacturing and analytical testing.

 

2.7 Nature of the Project

As the Product has never been produced by BI at the Facility, CUSTOMER acknowledges that the Project is experimental in nature and that no favorable or useful Product(s) can be assured by BI. Therefore, the Parties have agreed to the [*] set forth in Appendix 5 .

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

11.


The technology transfer phase shall be completed with the first successful manufactured Batch at [*] scale [*] that meets the Product Specifications as mutually agreed by the Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties are in agreement that [*] shall be performed [*].

After [*] initial manufacturing runs [*], the Parties shall in good faith agree on a revision (if necessary) of the preliminary specifications that shall then be the respective Specifications for the Product in the respective clinical Phase manufactured in subsequent manufacturing runs at such scale, and, provided that the Manufacturing Process has not been materially changed the Project shall no longer be considered experimental in nature and the obligation to meet the respective Specification shall apply to all future manufacturing runs at such scale.

 

2.8 Technology Transfer

If requested by CUSTOMER and if not agreed upon separately in writing between the Parties, upon termination of this Agreement and for a period of [*] thereafter, BI shall assist CUSTOMER, at CUSTOMER’s cost and expense, with the transfer of the then current Manufacturing Process [*] for [*].

Such technology transfer shall not apply in case of termination according to Section 10.2.2, 10.2.4 (material breach by CUSTOMER only) or 10.2.5 (Bankruptcy of CUSTOMER only).

 

3. Project Fee and Payments

 

3.1 Project Fee

As consideration for BI’s performance of the Project, CUSTOMER shall pay BI the fees set forth in the payment schedule listed in Appendix 4 in the Project Plan (the “Project Fees”).

 

3.2 Product-Dedicated Equipment

If agreed upon by the Parties in the Project Plan or otherwise in writing, BI may purchase certain Product-dedicated equipment on the account and instructions of CUSTOMER and at CUSTOMER cost and expense for the manufacture of Product. For book keeping, maintenance and insurance purposes, such equipment shall be the property of BI.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon expiration or termination of the Agreement, and subject to the entire payment for all Services hereunder, for a period of [*] thereafter and with at least [*] prior written notice, CUSTOMER shall have the right to purchase for [*], take possession of, and remove from the Facility such Product-dedicated equipment, to the extent such Product-dedicated equipment has been paid for by CUSTOMER. Parties will agree upon the details of the transfer of the equipment separately in good faith. In the event that BI has purchased raw materials, resins or equipment on the account and instructions of CUSTOMER which are unused by virtue of the modification of the Project or termination of this Agreement, BI shall be under no obligation to reimburse CUSTOMER for any payments made or amounts payable for the purchase of such materials, resins or equipment; provided, however, that BI shall use commercially reasonable efforts to use such materials for other purposes or third party customers and credit or reimburse CUSTOMER for any amounts received or saved by BI as a result of such use.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

12.


3.3 Invoicing and Payment

BI shall invoice CUSTOMER for Project Fees according to the payment schedule in the Project Plan as listed in Appendix 4 .

CUSTOMER shall make payment of all invoiced amounts net [*] from the date of receipt of BI’s invoice. If CUSTOMER fails to make timely payment when due under this Agreement, interest shall accrue at a fixed annual rate equal to the highest rate of interest quoted as the “prime rate” in The Wall Street Journal on the day that payment was due. All payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in Euros by wire transfer or by such other means agreed to in writing by the Parties. CUSTOMER will provide at least [*] advance notice to BI of each wire transfer to the bank account identified below or such other bank accounts as BI shall designate in writing.

 

Account Name:    Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG
Account Number:    [*]
Bank:    [*]
Swift:    [*]
IBAN Number:    [*]

All payments under this Agreement should be understood as net payments without value added tax (“VAT”). VAT, if any, should be added to the respective payment. Each invoice will show any applicable VAT separately.

Starting with [*], the Project Fees, costs for raw materials and consumables and the costs for equipment will be adjusted (increased or decreased) year by year in accordance with the average of (a) the change in a respective consumer index of Austria (“Nationaler Verbraucherpreisindex/ National Consumer Price Index” - www.oenb.at/isaweb/report.do?&lang=EN&report=6.4) of July of the previous year and (b) the average change in the respective wages index of Austria (“Tariflohnindex/Negotiated Standard Wage Rate Index” - www.oenb.at/isaweb/report.do?&lang=EN&report=6.7) of July of the previous year shown in the respective statistic monthly report whereby the figures of such average will be rounded to one decimal place, with 0.05 being rounded up.

Additionally, BI shall be entitled to adjust the prices for raw materials, utilities, consumables, equipment, and services supplied to BI by third parties which are utilized in the performance of the Services at the time such increase occurs in the event that a significant increase in such costs of more than [*] has occurred over a period of [*] preceding such adjustment. However, BI will not claim price adjustments according to the rule set forth above for those goods and services which are included in the National Consumer Price Index or the Negotiated Standard Wage Rate Index, and similarly, BI shall not have the right to adjust the price, based on changes in the National Consumer Price Index or Negotiated Standard Wage Rate Index, for any costs for which current price changes have been made due to the previous paragraph.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

13.


4. Delivery Terms of Product for Clinical Use

 

4.1 Delivery Terms

 

4.1.1 Delivery Terms

BI shall (a) deliver to CUSTOMER or, (b) at the request of CUSTOMER, store, the Product produced according to the Project Plan in accordance with agreed upon schedule, at the price set forth in the Project Plan. Delivery of Product by BI shall be made EXW Facility (Incoterms 2010). BI shall package and arrange for shipment of Product to the delivery address specified by CUSTOMER, all in accordance with the instructions of CUSTOMER, provided that CUSTOMER holds harmless and indemnifies BI from any damages or third party claims arising out of such arrangements for shipment of Product in accordance with CUSTOMER’s instructions. Each shipment of cGMP Product will include a Certificate of Analysis, a Confirmation of Compliance and such other documentation as reasonably required to meet all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements for EXW delivery. Delivery of the Product shall be subject to quality and other provisions set forth in the QA. The Parties shall cooperate reasonably to obtain all customs licenses or permits necessary to ship the Product (the evaluation of which customs licenses or permits required shall be performed by CUSTOMER). CUSTOMER is responsible for export control compliance.

4.1.2

BI shall not deliver the Product before the delivery date(s) specified by the CUSTOMER. Storage by BI until such date(s) shall be free of charge until the agreed upon delivery date(s), however, no longer than [*] after CUSTOMER’s receipt of BI’s notification that the Product may be released to CUSTOMER (“Storage Period”). BI shall hold appropriate insurance for the work-in-progress and Batches which are on site at the Facility until the end of the Storage Period. Thereafter, the risk of loss of the Product shall be borne by CUSTOMER. In the event that delivery of any Product is not commenced by CUSTOMER by the agreed upon delivery date(s), BI may charge CUSTOMER for any continued storage of the Product at the Facility. Such additional storage fees shall be equal to [*], shall be invoiced by BI on a monthly basis or as agreed upon between the two parties, and shall be paid by CUSTOMER within [*] of CUSTOMER’s receipt of the applicable invoice.

 

4.1.3 Examination for Defects

CUSTOMER shall diligently examine all Product delivered under this Agreement as soon as practicable after receipt. Notice of all claims arising out of or relating to Obvious Defects shall be given in writing to BI within [*] after the date of delivery, otherwise, such Product shall be considered free of any Obvious Defects as between BI and CUSTOMER. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CUSTOMER shall make a defective Product available for inspection and shall comply with the requirements of any insurance policy covering the Product and BI shall offer CUSTOMER all reasonable assistance, at the cost and expense of CUSTOMER, in pursuing any claims arising out of the transportation of the Product.

Except as otherwise provided herein and as set forth in Section 2.7, upon delivery of the Product CUSTOMER shall have the lesser of (i) a period of [*] from the date of delivery of the Product or (ii) the period until the expiry of the shelf life of the Product delivered in order to evaluate the Product and accept or reject such delivery for Latent Defects. If CUSTOMER determines within

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

14.


such period after reviewing the relevant documentation and performing reasonable testing that any Batch/ Product does not meet the Specifications, or if a Batch/ Product is determined by BI to be unsuitable for release, then the Parties will mutually agree, as promptly as reasonably possible, whether (a) to produce a new Batch at BI’s cost and expense, including the costs of materials used in the manufacture of such Batch, or (b) to rework or reprocess the Batch, at BI’s cost and expense, so that the Batch can be deemed to have been manufactured in compliance with cGMP and the agreed Process Description and/or Batch Record, and to conform to the Specifications, or (c) BI shall credit in full the fees and expenses paid by CUSTOMER for such Batch, including the costs of materials used in the manufacture of such Batch or, if there are no further orders of Product or such credit exceeds the amount to be paid by CUSTOMER for any future orders, refund all uncredited or excess amounts to CUSTOMER. If the remedy set forth in either (a) or (b) is agreed to be performed by BI, then BI shall start the applicable work as soon as reasonably practicable, such that the next available manufacturing slot shall be used by BI to produce Product, with the goal to resupply within [*] from time of Parties agreement on a remedy (a) or (b) or issuance of the laboratory’s testing results.

 

4.1.4 Retesting of Samples; Dispute related to (alleged) Defects

In the event CUSTOMER rejects the Product for Obvious or Latent Defects, BI shall have the right to sample and retest the Product, which shall be done as soon as practicable. In the event of a discrepancy between CUSTOMER’s and BI’s test results such that one Party’s results fall within the Specifications and the other Party’s test results fall outside the Specifications, or there exists a dispute over whether such failure is due (in whole or in part) to acts or omissions of CUSTOMER or any third party after delivery, the Parties shall cause a testing laboratory agreeable to both Parties (cost split 50:50) to perform comparative tests and/or analyses on samples of the alleged defective Product. The testing laboratory’s results shall be in writing and shall be final and binding save for manifest error on the face of its report. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties in writing, the costs associated with such testing and review shall be borne by the Party against whom the testing laboratory result finally rules and such Party shall reimburse to the other Party the costs advanced to the laboratory pursuant to the foregoing sentence. The testing laboratory shall be required to enter into written undertakings of confidentiality no less burdensome than set forth or referred to by this Agreement.

 

4.2 Cancellation of Order

 

4.2.1 Cancellation of Order for initial Phase II clinical trial supply:

CUSTOMER shall be free to cancel production of the Batch for [*] as set forth in the Project Plan by notice to BI prior to [*]. In case CUSTOMER cancels such order for production for [*], [*] without additional costs to CUSTOMER. If CUSTOMER cancels production of the Batch at any time later than that date, CUSTOMER shall be obliged to pay [*] of the Project Fees.

 

4.2.2 Cancellation or Postponement of Order for subsequent clinical supply:

Subject to Section 4.2.3, below:

If CUSTOMER cancels or postpones any campaign set forth in the Project Plan for the manufacture of Product for subsequent clinical supply less than [*] but more than [*] prior to the date on which [*], then CUSTOMER is required to pay [*] of the Project Fees for such campaign.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

15.


Cancellation or postponement less than [*] but more than [*] prior to the date on which [*] results in a payment obligation of CUSTOMER of [*] of the Project Fees for such campaign.

Cancellation or postponement less than [*] prior to the date on which [*] results in a payment obligation of CUSTOMER of [*] of the Project Fees for such campaign.

 

4.2.3 Cancellation of Order and Termination of this Agreement; Obligation of BI to mitigate Losses

The cancellation fee described in Section 4.2.2 above shall be qualified as follows: Such cancellation fees shall not be payable in connection with a termination of this Agreement by CUSTOMER pursuant to Section 10.2.4, but may be payable in connection with a termination of this Agreement by CUSTOMER pursuant to Section 10.2.1 to 10.2.3 or a termination by BI pursuant to Section 10.2.4.

In the event of cancellation of an order or postponement by CUSTOMER, BI shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to use the capacity resulting from the cancellation or postponement of campaigns and to mitigate any losses that may incur from such cancellation or postponement, including for the avoidance of doubt, the reapplication of raw materials, if possible.

 

5. Use of Project Data

 

5.1 Project Data

 

  a. BI shall supply CUSTOMER with data, results and information reasonably requested by CUSTOMER to comply with any request of any applicable regulatory body or to comply with such regulatory body’s requirement; and

 

  b. BI shall prepare the draft chemistry, manufacturing and controls section of any regulatory filing supporting the clinical development of the Product for the USA and EU. CUSTOMER shall review, finalize and approve the chemistry, manufacturing and controls section of any regulatory filing drafted by BI. BI shall timely perform reviews of the chemistry, manufacturing and controls section of any such regulatory filing for accuracy of content of such section prior to filing by CUSTOMER with the relevant regulatory authorities.

 

6. Representations, Warranties and Indemnification

 

6.1 Mutual Representations, Warranties and Covenants

 

6.1.1 Interpretation

“Represent”, “Representation(s)”, “Warrants”, “Warranty” and “Warranties” as set forth in this Section 6 shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 922 of the Austrian Civil Code (“ABGB”) and shall not be interpreted as a guarantee (“Garantie”) under Austrian Law.

 

6.1.2 Mutual Representations (“Gewährleistung”)

Each Party hereby represents and warrants (“gewährleistet”) to the other Party as follows:

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

16.


  a. it is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the state or other jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; and

 

  b. the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action; and

 

  c. it has full corporate authority to enter into this Agreement and the Agreement is binding upon it in accordance with its terms; and

 

  d. execution and performance of such Party’s obligations hereunder shall not constitute a breach of any other agreement to which such Party is party.

 

6.2 CUSTOMER Warranties

CUSTOMER hereby represents and warrants that (“gewährleistet”):

 

  a. CUSTOMER has the right to provide the CUSTOMER Deliverables, the CUSTOMER Background IP and all CUSTOMER Confidential Information (including for the avoidance of doubt the Initial Process) under this Agreement and to the best of its Knowledge at the Effective Date that there are no third party rights that will affect supply thereof to BI and/or its Affiliated Companies; and

 

  b. to the best of its Knowledge at the Effective Date the CUSTOMER Deliverables, the CUSTOMER Background IP, the Initial Process and the CUSTOMER Confidential Information and their use by BI and/or its Affiliated Companies do not infringe the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party and CUSTOMER will immediately notify BI in writing should CUSTOMER become aware of any claims asserting such infringement; and

 

  c. CUSTOMER is not aware of any special or unusual hazards involved in handling the CUSTOMER Deliverables and/or Product of which CUSTOMER has failed to inform BI and that it will inform BI immediately of any changes related thereto after the date of execution of this Agreement; and

 

  d. CUSTOMER has the right to grant BI the licenses stipulated under this Agreement; and

 

  e. at the time of delivery to BI, CUSTOMER Deliverables will have been tested according to the testing protocol and manufactured in accordance with the requirements set forth in Appendix 8 attached hereto. At the time of such delivery to BI, to the best of Knowledge of CUSTOMER the [*] and [*] shall not have been developed using [*].

 

  f. CUSTOMER will not use any BI general analytical methods (not Product specific), Master Batch Records, Batch Records, BI’s standard operating procedures, employed or generated in the manufacture of the Product, information related to the Facility, equipment and utilities, which were disclosed by BI to CUSTOMER, for any research and development purposes, the manufacture and testing of Product and/or any other products being developed by CUSTOMER.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

17.


6.3 BI Warranties

BI hereby represents and warrants (“gewährleistet”) that:

 

  a. BI is entitled to use the Facility for the purposes set forth in this Agreement; and

 

  b. BI at the Effective Date is not aware of any special or unusual hazards that would arise as a result of its carrying out of the Project as planned; and

 

  c. to the best of its Knowledge at the Effective Date, BI has not been debarred, nor is it subject to a pending debarment, and that it will not use in any capacity in connection with the services under this Agreement any person, who has been debarred pursuant to section 306 of the FDCA, 21 U.S.C. § 335a, or who is the subject of a conviction described in such section. BI agrees to notify CUSTOMER in writing immediately if it comes to its knowledge that BI or any person who is performing Services is debarred or is the subject of a conviction described in section 306, or if any action, suit, claim, investigation, or proceeding is pending, or to BI’s knowledge, is threatened, relating to the debarment or conviction of BI or any person performing services under this Agreement; and

 

  d. to the best of its Knowledge at the Effective Date use of BI Background IP and BI Confidential Information in the performance of the Services does not infringe the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party, and BI will promptly notify CUSTOMER in writing should it become aware of any claims asserting such infringement; and

 

  e. each Batch where a Manufacturer’s Release has been performed will be manufactured in accordance with cGMP and on the date of BI’s manufacturer’s release shall comply with the Specifications.

For avoidance of doubt, all BI liability or indemnification obligations that might result from the representations and warranties under this Section 6.3 are always subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.5 of this Agreement.

 

6.4 Disclaimer of Warranties

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, TECHNOLOGY, RIGHTS, RESULTS OF THE PROJECTS; THE CUSTOMER DELIVERABLES OR BI DELIVERABLES OR OTHER SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THAT THE PROJECTS WILL RESULT IN A COMMERCIALLY-VIABLE PROCESS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

7. Liability, Indemnification, Limitations and Insurance

 

7.1 General

BI has no knowledge or awareness of or control over the manner in which CUSTOMER intends to use the results of the Project, the Product or other BI Deliverables, if any, obtained in the Project and

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

18.


in particular does not know or control how CUSTOMER intends to use such Product or results in clinical studies. Therefore, BI’s liability is limited as set forth in the following provisions of this Section 7.

 

7.2 Disclaimer of Consequential Damages

IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THE BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES BASED UPON LOST PROFITS FOR SALES TO THIRD PARTIES OR AFFILIATES, LOSS OF REPUTATION, LOSS OF MARKET SHARE, LOSS OF BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR LOSS OF GOOD WILL (COLLECTIVELY, “CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES”), (EVEN IF THAT PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES), PROVIDED, THAT EACH PARTY WILL REMAIN LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY TO THE EXTENT ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARE CLAIMED BY A THIRD PARTY AND ARE SUBJECT TO INDEMNIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 7.4.

 

7.3 Liability between the Parties (excluding Indemnification)

 

  a. Of BI

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.2 and Section 7.5, and except to the extent of any liability and/or indemnification obligation by CUSTOMER pursuant to Section 7.3b and/or Section 7.4b below, BI shall only be liable for any losses, damages, costs or expenses including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees of any nature (“Losses”) incurred or suffered directly by CUSTOMER to the extent such Losses are arising from [*].

 

  b. Of CUSTOMER

CUSTOMER shall only be liable for any Losses incurred or suffered by BI or its Affiliated Companies to the extent such Losses are arising from [*].

 

7.4 Indemnification Obligations of each Party towards the other Party

 

  a. BI’s Indemnification Obligations

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7.5, and except to the extent of any liability and/or indemnification obligation by CUSTOMER pursuant to Section 7.3(b) and/or Section 7.4(b), BI shall indemnify, defend and hold CUSTOMER and its Representatives harmless from and against all such third party claims and Losses arising from [*].

 

  b. CUSTOMER’s Indemnification Obligations

Except to the extent of any liability and/or indemnification obligation by BI pursuant to Section 7.3(a) and or 7.4(a), CUSTOMER shall indemnify, defend and hold BI and its Representatives harmless from and against all such third party claims and Losses, [*].

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

19.


7.5 Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Obligations

With the exception of wilful misconduct by BI and such cases where a limitation of liability and/or indemnification is not possible under applicable law, for which cases there shall be no limitation, any and all liability and/or indemnification obligations of BI under this Agreement shall be:

 

  a. limited to [*], in cases of [*]; and

 

  b. limited to [*], in cases of [*].

 

7.6 Insurance

CUSTOMER and BI shall obtain and/or maintain during the term of this Agreement and for a period of [*] thereafter, liability insurance in amounts which are reasonable and customary in the biopharmaceutical industry for the respective activities (i.e. BI as CMO and CUSTOMER as sponsor/pharmaceutical company) at the respective place of business, but no less than [*], and such liability insurance shall insure against all mandatory liability, including liability for personal injury, physical injury and property damage, and [*] for product liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, BI shall have the right to self insure at any time.

 

8. Intellectual Property

 

8.1 Existing Intellectual Property Rights

BI shall acquire no rights, title or interest whatsoever in or to any of CUSTOMER Background IP, except as specifically provided for in this Agreement.

CUSTOMER shall acquire no rights, title or interest whatsoever in or to any of BI Background IP, except as specifically provided for in this Agreement.

 

8.2 New Intellectual Property, Project Results and Licenses

 

8.2.1 CUSTOMER

CUSTOMER shall have the exclusive ownership of any Improvements that (i) relate directly to the physical structure or amino acid or DNA sequence of the Product, the biological, chemical and/or pharmaceutical properties of the Product or the use of the Product, and (ii) do not cover or claim BI Background IP or BI Improvements (collectively, “CUSTOMER Improvements”). CUSTOMER shall control patent prosecution and maintenance thereof. BI agrees to assign and hereby assigns to CUSTOMER all right title and interest it may have in any CUSTOMER Improvements. BI shall provide reasonable assistance to CUSTOMER for any action which may be necessary to assign or otherwise transfer any rights to CUSTOMER Improvements contemplated by this Section 8.2.1. BI shall notify CUSTOMER within [*] calendar days of becoming aware of such CUSTOMER Improvements.

 

8.2.2 BI

BI shall have the exclusive ownership of any Improvements that (i) [*], and (ii) [*] (collectively, “BI Improvements”). BI shall control patent prosecution and maintenance thereof. CUSTOMER agrees

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

20.


to assign and hereby assigns to BI all right, title and interest it may have in any BI Improvements. CUSTOMER shall provide reasonable assistance to BI for any action which may be necessary to assign or otherwise transfer such rights to BI Improvements contemplated by this Section 8.2.2.

 

8.2.3 Licenses

 

  a. CUSTOMER hereby grants to BI and BI hereby accepts for the purpose of pursuing the Project a non-exclusive, non-sublicensable (except to BI’s Affiliated Companies and subcontractors of BI pursuant to Section 11.9), royalty-free, license to use the CUSTOMER Background IP, the Initial Process and the CUSTOMER Improvements for the sole purpose to develop the Manufacturing Process, and for the manufacturing of the Product for clinical purposes in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  b. Upon expiry or any termination of this Agreement by either Party pursuant to Section 10.2.1 or by CUSTOMER pursuant to Section 10.2.3 or 10.2.4, and provided that CUSTOMER has paid all amounts due under this Agreement, BI shall grant to CUSTOMER a world-wide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, non-exclusive, assignable, transferable, sublicensable (also by sublicencees and their sublicensees) license to any BI Background IP and BI Improvements used by BI in the manufacture of the Product, however, only to the extent necessary for CUSTOMER to make, have made, sell, offer for sale, import, use and otherwise lawfully exploit the Product.

 

8.2.4 Procedure in case of INFRINGEMENT OF PARTIES CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

  a. Each Party shall immediately inform and promptly report in writing to the other Party during the term of this Agreement any actual or reasonably suspected infringement of a third party Intellectual Property Right occuring in the course of the performance of the Services of which it becomes aware.

 

  b. If the Intellectual Property Rights of a Party are challenged in any legal or administrative proceeding with regard to validity, non-infringement or enforceability by a third party, such Party shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to bring an action for, as applicable, invalidation or infringement thereof, or to defend its rights in such Intellectual Property Rights against any such third party.

 

  c. Each Party shall immediately inform and promptly report in writing to the other Party the status of any infringement or legal proceeding relating to such infringement, and the Parties shall mutually provide all reasonable assistance in connection with such legal proceeding or with otherwise resolving such infringement.

 

  d. Each Party which is a party to any legal action under this Section 8.2.4 shall [*].

 

9. Confidentiality

During the term of this Agreement and for a period of [*] after termination or expiration of this Agreement, Receiving Party agrees to hold all Confidential Information disclosed to it or its Affiliated Companies by the Disclosing Party or its Affiliated Companies in strict confidence and to use such Confidential Information only in connection with the performance of its obligations under

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

21.


this Agreement or as permitted under this Agreement. Receiving Party shall not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than as permitted in the preceding sentence, reproduce such Confidential Information, or disclose such Confidential Information to any third party, without prior approval of Disclosing Party. Specifically, in no event shall the Receiving Party disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in any patent filings without the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party. Receiving Party agrees to protect Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information with at least the same degree of care as it normally exercises to protect its own proprietary information of a similar nature, but in any case using no less than a reasonable degree of care. Receiving Party shall take all appropriate steps to ensure that all of its or its Affiliated Companies’ employees receive Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information only on a need to know basis, within the scope of this Agreement, and then, only if such persons are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use substantially similar to those under this Agreement. Receiving Party shall be liable for any disclosure or release of Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information by any of its or its Affiliated Companies’ employees, as if such disclosure had been made by Receiving Party.

The restrictions of this Agreement regarding Confidential Information of the other Party shall not apply to such Confidential Information which: (a) was known to Receiving Party or its Affiliated Companies prior to receipt hereunder as evidenced by written records; (b) at the time of disclosure by Disclosing Party was generally available to the public, or which after disclosure hereunder becomes generally available to the public through no fault attributable to Receiving Party or its Affiliated Companies; (c) is hereafter made available to Receiving Party or its Affiliated Companies for use or disclosure by Receiving Party or its Affiliated Companies from any third party having a right do so; or (d) is independently developed by Receiving Party or its Affiliated Companies without the use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information as evidenced by written records. Further, subject to Receiving Party providing Disclosing Party with reasonable advance notice (to the extent possible and permitted by law) and the opportunity to challenge, limit or seek a protective order for such disclosure, Receiving Party and/or its Affiliated Companies may make such limited disclosure as is required by mandatory law. Receiving Party shall provide Disclosing Party with reasonable assistance in any challenge undertaken by Disclosing Party.

Subject to any right to continued use as provided herein (such as, but not limited to, license rights), upon Disclosing Party’s written request, Receiving Party agrees to, at Receiving Party’s discretion, either deliver to Disclosing Party or destroy all written materials embodying the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party and/or its Affiliated Companies and all materials that constitute such Confidential Information, which are in the possession or under the control of Receiving Party or its Affiliated Companies, in each case subject to the last sentence of this Section. In the event that Receiving Party elects to destroy the materials, upon destruction of such materials, Receiving Party will issue to Disclosing Party a certificate of destruction as proof of compliance with Disclosing Party’s request. Receiving Party further agrees not to retain any copies, notes or compilations of any written materials pertaining to the Confidential Information received from Disclosing Party or its Affiliated Companies, save that Receiving Party may retain one (1) copy of documentary Confidential Information for the sole purpose of monitoring its compliance with this Agreement.

In the event that either Party is required to file this Agreement with health authorities or other government agencies (e.g. under SEC rules), that Party shall seek confidential treatment of sensitive information of either Party (in particular, but not limited to trade secrets, confidential commercial or financial information). The Party required to make the submission will give reasonable advance notice to the other Party of such disclosure requirement in order to enable the other Party to comment on such submission, and shall use reasonable efforts to incorporate the other Party’s comments in

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

22.


order to secure a protective order or confidential treatment of any Confidential Information required to be disclosed.

 

10. Term and Termination

 

10.1 Term

This Agreement shall take effect as of the Effective Date and shall expire upon completion of the Project as set forth in the Project Plan, unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Agreement.

 

10.2 Termination of this Agreement

 

10.2.1 Termination for convenience

This Agreement may be terminated by either Party by written notice to the other Party with a notice period of eighteen (18) months to the end of a month.

 

10.2.2 Termination for scientific or technical reasons

If it is apparent to either Party at any stage of the Project that it will not be possible to carry out the Project for scientific (i.e. clinical failure) or process technical reasons, such Party may terminate this Agreement upon [*] prior written notice to the other Party.

 

10.2.3 Termination for business reasons

If it is apparent to the CUSTOMER at any stage of the Project that it will not be possible to carry out the Project for business reasons, CUSTOMER may terminate this Agreement upon [*] prior written notice.

 

10.2.4 Termination of this Agreement for material breach

This Agreement may be terminated with immediate effect by written notice by either Party, if the other Party breaches this Agreement in any material manner and shall have failed to remedy such default within [*] after written notice thereof from the terminating Party, unless such material breach is not able to be cured within such time period. In such case, the terminating Party shall only be entitled to terminate this Agreement based on this Section 10.2.4 if the purportedly breaching Party has not started any remedial activities within [*] after written notice thereof from the terminating Party.

 

10.2.5 Termination for Bankruptcy

This Agreement may be terminated with immediate effect by written notice by either Party, if the other Party is not able to repeatedly fulfil its payment obligations towards its debtors, declares bankruptcy, is declared or adjudicated bankrupt, by voluntary or involuntary action goes into liquidation, enters into an arrangement for benefit of creditors, or dissolves or files a petition for bankruptcy or suspension of payments, or enters into a procedure of winding up or dissolution that is not dismissed within [*], or a trustee in bankruptcy or receiver or other equivalent entity be appointed for the other Party’s property or estate (“Bankruptcy”).

 

10.2.6 Termination [*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

23.


This Agreement may be terminated with immediate effect by written notice by either Party, if [*], or if [*].

 

10.3 Effect of Termination

 

10.3.1 Effects of Termination by CUSTOMER pursuant to Section 10.2.1 to 10.2.3 and 10.2.5 to 10.2.6

 

  a. In the event of termination by CUSTOMER according to Section 10.2.1, BI will continue to perform the Services agreed upon in the Project Plan and/or any ordered manufacturing runs as per the date of BI’s receipt of CUSTOMER’s written termination notice until CUSTOMER’s termination according to Section 10.2.1 takes effect and both Parties shall adhere to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the respective Project Plan. The amount due to BI hereunder shall be limited to the amount of (i) the fees for all Services effectively performed by BI until the termination takes effect calculated on a pro-rata basis, plus (ii) all non-cancellable expenses reasonably incurred by BI prior to effectiveness of termination in respect of the purchase of supplies or raw materials etc., plus (iii) reasonable wind-down costs not to exceed [*]. BI shall mitigate all wind-down costs and non-cancellable expenses to the extent reasonably possible.

 

  b. In the event of termination by CUSTOMER according to Section 10.2.2, 10.2.3, 10.2.5 or 10.2.6, no payments need be refunded by BI to CUSTOMER and the amount due to BI hereunder shall be limited to the amount of (i) the fees for all Services effectively performed by BI until the receipt of termination calculated on a pro-rata basis, plus (ii) all non-cancellable expenses reasonably incurred by BI prior to receipt of such termination in respect of the purchase of supplies or raw materials etc., plus (iii) reasonable wind-down costs not to exceed [*]. BI shall mitigate all wind-down costs and non-cancellable expenses to the extent reasonably possible. Ordered campaigns shall be paid pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 4.2.

In the event of a termination by CUSTOMER according to Section 10.2.2 and 10.2.5, due to the nature of the reason of termination, BI shall not have the obligation to perform any technology transfer activities pursuant to Section 2.8 above.

 

10.3.2 Effects of Termination by BI pursuant to Section 10.2.1, 10.2.2, 10.2.5 and 10.2.6

 

  a. Termination of this Agreement by BI according to Section 10.2.1 and 10.2.6 shall not affect any Services agreed upon in the Project Plan and/or any ordered runs as per the date of CUSTOMER’s receipt of BI’s written termination notice and both Parties shall continue to adhere to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the respective Project Plan. The Parties agree that in the event of a termination by BI according to Section 10.2.1, all tech transfer activities pursuant to Section 2.8 up to [*] for [*] shall be rendered by BI to CUSTOMER [*].

 

  b.

In the event of termination by BI according to Section 10.2.2, [*] need to be refunded by BI to CUSTOMER and the amount due to BI hereunder shall be limited to the fees for all Services effectively performed by BI until the termination calculated on a pro-rata basis. BI shall not be entitled to charge any additional non-cancellable expenses or any wind-down costs. Due to the nature of the reason of termination, BI shall not have the

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

24.


  obligation to perform any technology transfer activities pursuant to Section 2.8 above. Ordered campaigns shall be paid pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 4.2.

 

10.3.3 Effects of Termination for material breach

 

  a. In case of a termination by CUSTOMER according to Section 10.2.4, [*] need to be refunded by BI to CUSTOMER and the amount due to BI hereunder shall be limited to the fees for all Services effectively performed by BI until the termination calculated on a pro-rata basis. BI shall not be entitled to charge any additional non-cancellable expenses or any wind-down costs. All tech transfer activities pursuant to Section 2.8 up to [*] shall be rendered by BI to CUSTOMER [*]. For the avoidance of doubt, any liability of BI (if any) for damages for material breach shall be subject to the provisions set forth in Section 7, in particular but not limited to Section 7.3 and 7.6.

 

  b. In case of a termination by BI according to Section 10.2.4, [*] need to be refunded by BI to CUSTOMER and all payments due under the Project Plan shall become immediately due and must be paid to BI, and, in addition, BI shall be free to claim for damages according to applicable laws. In case of a termination by BI according to Section 10.2.4, all licenses granted by BI under this Agreement shall be null and void and CUSTOMER shall not be entitled to further use BI’s Background IP and BI’s Confidential Information. BI shall not be obliged to perform any technology transfer activities pursuant to Section 2.8 above. Ordered campaigns shall be paid pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 4.2.

 

10.3.4 Storage of Product/Materials

BI’s responsibility to keep and store the Product (if any) and/or any materials received or generated under this Agreement shall terminate [*] after expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon expiration or termination, at request and expense of CUSTOMER, BI shall ship all investments and unused raw material purchased in the course of the Project and paid by CUSTOMER to CUSTOMER. Such shipment shall be made EXW Facility (Incoterms 2010).

 

10.3.5 Surviving Provisions

As far as not expressly set forth in this Agreement all provisions designed to have effect even after the termination or expiration of this Agreement shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, [*].

 

11. Miscellaneous

 

11.1 Force Majeure

Neither Party shall be in breach of this Agreement if there is any failure of performance under this Agreement (except for payment of any amounts due hereunder) occasioned by any act of God, fire, act of government or state, war, civil commotion, insurrection, embargo, prevention from or hindrance in obtaining energy or other utilities, labour disputes of whatever nature or any other reason beyond the control of either Party; provided, however, that the Party affected shall: give prompt written notice to the other Party of the date of commencement of the force majeure, the nature thereof, and expected duration; and shall use its best efforts to avoid or remove the force majeure to the extent it is able to do so; and shall make up, continue on and complete performance

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

25.


when such cause is removed to the extent it is able to do so. Subject to either Section 10.3.1(6) or 10.3.2(6) (Effect of Termination), which shall apply analogously, either Party has the right to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect, upon written notice to the other Party, should the force majeure continue for more than [*] following the first notification.

 

11.2 Prior Agreements

This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matters contained herein, superseding all prior oral or written understandings or communications between the Parties, and it may be modified only by a written agreement signed by the Parties. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matters contained herein, including the CDA, except with respect to those provisions that survive according to their terms. Performance of any Services initiated under the CDA shall be performed under the terms of this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

11.3 Publicity

No press release or other form of publicity regarding a Project or this Agreement shall be permitted by either Party to be published unless both Parties have indicated their consent to the form of the release in writing.

 

11.4 Notices

Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by either Party shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (iii) delivered by facsimile with immediate confirmation of receipt, to the addresses or facsimile numbers set forth below:

If to BI :

[*]

Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG

[*]

With a copy to

[*]

Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH

[*]

If to CUSTOMER :

Versartis, Inc.

275 Shoreline Drive

Suite 450

Redwood Shores, CA USA 94065

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

26.


11.5 Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

11.5.1 Applicable Law

This Agreement shall be exclusively governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of [*] without regard to its conflict of laws provisions. The application of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is excluded.

 

11.5.2 Arbitration

The Parties agree that all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its formation, existence, validity, enforceability, performance, interpretation, breach or termination, shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with said rules.

The exclusive place of arbitration shall be [*], and the proceedings shall be conducted in English language.

The award for arbitration shall be final and binding and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction against BI or CUSTOMER. The costs of the arbitration (including reasonable attorney’s fees and associated costs and expenses) shall be borne by the Parties in proportion to the outcome of the arbitration (taking into account the relative success of the claims and defenses of the Parties), as ordered by the arbitrator(s). Nothing in this Section 11.5.2 shall prevent any Party, before an arbitration has commenced hereunder or any time thereafter during such arbitration proceedings, from seeking conservatory and interim measures, including, but not limited to temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions, or their equivalent, from any court of competent jurisdiction.

The Parties further agree that

 

  a. except as may be otherwise required by law, neither Party, its witnesses, or the arbitrator may disclose the existence, content, results of the arbitration hereunder without prior written consent of both Parties; and

 

  b. neither Party shall be required to give general discovery of documents, but may be required only to produce specific, identified documents, or narrow and specific categories of documents, which are relevant to the case and material to its outcome and reasonably believed to be in the custody, possession or control of the other Party; and

 

  c. decisions ex aequo et bono or in equity are not permissible.

 

11.6 Waiver

No waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement whether by conduct or otherwise in any one or more instances shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, provision or condition or of any other term, provision or condition of this Agreement.

 

11.7 Severability

If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction all other provisions shall continue in full force and effect. The Parties hereby agree to

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

27.


attempt to substitute for any invalid or unenforceable provision a valid and enforceable provision which achieves to the greatest extent possible the economic legal and commercial objectives of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

11.8 Dispute Resolution

Any dispute relating to the validity, performance, construction or interpretation of this Agreement shall first be submitted for resolution to the Steering Committee.

 

11.9 Assignment / Subcontracting

This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Parties and the name of a Party appearing herein shall be deemed to include the names of its successors and assigns, provided always that nothing herein shall permit any assignment by either Party. However, either Party may, without the other Party’s prior written consent (a) assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliated Companies, or (b) assign this Agreement in its entirety to its successor to all or substantially all of its business or assets to which this Agreement relates, unless such successor does not have the financial resources to perform such Party’s obligations under this Agreement in the reasonable judgment of the other Party. In case of an assignment, the assigning party shall immediately notify the other Party about the intended or executed assignment, as applicable, and the assignee. Any assignment of this Agreement that is not in conformance with this Section 11.9 shall be null, void and of no legal effect.

BI shall be permitted to subcontract portions of the Services to third parties only with the prior written approval of CUSTOMER, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that BI shall remain liable towards CUSTOMER for such subcontractors’ performance of the Services under this Agreement. CUSTOMER acknowledges and agrees that BI may subcontract specific Services and/or parts thereof to its Affiliated Companies Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH& Co. KG, [*] and/or Boehringer Ingelheim [*].

 

11.10 Priority of Documents

In the event of a conflict or ambiguity between any term of this Agreement and an Appendix, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

28.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

24 October, 2012     Vienna, 24 October, 2012
Versartis, Inc.      

Boehringer Ingelheim

RCV GmbH & Co KG

ppa.

  i.V.

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

   

[*]

Jeffrey L. Cleland        
CEO        

 

12. List of Appendices:

 

Appendix 1 :    [*] and CUSTOMER Deliverables (incl. Requirements for CUSTOMER Deliverables)
Appendix 2:    Project Plan (BI Services and Prices)
Appendix 3:    Project Timeline
Appendix 4:    Payment Schedule
Appendix 5:    [*] agreed by the Parties (to be attached upon agreement of the Parties)
Appendix 6:    Members of the Project Team, Steering Committee and Chief Executive Officers
Appendix 7:    Quality Agreement (Draft)
Appendix 8:    Testing of [*] from CUSTOMER

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

29.


List of Appendices:

 

Appendix 1 :    [*] and CUSTOMER Deliverables (incl. Requirements for CUSTOMER Deliverables)
Appendix 2:    Project Plan (BI Services and Prices)
Appendix 3:    Project Timeline
Appendix 4:    Payment Schedule
Appendix 5:    [*] agreed by the Parties (to be attached upon agreement of the Parties)
Appendix 6:    Members of the Project Team, Steering Committee and Chief Executive Officers
Appendix 7:    Quality Agreement (Draft)
Appendix 8:    Testing of [*] from CUSTOMER

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

1.


Appendix 1 :

[*] and Versartis Deliverables (incl. Requirements for Versartis Deliverables) and assumptions

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.


Appendix 2 : Project Plan (BI Services and Prices)

 

Activities / Services included

   Price [Euro]     BI RCV deliverables

[*]

     [*   [*]

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3.


Appendix 3 : Initial Project Plan and Timeline

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

4.


Appendix 4 : Payment Schedule

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

5.


Appendix 5 : [*] agreed by the Parties (to be attached upon agreement of the Parties)

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6.


Appendix 6 : Members of the Project Team, Steering Committee and Chief Executive Officers

 

Project Manager BI RCV

      

Versartis

[*]      [*]

Project Team BI RCV

      

Versartis

[*]      [*]

Steering Committee BI RCV

      

Steering Committee Versartis

[*]      [*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

7.


Appendix 7 : Quality Agreement

Quality agreement to be attached.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

8.


Appendix 8 : Testing of [*] from CUSTOMER

 

Method

  

Specification

[*]    [*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

9.

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.12

Amendment No. 1

(hereinafter the “Amendment No. 1”)

to the Technology Transfer, Clinical Supply Agreement

dated October 23, 2012,

(hereinafter the “Agreement”)

between

Versartis, Inc.

275 Shoreline Drive

Suite 450

Redwood Shores, CA USA 94065

(hereinafter called “VERSARTIS”)

and

Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG

[*]

(hereinafter called “BI RCV”).

Preamble

Whereas, the Agreement has been concluded between VERSARTIS and BI RCV regarding the manufacture of VRS-317.

Whereas, the Parties intend on continuing their good relationship and are now desirous to perform additional cGMP fill and finish and drug substance services under the

 

1.


Agreement, but the Services anticipated under the Agreement did so far only cover the certain manufacture of VRS-317 as bulk drug substance.

Therefore, the Parties agree that hereby (i) BI RCV shall provide such additional cGMP fill and finish work as described in this Amendment No. 1; and (ii) the Appendices 1 through 8 of the Agreement shall be updated to reflect these additional cGMP fill and finish and additional bulk drug substance services.

 

1. The Parties agree that Appendix 2 (“Project Plan (BI Services and Prices)”) as attached to the Agreement shall be updated and be replaced in its entirety by Exhibit B to this Amendment No. 1 (“Project Plan (BI Services and Prices)”), which shall become the new Appendix 2 to the Agreement.

 

2. The Parties agree that the fill & finish and additional drug substance services set forth in Appendix 2 are considered part of the Services and firmly ordered. The Parties shall agree on the timelines for the cGMP manufacture of drug product set forth in such Appendix 2 in good faith after signature of this Amendment No. 1. VERSARTIS acknowledges and agrees that the manufacture of drug product according to Appendix 2 is under the condition precedent that sufficient drug substance is available at BI RCV.

 

3. Equally, the Parties agree that Appendices 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8 as attached to Agreement shall be updated and be replaced in their entirety by Exhibits A, C, D, E, F and H to this Amendment No. 1, which shall become the new Appendices 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8, respectively.

 

4. The Quality Agreement (QA, Exhibit G), as updated November 20, 2013 shall replace the existing Appendix 7 in its entirety.

 

5. This Amendment No. 1 shall take effect as of October 1, 2013 (“Effective Date”) and as far as not amended herein, the Agreement remains in full force and effect and - for the avoidance of doubt - all terms and conditions, as far as not amended herein, shall apply to the manufacture of Product in the form of drug product accordingly.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.


Vienna, 21 Jan, 2014

Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG

 

i.V.     ppa.

[*]

   

[*]

[*]

   

[*]

   

Redwood Shores, CA, 14 Dec, 2013

Versartis, Inc.

 

/s/ Jeffrey Cleland

Dr. Jeffrey Cleland
CEO

List of Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A:    [*] and Versartis Deliverables (incl. Requirements for Versartis Deliverables) and assumptions
Exhibit B:    Project Plan (BI Services and Prices)
Exhibit C:    Project Timeline
Exhibit D:    Payment Schedule
Exhibit E:    [*] agreed by the Parties (to be attached upon agreement of the Parties)

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3.


Exhibit F:    Members of the Project Team, Steering Committee and Chief Executive Officers
Exhibit G:    Quality Agreement (to be added)
Exhibit H:    Testing of [*] from Versartis

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

4.


Exhibit A:

[*] and Versartis Deliverables (incl. Requirements for Versartis Deliverables) and assumptions

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

5.


Exhibit B : Project Plan (BI Services and Prices)

Remark: “(done)” means work completed by BI RCV, invoiced to Versartis

 

Price
basis

  

Activities / Services included

   Price [Euro]    

BI RCV deliverables

[*]

  

•       [*]

     [*  

•       [*]

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6.


Exhibit C : Project Plan and Timeline

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

7.


Exhibit D : Payment schedule

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

8.


Exhibit E : [*] agreed by the Parties (to be attached upon agreement of the Parties)

[*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

9.


Exhibit F : Members of the Project Team, Steering Committee and Chief Executive Officers

 

Project Manager BI RCV

      

Versartis

[*]      [*]

Project Team BI RCV

      

Versartis

[*]      [*]

Steering Committee BI RCV

      

Steering Committee Versartis

[*]      [*]

Further participants from BI RCV in SCs: [*] .

Further participants from Versartis in SCs: [*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

10.


Exhibit G : Quality Agreement

Quality agreement to be attached.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

11.


Exhibit H: Testing of [*] from Versartis

 

Method

  

Specification

[*]    [*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

12.

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.13

Assignment of Agreement

A Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement

dated October 23, 2012 (Contract Number: BI: 63790 ), including all attachments,

amendments and addendums, if any

(the “AGREEMENT”)

has been concluded between

Versartis, Inc.

275 Shoreline Drive

Suite 450

Redwood Shores, CA USA 94065

(“CUSTOMER”)

on the one hand

and

Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG

[*]

(“BI RCV”)

on the other hand.

BI RCV herewith gives notice to CUSTOMER that the AGREEMENT with all rights and obligations will be assigned from BI RCV to its affiliate Boehringer Ingelheim Biopharma-ceuticals GmbH , Binger Straße 173, 55216 Ingelheim/Rhein, GERMANY, with effect from January 1 st , 2014.

Boehringer Ingelheim Biopharmaceuticals GmbH accepts this transfer of the AGREEMENT with all rights and obligations resulting therefrom and consequently shall adopt BI RCV’s contractual position as per January 1 st , 2014. BI RCV shall hereby be released from all rights and obligations of the AGREEMENT which occur on or after January 1st, 2014.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Quality Agreement for the respective project or product concluded between CUSTOMER and BI RCV will remain unaffected and BI RCV shall continue to assume all rights and obligations related to it.

CUSTOMER supplied materials (e.g. [*] etc.) shall continue to be delivered directly to BI RCV.

 

Page 1 of 2


Vienna, 12.12.2013    

Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG

ppa.

    i. V.

[*]

   

[*]

[*]

   

[*]

We hereby confirm and agree to the assignment of the AGREEMENT to Boehringer Ingelheim Biopharmaceuticals GmbH

 

Ingelheim,    

Boehringer Ingelheim Biopharmaceuticals GmbH

ppa.

    ppa.

[*]

   

[*]

[*]

   

[*]

 

Acknowleged:    

 

Redwood Shores,
Versartis, Inc

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

Name:    Jeffrey L. Cleland
Title:      CEO

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Page 2 of 2

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.14

SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Amunix Operating Inc. (“Amunix”), a Delaware corporation, having an office at 500 Ellis Street, Mountain View, CA 94043 and Versartis, Inc. (“Versartis”), a Delaware corporation, having an office at 275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450, Redwood City, CA 94065, effective as of March 18, 2013 (the “Effective Date”). Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall be given the meaning set forth in that certain Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement of December 30, 2010 herewith between Versartis and Amunix Operating, Inc., as amended by a certain Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement effective as of January 7, 2013 (together, the “Amended License Agreement”).

WHEREAS:

Pursuant to the Amended License Agreement, Amunix granted to Versartis certain rights to practice rPEG Licensed IP with respect to Covered Products and Marketed Products;

Pursuant to a certain Amended and Restated Services Agreement between Amunix, Inc. and Versartis, Effective as of the July 15, 2010 (“Amended Services Agreement”), Amunix, Inc. agreed to provide certain services related to Covered Products and Marketed Products for Versartis;

Pursuant to a certain Agreement and Plan of Merger between Amunix, Inc. and Amunix, in which Amunix, Inc. was merged into Amunix effective March 5, 2013, and Amunix assumed all the rights and obligations of Amunix, Inc., including, inter alia , the Amended Services Agreement; and

Amunix and Versartis wish to enter into an agreement that sets forth the terms under which Amunix shall hereafter continue to provide such services and to terminate the Amended Services Agreement effective upon the effectiveness of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Amunix and Versartis agree as follows:

1. Services .

(a). Performance . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Amunix agrees to undertake and complete the research, development and other services related to Covered Products and Marketed Products as are reasonably requested by Versartis from time to time during the term of this Agreement, including without limitation pursuant to Section 1(d) below (“Services”). The specific milestones, deliverables, specification and other terms with respect to any particular Services project will be detailed in a mutually agreed upon Statement of Work (in the form of Exhibit A hereto) (each an “SOW”), which the parties will negotiate (reasonably and

 

1


in good faith) and execute promptly after Versartis’ request for Services. Each SOW shall be incorporated herein by reference and subject to all of the terms of this Agreement. Any modifications to an executed SOW shall require the written agreement of each party. In the event Versartis requests reasonable changes to an SOW that do not materially alter the scope or expense of the work involved, Amunix will use reasonable efforts to accept and promptly implement such changes. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of an SOW and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

(b). Documentation . Amunix will maintain complete and accurate records and documentation regarding the Services consistent with Amunix’ own work and work for others (“Documentation”). Upon Versartis’ request, all Documentation related specifically to any Covered Product or Marketed Product (or the development, use, performance or manufacture of any Covered Product or Marketed Product) (“Covered Product Documentation”) will be promptly and fully disclosed to Versartis. Upon Versartis’ request, Amunix will make available for inspection and copying by representatives of Versartis or any regulatory authority, all Covered Product Documentation. Upon Versartis’ request and at Versartis’ expense, Amunix will deliver to Versartis copies of all Covered Product Documentation. Amunix will retain (and provide to Versartis as contemplated above) all Documentation for a period of at least [*] after termination or expiration of the applicable SOW with respect to such Documentation. Further, Versartis will (upon [*] notice to Amunix) have the right to visit Amunix’ relevant facilities to review the performance and progress of the Services (including, without limitation, reviewing all Covered Product Documentation and any other records relevant to performance or payment hereunder). Amunix will provide all reasonably requested assistance and cooperation and make its relevant personnel reasonably available in connection with such reviews.

(c). Reporting . If requested by Versartis, no more than once per calendar quarter and in no case not after [*] after termination or expiration of the last to expire SOW, Amunix will provide Versartis with a written report providing reasonable detail regarding the Services performed since the last written update. Such information will be subject to the Confidentiality provisions of Section 6 of the Amended License Agreement.

(d). Acceptance . All deliverables to be provided by Amunix in connection with the Services are subject to Versartis’ acceptance. Versartis will reasonably accept or reject each deliverable within [*] after delivery based upon conformity with the applicable specifications and other terms set forth in the relevant SOW. If Versartis rejects a deliverable, Amunix will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly correct the failures specified in the rejection notice within [*] of such notice. When Amunix believes that it has made the necessary corrections, it will again deliver the deliverable to Versartis and the acceptance/rejection/correction provisions above shall be reapplied until the deliverable is accepted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Amunix cannot correct the failures specified in the rejection [*] the applicable specification or other terms set forth in the SOW.

2. Fees . In consideration of Amunix’ performance of Services, Versartis will pay Amunix (i) US $[*] per year for each FTE that performs Services hereunder (pro-rated for less than full time performance based on hourly records and a [*] hour work-year), and (ii) such additional fees (if any) as may be set forth in each applicable SOW (collectively, “Fees”). All Fees shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the applicable SOW. After the first twelve

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2


(12) months of this Agreement, the applicable Fees shall be adjusted (no more than once per year) to take into account inflation as measured by the percentage change in Consumer Price Index in the United States against the previous calendar year.

3. Proprietary Rights . Ownership of any inventions, concepts, discoveries, compositions of matter, works of authorship, designs, products, know-how, processes, ideas, data and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by or for or on behalf of Amunix during the term of this Agreement that arise out of or in connection with the Services shall be governed by the Amended License Agreement. All materials and data generated by Amunix in connection with the Inventions (“Data” and “Materials”) may be used by Amunix for any purpose including, without limitation, the prosecution and maintenance of patents, except that Amunix will not (without Versartis’ consent) provide Materials that are Covered Products (as protein or DNA) to any third party and will not disclose Data that disclose any Selected Target to a third party.

4. Warranties . Amunix represents and warrants that: (i) the Services will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and each applicable SOW, and that none of such Services nor any part of this Agreement is or will be inconsistent with any obligation Amunix may have to others; (ii) Amunix has the full right to allow it to provide Versartis with the assignments and rights. provided for herein (and has written enforceable agreements with all persons necessary to give it the rights to do the foregoing and otherwise fully perform this Agreement); (iii) to its knowledge the practice of the rPEG Licensed IP will not infringe or violate the intellectual property or other rights of any third party (except as may result from the application of the rPEG Licensed IP to a-target selected by Versartis), and (iv) Amunix shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, those promulgated by any applicable regulatory authority) in the course of performing the Services, it being understood that the performance of the Services shall not, unless otherwise agreed to in an applicable Statement of Work, require Amunix to comply with “good manufacturing practices” regulations of the United States Food and Drug Administration.

5. Regulatory Matters . Amunix shall promptly notify Versartis in writing of any action, notice, or request by a regulatory authority (or other governmental agency) that may affect any part of the Services, including, without limitation, any request to inspect or otherwise gain access to any information, data or materials pertaining to the Services. Amunix shall provide such notice prior to permitting any regulatory authority (or other party) access thereto (unless prior notice is not reasonably possible) and shall permit Versartis representatives to attend any such inspections. Amunix shall provide Versartis with copies of all inspection-related reports, as well as all notices and other correspondence relating to the Services that are received from, or sent by Amunix to, any regulatory authority (or other governmental agency). Amunix shall make available upon reasonable notification, such members of its personnel as may be requested by Versartis to attend meetings with any regulatory authority. Amunix represents and warrants that neither it, nor any person it engages in connection with the Services, is debarred under 21 U.S.C. 335. Amunix agrees to immediately disclose in writing to Versartis if it, or any of its employee or agents, is debarred or if any action, suit, claim, investigation, or legal or administrative proceeding is pending or, to Amunix’ knowledge, threatened, relating to the debarment of Amunix or any person performing Services hereunder.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3


6. Term; and Termination

(a). Term and Termination . This Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective and shall expire upon the expiration or termination of the Amended License Agreement unless sooner terminated as set forth below. If either party materially breaches this Agreement or any SOW, the other party may terminate this Agreement (or the applicable SOW) upon [*] written notice, unless the breach is cured within the notice period. Versartis also may terminate this Agreement (or any SOW) at any time, with or without cause, upon [*] written notice to Amunix. In the event this Agreement is terminated, the parties will cooperate to promptly settle any outstanding Fees (or, in the case of pre-payments, to refund unapplied amounts). Amunix will use reasonable efforts to mitigate all Fees in connection with any termination hereof.

(b) The Amended Services Amendment . The Amended Services Agreement shall terminate upon the effectiveness of this Agreement.

7. Survival . Termination of the Amended Services Agreement shall not result in the termination of any SOW in effect as of the Effective Date, and such SOW shall be deemed governed by the terms and conditions of the Amended Services Agreement which shall be deemed to survive solely for such purpose. Termination or expiration of the term of this Agreement shall terminate all SOWs then in effect, but termination of any particular SOW shall not affect any other SOW, or this Agreement as a whole. Sections 1(b) (to the extent set forth therein), 1(c) (to the extent set forth therein), 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement, all review rights under Section 1, and any remedies for breach of this Agreement, shall survive any termination or expiration.

8. General Provisions .

8.1 Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by a party without the prior written consent of the other party, except in the event of a merger or acquisition or to a successor to substantially all of party’s assets to which this Agreement relates and provided that the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof.

8.2 Notice . Any notice, report, approval or consent required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given to a party if delivered personally or mailed by first-class, registered or certified US mail, postage prepaid to the address of that party as set forth on the first page of this Agreement or to such other address as, is provided by that party to the other, upon ten days written notice.

8.3 Waiver and Reformation . No failure to exercise, and no, delay in exercising, on the part of either party, any privilege, any power or any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial, exercise of any right or power hereunder preclude further exercise of any other right hereunder. If any provision of this Agreement shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision shall be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable.

8.4. Dispute Resolution; Choice of Law . The parties shall use all reasonable efforts to resolve any dispute arising hereunder or with respect hereto through direct discussions within [*]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

4


of written notice that there is such a dispute. If no amicable settlement is reached as a result of the discussions, the matter shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted expeditiously by a single neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Arbitration Rules and Procedure of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service, Inc. (“JAMS”). The arbitration shall take place in San Francisco, California and the arbitral decision may be enforced in any court. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California and the United States, without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof

8.5 Amendment . Any waivers or amendments shall be effective only if made in writing and signed by authorized representatives of the parties.

8.6 Sole Agreement . This Agreement is the complete and exclusive statement of the mutual understanding of the parties and, except for those provisions that expressly survive the termination of the Original Services Agreement, supersedes and cancels all previous written and oral agreements and communications relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

8.7 Independent Contractors . Both parties are independent contractors under this Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to create an employment, agency, joint venture or partnership relationship between the parties hereto or any of their agents or employees, or any other legal arrangement that would impose liability upon one party for the act or failure to act of the other party. Neither party shall have any express or implied power to enter into any contracts or commitments or to incur any liabilities in the name of, or on behalf of, the other party, or to bind the other party in any respect whatsoever.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE BLANK]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

5


Amunix Operating Inc.

(Amunix)

   

Versartis, Inc.

(Versartis)

By:  

/s/ Volker Schellenberger

    By:  

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

Volker Schellenberger, President

Printed (name, Title and Address)

   

Jeffrey L. Cleland, CEO

Printed (name, Title and Address)

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6


EXHIBIT A

STATEMENT OF WORK #    .

 

A. Description of Services

 

B. Deliverables (including specifications/timing)

 

C. Staffing/Key Personnel

 

D. Compensation

This statement of work is entered into between Versartis, Inc. (“Versartis”) and Amunix Operating Inc. (“Amunix”) and is subject to the terms of the Services Agreement entered into between the parties dated March 18, 2013 (the “Agreement”). By signing below, the parties hereto, each acting under due and proper authority agree to make this Statement of Work a part of the Agreement between the parties.

 

AMUNIX OPERATING INC.       VERSARTIS, INC.
By:   

 

      By:   

 

Signature

Name:

Print or Type

Title:

Date:

     

Signature

Name:

Print or Type

Title:

Date:

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

7

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.15

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LICENSING AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated License Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into effective December 30, 2010 (“Effective Date”) by and between Amunix Operating, Inc. (“Licensor”), a Delaware corporation, and Versartis, Inc. (“Licensee”), a Delaware corporation.

WHEREAS:

Amunix, Inc. (“Amunix”) and Licensee are parties to a certain Licensing Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 (the “Original License”); and

Amunix and Licensor are parties to a certain Assignment Agreement dated as of July 15, 2010, (the “Assignment”) pursuant to which Amunix assigned to Licensor all of Amunix’s rights and obligations under the Original License and Licensor, with the consent of Licensee and subject to the guarantee by Licensor of all of Amunix’s obligations under the Original License, accepted such assignment; and

Licensor and Licensee are parties to a certain Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement dated as of July 15, 2010 (the “First Amendment”) pursuant to which the provisions of the Original License were amended and restated, terminating the Original License; and

Licensee has entered into a certain Asset Sale Agreement dated as of December __, 2010 (the “Asset Agreement) with Diartis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Diartis”) pursuant to which Licensee will sell to Diartis, and Diartis will purchase from Licensee, certain assets of Licensee including, without limitation, rights with respect to a Covered Product (as defined below) and an additional Selected Target (as defined below) and an alternative Selected Target (as defined below); and

Licensor and Licensee wish to amend and restate the First Amendment so as to delete from the grant of rights set forth therein certain rights that will be relinquished by Licensee in favor of Diartis, while reflecting those rights in a direct agreement to be entered into between Licensor and Diartis, and to terminate the First Amendment, effective upon the Effective Date, after which the rights granted by Licensor to Licensee in this Agreement and the rights granted by Licensor in the direct agreement between Licensor and Diartis of even date herewith, read together, will reflect the same scope of rights as those set forth in the First Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, Licensor and Licensee agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 “Acquirer” means the successor corporation of Licensee following any Acquisition or the acquirer of all or substantially all of Licensee’s assets with respect to any Covered Product; Marketed Product or Selected Target.


1.2 “Acquisition” means any merger or consolidation of Licensee with any other entity following which the stockholders of Licensee do not own, by virtue of the exchange of their shares of Licensee before such transaction, at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation (or its parent) following such transaction, or the acquirer of all or substantially all of the assets of Licensee with respect to any Covered Product, Marketed Product or Selected Target.

1.3 “Additional Marketed Products” means any two Marketed Products developed by Licensee or any Licensee sub-licensee after the first two Marketed Products.

1.4 “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity that is directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Licensee. For the purpose of this definition, “control” shall mean the direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than 50 percent of the stock or equity of such entity entitled to vote in the election, of directors (or, in the case of an entity that is not a corporation, for the election of the corresponding managing authority), or more than 50 percent interest in the income of such entity, provided that, if local law requires a minimum percentage of local ownership, control will be established by direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 50 percent of the maximum ownership percentage that may, under such local law, be owned by foreign interests.

1.5 “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means, with respect to any Covered Product or Marketed Product derived from an additional Selected Target (described in Section 2.5), those efforts and resources used by a biotechnology company that is similarly situated to Licensee with respect to a product owned or controlled by such company, or to which such company has similar rights, which product is of similar market potential and is at a similar stage in its development or life as is such Covered Product or Marketed Product.

1.6 “Covered Product” means a specific composition of matter that: (a) consists of a specific set of modifications of a single Selected Target, including without limitations deletions, substitutions, fusions or fragments of such Selected Target to which an rPEG molecule has been attached, (b) is created using the rPEG Licensed IP, and (iii) is selected by Licensee for clinical development by Licensee or a sub-licensee of Licensee.

1.7 “IND” shall mean an Investigational New Drug Application as defined in the United States Food Drug and Cosmetic Act and related regulations or an equivalent foreign filing.

1.8 “Initial Marketed Products” means the first two Marketed Products for which Licensee or a Licensee sub-licensee: (a) has filed for or otherwise obtained Regulatory Approval or (b) has begun marketing in any jurisdiction.

1.9 “Know-how” means all information: (i) possessed or controlled by Licensor as of the Effective Date or at any time during the term of this Agreement, (ii) relating to the application of the rPEG Technology to the Covered Products and/or Marketed Products (including, without limitation, the manufacture or testing of a Covered Product or a Marketed Product) and (iii) that is or may be relevant or useful to Licensee’s exercise of its rights and licenses under this Agreement, including, without limitation, technical, scientific and other know-how, data, materials, information, trade secrets, ideas, formulae, inventions, discoveries,

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2


processes, machines, manufactures, compositions of matter; improvements, protocols, techniques, works of authorship, and results of experimentation and testing (whether or not patented or patentable) in written, electronic or any other form.

1.10 “Licensed Patents” means (i) those United States and international patents and applications listed on Attachment A attached hereto, which shall be updated from time to time by Licensor, (ii) any other patents or patent applications owned or controlled by Licensor on the Effective Date or at any time during the term of this Agreement that contain a Valid Claim which would be infringed by the making, use, sale, offer for sale, or import of a Covered Product or Marketed Product in the absence of a license under this Agreement, (iii) any and all applications related to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any continuations, continuations in part and divisions; (iv) and any patents issuing from any of the foregoing including, without limitation, reissues, registrations, reexamination certificates and extensions, as well as any patent applications and patents claiming a priority to any of the foregoing, and exclusivity periods and the like of any such patents and patent applications, and (v) any and all foreign counterparts related to any of the foregoing or any subject matter thereof.

1.11 “Marketed Product” means a Covered Product for which Licensee or a Licensee sub-licensee (a) has filed for or otherwise obtained Regulatory Approval or (b) has begun marketing in any jurisdiction.

1.12 “Net Sales” means the amount actually received by Licensee and its sub-licensees for sales of a Marketed Product to non-Affiliates, exclusive of the following to the extent specifically related to the Marketed Product and incurred by the Licensee or its sub-licensees or otherwise paid for or accrued by the Licensee or its sub-licensees on a consistent basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles: [*].

1.13 “Regulatory Approval” means any technical, medical and scientific license, registration, authorization or approval (including, without limitation, any approval of an NDA or BLA or foreign counterpart, supplement or amendment, pre- and post- approval, pricing approval, or labeling approval) of any national, supra-national regional, state or local regulatory agency, department, bureau, commission, council or other governmental entity, necessary for the commercial manufacture, distribution, marketing, promotion, offer for sale, use, import, export and sale of a Marketed Product in a regulatory jurisdiction.

1.14 “Regulatory Approval Application” means an application submitted to the appropriate Regulatory Authority seeking Regulatory Approval of a Marketed Product for use in one or more therapeutic indications in a regulatory jurisdiction.

1.15 “Regulatory Authority” shall mean any national (e.g., the U.S. Food and Drug Administration), supra-national (e.g., the European Commission, the Council of the European Union, or the European Medicines Agency), regional, state or local regulatory agency, department, bureau, commission, council or other governmental entity in each country of the world involved in the granting of Regulatory Approval for a Marketed Product.

1.16 “Replacement Marketed Product” means a Covered Product that is designated by Licensee as a replacement for a Marketed Product as provided in Section 2.6(b), below.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3


1.17 “rPEG” means any polypeptide that: (a) is not a Target, (b) is a polypeptide referred to in the Licensed Patents as “Recombinant PEG” (“rPEG”), “unstructured recombinant polymer” (“URP”), “accessory polypeptide,” or “extended recombinant polypeptide” (“XTEN”),

1.18 “rPEG Technology” means all materials, know-how, and other proprietary technology in any way relating to rPEG, Targets to which an rPEG molecule has been attached, and methods to make and use rPEG and attached Targets that are covered by one or more Valid Claims.

1.19 “rPEG Licensed IP” means collectively: (a) the Licensed Patents to the extent the claims therein cover the rPEG Technology and (b) Know-how.

1.20 “Selected Target” means a Target that Licensee has selected pursuant to the Original License or pursuant to Section 2.5 or 2.6, below, for the development of Covered Products and, if applicable, Marketed Products.

1.21 “Target” means any human protein or human peptide with a specified biological activity (e.g., agonist or antagonist) that is not a scaffold for the generation of multiple molecules with different binding properties.

1.22 “Valid Claim” shall mean: (a) a claim of an issued patent within the Licensed Patents which has not expired and which has not been held invalid or unenforceable by decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed with the time allowed for appeal having expired, or which has not been admitted to be invalid through reissue, reexamination, disclaimer or otherwise; or (b) any claim of a pending patent application within the Licensed Patents unless such application has been pending for more than [*] years.

Any term not defined in this Section 1 shall have the meaning ascribed to it below.

2. Target Options; Inventions; License.

2.1 Selection and Option. The parties acknowledge that, pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Original License, Licensee has timely identified those [*] Targets (i.e. [*], human growth hormone agonist, [*]) and selected those [*] Selected Targets (i.e. [*], human growth hormone agonist [*]) of which Licensee is retaining under this Agreement two Selected Targets (i.e. human growth hormone agonist and [*]). Each Selected Target will be subject to the exclusivity granted in Section 2.6(d) below.

2.2 New Inventions. During the Term, Amunix, Licensor, and Licensee shall each promptly disclose to the other parties all new inventions that claim rPEG as a composition of matter, a novel use of rPEG, or a combination of a Target and rPEG as a composition of matter or a novel use of such combination (collectively “New Inventions”); provided, however, that “New Inventions” shall not include: (i) inventions excluded by virtue of a written agreement between the parties, (ii) inventions that [*], and (iii) inventions that [*]. Each party agrees to supply to the other party a copy of any invention disclosure related to each New Invention. For

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

4


clarity, such obligation to disclose New Inventions will not apply [*] (including, without limitation, [*]).

2.3 Assignment. During the Term, all New Inventions and all intellectual property rights therein, whether conceived by one party or jointly, shall be assigned to Licensor. Licensee agrees to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to assign all right, title and interest in and to the New Inventions, if any, to Licensor. For clarity, such obligation to assign will not apply to any invention [*] (including, without limitation, [*]).

2.4 Additional Selected Targets. Subject to the payment obligation set forth in Section 3.3, below, at any time prior to [*], Licensee shall have the option, by notice to Licensor selecting such Target(s) and specifying the biological activity of each such Target, of including in this Agreement, as additional Selected Targets, up to [*] additional Targets; provided that: (a) with respect to any such proposed Target, Licensor is not, at the time such proposed Target is selected by Licensee, in active, bona fide discussions, pursuant to an executed nondisclosure agreement (“Third Party Discussions”) for, and such proposed Target is not otherwise the subject of a license, development or commercialization agreement involving the right to use of the rPEG Technology to develop products based on such proposed Target (a “Third Party Agreement”), and (b) with, the exception of [*], Licensor has devoted the equivalent of at least [*] full time equivalent personnel towards the application of the rPEG Technology with respect to such Target, in which case the selection of such proposed Target may, at Licensor’s sole discretion, be rejected by Licensor. In addition, Licensor shall have the right to reserve for itself or for work with third parties up to [*] Targets, which Targets will not be available for selection hereunder; provided, however, that Licensor shall provide Licensee with at least [*] written prior notice of each such Target before such proposed Target shall be deemed to have been reserved for Licensor. If Licensee selects a Target with respect to which Licensor is in Third Party Discussions but not a Third Party Agreement at the time of selection, such proposed Target shall again be available for license under this Agreement unless Licensor enters into a Third Party Agreement or receives a bona fide offer in writing to pay at least [*] for an option to engage in such licensing (a “Third Party Option Offer”) for use of the rPEG Licensed IP with respect to the applicable Target within [*] after the date of selection by Licensee. Further, with respect to any such proposed Target for which Licensor has received a Third Party Option Offer, if, within [*] from the inception of such discussions, Licensor and such third party do not enter into a Third Party Agreement for use of the rPEG Licensed IP with respect to the applicable Target, then the Target shall again become available for license under this Agreement. In no event shall this Agreement apply to more than [*] Selected Targets (i.e., two Selected Targets and [*] additional Selected Targets, [*] of which may be replaced by [*] alternative Selected Targets) and no more than four Marketed Products (i.e. any combination of Marketed Products and Replacement Marketed Products).

2.5 Alternative Targets. At any time before [*], Licensee shall have the right to replace an existing Selected Target with another Target, subject to the same terms applicable to the selection of additional Selected Targets in Section 2.4, above. Any such replacement shall be effective upon Licensee’s provision of written notice to Licensor, subject to the availability of such Target and any applicable notice or waiting periods set forth in Section 2.4. Upon such exchange the newly identified Target shall be deemed a Selected Target and the Selected Target

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

5


for which it was exchanged shall no longer be a Target or a Selected Target and all rights related thereto shall revert to Licensor.

2.6 Exclusivity and Licenses.

(a) Grant of Rights. Licensee is hereby granted a worldwide, exclusive, irrevocable (except as set forth in Section 5.2, below), sub-licensable right and license under the rPEG Licensed IP to make, have made and use Covered Products and to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import, and otherwise fully exploit up to four specific Marketed Products. For purposes of clarification, Licensee shall not have any rights to the rPEG Licensed IP except as set forth in this Section 2.6.and in each case subject to Section 2.8, below. The foregoing grant of rights shall be subject to: (i) the retained rights of the U.S. Government under 35 U.S.C. §200 et seq. and 37 C.F.R. §401, if any, and (ii) an obligation under 35 U.S.C. §204, if applicable, that Covered Products and Marketed Products be manufactured substantially in the United States, unless Licensee obtains a waiver from the appropriate federal agency.

(b) Replacement Marketed Product. At any time during the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall have the right to replace any Marketed Product with a Replacement Marketed Product (for up to [*] such Replacement Marketed Products); provided that: (i) Licensee shall give Licensor written notice of the selection of such Replacement Marketed Product at least [*] with respect to each such Replacement Marketed Product; (ii) the Replacement Marketed Product may not be sold or marketed concurrently with the Marketed Product which it replaces for a period of more than [*], (iii) the Replacement Marketed Product [*] and [*] the Marketed Product it replaces; (iv) [*] the Replacement Marketed Product [*] the Marketed Product it replaces [*]; and (v) [*] Replacement Marketed Product [*] the Marketed Product it replaces [*].

(c) Know-how. Following the selection of a Target, subject to the provisions of Section 6, below, at Licensee’s reasonable request, Licensor will promptly disclose and provide to Licensee (on a continuing basis) all available Know-how with respect to the resulting Covered Product and/or Marketed Product; provided that Licensee may not use such Know-how for any purpose other than the exercise of rights granted hereunder.

(d) Marketed Product and Selected Target Exclusivity. During the term of this Agreement Licensor shall not, unless requested by Licensee, use the rPEG Licensed IP, nor shall it grant any third party any right under the rPEG Licensed IP, to research, develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import or otherwise exploit any product or service that constitutes a Marketed Product or Selected Target or is derived from a Selected Target and has the same biological activity or that is otherwise based on or, derived from any Marketed Product or Selected Target.

2.7 Regulatory Approvals. Licensee or a Licensee sub-licensee or an Acquirer (“Applicant Party”) shall file, in its own name, all applications for Regulatory Approvals. Applicant Party shall have the sole responsibility for communicating with any Regulatory Authority regarding any Regulatory Approval Application or any Regulatory Approval once granted. Applicant Party shall be responsible for filing all reports required to be filed in order to maintain, any Regulatory Approvals granted for Products anywhere in the world. If requested by Applicant Party, Licensor shall, at Applicant Party’s expense, provide Licensee with all

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6


reasonably requested assistance with respect to any regulatory filing (or related activities) in connection with the Marketed Products. With respect to Applicant Party’s activities hereunder, Licensee shall be solely responsible for adverse drug experience reports, literature review and associated reports; adverse drug experience follow-up reports; preparation and submission of all safety reports to the Regulatory Authorities as required; maintaining the global safety database; all interactions with Regulatory Authorities; periodic submissions; risk management; safety monitoring and detection and safety measures (e.g., clinical holds, restriction on distribution).

2.8 Limited License. During the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall not research, develop, make, have made, use, sell, transfer, offer for sale, import or otherwise exploit any materials or products that incorporate Know-How or that would infringe a Valid Claim other than as expressly authorized herein. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, under no circumstances shall the rights granted in this Agreement include the right to make, have made, use, sell or import individual rPEG molecules covered by a Valid Claim apart from the manufacture and development of Covered Products and Marketed Products.

2.9 Sublicensing Limitation. Subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 2.3, above, any sub-license granted by Licensee pursuant to this Section 2 shall require the sub-licensee to comply with all of Licensee’s obligations under this Agreement. Licensee shall promptly notify Licensor of the grant of each sublicense and the particulars on each Sub-licensee.

3. Consideration/Royalties.

3.1 Royalty . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Licensee shall pay to Licensor the following royalties

(a) with respect to the Initial Marketed Products, one percent (1%) of the Net Sales;

(b) with respect to any Additional Marketed Products, [*] of the Net Sales; and

(c) with respect to any Replacement Marketed Products, [*] of the Net Sales.

3.2 Payment.

(a) Accrued royalties are payable quarterly, within [*] of the end of the applicable quarter, and shall be accompanied by a royalty report containing the following information on a product-by-product and country by country basis (a) the gross amounts received for sales of each Marketed Product, (b) the basis for any adjustments to such amounts used to calculate. Net Sales, and (c) the royalty due hereunder for the sale of each Marketed Product. Payments will be made in U.S. dollars with currency conversion determined in the manner used by Licensee for its financial accounting purposes, consistently applied.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

7


(b) All payments under this Agreement shall be made in full without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by applicable laws or regulations. If Licensee is so required to deduct or withhold, Licensee will (a) promptly notify Licensor of such requirement, (b) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such amount has been assessed against Licensor, and (c) promptly forward to Licensor an official receipt (or certified copy) or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Licensor evidencing such payment to such authorities.

(c) If Licensee fails to pay any payment due under this Agreement within [*] of the date such payment is due, as provided in this Agreement, such late payment shall bear interest (unless such payment is disputed in good faith), to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the average one-month London Inter-Bank Offering Rate (LIBOR) for the United States Dollar as reported from time to time in The Wall Street Journal, effective for the first date on which payment was delinquent and calculated on the number of days such payment is overdue or, if such rate is not regularly published, as published in such source as the parties agree.

3.3 Additional Target Consideration.

(a) For each Selected Target selected by Licensee in writing pursuant to Sections 2.4 and 2.5, Licensee will pay to Licensor (at Licensee’s option): (i) US$[*] or the equivalent thereof in Licensee stock (“Consideration Stock”) and (ii) US$[*], or the equivalent thereof in Consideration Stock after Licensor demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Licensee that both: (x) [*] of a Covered Product for such Additional Target, and (y) [*] of a Covered Product for such Additional Target support the development of a product that can be commercialized. Each payment due pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i) shall be made by the transfer of funds to the account of the Licensor set out below or by the issuance to Licensor of the Consideration Stock, within [*] of the notification by the Licensee to the Licensor of the exercise for the inclusion hereunder of any Additional Target. Each payment due pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(ii) shall be made within [*] following the occurrence of both (x) and (y). If such payments are made in Consideration Stock, the value of such shares shall be determined by the methodology for valuing Proceeds set forth in Article IV (B), Section 2(d)(ii) of Licensee’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided that if Licensor disputes such valuation, the matter will be submitted to a mutually agreeable third party for resolution. The fees and’ expenses of such third party shall be borne by Licensor unless the third-party determines that the value of such shares differs from the valuation determined by the Company’s Board of Directors by more than [*], in which case such fees and expenses shall be borne by Licensee.

(b) With respect to each Replacement Marketed Product (as referenced in Section 2.7(b), above), Licensee shall pay Licensor: (i) US[*] within [*] from Licensee selection (in writing to Licensor) of the applicable product, and (ii) milestone payments according to the following schedule with respect to each Replacement Marketed Product:

(i) $[*] upon [*];

(ii) $[*] upon [*];

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

8


(iii) $[*] upon [*];

(iv) $[*] upon [*]; and

(v) $[*] upon [*].

(c) Licensee agrees to promptly notify Licensor of its achievement of each event set forth in this Section 3.3. All payments under this Section 3.3 shall be non-refundable and non-creditable and shall be made by wire transfer to such account as is designated by Licensor in writing.

3.4 Record Keeping. Licensee shall keep accurate books and accounts of record in connection with the sale of Products, in sufficient detail to permit accurate determination of all figures necessary for verification of royalties to be paid hereunder. Licensee shall maintain such records for a period of at least three years after the end of the calendar year in which they were generated.

3.5 Audits. Upon [*] prior written notice from Licensor, but no more than [*], Licensee shall permit Licensor (through independent auditors reasonably acceptable to Licensee) to examine, at Licensor’s sole expense, the relevant books and records of Licensee and Licensee’s sub-licensees as may be reasonably necessary to verify the accuracy of the reports submitted by Licensee in accordance with Section 3.1 and the payment of royalties hereunder. Licensor or its auditor shall be provided access to such books and records at Licensee’s and sub-licensee facility(ies) where such books and records are normally kept and such examination shall be conducted during Licensee’s and sub-licensee’s normal business’ hours. If such audit concludes that additional royalties were due to Licensor, Licensee shall pay to Licensor the additional royalties within [*] of the date Licensee receives the written report so concluding. If such underpayment exceeds [*] of the royalties that were to be paid to Licensor, Licensee also shall reimburse Licensor for the out-of-pocket expenses incurred in conducting the audit. If such accounting firm concludes that Licensee overpaid royalties to Licensor, Licensor within [*] of the date receives such account’s report so concluding will refund such overpayments to Licensee. All information obtained through any audits under this Section 3.5 shall be Licensee’s Confidential Information (as defined below).

4. Patent Prosecution and Enforcement.

4.1 Prosecution.

(a) Control. For purposes of this Section, the party controlling the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patent shall be the “Prosecuting Party.” Licensor shall have the right to act as the Prosecuting Party with respect to the Licensed Patents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Licensor determines to abandon a Licensed Patent, it will give Licensee such advance written notice of such determination as is reasonably practicable. In such event, Licensee may, by written notice to Licensor, elect to continue the prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents abandoned by Licensor, at Licensee’s sole expense.

(b) Cooperation. The other party agrees to cooperate with Prosecuting Party in the prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents, by disclosing such information

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

9


as may be necessary and by promptly executing such documents as the Prosecuting Party may reasonably request to effect such efforts. The Prosecuting Party shall provide the other party, upon request, with copies of all official actions and other communications received by the Prosecuting Party or its patent counsel, or submitted by the Prosecuting Party or its patent counsel, from or to the United States Patent and Trademark Office (and corresponding foreign authorities) with respect to the Licensed Patents.

(c) Filing, Prosecution and Maintenance Costs. Licensee will reimburse the Licensor for: (i) [*] percent of the reasonable filing, prosecution and maintenance costs with respect to Licensed Patents that are generally applicable to the rPEG Technology or Covered Products and (ii) 100 percent of the reasonable filing, prosecution and maintenance costs with respect to Licensed Patents that are primarily applicable to the Covered Products. Whether Licensed Patents are “generally” or “primarily” applicable to a Covered Product shall be mutually determined by the parties reasonably and in good faith. All reimbursements under this Subsection shall be made within [*] from receipt of invoice setting forth in reasonable detail the services provided.

4.2 Infringement. Licensee shall have the first right to prosecute and control (at its own expense) any action for infringement of any of the Licensed Patents during the term of this Agreement if such infringement relates to any product that competes with (or if marketed would compete with) a Marketed Product and any claim within a Licensed Patent that covers or otherwise relates to such Marketed Product (or the manufacture, use, sale or other exploitation thereof). Each party agrees to notify the other party promptly of any infringement of a Licensed Patent (within the above scope) of which such party is or becomes aware. If Licensee elects to commence such an action, Licensor shall cooperate fully with Licensee including, without limitation, being joined as a party upon Licensee’s request. Licensor shall have the right to consult with Licensee and to participate in and be represented by counsel in such litigation at its own expense. Recoveries from such action shall first be applied to reimburse Licensee and Licensor, pro rata, for litigation fees and expenses. Licensor shall receive from the remaining portion of the recovery an amount equal to [*].

If, after the expiration of the [*] period following Licensee’s receipt of notice of the third party infringement described in the first sentence of this Section 4.2 (or, if earlier, the date upon which Licensee provides written notice that it does not plan to bring suit), Licensee has not obtained a discontinuance of infringement described in the first sentence above, settled the matter with the infringer, or filed suit against the third party infringer, then Licensor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to bring suit against such third party infringer, provided that Licensor shall bear all expenses of such suit Licensee will cooperate with Licensor in any such suit for infringement including, without limitation, being joined as’ a party upon request; and shall have the right to consult with Licensor and to participate in and be represented by independent counsel in such litigation at its own expense. Recoveries from such action shall first be applied to reimburse Licensor and Licensee for litigation fees and expenses and any then paid to Licensor.

Neither party shall have the right to settle any patent infringement litigation under this Section 4.2 in a manner that diminishes the intellectual property’ rights of the other party without the prior written consent of such other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. With respect to all other infringement actions with respect to the Licensed

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

10


Patents, Licensor shall have the right to prosecute and control such actions (and will retain all recoveries).

4.3 Patent Certifications. Each party shall immediately give written notice to the other of any certification of which it becomes aware filed pursuant to 21 U.S.C. §355(b)(2)(A) or §355(j)(2)(A)(vii) (or any amendment or successor statute thereto), any similar statutory or regulatory, requirement enacted in the future regarding biologic products, or any similar statutory or regulatory requirement in any non-U.S. country claiming that, a Licensed Patent covering any Covered Product is invalid or that infringement will not arise from the research, development, manufacture, use or commercialization of a product that would compete with a Covered Product by a third party. Upon the giving or receipt of such notice, such third party shall be deemed an infringer of such Licensed Patent and the prosecution of any litigation claims against such third party shall be governed by Section 4.2.

5. Term and Termination.

5.1 Term. The term of his Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire, unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 5.2, below, on a country-by-country basis upon the later of: (i) the expiration the last to expire of the Licensed Patents in such country, and (ii) 10 years following first commercial sale of a Marketed Product in such country.

5.2 Termination.

(a) Target and Product Termination. Licensor shall have the right, upon [*] prior written notice to Licensee, to terminate this Agreement with respect to any Selected Target and all Covered Products and Marketed Products related thereto if:

(i) during any consecutive 18 calendar month period during the term hereof, Licensee’s funding of research, development and commercialization activities (when taken together) with respect to the applicable Selected Target is not at least US$250,000.00. Upon receipt of any such notice, Licensee shall have the option to extend the applicable 18 month period for an additional 24 months, exercisable by paying to Licensor US$150,000.00; or

(ii) Licensee does not use Commercially Reasonable Efforts with respect to the development and commercialization of Covered Products and Marketed Products based on such Selected Target. Upon termination of this Agreement with respect to any Selected Target, [*] with respect to such Selected Target. Further, in such event [*] such Selected Target.

(b) By Licensee. In addition, if Licensee determines that it is economically or technically unpractical or disadvantageous for it to continue development or marketing regarding the any Selected Target or Marketed Product, or for any other reason, Licensee may terminate this Agreement with respect to any such Selected Target or Marketed Product at any time upon [*] written notice to Licensor.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

11


(c) By Licensor. If: (a) with respect to a Marketed Product, Licensee fails to comply with its payment obligations under Section 3.1 or 3.3, and such failure continues for a period of [*] following written notice of non-compliance from Licensor, then Licensor may terminate this Agreement with respect to such product upon [*] written notice to Licensee, unless such non-payment is cured during such period or (b) Licensee alleges in writing that (i) the Covered or Marketed Product is not protected against infringement by a Valid Claim, or (ii) any royalties or other amounts due hereunder are not due or required to be paid to Licensor under this Agreement because some or all of the Licensed Patents needed to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise fully exploit are invalid or unenforceable, Licensor shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement upon [*] notice.

5.3 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement with respect to any Selected Target and all Covered Products and Marketed Products related thereto: (i) all licenses granted to Licensee to the Selected Target and all Covered Products and Marketed Products related thereto hereunder shall terminate, (ii) Licensee shall have the option to assign its rights in any sub-license of the Licensed Patents (only to the extent related to the rPEG Licensed IP and provided such terms are at least as protective of Licensor as those set forth herein) to Licensor and any such assigned sublicense(s) shall survive termination, and (iii) the terms of the following Sections shall survive: 2.3, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 5.3, 6.1, 6.2, 7.3, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.5 and 9.4. Notwithstanding any termination hereof, in no event will Licensee or any sub-licensee or assignee be precluded from disposing of its inventory or meeting its then existing supply obligations for a period of [*] following termination, provided all royalties due hereunder continue to be paid. For clarity, termination of Licensee’s’ rights with respect to a particular Selected Target or Marketed Product shall not affect Licensee’s license rights with respect to any other Selected Target or Marketed Product hereunder.

5.4 The First Amendment. Except as expressly provided herein or in the Original License, the First Amendment shall terminate upon the effectiveness of this Agreement.

6. Confidentiality and Publications.

6.1 Confidentiality. During the term of this Agreement, each party (a “Disclosing Party”) may provide the other party (a “Receiving Party”) with confidential and/or proprietary materials and information (“Confidential Information”). All materials and information provided by Disclosing Party to Receiving Party and identified at the time of disclosure as “Confidential” or bearing a similar legend, and all other information that the Receiving Party reasonably should understand to be confidential, or proprietary information of the other Party, shall be considered Confidential Information”. Receiving Party shall maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information and will not disclose such information to any third party without the prior written consent of Disclosing Party; provided that, Licensee shall have the right to disclose the Know-how and other Confidential Information as reasonably necessary for Licensee (and its sub-licensees) to exercise the rights and license, granted hereunder; including, without limitation, as way be reasonably necessary for purposes of regulatory filings with the FDA and comparable foreign authorities; provided that Receiving Party shall provide the Disclosing Party a copy of proposed disclosure of Confidential Information or Know-how at least [*] prior to stick disclosure, and shall reasonably consider the comments of the Disclosing Party with respect to limiting the disclosure of Confidential Information or Know-how. Receiving Party will only use the Confidential Information

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

12


internally for the purposes contemplated hereunder (including the exercise of rights and licenses herein). The obligations in this Section shall not apply to any information that: (i) is made generally available to the public without breach of this Agreement, (ii) is developed by the Receiving Party independently from the Confidential Information, (iii) is disclosed to Receiving Party by a third party under no obligation of confidentiality to the Disclosing party or (iv) was in the Receiving Party’s lawful possession prior to the disclosure and was not obtained by the Receiving Party either directly or indirectly from the Disclosing Party. Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information as required by law or court order; provided that, Receiving Party provides Disclosing Party with prompt written notice thereof and uses its best efforts to limit disclosure. At any time, upon Disclosing Party’s request, Receiving Party shall return to Disclosing Party all Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in its possession, including, without limitation, all copies and extracts thereof (provided that, Licensee shall have the right to retain Know-how for the purpose of disposing of inventory as contemplated by Section 5.3).

6.2 Publications.

(a) Prior to public disclosure or submission for publication or presentation of a proposed publication describing the results of any scientific or clinical activity relating to a Target comprising an rPEG, a Covered Product, or a Marketed Product, the party proposing to make such disclosure (the “Submitting Party”) shall provide the other party (the “Responding Party”) a copy of the proposed publication. The Responding Party shall have [*] from the date of actual receipt to review the proposed publication or presentation. During such time the Responding Party shall in good faith determine whether: (i) the proposed publication contains patentable subject matter as to which patent protection is likely to be available and which, if issued, would provide the owner or licensee a material benefit in abating competition with respect to the commercialization of a Target comprising an rPEG, a Covered Product, or a Marketed Product, and (ii) the proposed publication contains subject matter for which patent protection should be sought; or (iii) the proposed publication contains Confidential Information of the Responding Party. If, within such [*] period the Responding Party notifies the Submitting Party that the determination to (i) and (ii) or (iii) does not meet the criteria, or if the Responding Party fails to respond to the Submitting Party within such [*] period, then Submitting Party shall be free to submit such proposed publication or presentation for publication and publish or otherwise disclose to the public such scientific or clinical results.

(b) If the Responding Party advises the Submitting Party within the [*] period provided in subsection (a), above, that the criteria of either subsections (a)(i) and (ii) or in subsection (a)(iii), above, have been met, then the Submitting Party shall delay public disclosure of such information or submission of the proposed publication for an additional period of [*] (or such shorter period mutually agreed by the Parties) to permit preparation and filing of a patent application on the disclosed subject matter. The Submitting Party shall thereafter be free to publish or disclose such information, except that the Submitting Party may not disclose any Confidential Information of the Responding Party unless the Responding Party grants authorization to do so.

7. Representations and Warranties.

7.1 Representations and Warranties of Licensor. Licensor represents and warrants to Licensee that as of the Effective Date Licensor: (i) is the sole owner of all rights, title

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

13


and interest in the rPEG Licensed IP, (ii) has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to grant the rights and licenses granted herein, (iii) is not aware of any actual violation, infringement or misappropriation of any third party’s rights (or any claim or potential claim thereof) by any rPEG Licensed IP and has not received any written notice of any alleged violation, infringement or misappropriation thereof, and (iv) is not and will not be) subject to any commitment, obligation, or the like that is inconsistent any provision, of this Agreement.

7.2 Covenants of Licensee. Upon request from Licensor, Licensee shall provide to Licensor [*] written reports describing with reasonable specificity the activities of Licensee with respect to the exercise of its rights under this Agreement including, without limitation, the amounts spent by Licensee with respect to the development and commercialization of each Selected Target, Covered Product and Marketed Product during [*] preceding each such report.

7.3 Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, THE PARTIES MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS AND EXTEND NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND PARTICULARLY THAT COVERED PRODUCTS WILL BE SUCCESSFULLY DEVELOPED HEREUNDER, AND IF COVERED PRODUCTS ARE DEVELOPED, WITH’ RESPECT TO SUCH COVERED PRODUCTS, THE PARTIES DISCLAIM ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

8. Indemnification.

8.1 Indemnification by Licensee. Licensee will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Licensor, and each of its respective employees, officers, directors and agents (each, a “Licensor Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and cost (collectively, a “Liability”) that the Licensor Indemnified Patty may be required to pay to one or more third parties resulting from or arising out of:

(a) claims of any nature, including product liability claims arising out of the research, development and manufacture of Covered Products or the research, development, manufacture or commercialization of Marketed Products by, on behalf of, or under the authority of Licensee, its affiliates or sub-licensees (other than by, Licensor, its affiliates or any of their respective employees, officers, directors and agents); and/or

(b) third party claims resulting from any breach by Licensee of any covenant set forth in this Agreement;

except in each case, to the extent caused by: (i) the negligence or willful misconduct of Licensor or any Licensor Indemnified Party or any breach by Licensor of any representation, warranty or covenant set forth herein or (ii) [*] (excluding [*]).

8.2 Indemnification by Licensor. Licensor will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Licensee and its sub-licensees, distributors and each of its and their respective employees, officers, directors and agents (each, a “Licensee Indemnified Party”) from and

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

14


against any and all Liabilities that the Licensee Indemnified Party may be required to pay to one or more third parties resulting from or arising out of any breach by Licensor of any representation, warranty or covenant set forth in this Agreement or any [*] except to the extent caused by (i) the negligence or willful misconduct of Licensee or any Licensee Indemnified Party, (ii) any breach by Licensee of any covenant set forth herein or (iii) [*].

8.3 Indemnification Procedures. Each party will notify the other in writing in the event it becomes aware of a claim for which indemnification may be sought hereunder. In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any party in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2, above, such party (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the other party (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing within [*] and the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall Meet to discuss how to respond to any claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. The Indemnifying Party shall have control over the defense and settlement of any such claim’(subject to the terms below) and shall pay the fees and expenses of its counsel related to such proceeding. The Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim, action or proceeding, or any litigation resulting from any such claim. In any such proceeding, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party unless: (a) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel; or (b) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and representation of both Parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. All such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify the Indemnified Party as required hereunder. The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is a party and indemnity has been sought hereunder by the Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

8.4 Insurance. Licensee shall obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement after the first human dosing with any Covered Product (including in connection with any clinical trials) commercial general liability insurance, including products liability insurance, with reputable and financially secure insurance carriers to cover its indemnification obligations under Sections 8.1, with limits of not less than [*] per occurrence and in the aggregate.

8.5 Limitation of Liability. WITHOUT LIMITING A PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO EITHER PARTY’S BREACH OF SECTION 6, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT OR TORT, OR ARISING UNDER APPLICABLE LAW OR OTHERWISE, IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS SUCH DAMAGES.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

15


9. General Provisions.

9.1 Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by a party without the prior written consent of the other party, except in the event of a merger or acquisition or to a successor to substantially all of party’s assets to which this Agreement relates and provided that the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof.

9.2 Notice. Any notice, report, approval or consent required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given to a party if delivered personally or mailed by first-class, registered or certified US mail, postage prepaid to the address of that party as set forth on the first page of this Agreement or to such other address as, is provided by that party to the other ,upon ten days written notice.

9.3 Waiver and Reformation. No failure to exercise, and no, delay in exercising, on the part of either party, any privilege, any power or any rights hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial, exercise of any right or power hereunder preclude further exercise of any other right hereunder. If any provision of this Agreement shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision shall be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable.

9.4 Dispute Resolution; Choice of Law. The parties shall use all reasonable efforts to resolve any dispute arising hereunder or with respect hereto through direct discussions within [*] of written notice that there is such a dispute. If no amicable settlement is reached as a result of the discussions, the matter shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted expeditiously by a single neutral arbitrator in accordance with the Arbitration Rules and Procedure of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service, Inc. (“JAMS”). The arbitration shall take place in San Francisco, California and the arbitral decision may be enforced in any court. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California and the United States, without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

9.5 Amendment. Any waivers or amendments shall be effective only if made in writing and signed by authorized representatives of the parties.

9.6 Sole Agreement. This Agreement is the complete and exclusive statement of the mutual understanding of the parties and, except for those provisions that expressly survive the termination of the Original License and the First Amendment or that certain Joint Research Agreement between Amunix and Licensee, supersedes and cancels all previous written and oral agreements and communications relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

9.7 Independent Contractors. Both parties are independent contractors under this Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to create an employment, agency, joint venture or partnership relationship between the parties hereto or any of their agents or employees, or any other legal arrangement that would impose liability upon one party for the act or failure to act of the other party. Neither party shall have any express or implied power to enter into any contracts or commitments or to incur any liabilities in the name of, or on behalf of, the other party, or to bind the other party in any respect whatsoever.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE BLANK]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

Licensor

 

AMUNIX OPERATING, INC.

 

    

Licensee

 

VERSARTIS, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Willem Stemmer

     By:   

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

Name: Willem Stemmer

Title: CEO

    

Name: Jeffrey L. Cleland

Title: CEO

Read and approved:

 

AMUNIX, INC.

       
By:  

/s/ Willem Stemmer

       

Name: Willem Stemmer

Title: CEO

       

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated License Agreement]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

17


Attachment A

 

WSGR

No

 

Title

 

Inventor

  

Serial No.

  

Filing Date

  

Pub

Number

[*]             
            
            
            
            

 

18

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.16

V ERSARTIS , I NC .

500 Ellis Street

Mountain View, CA 94043

February 3, 2011

Amunix Operating, Inc.

500 Ellis Street

Mountain View, CA 94043

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

  Re: Amendment to Second Amended and Restated License Agreement

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen,

This Letter Agreement (this “ Letter Agreement ”) is made effective as of February 3, 2011 by and between Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Licensee ”) and Amunix Operating, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Licensor ”). This Letter Agreement makes reference to that certain Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement between Licensor and Licensee, dated December 30, 2010 (the “ Licensing Agreement ”).

In accordance with Section 9.5 of the Licensing Agreement, which provides that the Licensing Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Licensor and the Licensee, the Licensor and the Licensee acknowledge and agree that Section 2.5 of the License Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the first complete sentence of that section with “Licensee shall have the right to replace an existing Selected Target with another Target, subject to the same terms applicable to the selection of additional Selected Targets in Section 2.4, above and, additionally, subject to the following: 1) Licensee shall [*] any time before [*]; and 2) Licensee shall have the right to replace any other Selected Target with another Target at any time before [*]”, while retaining the remaining terms and conditions of that section.

The execution of this Letter Agreement constitutes a representation and warranty by the parties that each has the full legal right, power, and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement and to be bound by its provision in accordance with its terms. This Letter Agreement shall be effective only upon execution by each of the parties hereto and shall be binding and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns, and, in any event, shall continue to be binding on the parties. This Letter Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Letter Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by the parties. No person or entity is intended or shall be deemed or determined to be a third party beneficiary of this Letter Agreement. This Letter Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California. This Letter Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or


representations by or between the parties, written or oral, express or implied regarding the matters contained herein.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 


Sincerely,
V ERSARTIS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

Name:   Jeffrey L. Cleland
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:
A MUNIX O PERATING , I NC .
By:  

  /s/ Willem Stemmer

Name:   Willem Stemmer
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 10.17

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LICENSING AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 (“ Amendment No. 1 ”) to the Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement dated December 30, 2010 (the “ Agreement ”) by and between Amunix Operating, Inc. (“ Licensor ”) and Versartis, Inc. (“ Licensee ”).

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement as set forth in this Amendment No. 1 effective upon the close of Licensee’s Series C financing (the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in exchange for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment No. 1 shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement, as amended hereby.

2. Amendments . The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  a. The following new definition of Cover is hereby inserted in the Agreement:

Cover ” (in all its verb and adjectival forms, such as “Covered” and “Covers”) means (a) with respect to Valid Claims in an issued patent, that, in the absence of a license, the use, sale, or manufacture of the product in question would infringe such Valid Claim or (b) with respect to a Valid Claim in a pending application, that, in the absence of a license, the use, offer for sale, sale, importation or manufacture of the product in question would infringe such Valid Claim, should such claims issue in substantially the same form as during its pendency.

 

  b. The following new definition of Control is hereby inserted in the Agreement:

Control ” “ Controls ” or “ Controlling ” means with respect to any Intellectual Property right, the possession of (whether by ownership or license, other than licenses granted pursuant to this Agreement) or the ability of a Party to grant access to, or a license or sublicense of, such right as provided for herein (a) without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any third party existing as of the first time such Intellectual Property right is within the license (or sublicense) granted to the other Party hereunder or (b) [*]. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the following shall not be deemed to be Controlled by Licensor: (1) any Intellectual Property right owned or licensed by any third-party entity merging or consolidating with or acquiring Licensor where such third-party entity is

 

1.


the successor in interest to Licensor (the “ Licensor Successor Entity ”) immediately prior to the effective date of such merger, consolidation or acquisition, and (ii) any Intellectual Property right that any Licensor Successor Entity subsequently develops without practicing or otherwise using the rPEG Licensed IP.

 

  c. Section 1.6 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

1.6 “ Covered Product ” means a specific composition of matter that: (a) consists of a specific set of modifications to a single Selected Target, including without limitations deletions, substitutions, fusions or fragments of such Selected Target to which an rPEG molecule has been attached, (b) is created using or otherwise Covered by the rPEG Licensed IP, and (iii) is selected by Licensee for clinical development by Licensee or a sub-licensee of Licensee.

 

  d. The following new definition of Field is hereby inserted in the Agreement:

Field ” means all therapeutic applications in humans, including the diagnosis, treatment and prevention of disease, in all indications and forms of administrations in humans.

 

  e. Section 1.10 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

1.10 “ Licensed Patents ” means (i) those United States and international patents and applications listed on Attachment A attached hereto, which Attachment A shall be updated from time to time by Licensor to include the patents and patent applications which are described in clause (ii) below, (ii) any other patents or patent applications Controlled by Licensor which claim rPEG molecules, Targets attached to an rPEG molecule, or methods to make and use Targets attached to an rPEG molecule, (iii) any and all applications related to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any continuations, continuations in part and divisions, (iv) and any patents issuing from any of the foregoing including, without limitation, reissues, registrations, reexamination certificates and extensions, as well as any patent applications and patents claiming a priority to any of the foregoing, and exclusivity periods and the like of any such patents and patent applications, and (v) any and all foreign counterparts related to any of the foregoing or any subject matter thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensed Patents shall exclude all patents and patent applications claiming any product incorporating growth hormone (or any analog or homolog thereof) intended solely for veterinary indications.

 

  f. Section 1.18 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

1.18 “ rPEG Technology ” means all materials, know-how, and other proprietary technology with respect to rPEG, Targets to which an rPEG molecule has been attached, or methods to make and use rPEG and attached Targets.

 

  g. Section 1.19 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.


1.19 “ rPEG Licensed IP ” means collectively: (a) the Licensed Patents to the extent claiming the rPEG Technology and (b) Know-how, in each case Controlled by Licensor.

 

  h. Section 1.21 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

1.21 “ Target ” means any human protein or human peptide (or human homolog or amino acid fragment variant of such protein) with a specified biological activity (e.g., agonist or antagonist).

 

  i. Section 2.5 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

2.5 Exclusivity and Licenses .

(a) Grant of Rights . Licensee is hereby granted a worldwide, exclusive, irrevocable (except as set forth in Section 5.2, below), sub-licensable right and license under the rPEG Licensed IP to research, develop, make, have made and use Covered Products and to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import, export, and otherwise fully exploit up to four specific Marketed Products in the Field. For purposes of clarification, Licensee shall not have any rights to the rPEG Licensed IP except as set forth in this Section 2.5 and in each case subject to Section 2.7, below. The foregoing grant of rights shall be subject to: (i) the retained rights of the U.S. Government under 35 U.S.C. §200 et seq. and 37 C.F.R. §401, if any, and (ii) an obligation under 35 U.S.C. §204, if applicable, that Covered Products and Marketed Products be manufactured substantially in the United States, unless Licensee obtains a waiver from the appropriate federal agency.

 

  j. Section 4.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

4.1 Prosecution .

(a) Control . For purposes of this Section, the party controlling the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patent shall be the “ Prosecuting Party .” Until Acquisition of Licensee by an Acquirer (the “ Pre-Acquisition Period ”) and as between the parties hereto, Licensor shall have the sole right to act as the Prosecuting Party with respect to all Licensed Patents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during the Pre-Acquisition Period Licensor determines to abandon prosecution, or not to pay any applicable maintenance fee, with respect to any Licensed Patent that is primarily applicable to a Covered Product, either in its entirety or in any particular jurisdiction, it will give Licensee such advance written notice of such determination as is reasonably practicable (but no less than [*] advance notice). In such event, Licensee may, by written notice to Licensor, elect to continue the prosecution and maintenance of such Licensed Patent at Licensee’s sole expense and in such event shall be the Prosecuting Party therefor. For clarity, Licensed Patents that are “primarily applicable” to a Covered Product are those patents and applications with claims that Cover a Covered Product and/or Marketed Product in the Field. Licensor shall have the right to file and prosecute applications and patents, including divisionals of Licensed Patents, that [*], and such application and patents [*].

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3.


(b) Cooperation and Right to Review and Comment . For purposes of this Article 4, references to a party’s right of review and comment shall mean in each case that the Prosecuting Party shall consult with the other party in good faith regarding the preparation, filing, prosecution, and maintenance of the applicable Patents. The other party agrees to cooperate with Prosecuting Party in the prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents, by disclosing such information as may be necessary and by promptly executing such documents as the Prosecuting Party may reasonably request to effect such efforts. The Prosecuting Party shall provide the other party, upon request, with copies of all official actions and other communications received by the Prosecuting Party or its patent counsel, or submitted by the Prosecuting Party or its patent counsel, from or to the United States Patent and Trademark Office (and corresponding foreign authorities) with respect to the Licensed Patents that are primarily applicable to a Covered Product. The Prosecuting Party shall consult with the other party in good faith regarding the preparation, filing, prosecution, and maintenance of the Licensed Patents that are primarily applicable to a Covered Product for which the Prosecuting Party is responsible, including the conduct of interferences, derivation proceedings, reissues, reexaminations, the defense of oppositions, post-grant reviews, inter partes reviews, and other similar proceedings with respect to such Licensed Patents. Without limiting the foregoing, the Prosecuting Party will timely provide the other party with a copy of any proposed patent application within the Licensed Patents that are primarily applicable to a Covered Product for which it is responsible and any response or submission to any patent office at least [*] prior to the filing or response deadline and will consider in good faith all comments made by the other party with respect to such draft response or submission. To that end, the Prosecuting Party will keep the other party reasonably informed of the status of the Licensed Patents that are primarily applicable to a Covered Product for which the Prosecuting Party is responsible, including, without limitation: (A) by providing copies of all material communications received from or filed in patent office(s), or received from or sent to foreign attorneys, with respect to such filing, (B) by providing a status report at least annually and (C) by providing, prior to taking or failing to take any action that would materially affect the pendency of any such filing, written notice at least [*] in advance of such proposed action or inaction so that the other party has a reasonable opportunity to review and comment. The parties each agree to enter into a reasonable commonality of interest agreement if deemed advisable by their respective patent counsel. The reference to “business days” means Monday through Friday, unless such day is a national holiday.

(c) Filing, Prosecution and Maintenance Costs . Except as set forth herein, for so long as Licensor is the Prosecuting Party for any Licensed Patent, Licensee will reimburse the Licensor for: (i) 100 percent of the reasonable filing, prosecution and maintenance costs with respect to Licensed Patents that are primarily applicable to the Covered Products and (ii) [*] percent of the reasonable filing, prosecution and maintenance costs for all other Licensed Patents. As of the Effective Date, the Licensed Patents that are primarily applicable to the Covered Products include those Licensed Patents listed on Attachment C hereto. All reimbursements under this Subsection shall be made within [*] from receipt of invoice setting forth in reasonable detail the services provided. Upon Acquisition by an Acquirer (i.e. after the Pre-Acquisition Period), the reimbursement obligations of the Licensee under this Section will terminate.

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

4.


(d) Prosecution Following Acquisition . After the Pre-Acquisition Period, Acquirer shall have the right, exercisable on [*] advance notice to Licensor, to assume the role of Prosecuting Party for the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patents primarily applicable to a Covered Product or Marketed Product in the Field, pursuant to which Acquirer has obtained rights by virtue of the Acquisition, at Acquirer’s expense and using counsel selected by Acquirer and notified to Licensor, in which case Licensor shall promptly transfer or caused to be transferred to Acquirer or its designee all files related thereto. If thereafter, Acquirer determines to no longer so file, prosecute or maintain any such Licensed Patent it shall provide Licensor such advance written notice of such determination as is reasonably practicable (but no less than [*] advance notice), in which case Licensor shall have the right, at its sole expense, to assume the role of Prosecuting Party with respect to such Licensed Patent and Acquirer shall promptly transfer or caused to be transferred to Licensor or its designee all files related thereto and shall have no further rights thereto hereunder. Acquirer’s rights under this subsection (d) shall be subject to Licensor’s right to review and comment under Section 4.1(b), above. In furtherance of the foregoing requirements, Licensor and Acquirer shall enter into a reasonable commonality of interest agreement if deemed advisable by their respective patent counsel.

 

  k. Attachment A to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Attachment A to this Amendment No. 1.

 

  l. Attachment C to this Amendment No. 1 is hereby added to the Agreement.

3. No other amendments . No amendments are made other than those expressly set forth in this Amendment No. 1, and all provisions of the Agreement unaffected by this Amendment No. 1 remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment No. 1, this Amendment No. 1 shall control.

4. Entire Agreement . This Amendment No. 1 sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the amendment of the Agreement, and supersedes all previous agreements, promises, representations, understandings and negotiations, whether written or oral, between the Parties, with respect to the amendment and addition of the same.

5. Governing Law . This Amendment No. 1 shall be governed by the Laws of the State of California, without reference to conflict of laws principles.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which together shall constitute a single instrument.

[Signature page follows]

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

5.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party by its designated authority has executed this Amendment No. 1 effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

AMUNIX OPERATING, INC.     

VERSARTIS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Willem Stemmer

     By:  

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

Name: Willem Stemmer

Title: CEO

    

Name: Jeffrey L. Cleland

Title: CEO

 

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6.


Attachment A – Licensed Patents

 

WSGR Ref. No.

 

Case Type

 

Country

  

Application
No.

  

Filing Date

  

Patent No. /
Publ. No.

  

Pat. Date /
Publ. Date

  

Title

[*]                   
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

7.


Attachment C – Licensed Patents Primarily Applicable to Covered Products

 

WSGR Ref. No.

 

Case
Type

 

Country

  

Application
No.

  

Filing Date

  

Pat. No. /
Publ. No.

  

Pat. Date /
Publ. Date

  

Title

[*]                   
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  

 

[*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

8.

Exhibit 10.18

V ERSARTIS , I NC .

December 20, 2010

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

Dear Jeff:

Versartis, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you employment on the following terms:

1. Position . Your title will be Chief Executive Officer, and you will report to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company. However, it is agreed that your existing consulting agreement with Amunix is consistent with this Section 1, and your assignment as Chief Executive Officer of Diartis Pharmaceuticals is also consistent with this Section 1.

2. Cash Compensation . The Company will pay you a starting salary at the rate of $270,000 per year payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This base salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. In addition, you will be eligible to be considered for an incentive bonus for each fiscal year of the Company. The bonus (if any) will be awarded based on objective or subjective criteria established by the Board. Your target bonus will be equal to 20 percent of your annual base salary. Any bonus for the fiscal year in which your employment begins will be prorated, based on the number of days you are employed by the Company during that fiscal year, based upon achievement of personal and corporate milestones approved each year. Any bonus for a fiscal year will be paid within 2  1 2 months after the close of that fiscal year, but only if you are still employed by the Company at the time of payment. The determinations of the Board with respect to your bonus will be final and binding.

3. Employee Benefits . As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

4. Stock Options . Subject to the approval of the Board, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 1,222,222 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”). The Option will be granted as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this letter agreement. The exercise price per share of the Option will be equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock, as determined by the Board when the Option is granted. The term of the Option will be 10 years, subject to earlier expiration in the event of


the termination of your employment. The grant of the Option will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Versartis, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan and in the Company’s standard form of Stock Option Agreement. The Option will be immediately exercisable, but the purchased shares will be subject to repurchase by the Company at the exercise price or their fair market value (whichever is lower) in the event that your employment terminates before you vest in the shares. You will vest in the Option shares as follows:

(a) First Tranche . This Subsection (a) will apply to the first 861,111 Option shares (the “First Tranche”). You will vest in 25% of the First Tranche after the first 12 months of continuous service, commencing on January 11, 2009, and will vest in the balance of the First Tranche in equal monthly installments over the next three years of continuous service. The vested percentage of the First Tranche will be determined by adding 12 months to the actual period of service that you have completed with the Company if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before your service with the Company terminates and (ii) the Company terminates your service without Cause. 1

(b) Second Tranche . This Subsection (b) will apply to 194,444 Option shares (the “Second Tranche”). You will vest in the Second Tranche only if (i) the Second Closing Milestones, as defined in the Versartis, Inc. Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated December 29, 2008 (the “Purchase Agreement”), are satisfied on or before June 30, 2010, and (ii) the “Second Closing,” as defined in the Purchase Agreement, has occurred. Provided that the requirements described in the preceding sentence have been met, you will vest in 25% of the Second Tranche after the first 12 months of continuous service, commencing on January 11, 2009, and will vest in the balance of the Second Tranche in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of continuous service. The vested percentage of the Second Tranche will be determined by adding 12 months to the actual period of service that you have completed with the Company if (i) the Second Closing Milestones have been satisfied on or before June 30, 2010, (ii) the Second Closing has occurred, (iii) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before your service terminates and (iv) your service is terminated without Cause.

(c) Third Tranche. This Subsection (c) will apply to the remaining 166,667 Option shares (the “Third Tranche”). You will vest in the Third Tranche only if (i) the Third Closing Milestones, as defined in the Purchase Agreement, are satisfied on or before April 30, 2011, and (ii) the “Third Closing,” as defined in the Purchase Agreement, has occurred. Provided that the requirements described in the preceding sentence have been met, you will vest in 25% of the Third Tranche after the first 12 months of continuous service, commencing on January 11, 2009, and will vest in the balance of the Third Tranche in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of continuous service. The vested percentage of the Third Tranche will be determined by adding 12 months to the actual period of service that you have completed with the Company if (i) the Third Closing Milestones have been satisfied on or before

 

1  

Several capitalized terms are defined in Section 11


April 30, 2011, (ii) the Third Closing has occurred, (iii) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before your service terminates and (iv) your service is terminated without Cause.

For purposes of this Section 4, your service will include your services under the Consulting Agreement dated January 11, 2009, between you and the Company (the “Consulting Agreement”) and your employment pursuant to this letter agreement. The grant of the Option will be in lieu of the stock purchase described in Section 5 of the Consulting Agreement. The Board may freely assign the Company’s repurchase right in whole or in part.

5. Severance Benefits .

(a) General . If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then you will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 5. However, this Section 5 will not apply unless you have: (i) have returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) have resigned as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) have executed a general release of all claims that you may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company. The release must be in the form prescribed by the Company, without alterations. You must execute and return the release on or before the date specified by the Company in the prescribed form (the “Release Deadline”). The Release Deadline will in no event be later than 60 days after your Separation. If you fail to return the release on or before the Release Deadline, or if you revoke the release, then you will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 5.

(b) Salary Continuation . If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then the Company will continue to pay your base salary for a period of six months after your Separation. Your base salary will be paid at the rate in effect at the time of your Separation and in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures. The salary continuation payments will commence within 30 days after the Release Deadline and, once they commence, will be retroactive to the date of your Separation. The salary continuation payments will end when you commence new employment or substantial self-employment.

(c) COBRA . If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability, a Separation occurs, and you elect to continue your health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) following your Separation, then the Company will pay the same portion of your monthly premium under COBRA as it pays for active employees until the earliest of (i) the close of the six-month period following your Separation, (ii) the expiration of your continuation coverage under COBRA or (iii) the date when you commence new employment or substantial self-employment.

(d) Accelerated Vesting . If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, and if vesting does not accelerate under Section 4, then the vested percentage of the shares subject to the Option will be determined by adding six months to the actual period of service that you have completed with the Company.


(e) Exercise of Option . If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, you will have the opportunity to exercise the vested portion of your Option until the first anniversary of your termination.

6. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

7. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

8. Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.

(b) Section 409A . For purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), each salary continuation payment under Section 5(b) is hereby designated as a separate payment. If the Company determines that you are a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of your Separation, then the salary continuation payments under Section 5(b), to the extent that they are subject to Section 409A of the Code, will commence during the seventh month after your Separation and the installments that otherwise would have been paid during the first six months after your Separation will be paid in a lump sum when the salary continuation payments commence.

(c) Tax Advice . You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or the Board related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

9. Restrictions on Transfer . You shall not be permitted to transfer the Option, or any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Option, without the consent of Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P., its affiliates, or its representatives (the “Transfer Restriction”). The Transfer Restriction shall not apply to a transfer to any spouse or member of your immediate family, or to a custodian, trustee (including a trustee of a voting trust), executor or other fiduciary for the account of your spouse or members of your immediate family, or to a trust for yourself, or a charitable remainder trust. The Transfer Restriction shall terminate and be


of no further force or effect upon (a) the consummation of the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) a Change in Control.

10. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement and Exhibit A constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in San Clara County, California, in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

11. Definitions . The following terms have the meaning set forth below wherever they are used in this letter agreement:

“Cause” means (a) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company, (b) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company, (c) your material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules, (d) your conviction of, or your plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, (e) your gross negligence or willful misconduct, (f) your continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of the failure from the Board or (g) your failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested your cooperation.

“Change in Control” means (a) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (b) the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company does not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after the merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by the persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to the merger or consolidation.

“Permanent Disability” means that you are unable to perform the essential functions of your position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 120 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment.

“Separation” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.


* * * * *

We hope that you will accept our offer to join the Company. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and the enclosed Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and returning them to me. As required by law, your employment with the Company is contingent upon your providing legal proof of your identity and authorization to work in the United States.

 

Very truly yours,
V ERSARTIS , I NC .,
By:  

/s/ M. De Boer

Title:  

Chairman

M. De Boer

I have read and accept this employment offer:

 

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

Signature of Employee

 

Dated: 20 Dec 2010

Attachment

Exhibit A: Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement


PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

The following confirms and memorializes an agreement that Versartis, Inc. (the “Company”) and I (Jeffrey L. Cleland) have had since the commencement of my employment (which term, for purposes of this agreement, shall be deemed to include any relationship of service to the Company that I may have had prior to actually becoming an employee) with the Company in any capacity and that is and has been a material part of the consideration for my employment by Company:

1. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or my employment with Company. I will not violate any agreement with or rights of any third party or, except as expressly authorized by Company in writing hereafter, use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company. Further, I have not retained anything containing any confidential information of a prior employer or other third party, whether or not created by me.

2. Company shall own all right, title and interest (including all intellectual property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions, works of authorship, designs, know-how, ideas and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by me in connection with my employment with Company to and only to the fullest extent allowed by California Labor Code Section 2870 (which is attached as Appendix A) (collectively “Inventions”) and I will promptly disclose all Inventions to Company. Without disclosing any third party confidential information, I will also disclose anything I believe is excluded by Section 2870 so that the Company can make an independent assessment. I hereby make all assignments necessary to accomplish the foregoing. I shall further assist Company, at Company’s expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, to act for and in my behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. If I wish to clarify anything created by me prior to my employment that relates to Company’s actual or proposed business, I have listed it on Appendix B in a manner that does not violate any third party rights or disclose any confidential information. Without limiting Section 1 or Company’s other rights and remedies, if; when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company, I use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property (or if any Invention cannot be fully made, used, reproduced, distributed and otherwise exploited without using or violating the foregoing), Company will have and I hereby grant Company a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, non-exclusive, sublicensable right and license to exploit and exercise all such confidential information and intellectual property rights.

3. To the extent allowed by law, paragraph 2 includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively “Moral Rights”). To the extent I retain any such Moral Rights under applicable law, I hereby ratify and consent to any


action that may be taken with respect to such Moral Rights by or authorized by Company and agree not to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. I will confirm any such ratifications, consents and agreements from time to time as requested by Company.

4. I agree that all Inventions and all other business, technical and financial information (including, without limitation, the identity of and information relating to customers or employees) I develop, learn or obtain during the term of my employment that relate to Company or the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company or that are received by or for Company in confidence, constitute “Proprietary Information.” I will hold in confidence and not disclose or, except within the scope of my employment, use any Proprietary Information. However, I shall not be obligated under this paragraph with respect to information I can document is or becomes readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of mine. Upon termination of my employment, I will promptly return to Company all items containing or embodying Proprietary Information (including all copies), except that I may keep my personal copies of (i) my compensation records, (ii) materials distributed to shareholders generally and (iii) this Agreement. I also recognize and agree that I have no expectation of privacy with respect to Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages) and that my activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

5. Until one (1) year after the term of my employment, I will not encourage or solicit any employee or consultant of Company to leave Company for any reason (except for the bona fide firing of Company personnel within the scope of my employment).

6. I agree that during the term of my employment with Company (whether or not during business hours), I will not engage in any activity that is in any way competitive with the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company, and I will not assist any other person or organization in competing or in preparing to compete with any business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company.

7. I agree that this Agreement is not an employment contract for any particular term and that I have the right to resign and Company has the right to terminate my employment at will, at any time, for any or no reason, with or without cause. In addition, this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of my employment, and, as an employee of Company, I have obligations to Company which are not set forth in this Agreement. However, the terms of this Agreement govern over any inconsistent terms and can only be changed by a subsequent written agreement signed by the President of Company.

8. I agree that my obligations under paragraphs 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9 of this Agreement shall continue in effect after termination of my employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on my part, and that Company is entitled to communicate my obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer of mine. My obligations under paragraphs 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9 also shall be binding upon my heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of Company, it subsidiaries, successors and assigns.


9. Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. I further agree that if one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable California law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) shall be limited or excluded from this Agreement to the minimum extent required so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement is fully assignable and transferable by the Company, but any purported assignment or transfer by me is void. I also understand that any breach of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm to Company for which damages would not be an adequate remedy, and, therefore, Company will be entitled to injunctive relief with respect thereto in addition to any other remedies and without any requirement to post bond.

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND I UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION. NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT. I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE COMPANY WILL RETAIN ONE COUNTERPART AND THE OTHER COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

 

April 6, 2009   

Employee

 

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

  

Signature

 

Jeffrey L. Cleland

   Name (Printed)

Accepted and Agreed to:

 

V ERSARTIS , I NC .
By  

/s/ [Illegible]


APPENDIX A

California Labor Code Section 2870. Application of provision providing that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer .

(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for his employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.


APPENDIX B

PRIOR MATTER

Exhibit 10.19

V ERSARTIS , I NC .

275 S HORELINE D RIVE , S UITE 450

R EDWOOD C ITY , CA 94065

November 8, 2013

Joshua T. Brumm

Dear Josh:

Versartis, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to offer you employment on the following terms:

1. Position .

(a) Your initial title will be Chief Financial Officer, and you will initially report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey L. Cleland. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company.

(b) You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.

2. Start Date. Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company by November 12, 2013 (the “ Start Date ”).

3. Proof of Right to Work. For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 2

 

employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

4. Cash Compensation . The Company will pay you a starting salary at the rate of $270,000 per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. This salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time. In addition, you will be eligible to be considered for an incentive bonus for each fiscal year of the Company. The bonus (if any) will be awarded based on objective or subjective criteria established by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. Your target bonus will be equal to 20% of your annual base salary. Any bonus for the fiscal year in which your employment begins will be prorated, based on the number of days you are employed by the Company during that fiscal year. Any bonus for a fiscal year will be paid within 2  1 2 months after the close of that fiscal year, but only if you are still employed by the Company at the time of payment. The determinations of the Company’s Board of Directors with respect to your bonus will be final and binding. As a signing bonus, you will receive $30,000 as part of your first paycheck from the Company. If you voluntarily leave the Company or are terminated for Cause within 12 months of your Start Date, you will be required to repay the signing bonus in full. However, if your employment is terminated in 2013 as the result of a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan) of the Company, you will be allowed to retain your signing bonus.

5. Employee Benefits . As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits, including its medical, dental and 401(k) plans commencing November 1, 2013. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Option Grants. In connection with the commencement of your employment and subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors or its Compensation Committee, you will be granted an option to purchase 1,749,252 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Option ”). You and the Company understand and agree that as of the Start Date, the Option, if exercised, represents 1.15% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company on a fully-diluted basis.

(b) Vesting Schedule. The vesting schedule for the Option shall be as follows: 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest after 12 months of continuous service, and the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the option will vest in equal monthly installments over the next 36 months of continuous service, as described in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of each of the Options will be determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee when such Option is granted. Each of the Options will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), as described in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement, including vesting provisions consistent with paragraph 6(b) above.


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 3

 

7. Severance Benefits.

(a) General . If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then you will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 7. However this Section 7 will not apply unless you (i) have returned all company property in your possession and (ii) have executed a general release of all claims that you may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company. The release must be in the form prescribed by the Company without alterations. You must execute and return the release on or before the date specified by the Company in the prescribed form (the “ Release Deadline ”). The Release Deadline will in no event be later than 60 days after your Separation. If you fail to return the release on or before the Release Deadline, or if you revoke the release, then you will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 7.

(b) Salary Continuation. If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then the Company will continue to pay your base salary for a period of six months after your Separation. Your base salary will be paid at the rate in effect at the time of your Separation and in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures. The salary continuation payments will commence within 30 days after the Release Deadline and, once they commence, will be retroactive to the date of Separation. The salary continuation payments will end when you commence new employment or substantial self-employment.

(c) COBRA. If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability, a Separation occurs, and you elect to continue your health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”) following your Separation, then the Company will pay the same portion of your monthly premium under COBRA as it pays for active employees until the earliest of (i) the close of the six-month period following your Separation, (ii) the expiration of your continuation coverage under COBRA or (iii) the date when you commence new employment or substantial self-employment.

(d) Accelerated Vesting. If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, and if vesting does not accelerate under Section 6, then the vesting percentage of the shares subject to the Option will be determined by adding six months to the actual period of service that you have completed with the Company.

(e) Exercise of Option. If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs you will have the opportunity to exercise the vested portion of your Option until the first anniversary of your termination.

8. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . Like all Company employees, you will be required, as a condition of your employment with the Company, to sign the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 4

 

9. Employment Relationship . Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

10. Tax Matters.

(a) Withholding. All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.

(b) Section 409A. We intend that any amounts payable under this Agreement, and the Company’s and your exercise of authority or discretion hereunder, comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, along with the rules, regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder by the Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service (collectively, “Section 409A”) so as not to subject you to the payment of the additional tax, interest and any tax penalty which may be imposed under Section 409A. The Company will administer this letter agreement in compliance with Section 409A. In furtherance thereof, to the extent that any provision of this letter agreement would result in you being subject to payment of the additional tax, interest and tax penalty under Section 409A, you and the Company agree to amend this letter agreement if permitted under Section 409A in a manner which does not impose any additional taxes, interest or penalties on you in order to bring this letter agreement into compliance with Section 409A, without materially changing the economic value of the arrangements under this letter agreement to you or the Company, and thereafter you and the Company will interpret its provisions in a manner that complies with Section 409A.

(c) Tax Advice. You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

11. No Conflicting Obligations. You understand and agree that by accepting this offer of employment, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way possible to preserve and


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 5

 

protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires.

12. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement and Exhibit A constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “ Disputes ”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in California in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

13. Definitions. The following terms have the meaning set forth below wherever they are used in this letter agreement:

“Change of Control” means (a) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (b) the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company does not constitute a ‘Change in Control” if immediately after the merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by the persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to the merger or consolidation.

“Permanent Disability” means that you are unable to perform the essential functions of your position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 120 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment.


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 6

 

“Separation” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A.

* * * * *


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 7

 

We hope that you will accept our offer to join the Company. You may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating both the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and the enclosed Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and returning them to me. This offer, if not accepted, will expire at the close of business on November 13, 2013.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Very truly yours,
V ERSARTIS , I NC .

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

By: Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.
Title: Chief Executive Officer

I have read and accept this employment offer:

 

/s/ Joshua T. Brumm

Signature of Employee
Dated: 11/11/13


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 8

 

Exhibit A

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

The following confirms and memorializes an agreement that Versartis, Inc. (“ Company ”) and I, Joshua T. Brumm, have had since the commencement of my employment (which term, for purposes of this agreement, shall be deemed to include any relationship of service to the Company that I may have had prior to actually becoming an employee) with the Company in any capacity and that is and has been a material part of the consideration for my employment by Company:

1. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or my employment with Company. I will not violate any agreement with or rights of any third party or, except as expressly authorized by Company in writing hereafter, use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company. Further, I have not retained anything containing any confidential information of a prior employer or other third party, whether or not created by me.

2. Company shall own all right, title and interest (including all intellectual property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions, works of authorship, designs, know-how, ideas and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by me in connection with my employment with Company to and only to the fullest extent allowed by California Labor Code Section 2870 (which is attached as Appendix A ) (collectively “ Inventions ”) and I will promptly disclose all Inventions to Company. Without disclosing any third party confidential information, I will also disclose anything I believe is excluded by Section 2870 so that the Company can make an independent assessment. I hereby make all assignments necessary to accomplish the foregoing. I shall further assist Company, at Company’s expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, to act for and in my behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. If I wish to clarify anything created by me prior to my employment that relates to Company’s actual or proposed business, I have listed it on Appendix B in a manner that does not violate any third party rights or disclose any confidential information. Without limiting Section 1 or Company’s other rights and remedies, if, when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company, I use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property (or if any Invention cannot be fully made, used, reproduced, distributed and otherwise exploited without using or violating the foregoing), Company will have and I hereby grant Company a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, non-exclusive, sublicensable right and license to exploit and exercise all such confidential information and intellectual property rights.

3. To the extent allowed by law, paragraph 2 includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 9

 

rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively “ Moral Rights ”). To the extent I retain any such Moral Rights under applicable law, I hereby ratify and consent to any action that may be taken with respect to such Moral Rights by or authorized by Company and agree not to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. I will confirm any such ratifications, consents and agreements from time to time as requested by Company.

4. I agree that all Inventions and all other business, technical and financial information (including, without limitation, the identity of and information relating to customers or employees) I develop, learn or obtain during the term of my employment that relate to Company or the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company or that are received by or for Company in confidence, constitute “ Proprietary Information .” I will hold in confidence and not disclose or, except within the scope of my employment, use any Proprietary Information. However, I shall not be obligated under this paragraph with respect to information I can document is or becomes readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of mine. Upon termination of my employment, I will promptly return to Company all items containing or embodying Proprietary Information (including all copies), except that I may keep my personal copies of (i) my compensation records, (ii) materials distributed to shareholders generally and (iii) this Agreement. I also recognize and agree that I have no expectation of privacy with respect to Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages) and that my activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

5. I agree that during the term of my employment and for a period of one (1) year after the term of my employment, I will not use any Proprietary Information of Company to either directly or indirectly solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of Company’s employees or consultants to terminate their relationship with Company (except for the bona fide firing of Company personnel within the scope of my employment), or attempt to solicit, induce, recruit, encourage or take away employees or consultants of Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity. I agree that during the term of my employment and for a period of one (1) year after the term of my employment, I will not use any Proprietary Information of Company to negatively influence any of the Company’s clients, licensors, licensees or customers from purchasing Company products or services or to solicit or influence or attempt to influence any client, licensor, licensee, customer or other person either directly or indirectly, to direct any purchase of products and/or services to any person, firm, corporation, institution or other entity in competition with the business of Company.

6. I agree that during the term of my employment with Company (whether or not during business hours), I will not engage in any activity that is in any way competitive with the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company, and I will not assist any other person or organization in competing or in preparing to compete with any business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company.

7. I agree that this Agreement is not an employment contract for any particular term and that I have the right to resign and Company has the right to terminate my employment at will, at any time, for any or no reason, with or without cause. In addition, this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of my employment, and, as an employee of Company, I


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 10

 

have obligations to Company which are not set forth in this Agreement. However, the terms of this Agreement govern over any inconsistent terms and can only be changed by a subsequent written agreement signed by the President of Company.

8. I agree that my obligations under paragraphs 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9 of this Agreement shall continue in effect after termination of my employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on my part, and that Company is entitled to communicate my obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer of mine. My obligations under paragraphs 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9 also shall be binding upon my heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of Company, it subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

9. Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof. I further agree that if one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable California law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) shall be limited or excluded from this Agreement to the minimum extent required so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement is fully assignable and transferable by Company, but any purported assignment or transfer by me is void. I also understand that any breach of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm to Company for which damages would not be an adequate remedy, and, therefore, Company will be entitled to injunctive relief with respect thereto in addition to any other remedies and without any requirement to post bond.


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 11

 

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND I UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION. NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT. I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE COMPANY WILL RETAIN ONE COUNTERPART AND THE OTHER COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

 

November 11, 2013   Employee:
 

/s/ Joshua T. Brumm

  Signature
  Joshua T. Brumm
  Name (printed)

Accepted and Agreed to:

V ERSARTIS , I NC .

 

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

By: Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.
Title: Chief Executive Officer


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 12

 

APPENDIX A

California Labor Code Section 2870. Application of provision providing that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer.

(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(i) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(ii) Result from any work performed by the employee for his employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.


Joshua T. Brumm

November 8, 2013

Page 13

 

APPENDIX B

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number

or Brief Description

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

x No inventions or improvements

¨ Additional Sheets Attached

 

Signature of Employee:  

/s/ Joshua T. Brumm

Print Name of Employee: Joshua T. Brumm

Date: 11/11/13

Exhibit 10.20

V ERSARTIS , I NC .

500 E LLIS S TREET

M OUNTAIN V IEW , CA 94043

February 10, 2011

Paul Westberg

Dear Paul:

Confirming our recent discussions, Versartis, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to amend and restate your offer letter of February 26, 2010 (the “Original Letter Agreement”) and offer you continued employment on the following terms:

1. Position . Your initial title will be Senior Vice President, Business Development, and you will initially report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This is a full-time position. While you render services to the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company. By signing this letter agreement, you confirm to the Company that you have no contractual commitments or other legal obligations that would prohibit you from performing your duties for the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company acknowledges and agrees that you are currently a part-time advisor and consultant to Amunix, Inc. (“Amunix”) pursuant to a consulting agreement dated March 29, 2010 and to Diartis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Diartis”) pursuant to a consulting agreement dated December 20, 2010 and that such service is consistent with this Section 1.

2. Cash Compensation . The Company will pay you a base salary at the rate of $225,000 per year, retroactive to January 1, 2011. Your base salary will be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule. Your base salary will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

3. Bonus . In addition, you will be eligible for an incentive bonus equal to 20 percent of your base salary, based upon achievement of personal and corporate milestones approved each year by the board of directors, retroactive to the 2010 calendar year for applicable milestones set by the board of directors for 2010.

4. Employee Benefits . As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits. In addition, you will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, as in effect from time to time.

5. Stock Options . As contemplated in the Original Letter Agreement, the Company has granted to you the option to purchase 198,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Versartis, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan and in the Company’s standard form of Stock Option Agreement.


6. Severance Benefits.

(a) General. If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then you will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 6. However, this Section 6 will not apply unless you have: (i) returned all Company property in your possession, (ii) resigned as a member of the Boards of Directors of the Company and all of its subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, and (iii) executed a general release of all claims that you may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company. The release must be in the form prescribed by the Company. You must execute and return the release on or before the date specified by the Company in the prescribed form (the “Release Deadline”). The Release Deadline will in no event be later than 60 days after your Separation. If you fail to return the release on or before the Release Deadline, or if you revoke the release, then you will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 6.

(b) Salary Continuation. If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then the Company will continue to pay your base salary for a period of six months after your Separation. Your base salary will be paid at the rate in effect at the time of your Separation and in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures. The salary continuation payments will commence within 30 days after the Release Deadline and, once they commence, will be retroactive to the date of your Separation. The salary continuation payments will end when you commence new employment or substantial self-employment.

(c) COBRA. If the Company terminates your employment for any reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability, a Separation occurs, and you elect to continue your health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) following your Separation, then the Company will pay the same portion of your monthly premium under COBRA as it pays for active employees until the earliest of (i) the close of the six-month period following your Separation, (ii) the expiration of your continuation coverage under COBRA or (iii) the date when you commence new employment or substantial self-employment.

7. Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a copy of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement previously signed by you. Such agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the substitution of this letter agreement for the Original Letter Agreement.

8. Employment Relationship . Termination of the Original Letter Agreement and substitution of this letter will not constitute a break in employment and shall not effect your right to benefits, to your right to earn a bonus for the full 2011 calendar year or to the vesting or exercise of the stock options previously granted to you. Employment with the Company is for no specific period of time. Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made to you are superseded by this letter agreement. This is the full and complete agreement between you and the Company on this term. Although your job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will”


nature of your employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company (other than you).

9. Tax Matters . All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law. You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company. You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

10. Interpretation, Amendment and Enforcement . This letter agreement and Exhibit A constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company, contain all of the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether written, oral or implied) between you and the Company. This letter agreement may not be amended or modified, except by an express written agreement signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The terms of this letter agreement and the resolution of any disputes as to the meaning, effect, performance or validity of this letter agreement or arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with, this letter agreement, your employment with the Company or any other relationship between you and the Company (the “Disputes”) will be governed by California law, excluding laws relating to conflicts or choice of law. You and the Company submit to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in San Mateo County, California, in connection with any Dispute or any claim related to any Dispute.

11. Definitions. The following terms have the meaning set forth below wherever they are used in this letter agreement:

“Cause” means (a) your unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company, (b) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company, (c) your material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules, (d) your conviction of, or your plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, (e) your gross negligence or willful misconduct, (f) your continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of the failure from the Board or (g) your failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested your cooperation.

“Permanent Disability” means that you are unable to perform the essential functions of your position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 120 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment.

“Separation” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


* * * * *

If the foregoing is consistent with your understanding, you may indicate your agreement with these terms and accept this offer by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement. This letter agreement will become effective, and the Original Letter Agreement will be deemed to have been terminated by mutual agreement without any break in your term of employment with the Company, upon the date of the Company’s receipt of the countersigned copy of this letter agreement. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Very truly yours,

 

V ERSARTIS , I NC .,

 

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland

By: Jeffrey L. Cleland

Title: Chief Executive Officer, Versartis

 

Read and Agreed

/s/ Paul Westberg

Signature of Paul Westberg

 

Dated:            2/11/11            

Attachment

Exhibit A: Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement


PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

The following confirms and memorializes an agreement that Versartis, Inc. (the “Company”) and I (  Paul Westberg  ) have had since the commencement of my employment (which term, for purposes of this agreement, shall be deemed to include any relationship of service to the Company that I may have had prior to actually becoming an employee) with the Company in any capacity and that is and has been a material part of the consideration for my employment by Company:

1. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict with this Agreement or my employment with Company. I will not violate any agreement with or rights of any third party or, except as expressly authorized by Company in writing hereafter, use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company. Further, I have not retained anything containing any confidential information of a prior employer or other third party, whether or not created by me.

2. Company shall own all right, title and interest (including all intellectual property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions, works of authorship, designs, know-how, ideas and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by me in connection with my employment with Company to and only to the fullest extent allowed by California Labor Code Section 2870 (which is attached as Appendix A) (collectively “Inventions”) and I will promptly disclose all Inventions to Company. Without disclosing any third party confidential information, I will also disclose anything I believe is excluded by Section 2870 so that the Company can make an independent assessment. I hereby make all assignments necessary to accomplish the foregoing. I shall further assist Company, at Company’s expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights specified to be so owned or assigned. I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, to act for and in my behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the foregoing with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. If I wish to clarify anything created by me prior to my employment that relates to Company’s actual or proposed business, I have listed it on Appendix B in a manner that does not violate any third party rights or disclose any confidential information. Without limiting Section 1 or Company’s other rights and remedies, if; when acting within the scope of my employment or otherwise on behalf of Company, I use or disclose my own or any third party’s confidential information or intellectual property (or if any Invention cannot be fully made, used, reproduced, distributed and otherwise exploited without using or violating the foregoing), Company will have and I hereby grant Company a perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, royalty-free, fully paid-up, non-exclusive, sublicensable right and license to exploit and exercise all such confidential information and intellectual property rights.

3. To the extent allowed by law, paragraph 2 includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively “Moral Rights”). To the extent I retain any such Moral Rights under applicable law, I hereby ratify and consent to any action that may be taken with respect to such Moral Rights by or authorized by Company and


agree not to assert any Moral Rights with respect thereto. I will confirm any such ratifications, consents and agreements from time to time as requested by Company.

4. I agree that all Inventions and all other business, technical and financial information (including, without limitation, the identity of and information relating to customers or employees) I develop, learn or obtain during the term of my employment that relate to Company or the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company or that are received by or for Company in confidence, constitute “Proprietary Information.” I will hold in confidence and not disclose or, except within the scope of my employment, use any Proprietary Information. However, I shall not be obligated under this paragraph with respect to information I can document is or becomes readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of mine. Upon termination of my employment, I will promptly return to Company all items containing or embodying Proprietary Information (including all copies), except that I may keep my personal copies of (i) my compensation records, (ii) materials distributed to shareholders generally and (iii) this Agreement. I also recognize and agree that I have no expectation of privacy with respect to Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages) and that my activity and any files or messages on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.

5. Until one (1) year after the term of my employment, I will not encourage or solicit any employee or consultant of Company to leave Company for any reason (except for the bona fide firing of Company personnel within the scope of my employment).

6. I agree that during the term of my employment with Company (whether or not during business hours), I will not engage in any activity that is in any way competitive with the business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company, and I will not assist any other person or organization in competing or in preparing to compete with any business or demonstrably anticipated business of Company.

7. I agree that this Agreement is not an employment contract for any particular term and that I have the right to resign and Company has the right to terminate my employment at will, at any time, for any or no reason, with or without cause. In addition, this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of my employment, and, as an employee of Company, I have obligations to Company which are not set forth in this Agreement. However, the terms of this Agreement govern over any inconsistent terms and can only be changed by a subsequent written agreement signed by the President of Company.

8. I agree that my obligations under paragraphs 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9 of this Agreement shall continue in effect after termination of my employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on my part, and that Company is entitled to communicate my obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer of mine. My obligations under paragraphs 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9 also shall be binding upon my heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of Company, it subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

9. Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to the conflict of


laws provisions thereof. I further agree that if one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable California law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) shall be limited or excluded from this Agreement to the minimum extent required so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms. This Agreement is fully assignable and transferable by the Company, but any purported assignment or transfer by me is void. I also understand that any breach of this Agreement will cause irreparable harm to Company for which damages would not be an adequate remedy, and, therefore, Company will be entitled to injunctive relief with respect thereto in addition to any other remedies and without any requirement to post bond.

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND I UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION. NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT. I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE COMPANY WILL RETAIN ONE COUNTERPART AND THE OTHER COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

 

March 29, 2010   Employee
 

/s/ Paul Westberg

  Signature
 

Paul B. Westberg

  Name (Printed)

Accepted and Agreed to:

 

V ERSARTIS , I NC .
By  

/s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland


APPENDIX A

California Labor Code Section 2870. Application of provision providing that employee shall assign or offer to assign rights in invention to employer .

(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for his employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.


APPENDIX B

PRIOR MATTER

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Versartis, Inc. of our report dated February 17, 2014 relating to the financial statements of Versartis, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

February 17, 2014